The Ghost Danse Articles Reformatted

THE GHOST DANSE ARTICLES
"If the doors of perception were cleansed every thing would appear
to man as it is, infinite."
--The marriage of Heaven and Hell, William Blake
This is a series of articles intended for the serious spiritual student.
The first five are mostly beginner level from a few years back,
originally intended for magazine publication. Much of the other
material is for advanced students. Advanced students who are not
completely familiar with Free Zone theory should read the second
section in numerical sequence, so as to not bypass critical data
and definitions. I am a philosophical researcher. I do not have a
practice to promote here. Please be advised that the intention of
this site is to communicate to those other researchers and
practitioners who are working to free and rehabilitate others --
especially those in what is called the Free Zone. The information
on this site is for the use of people who are on both the magician's
and the meditational/processing paths. Everyone is free to use this
information and copy it, under two conditions: its origin is acknowl-
edged (in other words say where and from whom you got it) and
money is not charged for access to this information. --Ouran
The Ghost Danse
HOW TO READ THIS MATERIAL
In the past great emphasis has been placed on understanding all of the words
in any material. It has been stressed to never go past any word one does not
fully understand. This is excellent advice. However, for reading my materials I
would like to add the following:
"When reading this material great care should be taken to not cling tightly to
past mental anchor points, otherwise known as stable data. Attempts to align
this with past data may cause conflict or it may not, but in neither case will this
material be used properly. Great care should also be taken not to memorize
or make forceful mental copies of this material. Instead I advise the reader to
read lightly, yet with full attention. The purpose of this material is to trigger
cognition. I want the reader to realize his or her own truth, not copy mine. My
truth does no one any good (except for me of course!). Therefore please treat
reading my materials as a light session and be sessionable while reading.
Under no circumstances grind away at any of my articles or isolated ob-
servations by memorizing forcefully while reading and thinking about them. It
is best to read each of them several different times, but lightly, lightly. If
cognition does not occur, release what I have said from your mind without
resistance and move on. Thank you."
6oteo uth the oemo versoo o|
Io||x Prc PDf 6d|tcr
Jo remove ths ootce, vst:
uuu.ceo.com/oolock.htm
00. Waking and Sleeping
Still three-quarters asleep:
Definitions
01. Islands in the Sea of Being
02. Equality
03. Languages and Your Mind
04. This Is the End, Beautiful Friend
14. Advice on Techniques for Manipulating Reality
Currently half awake:
Key articles indicated by = *
05. The Nature of Communication
Fundamental postulates:
06. The Postulates Behind Numbers
. . . . . Archetypal Numbers (2001)
13. Postulates: Lies, Damned Lies and
Statistics
26. Prime Decisions and Postulates
33. The Nature of Decisions and
Postulates
Triangle material:
07. The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of
Damned Near Everything *
09. Not-isness & Beingness
10. The New Triangle Data and Spiritual
Therapy
11. As-isness & Beingness
12. Collapsed Triangles
20. Energy & the Heisenberg Triangle
29. The Different Sorts of "Reality" (The
ARC Tangle)
39. ARC Triangle Data
08. The Hubris Trap
15. The Astrology Trap
16. The Physics and Metaphysics of Astrology
17. Stuff "Lafe" Got Wrong
18. Beyond the Abyss
19. The Tone Scale, Group Minds & the Physical
Universe
21. Archetypes and Time in the Mind & Universes
22. A Neglected Keyout, and the Cure to the Hubris
Trap
23. Inside/Outside
Tone scale research:
24. Characteristics of the Grand Tone
Scale *
28. Cause and Effect on the Tone Scale
34. Diagrams of the Span of Everything *
38. Primal GPMs *
. . . . . PG Processes
44. What if the Tone Scale Wasn't
Linear?
45. Dichotomies, Triangles & Scale
Sections *
46. Tone Band Crossovers
53. Case at Each Primal Goal
54. Alternate Names of Primal Pairs
60. Another Non-Linear Look - for Ex-
Scios
61. The True Top
The Eightfold Matrix of Reality:
(The information in the following article on
pnohteftu is the work of Max and myself
together, it being impossible to pry our
efforts apart in this case. So for an
introduction to the Matrix, please read:
"Prime Manifestations of the Prime
Polarities".
His other Matrix articles are also
necessary to an understanding of the
structure of reality, please read them
here: the Pnohteftu.
Absolute Extremes of Existences
Conditions of Compiling Creations
On creation
attachments
Conditions of Spaces (Havingness)
Conditions of Awareness
Conditions of Energies (Motion and
immobility)
Conditions of Points or Locations - in
Space(s)
Another voice: Phil Scott
Conditions of Distances (Emotion and
attachment)
Conditions of Survival between Spirit and
Matter
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
73. The Four Vectors of So-called
"Creation"
25. Ascending the Tone Scale by Dissecting a
Thought
27. A Clear View of Case
30. The Dynamics
31. Knowing on the Know to Mystery
32. Avoiding the Bardo
35. The Static Processes
36. Cutting Through a Blizzard of Buddhism
37. Caveat Preemptor
40. Zen & the Art of Pervading Spaces
41. The Shape of Apparent "Truth"
42. Entity Theory
43. Symbols, Meaning and Physical Objects
47. The Planes
48. Subjective Reality, Objective Reality &
Panexistent Reality
49. Processing Aesthetics
50. Processing Space
51. Know Versus Know About
52. The Annotated Axioms
55. A Few Thoughts About Physics
56. The Doctrine of Anatta
57. The P.E.A.T. Process
58. The Top of the Tone Scale
59. Goals and the CDEI Scale
65. New CDEI Scale Button For Goals Processing
66. Create/Destroy and the Shadow Tones
70. The Nameless Technique
71. Spotting Love/Hate in ARC
73. The 4 Vectors of So-Called "Creation"
74. See Where You Are
Other voices:
62. The Thunder, Perfect Mind (unknown)
63. The First Sermon to the Dead (Carl
Gustav Jung)
67. The UnityKey (Dona Bilangi)
72. The Gunas Technique (Max Sandor &
Ouran)
personal and anecdotal:
I was Lucky
Random Anecdotes
Humor
The Lap of Venice
email Ouran

Links to excellent sites:
Little Purple Notebook on How to Escape From This Universe
(Highly recommended!)
Direct link to some of John Lester's enneagram and triangle
material
FreeZone America
The Deep Transforming Shaman
Clearing Org, a freezone site
ACT archives on Lightlink
Allen Hacker's AEscir
Palle's Freesolo - Rising Needle Technique
Tools for Transformation
Zivorad's Tech
Pali Buddhist scripture on the web
Pali Buddhist suttas (Sri Lanka site)
Glossary of Pali and Buddhist terms
General Semantics
Hubbardite definitions
Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale
FreeZone definitions
Heidrun Beer
Viking Remote Viewing and Psychic Self-Defence
Siva Sutras

FREE TIBET!
The Ghost Danse
I will tell you this from personal observation: the whole universe is alive, even
"dead" matter, even photons. Much of it is not conscious except in a very
rudimentary sense, but it is alive. And life feels, and yearns and desires.
What I have come to understand personally is that both theists and atheists are
correct:
Life is a divine spark from the infinite which came down into matter.
Life is the blind urge upward through matter becoming more complex systems
of chemicals which develop awareness.
Both statements are true, and the real truth is both at once. Life once separated
seeks to reunite. Life once united seeks to reseparate.
It is the ghost danse.

Waking and Sleeping
Close your eyes. What do you "see"? Do you "see" the space
of your surroundings, energies, the presence of others, etc.
despite closed eyes? Good, you are a rare awake individual.
Or do you "see" something other than your surroundings, like
mental images, or blackness, or nothing? Then you are nor-
mal.
Go to bed and put the body to sleep. What do you see and
experience? Can you perceive the room? Can you see
through the walls and ceiling? Do you dream lucidly as an en-
tertainment, or not dream at all because you are awake even
as the body snores beneath you? If so you are a rare awake
individual.
Or when you sleep are you mostly unconscious? Is that un-
consciousness riddled with disjointed, irrational dreams and
anxious nightmares? Then you are normal.
Close your eyes again. Ignore the body and the sense of
touch in its skin. How much 3-dimensional space do you per-
ceive and fill with awareness? Can you "be" the space of the
room, or more, easily? If so congratulations, you are a rare
awake individual.
Or are you merely an inch or two in diameter? The inside of
your head and little more maybe? Then you are normal.
Normal?
The problem with normal is that it is asleep. Technically this is
a condition of being below Death as a Being. Normal people
are in the condition of having little consciousness of their own.
Instead they use their bodies. They use their bodies' senses
in order to be aware of the world, their bodies' brains in order
to think, and their bodies' consciousness in order to be
awake. Shut those off and they are blind, stupid and
obliterated. Their life is a tragic dependence on an animal life
form, and their physical death is a literal nightmare from which
there is no relief except reincarnation.
Some of these normal people are in worse shape than others.
A few have enough conscious control over their dreaming that
they can direct their between-lives experience into something
pleasant. Most merely go along for the ride -- wherever their
automatic mental machinery takes them. Some of those are in
such bad shape that they cannot be reborn. These may exist
as hungry ghosts, yearning for bodies they are unable to
enter. Others live an eternal nightmare, a hell of their own
making which exists only in their raving imaginations. These
are the criminally insane, collapsed to nearly a single point of
space. I do not know of anything which may be done to help
such people.
But I am not completely awake.
Perhaps someone very awake can help them.
The other end of the spectrum is happier. The rare awake
individual can retain full consciousness after the body dies;
and can deliberately reincarnate or not as a free decision. The
automatic between-lives experience (called the Bardo by the
Tibetan Buddhists, who have studied it intently) either does
not appear, or is laughed at by the awake person as a silly
hallucination.
A person who is awake is conscious of existing in more
planes than just the physical, and of being a far greater self
than that personality which is attached to a piece of meat. An
awake person will be aware of being a living nothingness in a
world of somethings. A person who is awake is aware of
being aware of the future, and can change that future at will.
An awake person may be aware of being everyone else, and
even of being God. Part of being awake is awareness of
source. The viewpoint occupying a space inside the physical
universe is not really the Self and source, though it often
believes it is THE Self and THE source. The real Self is a
higher self only manifesting inside the physical universe as a
construction made of matter and energies and space and
time. A person who is awake is aware of being that higher
self.
A person who is asleep is only aware of the physical universe,
and cannot see the physical universe from outside its limits of
matter and energies and space and the flow of time. A person
who is asleep is like a housefly glued atop a piece of sticky
candy in a factory, a little ride down the conveyor belt, and
then a quick, automatic wrapping and darkness. Not my idea
of a fun ride.
My advice to anyone reading this is to do everything possible
to wake up.
I am.
Ouran
A few of the definitions of words used in spiritual science are so inadequate that I
see the need to correct and/or add to them.
Attitude.
The stable data and service facsimile(s) used at an emotional tone by a terminal (identity
at a single viewpoint in space). The most powerful sevfac in the attitude is related to the
actual GPM goal and its oppterm.
Consideration.
(noun) 1. A tone on the spiritual tones scale. 2. A consideration is the exact isness, the
result of a second postulate which obtains the persistence of the first postulate. In normal
usage in society a consideration is merely an opinion. In spiritual terms however the act
of consideration is that of alter-is by 2nd postulate.
Copy.
A copy differs from a duplicate in that a copy is not owned but instead belongs to
another, whereas a duplicate is created by oneself.
Decision.
The only action taken by theta. In the highest ranges decisions are made about
beingness, below that decisions are made about spaces and the contents of those spaces.
That latter sort of decision is commonly known as a "postulate" (see Ogger's brilliant
description below).
Duplication.
Duplication occurring through communication in a universe consists of two or more
locations becoming one another, which temporarily dissolves their distance and
separation, which in turn is another way of saying that the universe between them
has vanished.
Entity.
The Co$ tech dictionary definition of an entity is a joke. They quote LRH remarking
during the PDC lectures that an entity merely thinks it's alive, and thinks it's a being as
long as energy is fed to it. Not quite right. Entities do not require energy to be fed to
them, though they will come more alive when given attention. They are nothing unusual.
The truth is that there is theta in everything, even a dead chunk of granite. Ken Ogger's
understanding of entities is far superior to what LRH allowed printed on the subject, see
his writeups in "Super Scio." Normally an entity encountered in processing is an aware,
split off piece of theta which has become separated from either a thetan, a copy made by
another entity, or a piece separated from a higher level of being than a thetan. This piece
of theta is attached to some mind, and possesses fixed mental plane anchor points which
usual leave it stuck somewhere on a time track. A "body thetan" in a PC's space is
usually either a piece of the PC or more commonly a piece split away from someone else.
The size and power of entities range from near thetans (effectively a remote viewpoint of
one somewhere) down to as little as a single thought/ intention/purpose placed into a ball
of energy. I prefer to call these latter "thought forms", after the traditional occult term. A
specialized type of entity used in magick is a "thing", which is an entity surrounded by a
heavily energized astral body of its own. Entities are created by "decision" made in the
Causal band of the tone scale, which creates a division or split half of which is at Indi-
viduality or Coexistence, and the other half at Being Entities or Spiritual Death (see #24
Tone Scale).
Induction.
Observing many effects, and looking back in time for their common cause (at or above
Considerations on the tone scale) and knowing it clearly. Working backwards to recover
the exact isness.
MEST
Matter, Energy, Space and Time, i.e. the physical universe.
Misownership.
"Misownership is a misconception of authorship in that one being thinks his creation
was made by another or that another's is attributable to himself." (Ralph Hilton)
Other-consciousness.
The ultimate individuation. Creating another individual places one's previous self within
that individual at this tone.
Pan-determinism.
Godlike power as wielded through total control and responsibility. As those latter two
are Effort band activities, this idea is below ARC and is sub-death.
Pan-existence.
It can be defined as BEING others. The LRH idea of a broad sweep of control is not true
pan-determinism. True pan-determinism is high ARC being all terminals in a game.
This is the term LRH should have used instead of pan-determinism. And if you are
something, of course you can control it.
Postulate.
"A postulate is simply a projected decision or mockup. I say projected because a key
factor is the space permeated by the decision. If a decision about Paris permeates the
space of New York, it can only affect the relationship of New York to Paris and will not
act on Paris directly. Even a postulate which permeates the space it is intended to affect
is not all encompassing because there will be things outside of the target location which
also affect the target. And so we have a relative degree of action which is monitored by
the space encompassed by the postulate." (Ken Ogger, "Super Scio")
A Postulate is:
1. a decision which creates a space and its contents, which
2. then appears after the fact to have been projected INTO a space by the viewpoint
in space being used as a game terminal (called a thetan) by the individual who is
actually "outside" of space/time, which
3. in turn ends up appearing to be a mere thought which occurred at the location of the
viewpoint/thetan.
A thought is sort of far removed from what's really happening, which is the act of cre-
ation. All "postulates" are decisions bringing something into or out of existence. Most
people are below awareness of the higher levels of themselves and do not perceive any
of this which occurs above the thought.
#1 above is at tone 100 on the tone scale (Filbert's expanded)
#2 is the after the fact existence viewed between tones 40 to 16 approximately
#3 is the apparency as viewed from the emotion and effort areas of the scale between
tones 8 to -8.
Primal pair.
Primal means underlying the span of existence and noticably senior to a section of the
tone scale. Pair equals dichotomy. So a primal pair is a dichotomy which creates a
portion of reality and visibly relates to a portion of the tone scale. A dichotomy is not in
and of itself aberrative until a person decides to pursue half of it as a goal and reject the
other half. That pursuit of half a dichotomy, half a primal pair creates a primal goal.
Primal goal.
An example of a primal goal is Hubbard's "SURVIVE". It is half of the primal pair
SURVIVE vs SUCCUMB, which governs the effort band of the tone scale. Normally
the positive half of a primal pair is pursued, while the negative half is rejected. This flip
flops in people occasionally (due to the principle that a flow in one direction too long
will tend to back up, stop, then reverse) as a temporary condition usually regarded as
madness and criminality.
Reality.
1. Theta reality is duplication of other POVs, which is a return to affinity, i.e. a sharing
of the same space. Theta reality is a type of as-isness, a first column action. 2. MEST
reality is agreement, a third column not-isness.
Resistance.
Resistance is not-isness, and therefore lies at Effort and MEST. An excellent vignette on
the subject from Amos Jessup:
Service facsimile.
A service fac can be viewed mechanically as a valence one is NOT being. Sure, the view
is correct in that the person is being a valence; but the service fac action is the rejection
of an opposing valence, or to say it better, an EXCLUDED valence. This originates in a
mental image picture (facsimile), and is used to make self right and excluded other
wrong. The hidden truth is that the person is still being both sides of the conflict, with
one enforced and the other denied.
It's not who you are being. It's who you are refusing to be that makes the service fac.
Theta.
That which is aware taken as a whole.
Thetan.
A part of theta occupying a location in space from which it views, i.e. a viewpoint (see
below). Often called a spirit or ghost.
Thought.
A mechanical definition of thinkingness (think-think, figure-figure) would be:
1. That thought which occurs as an effort to sort, arrange, classify, identify, and dif-
ferentiate ideas which the being has attached to small bits of mental mass. The key
word here is "effort."
A definition of high scale thought (above emotingness) would be:
2. Being, knowing and looking directly without using any energies of the Emo-
tion, Effort and Mystery bands of the tone scale.
Effort level thought will show up on an e-meter as minor needle action as the masses of
the thoughts appear, move around and vanish. High scale thought produces a floating
needle.
Viewpoint.
1. a set of stable data, including the operating service fac of the terminal (identity), held
by a person at any specific emotional tone.
2. the physical universe location in three dimensions from which a person views the
universe.
The Anatomy of Resistance.

ISLANDS IN THE SEA OF BEING

(The Ghost danse)

Near as I can determine, all a person is -- is awareness located at a
specific spot in space. The awareness looks outward in all directions,
though inhabiting bodies has biased most of us into the habit of
concentrating our attention in two directions: forward through the face
and down the length of the body itself.
At this point I should establish a definite word to use for it. This point
location of awareness that is each of us, can be referred to as a spirit.
I do not use the word "soul", except rarely in a poetic sense. "Soul" is
much too ill-defined and fuzzy of a word to be useful except when
writing poetry. The Hindus use a term "atman", and the Hubbardites
use "thetan", but these are too specialized and obscure for most
people.
I've also heard the word "nameless" used, and that is very apropos.
Unfortunately it is too obscure for most people. Therefore I usually say
"spirit" when I talk about you and I and all that is aware in the universe.
The ancient Hindus more properly should have used the word "sat" =
"I am." Therefore "being" might be a useful English word to describe
what some have called "The Nameless" -- a term I find hard to use
also because of the overwhelming sense of irony I feel when naming
something "nameless".
This focused point of awareness, this spirit, has more than attention
turned outward in all directions -- it glows constantly with energy that
flows outward in all directions as well. The ancient Sanskrit word for
god is "deva", from which we get our words "divine" and "devil." Deva
means "shining one". This may not make much sense to you that the
ancients would have used that name, but it's because many of them
could see glowing spirits in the air. Almost no one in modern times
can still do this, but it used to be an easy thing for many people to do.
I'm not going to go into long explanations about why and how we have
degenerated intomaterialistic meat robots.
Some other time, okay?
A human being is a spirit operating a meat body, which organism is
little more than an organic machine, sort of a mobile vegetable. A nice
analogy for a person and their body would be a person driving a car.
A spirit does not possess any mass, though it readily creates both
mass and energy. A body is matter, that is to say, atoms and
molecules organized into systems. Between the spirit and the body
are at least three major levels of control which I can perceive. These
three lumped together could be called the "mind." The body itself
possesses its own mental machinery, physically located in the obvious
place, the brain. It also possesses many other less obvious mental
mechanisms, most of which are the ductless glands. Please note that
these ductless or "endocrine" glands are composed of modified nerve
cells. These other sites taken together seem to roughly coincide with
the Chakras of the Hindus. This brain and these glands interact with
the spirit's three levels of control to produce all phenomena
associated with humans, from emotion and reason, on up to
clairvoyance and "magic."
The brain allows reality to be organized in the familiar fashion that we're
all accustomed to, but reality is quite different from what you think it is.
The spirit's point of view when bodiless is often radically different from
what most people regard as "normal" reality.
Mind consists of consideration, of idea -- plus energy. Thought at almost
all levels consists of consideration, which is to say "meaning", attached
or tagged to matter/energy. A mental image is an energy field that has
been given form, with just enough meaning attached to it for the person
to identify the form. Visualize a chair, and "know" it is a chair. This is a
lot of energy, a literal "force field", with a small amount of meaning
attached. A thought on the other hand is the reverse of that. A normal
thought is a very small whisp of matter/energy with a proportionally
larger amount of meaning to it (I perceive two levels of thought. There is
coarse thought at a level below emotion, in the effort range. This is
thought as you are familiar with it. But just before you think a visible
thought a knowing occurs. That knowing is the actual thought at a high
level above emotion and effort, with the visible thought its lower echo.).
Think "chair" without forming a mental image, and all the meaning of
"chair" is attached to a microscopic flicker of mass. The concept of
"chair" contains such ideas as seat, legs, back, armrests, etc --
everything that makes up a chair. But the thought itself is all that
significance stuck onto a microscopic bead of matter/energy that is
flicked into existence by the spirit, only to vanish instantly, unless held
onto by the attention.
The lowest level of control is that contained within the body's aura.
This is sometimes referred to as the etheric body or etheric double;
sometimes as the astral body. It is shaped roughly the same as the
physical body, but is a little larger, extending outward through the skin
a few inches in all directions. It is an energy field often containing
images (mental image pictures) most of which are memories, emotion,
effort, and maybe enough meaning to identify the images. There also
seems to be some sort of machinery, as evidenced by the
aforementioned chakras. All too often at this level, the images, ideas
and machines are unviewed and unidentified by the spirit, and
therefore they tend to persist and obsess. This is what Hubbard was
describing with his "engrams" and other mental junk. These unviewed
pieces of the past can be placed anywhere in relation to the body (out
to a surprisingly great distance), but are usually spotted close to or
within it.
The next level is the one that a person probably thinks of as their
thinking mind. It is roughly spherical, centered around the location in
the space occupied by the spirit. In most people that means centered
on the body's head. It is a sphere of awareness that in most people
seems to be anywhere from a foot to three feet in diameter. It contains
focused attention and organized awareness. It is at this level of energy
that thinking (more than visualizing) occurs. It is characterized by big
meanings tagged onto small matter/energy. (Let me digress for a
moment and point out that there are two sorts of "personal space": one
is this spherical space of a few feet in diameter, which is a space you
HAVE, and the other is more like a sphere two inches in diameter,
which is a space you are BEING. The two together form the area
within which you do those activities you call your mind.
The next level above that, the one just below pure spirit as an absolute,
has no shape, no limits, and effectively is as large as the area within
which the spirit happens to be interacting with the universe. As an inflow
it appears to many people to resemble a vast ocean of living universe,
as though the whole physical universe were alive. As an outflow I
perceive it as an infinite number of infinitely long rays extending
outward. The oddest thing about them is that these rays appear to have
zero diameter and be completely transparent -- despite looking sort of
like white lines. I can see them, but I can also see right through them!
Odd. This level is characterized by considerations and ideas that are
not attached to any mental energy at all, but instead are applied directly
to the physical universe. This is the real sphere of influence of a spirit
within the universe, and is the reason mental images may be found a
considerable distance from the body. It is at this level that a spirit
causes direct influences on the physical universe itself.
The "size" of a spirit is usually judged to be its reach, at what distance it
can affect the universe. Another yardstick is the size of the space they
are being. A third yardstick for judging the "size" of a spirit is by he
diameter of its personal havingness space. Most people seem to be
about 2-3 feet in diameter. Some are only a foot in diameter. People that
are a foot in diameter can be very annoying to others because hey have
no sense of violating other people's personal spaces. If you're no bigger
than your body's head then you don't feel that you are pressing in on
someone else until your head is literally up against theirs! This pisses
off people who are three feet in diameter when standing in line at the
bank because the one footers stand too damn close!
Occasionally one will encounter a very large being. I have met people
who can fill rooms, or even fill entire houses. Usually a person like this
will not make others uncomfortable by their presence, just the opposite.
In the past many large beings have been regarded as saints.
A fourth measure of a spirit is its amount of energy production -- its
"glow" -- but that can be trained into a person with exercises. A better
one, in fact the best, is how clean and clear the spirit's space is. If it's
empty and the person is serene and THERE, you know you have met
someone special (I did, and his name was John McMaster.).
The body is hypnotic. Hypnotism is the fixation of attention in one
direction, usually at one object or person. The body acts to hypnotize a
spirit by focusing most of its attention forward through the eyes (most of
the rest is directed down through the body). This in turn gets the spirit
into the habit of only using enough attention to fit its one directional
needs. But if you close your eyes and fan your attention out, you will
find that you can "look" with your mind's eye in all directions at once.
This will be a strain for most people because they don't have enough
attention to spread over that wide an area. Practice at looking at many
objects simultaneously. This will span the attention and create more of it
for use. Remember that a spirit has unlimited potential. Stretch and
multiply your abilities by practice at holding in the mind as many
separate objects as possible. The average person can usually only
focus their attention at first on 5 things at once.
Let me make one thing clear, I do not believe in the Judeo-Christian-
Moslem God. Whether one says Jehovah, Yahveh or Allah, I see no
evidence that any such personal and patriarchal being exists.
Nevertheless, I have considerable subjective data which indicate that
the physical universe is a creation. It also seems in an odd way to be
itself alive, as a part of something which penetrates it and contains it.
Call it "God" if you wish. I don't give a damn. Not only does all physical
matter seem to be alive in some odd way, but it appears that we spirits
have the ability to infuse more life and beingness into matter, and into
already living organisms. This ranges from dull students "coming alive"
under the influence of a particularly attentive teacher, to pets which are
"almost human" as a result of constant attention from a human, to
potted plants which grow like crazy because their owner talks to them,
to weird shit like a dilapidated car which runs perfectly in response to a
loving owner. Unfortunately, the reverse is also true. There have been
cases of cars which refuse to start when their owners are angry. People
can screw up anything, even make a house nearly uninhabitable due to
their ugly influence.
The medium through which this influence is transmitted is attention, and
the flows are either love or hate. Extrapolate that ability to larger
spheres of influence and it looks an awful lot like some of the abilities
ascribed to "God." Since I have personally witnessed a human walking
around with a clear aura of tremendous size as a result of spiritual
enlightenment, then I have to assume that we are all capable of such
godliness. (God, I hate that word "god"! It just irks me to no end to have
to use it.) The implication of my observations is that we are all,
collectively, God.
But it does NOT resemble the puerile superstitions of ignorant
merchants, herdsmen and carpenters.
My problem with the word stems from my clear perception that
worshipping God represents a state of moral collapse (not moral in the
sense of rules of behavior, but rather, moral in the same ballpark as
morale.) and a complete subservience to something more powerful.
Sorry, but I refuse to submit graciously and willingly to any higher
anything. I can be forced to submit by force or the threat of force, but I
would regard any beingness which did so to be a tyrant and enemy.
Besides, I clearly perceive that any contact I might have with any infinite
beingness would have quite an opposite effect, and help me stand tall,
free and independent of control by force. That being said, there is
something ...
That "God" -- whatever it is -- has an almost infinite number of eyes.
And those eyes are us. You and me and the guy down the street and
the green skinned fellow living on a planet in the Andromeda galaxy. In
addition to all the spirit-eyes inhabiting meat organisms, there are many
more spirits that have no bodies. We are living in a sea of being. Spirits
are everywhere. This fact is the foundation of all animist religions, like
Shinto in Japan. Those who have not lost their spiritual sight due to
disuse can see spirits floating in the air, clinging to fence posts, glued to
framed photos on livingroom walls, inhabiting the heads of statues in
parks or the headlights of motorcycles. Spirits are everywhere. And
though I suppose that their number is finite and countable, in practical
terms there are so damned many in this huge physical universe that
their number is effectively infinite.
I said above that we are living in a sea of being. I was being poetic
rather than precise when I made that statement. The sea of being is
what we apparently split off from. Before we were individuals, we were
perhaps part of an undifferentiated beingness that just is, but which
doesn't ever say "I am." Or to be exact, the moment the sea of being
says "I am only me" a new spirit separates from the None, the
Nameless. At that moment a new eye of God has formed, a new point of
view from which to look. The act of a new spirit entering the
physicaluniverses is symbolized by trump 0 of the tarot deck. The Fool
represents a new pal foolishly entering the universe, with no suspicions
that going into agreement with its rhythms will subject it to joy and
sorrow. (Hubbard did not understand The Fool because he had a
misunderstood caused by his familiarity with the tarot deck designed by
Aleister Crowley. His remarks in the PDC are incorrect.)
Your body is not you. Your mind is not you. Your memories that you
hold so dear are not you. All the organization of your thoughts and ideas
that you have carefully built up are not you. Your personality is not you.
Your desires are not you. Your emotions or feelings are not you.
Everything that you think you are, you are not.
You are a nothing. You are awareness at an arbitrary location in space,
a location that you can change at any time. You surround yourself with
thoughts and emotions and mental images but you are none of these
things. They exist a few millimeters, inches or feet out from your
location, with just enough space separating them from you so that you
can look at them, experience them and manipulate them. They also
often occupy not quite the same space as the physical universe, as if
they weren't quite inside it somehow. If they were to exactly occupy the
same space with you who are an eye of God, so that you would
perfectly "be" (duplicate) them, they would vanish instantly. No thing in
your mind may be duplicated by you and survive.
A spirit is almost like a hole in space. It is very much as if a small hole is
punched in space and time, yet the space and time where it is still exist
untouched, with a fresh creation of energies pouring continuously out
through the hole. A spirit is nothing. It is not made out of matter and
energy,and neither is it limited to any time. It creates time and is in
command of it. Only in one way can it be said to have a time, in a weird
manner: its mind has a time that it exists in, and that time seems to me
to be the moment of the spirit's entry into this universe. The implications
of that particular fact are unsettling in this manner: it implies that the
physical universe is as much a person's mind as their thoughts, emo-
tions and memories. The universe is your mind? Yes, apparently. But if
it is then it's everyone else's mind too!
The Fool (tarot trump 0) is a fool because he is entering this dark mind,
forming it in accordance with the rules of this damned universe of ours...
But he is still a god, a dreamer who dreams with eyes open, whose
dream is the universe.
Ouran

back to index

EQUALITY

"Everyone's equalized. See the look in their eyes." --Jawbreaker
"...all men are created equal..." --Preamble to the U.S. Constitution
All "men" are NOT created equal! That line from the preamble to the
United States Constitution is a fuck-up, what the poor dears meant to
say was that all men have equal rights. Too many times there have
been microcephaloids who have taken that to mean that all men have
equal abilities, often followed by a wistful fuzzythink of "if only all men
had equal opportunity, then they would all exhibit equal ability." Wrong!
There has been a philosophical war under way during most of the 20th
century between liberals and conservatives. The conservatives
maintained that breeding (race?) determined character and ability, while
the liberals said a person was solely the product of their early
environment.
Both are only partially correct and therefore both are basically wrong.
Environment does influence how a child develops, but the environment
can only work on what's already there. No touchie-feelie liberal money
pit of a Federal program is ever going to make silk sows out of any
pursed ears. The conservatives are partially correct in that a human
body is limited to the channels of expression hardwired into it at birth,
but they are doubly wrong because not only does environment play a
role in developing what potential's there at birth, but also because
there's much more to a human than mere genetic inheritance.
The missing factor is spiritual. A human being consists of an animal
body inhabited by two spirits. One of the spirits is of a lower type, an
animal mind. In your dog or cat this animal mind sits in the critter's
head and controls the body. Its attention is solely concerned with
bodies, their survival and evolution. A human has one of these animal
minds, but in a human it sits near the solar plexus. The second spirit is
YOU, and sits in or near (just outside) the human body's head. The
reason your animal-mind is at the solar plexus is because you took
over the body's controls at the head!
So what are you? Are you an animal?
Despite the fact that you're busy BEING an animal, you are not one.
What you are: is like a hole in space-time, that glows constantly with
energy and that has immense influence on everything it touches. To put
it in the terms used by the ancients: you are a (small gee) god. Due to
the influence of the middle-eastern (Judeo-Christian, Moslem) religions
on modern culture, this statement would need to be rephrased for
moderns: you are a piece of God, one of God's many eyes.
"Yuck!!!" you might yell at the top of your lungs, "You used the G-
word!" I don't blame you one bit. The Judeo-Christian concept of God
is moronic, insulting and demoralizing (if God is everything and men
are nothing and the Lord is our shepherd, then are we nothing more
than domestic animals? Fuck that noise!). But I don't know how else
to get across the idea that each individual human body is operated by
an immortal spirit, who is one of a near-infinite number of such spir-
its, each having the ability to directly affect its environment simply by
deciding what that environment will be like -- the sum total of which
decisions have formed the universe around us.
I suppose I should quote Bob Heinlein's attempt to say the same
thing: " 'God split himself into a myriad parts that he might have
friends.' This may not be true, but it sounds good -- and is no sillier
than any other theology." --R.A. Heinlein, from Time Enough For
Love
Not bad. It does cover the phenomena that is observed directly by
anyone who is doing spiritual work. For instance, anyone who has
gone out-of-body knows absolutely that they're more than merely a
skin bag full of stinky chemicals. They also notice how easy it is to
"be" someone else, while maintaining their own consciousness
throughout the experience. I'm not going to give tons of examples on
this because it is a digression from the main thrust of this article: that
all men are NOT created equal. Notice that the previous line said
"men". All spirits of our type do seem to possess equal potential. But
operating within this treacherous universe has shaped and partially
crippled all of us. We no longer exhibit our full range of abilities, and
what remains to us varies widely from spirit to spirit.
One way to tell how able a spirit is, is to look at how much physical
space it occupies. Some spirits are little, crushed things while others
(most of us) occupy a little more space. Some spirits are huge. I would
caution anyone who ever encounters such to be careful not to annoy it.
Such a spirit is immensely dangerous. They're also quite rare in our
neighborhood, so not to worry unduly. But we who wear human bodies
vary greatly in our overall power. Some people are relatively giants.
Most are kind of puny. The percentage of incarnated smaller spirits on
Earth seem to have increased as the human population increased.
There are more bodies to go around, so even the weakest ghosts are
incarnating. Back in the old days when the human population was
small, more of the powerful spirits would take newborn baby bodies and
many lesser spirits present would do without. Not anymore! The human
population is something like 6 billion. That's a lot of bodies, and many of
their owners are frankly pretty second rate.
You don't think so? Look around at all the low-lifeforms inhabiting our
cities, many of them are little better than animals themselves. And yet...
they often yearn for more than the sufficient food & shelter life they live.
Somewhere behind the facade of their human consciousnesses still
exists their real natures only to be barely glimpsed in an awareness
and appreciation of beauty (something an animal can't do). There is far
more to a human than the visible meat and bones, even with the
smaller beings...
Ouran
back to index

LANGUAGES AND YOUR MIND
There are four human languages. The first is body language. It is an
animal language and is really only useful for social hierarchic jockeying,
sexual activity and little things like communicating mood on a crowded
bus.
The second is spoken language (words), and its symbolic form the
written word (which is what you're reading right now). It is extremely
flexible and can indicate most things badly, but few things well other
than obvious concrete objects. References to cars and dinner plates
and other physical objects come across reasonably well in words, but
abstracts do not. Words express abstracts only as indications, as in the
old Zen saw, "It's like a finger pointing at the moon." If you don't believe
that words express badly, then why do we need dictionaries to keep
everyone in more or less agreement on what things mean? See?
Flexible, but lame. To "know" what another person means (beyond
talking about concrete objects) requires a bit of ... Intuition? Telepathy?
Insert favorite fuzzy terminology here for being able to directly perceive
something.
The next human language is music. It's the extreme of communication
without meaning; assign what meaning you please. It is extremely good
at communicating feeling and other levels that exist as wave rather than
particle.
The last form of human language is mathematics. Unlike words, it can
be very accurate and precise. And very like music it has little intrinsic
meaning of its own (only the dry framework of number, and operator like
the times or divide signs), but must have meaning assigned to its
numbers by someone. Its strength lies in its ability to describe with
precision, which is why it's so useful in science. It converts everything
into descriptions of discrete particles or quanta (same thing). This is
why math can perfectly describe every single note of a piece of music,
but be unable to communicate the emotional and esthetic feelings that
come from it. The opposite is true of music, which creates the feelings,
which are derived from the relationships among the many notes
(vibrations), but those feelings are inexpressible mathematically. (It's
almost -- almost? -- a quantum mechanics situation.) This is why sheet
music is so open to being interpreted in many different ways.
I suppose I had better explain about particles and waves before we go
any further. All matter/energy (I'm talking about them as one thing, they
being convertible into one another as per Einstein) is seen by a person
as either particles or waves. They either seem to be little lumps or
packages, or they seem to act like waves in water or air clinging to one
another subtly. Thought (thinking thoughts as words) is perceived as
particles, while a mental image is seen as a shape in a force field and is
therefore wave related. Emotion is wave. Esthetics (beauty) is high level
wave.
In human languages: Body language is at the level of emotion and
therefore is wave. Words are discrete things separated from one
another and therefore words are mostly particle, though spoken words
incorporate much of the animal language within it and therefore spoken
language partakes of both, especially in face to face conversation.
Flexible, remember? Music is effectively a wave, no matter how many
particles (individual notes) were used in its creation.
Mathematics is pure particle.
pure spirit . . . . . . . . . . .
postulates
aesthetics . . . . . . . . . . .
abstract thought
concrete thought . . . . . .
emotion
desire . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
effort
the body . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
causal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mental
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
astral
lower astral . . . . .
etheric
physical . . . . . . . .
no wave/no particle
fine/empty particle
wave
particle
particle
wave
wave
particle
all dense particle
The lefthand column is the scale used by Hubbardites (The most
complete and Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale). The middle one is
accurate version I know of is the 19th century occult scale used by the
Blavatskyites. The righthand column is the 20th century physics
apparency. Notice that particle and wave seem to alternate.
Please note that all of the above between spirit and the body is/can be
contained within a mental image. Everything below spirit is made up of
matter/energy, and therefore is part of the universe. By this time it may
have occurred to you that wave is what we usually think of as energy;
and that particle is what we refer to as matter. Roughly, yes. But only
roughly, because we are using words, and words are only
approximations of reality.
Saying "particle" and saying "wave" are also only approximations of
reality. They are fingers pointing at the moon. So when I use a word,
don't get all hung up on the word (staring stupidly at the finger), instead
try to see what I mean (look at the moon).
A person consists of a spirit operating an organic robot (the body).
Between the two lie the "mind." It is appears to be arranged thus:
The reality is that all the levels in the above scale exist as both particle
and wave. Do not be fooled by any apparency indicating otherwise.
When using the three higher languages -- discounting body language
because it is the primary language of the animal mind that lives in
your body beneath your heart -- first you "know" what you mean. This
knowing is pre-word, pre-note, pre-number and is immediately
followed by creating a series of small specks of matter/energy less
than a millimeter in diameter. Each speck is assigned a bit of the
original overall meaning. Then each speck can be used to trigger the
body into saying a word or writing a number or playing a musical note.
BUT...
But music is usually not played that way. Instead the music is held in
the mind as a mental image (a changing one like a movie) full of vibrant
feeling and intense auditory coloring, and the musician plays
unthinkingly the two dimensional music out of this flowing image. (It
would seem that in order to control something, one needs to control it
from one dimension more than that thing possesses. A two
dimensional, "flat" image is created in 3D. This then implies that our 3D
universe is controlled and operated through four dimensions...)
Your mind consists basically of thoughts, images (including memories)
and what you believe about everything. I said "believe" but one could
say "consider" or "put in place" instead. I usually just call it "posting."
One could use a favorite word of the Hubbardites here and say
"postulate", but since the dictionary defines a postulate as "a hypothsis
advanced as an essential presupposition or premise of a train of rea-
soning" (Whew! Did you follow that?) then I would need to add that a
postulate is a created reality that is an essential precursor to following
realities. Did that make any sense to you? Probably not,but that's not
your fault. This stuff is hard as hell to talk about because the English
language isn't adequate to express it. So it's back to finger pointing --
and hopefully you aren't pointing middle fingers back at me, ha ha.
The key activity seems to be the spirit's act of assigning meaning. This
is the spirit's action of attaching an abstraction, an idea to a piece of
matter. At the highest level I've directly observed, the spirit assigns a
"meaning" to the universe as a whole, telling it what to do or what it will
be. Below that the spirit assigns meaning to objects, images and
thought specks. But anything can be attached (tagged) to anything else.
This is why music evokes (not invokes! use a good dictionary and look
up the difference.) emotions and sensations (ghostly images in the
range of desire/effort) and unbidden mental pictures. Music has the
same free-form quality (to at least some extent) as do dreams.This is
because dreams are creations, and music -- lacking intrinsic meaning --
nudges the spirit into assigning meaning to the music. Music therefore
nudges a spirit into being what it really is: a creator. Perhaps the reason
creative people are sometimes so arrogant is because they instinctively
know that they are being gods. What they have conveniently forgotten
is: so is everyone else.
So what is spirit? Good question. It seems to infuse all matter (even
inanimate matter), to operate bodies and to exist independent of
bodies. It also seems to exist independent of space, time and matter/
energy. Spirit beings (like you and I) have a point location in space,
but that location is not fixed in any way in space and seems not to be
fixed in time either. Spirit beings look as if they are glowing holes in
space/time. There is a constant flow of energy outward from any spirit
being, that it can manipulate and increase for various purposes. Orien-
tal martial artists use energy in one range (astral to etheric),called chi
or ki, in physical combat. Yoga practitioners and many other spiritual
and/or magical trainees also learn to utilize and expand their natural
abilities as a spirit.
Keep in mind that you are not a mind. You are a nameless point of
awareness that uses the many things, which lumped together can be
called the mind, as a way to control your surroundings and the complex
mechanisms of your body's brain. That brain has its limitations, is
inadequate in its channels (as anyone who has done out-of-body or
introspective spiritual work knows) and is subject to injury. It would be
nice if the brain accommodated the apparent division of the universe
into either wave or particle by processing both views of reality efficiently
in separate hemispheres. But, no. And it would also be beneficial if all
men could easily process both views of reality with the same ease. But
again, no; and so some people are artists and others are bookkeepers.
Some form a gestalt easily (wave) and write music, while others are
better at linear reasoning and button-sorting.
So that's a taste of how your mind works in relation to languages, with
hopefully enough background about the nature of reality for the whole
thing to make sense.
Ouran
back to index

THIS IS THE END, BEAUTIFUL FRIEND
"Up from Earth's Center through the Seventh Gate
I rose, and on the Throne of Saturn sate,
And many Knots unravel'd by the Road,
But not the Knot of Human Death and Fate."
--The Rubaiyat of Omar Khayyam, E. Fitzgerald trans.
...But I'm not Omar. He was a great poet and thinker who had the
misfortune of being born within the Moslem system of thought, which is
nearly as much a disadvantage as being a Christian. The Mohammedan
religious beliefs leave no room for discovering who and what you really
are. Not unless you break from them, which if you consider the
reactions of Moslem fundamentalists to heresy, is very hazardous to
your health. This disadvantageous situation might possibly be responsi-
ble for his evident depression and fondness for alcohol.
The verse above is written within the framework of astrological mys-
ticism. In that frame, Saturn is viewed as the limit of the physical world
and in Omar's day was viewed as the lord of death. Since then, three
more planets have been found outside the orbit of the planet Saturn,
with a probability I posit of one more yet to be found (there is currently
no ruler for the sign Libra, and anyone who believes the ancient
assignment of Venus to that sign is slightly stupid). In the verse above,
Omar stands at the edge of human knowledge and looks out into the
darkness from which comes back to him no answer.
The answer to poor Omar's two part question is quite simple. The body
is merely a complex machine that a person operates by means of flows
of energy and intention, analogous to a person's body driving a car. A
car has controls which can be worked to make it do things. A body also
has controls -- almost infinitely finer and more delicate than a car's --
that can be worked to make it do things. When a body dies its operator
abandons it, and usually finds a new model to drive. Only instead of a
car dealership, a person finds a new body at just before, during or right
after birth. Hospitals and nurseries are very popular places among
ghosts. So that answers Omar's question about human death. Usually a
person gets another body -- occasionally not, due to insanity, spiritual
reenlightenment, or a emporary shortage of new births.
Now to the second half of Omar's plaintive query: human fate. I
suppose that could be a little slippery depending on exactly how one
defines "fate", but I'm going to use what definition suits me, to hell with
what you think!
I suppose Omar means "fate after death". First thing that happens is the
person pops out of the body and hovers a few feet above it and looks
down on it. This seems, from my personal memories of being killed, to
be a trigger for what the pop psychologists are calling these days
"closure". A person looks down on the dead body and lets it really sink
in that their prized possession is no longer functional. Somewhere
around this point (timing varies a bit from person to person) they relive
their entire lifetime as a high speed movie. This is viewed in the greatest
detail -- not just highlights! -- in literally an instant. If this doesn't sound
possible to you, please be advised that your precious stable reality is
not what you think it is. Subjective elapsed time is variable, and control-
lable by a person.
This mechanism of reliving the entire life sometimes kicks in when a
person is close to death, or has a very close call of some sort. People
have reported having their entire life "flash before their eyes" in an
instant during accidents.
The next thing that happens to most of us is that various for-
getters kick in on us from the depths of our minds. One causes a
person to simply to float slowly upward away from the body until
all the details below are too far way to see clearly. While this
happens a blurring is going on within the memory that leaves
most newborn babies with a blank slate.
Another forgetter is one that I personally dislike and find vaguely
alarming: a tunnel materializes around the person, down which they
are swept until they either enter a blinding light or a golden image. I've
managed to trigger this mechanism while alive, in this lifetime in fact,
and I'd like you to know that it can be overcome with sufficient ap-
plication of energy and intention. I blasted my way out by causing a
mental burst of white light right into the golden icon at the end of the
tunnel. This destroyed the entire hallucination. I hope that whoever
the sick sombitch was who thought up that one is permanently stuck
to a golden idol hanging on a wall somewhere on an otherwise
uninhabited planet. Fuck you, buddy!
As for fate, like I said earlier, most of us simply reincarnate at that point.
But there are some disquieting facts that I'd like to share with you. One
is that animals seem to be operated by the same sort of thing that op-
erates human bodies, but those spirits aren't as powerful. Are they the
same thing we are, or something else? To be completely honest with
you, I don't know. It may be that by operating bodies we slowly over
millenia or aeons degenerate into weaker and weaker conditions. Was
a spider once like us? It is what I fear. But perhaps not.
If true then our fate may be to become weaker and weaker as we are
ground down by the weight of our experiences. If this is true then Gau-
tama (the Buddha) was right and we should disconnect from the world.
Indeed, if true perhaps we should entirely give up living in bodies upon
planets.
What I have to tell you is that reality is not what you've been taught.
Everything you think about your own nature and the nature of the
universe around you is as false as medieval sailors who thought that
the world was flat. The only thing flat around here is your poor head. I'm
not making this shit up. I remember things you wouldn't believe. I don't
remember any "beginning" to the universe or to myself. Perhaps there
was one. Perhaps not. The last and final word I have for you as to your
fate, O Human, is that near as my memories of the past can determine,
we are all immortal spirits that go on being conscious for eternity. Your
body can fail but you can never cease to exist.
There you go, Omar. Happy?
Ouran
back to index

ADVICE ON TECHNIQUES FOR MANIPULATING REALITY

This hard as fuck to do. This is also the easiest thing in the
world too, because you do it all the time. But the problem is
that you and I are apparently running on autopilot, so that we
no longer consciously and deliberately control our
environment.
I'm not going to go into any great detail about how you lost the
ability to do that which is your most natural function. For one
thing I don't know the whole story. Much of it can be found in
the works of L. Ron Hubbard, the more recent researches of
Ken Ogger, and the rather ancient and unreliable reports of
the words of Gautama the Buddha. For another thing most
people simply would not believe the truth of what we recall.
So fuck it. By the way, allow me at this time to express my
utter contempt for New Agers, whom you might suppose I
superficially resemble. I am about as different from those
idiots as a cop is different from a social worker. Both are
"public servants", but very different in approach. A New Ager
is the spiritual equivalent of a bleeding heart liberal who
"believes" in the goodness of everyone, and if only we could
just get along... In other words moronically uncritical,
ignorantly hopeful and believing anything that sounds good.
Furthermore the average New Ager takes a saccharine view
of spirituality, refusing to face the very real existence of evil in
the universe. Such people are "sweetness and light" cases
unable and unwilling to face force, much less use force. And
for the information of anyone who is so crushingly ignorant
that when I say I'm an "occultist" you think I mean I'm some
twit who engages in rituals involving the evisceration of small
animals on an altar -- no. Rituals are crutches, and like drugs,
should not be used often lest you become dependent on
them. They stylize one's view of reality and therefore they
necessarily limit it.
The most important activity of any spirit is its impressing its
will upon reality in various ways. This is mirrored within the
normal conscious mind by the assignation of meaning to
things. When a person thinks and visualizes, various
significances are attached to masses and energies created
within the "mind", or to be more accurate, within one's
immediate space of a few feet from one's head. A normal
thought which you are likely to perceive consists of a very
small lump of mass with a large meaning attached or
assigned to it. The lump of mass is nondescript in appearance
and only serves to anchor the meaning. A mental image
picture on the other hand is an energy field that has been
molded to a particular shape. It is a lot of mass/energy with
only the significance attached to it that results from
recognition of its shape. But these are only echoes of how a
spirit controls reality. The way to directly control reality is to
assign significance, meaning, characteristics, behavior, etc. to
the physical universe in the same manner as one assigns it to
mental masses. This is the easiest thing in the world to do if
one does it effortlessly. And it is the hardest thing to do if one
struggles with it. A person has become so accustomed to
operating a meat body by means of effort and resistance, that
the same technique is often tried when doing magic.
Uselessly. One controls reality simply by deciding what reality
will be.
"Decision" has in the past also been called "the Will" and
"intention." The action is simply that of causing something to
be. The technique of decision is normally some form of
visualization. One visualizes what one wants. In the words of
Ken Ogger: "... a projected decision or mockup. I say
projected because a key factor is the space permeated by the
decision." A mockup in this case is a three dimensional
visualization. Specifically one "sees" the space into which
reality is to be altered, then the change is seen there very
clearly.
But there's a catch! Every other spirit in this universe is also
constantly deciding what reality will be. And so the resulting
physical universe is an agreed-upon thing, the sum total of all
our ideas of "what is", and past ideas of "what is". And there
lies the problem. Current ownership, control and responsibility
for something has to be grasped as a conscious decision. Old
decisions of what reality consists of don't go away, and this is
a problem because most people have the ancient fixed idea
that older decisions take precedence over younger ones. The
older decisions may get buried in time, and covered up with a
jumbled overlay of new ideas, but they are still there. And you
are still agreeing with them like mad. So the normal process is
for any new decision to nestle into the cracks of prior
decisions, altering them slightly over time. Therefore,
everything you see around you is the result of eons of
decisions as to the nature of reality, decisions made by a very
large number of spirits. Any attempt to make any new
decision will only be effective if it doesn't conflict with a prior
decision -- unless you take that previous into account.
As you can guess, that makes magic very difficult for the
normal person!
But there's a way out, a way to overcome that problem.
Simply make a decision, but place it forward in time, so that it
doesn't take effect for hours, days or years. The length of time
one needs to reserve space ahead in the fabric of reality
varies depending on what one's trying to do. If it's only
opening up a parking space for a car while driving
somewhere, then an hour is usually enough. If one is
attempting to alter the course of the human race then I'd
advise one to place the change a few tens or hundreds of
years down the road! Once the decision has been placed in
the future, the person has to make sure they don't undo it by
looking at it. One may simply forget about it. Or one may
assign the decision to someone else (Samples: God did it. It's
fate. My wife makes those decisions for me.). Or one can lie
about the time the decision was made (I opened that parking
space 15 thousand years ago.).
Geoffrey Filbert came up with an auditing method of creating
effects in the physical universe, where he put himself on a
meter and audited other people into changing their minds. A
description of this is in his book "Excalibur Revisited".
Another way to overcome the problem of the density of the
universe caused by the accumulation of buried prior decisions
is to repeat one's decision. Do it over and over and over
again, for hours, days, months, years!
Lately I've been toying with the idea that the reason the
physical universe is so dense is because it actually is four
dimensional in spite of it's apparent three dimensions. And I'm
not treating time as a dimension either. I mean four spacial
dimensions. This could account for the efficacy of the
repetition method.
The really smart way to get anything done requires a greatly
increased span of attention. One needs this broader attention,
and one needs to cultivate psychic abilities in regards to
visualizing as well. Because what one has to do is examine
the past of the area one is intending to change, locate all
decisions about it made in the past and present, take
complete responsibility for them, and change one's mind!
That's right, you read correctly. One must mentally reach back
in time and make changes there in addition to here. The
reason for this is the nature of reality and time itself. The time
assigned to anything is its moment of creation. Nothing exists
in now except as a false modification of original
characteristics. One's body has the characteristics of the
moment it was born (this is why astrology works). One's car
incorporates all the decisions made up to the point where it
rolled off the assembly line, but decisions after that moment
are afterthoughts which have far less effect. Therefore to alter
the course of one's life in a particular body, one must go back
in time and alter the decisions made about reality that bear
upon the moment of birth. This is also true of patterns of
events within one's life. Discover what bears upon the first
time one drove a car, and one can alter one's pattern of
accidents and breakdowns. Go back and examine the first
time one had a particular type of injury, and that sort of injury
will stop bothering one. This is how Dianetics works. Go back
and recount to another person what one did that was harmful,
and it ceases to bother one. This is how Catholic confession
works. But the confession rarely gets to the first time, so it is
only partially effective at providing spiritual relief.
An ancient tool used in magic is the charged talisman. An
object is imbued with certain specific qualities, then used as a
tool in magickal operations. I'm not going to give detailed
instructions in their creation and use but I do want to clear up
a few important points. Many people these days (new agers
usually) attempt a silly gutter-magic version of this when they
play around at charging crystals with energy. Forget "energy".
Others attempt to insert ideas (thought) into an object. That's
closer, but still not quite it. The most important thing to insert
into a crystal or any talisman is BEINGNESS. Without splitting
off a little beingness from yourself and inserting it into the
object (or in black magic, inserting an enslaved beingness)
nothing much is going to happen. Beings (spirits and entities)
are the primary method of high magic and low. The entity can
then be given a program of ideas, and energized with emotion
and effort. The really important thing to remember in any
operation which places beingness into an object or a mockup
is usually expressed as PURITY. There must be no evil
intentions allowed in the formation. Only the highest most
spiritual ideals must be held when doing this sort of work. The
result of doing otherwise (as in black magic) is an entity which
will likely come back to bite the magician.
An important tool and aid for controlling your immediate
environment is the act of leaving the body. When out-of-body
(OOB) a spirit finds that what was once very hard to do
becomes a lot easier. A spirit often has difficulty operating in
an environment full of heavy masses and energies. This is
why people go out into deserts and up onto mountains to
seek enlightenment. This is why people take drugs that pop
them right out of their heads in order to both become
enlightened and to do magic. Allow me to caution against
drug use. It is a dangerous crutch that usually has seriously
debilitating long-term effects. Drugs provide only a temporary
release that is followed by a worsening spiritual condition
when one comes down.
It is far better to cultivate silence and emptiness within the
mind than to take drugs. As far as organized religions and
teachers go, stay away from westernized Hatha Yoga.
Scientology has made available again many of the secrets of
the universe, if one can afford it and be able to withstand their
heavy indoctrination. Much of their material, plus many new
discoveries are available in what is called the Free Zone, or
Free Field -- begun as a loose unorganized collection of
organizations and individuals who have broken away from
that church. Buddhism mostly sucks these day, with the
possible exceptions of Zen and people who follow the Pali
texts. The oldest unbroken spiritual knowledge on this planet
is in the Himalayan mountains, so there is much knowledge in
Tibetan Buddhist texts. Most of all, do not take anyone's word
for anything. All reality lies within oneself, and all any books or
teachers can do for you is point in the direction of truth.
Ultimate truth cannot be communicated in English or any
other language. My words here are only approximations, a
lame attempt to express the inexpressible, to unscrew the
inscrutable. But I cannot tell the truth with words. All words
are lies. They are babble. Truth is silent.
Ouran
back to index

THE NATURE OF COMMUNICATION
There really has been some confusion on the subject of
communication, which I intend to clear up as much as I'm able.
Some of the data released by Hubbard indicate that "anything" may be
a communication, going from a location across a distance to another
location. To paraphrase him, a communication is the idea or action of
moving matter and/or energy across a distance from a source location
to a receiving location, with the intention of it being duplicated and
understood at the receiving location. This is misleading to some people
because, though implied, two important items have not been explicitly
stated: the persons involved.
He cites the example of throwing rocks as communications. If the rocks
are thrown by one person at another person, then communication has
occurred. It has occurred because the first person means something by
the act of throwing the rocks, perhaps "I hate you" and the second
person rather quickly gets the message while he's busy ducking. (To be
fair, Hubbard probably understood that two beings had to be there for
communication to occur. Some people may not have duplicated that
intention of his, so I'm making a point of it.) Only a person can duplicate
a communication. And only if duplication has occurred, has the action
been a communication.
But if the rocks are thrown by a person at a boulder, then no
communication has occurred. The boulder is not a person, not a
"thetan." The boulder will not duplicate the intended meaning, unless
there's someone hiding inside it! If no one is there, the rocks are
meaningless! (So to restate the classic problem: "if a tree falls in the
woods and no one is there to hear it, does it make a sound?" The
answer is yes, it makes sound waves travel outward through the air,
but those sound waves don't make a "crashing sound" because no one
was there to hear it and interpret its meaning as "CRASH!")
I want to make a very strong point here about MEST versus theta.
Material in motion,whether rocks or energy, is an apparent one way
flow, a one direction motion. It is not communication. Communication
requires duplication of meaning or intention, by theta at both ends of the
comm. Because of this, all true comm lines, all theta communication is
TWO WAY. Any time a material object or energy produces a backflow,
then duplication has occurred and theta is involved on both of the
apparent ends of the comm line. I say "apparent" because all separation
of theta from itself is an illusion and a lie. But matter itself is a form of
theta, in which the awareness is asleep.
So with any comm line which has a thetan at one end and matter at the
other, a funny thing happens: there's a slight backflow from the matter.
(In fact if you communicate enough to matter you will eventually wake it
up. It will come uptone into the effort band or even higher. This can
have pleasant, unpleasant, or even ludicrous results, because the
material object can function when it shouldn't, or misbehave when used,
or act in bizarre ways.
Duplication is the cause of the two way phenomenon. This is very
important fact in magick, in auditing and in society in general: anywhere
there is theta, all comm lines will be two way.
But what is meaning in communication?
It is usually assumed that words, whether spoken or written have
intrinsic meanings. This is false. They only have the meanings which
are assigned to them. A word is a symbol, nicely defined as "mass plus
meaning." One of the most basic abilities of a person is to tag a
significance onto a piece of matter/energy. My high level thought
experiments (visualizations) and "goings" (I have no idea what else to
call it when I reach "up/out" and look around my universe at a brighter
level of awareness.) indicate that meaning is a postulate.
What is a postulate? A postulate is a decision about the state of reality
itself. It can be a postulate concerning personal reality or our group
reality (the universe), either one or both. This decision, this postulate
has a direct effect on a person's life and surroundings. An example
would be a man deciding that "all women are bad", with the result of
getting involved only with "bad" women from then on. An example of a,
*ahem*, more positive postulate would be a woman deciding that she
was going to be a successful florist, then having a long lost uncle
unexpected show up and give her a loan of $10,000 as seed money to
start her business.
These things do not happen by "accident." It is my experience that
there are no accidents, only hidden causes.
A strong, confident postulate attaches a significance to most or all of
surrounding reality. The more reality it attaches meaning to, the wider
effect it has. So this is the basic function. A sub- or specialized
postulate action is the attachment of a limited meaning to a word or
action in order to communicate.
All communication is apparently telepathic. A person can write or speak
millions of words, but if that person does not intend meaning into them,
and the listener/reader does not intend to understand, then no
comunication happens. This is most noticable when for instance an
adult is reading out of a book to a small child. If the adult just sets the
whole action onto a circuit, and reads mechanically in a dead voice then
the child gets bored, attention wanders, no communication is occurring.
If on the other hand that adult reads the story with full attention and
intention, and turns it into a "live" story happening right now, then the
child will be rapt and excited. Communication is happening.
Telepathy is "duplication." There is no telepathy really, any more than
there is any other sort of material universe communication. They are
all duplication on an apparent via which doesn't exist. The person who
is communicating intends his meaning, and the other person creates
that same meaning at their end exactly as it is. The ends of a comm
line are apparancies, not realities. There doesn't seem to be any need
for a via either. No words. No rocks. No books. Just the same thought
occurring at two apparent locations with nothing having passed
through the intervening space.
The subject of General Semantics is extremely nitpicky on the subject
of precisely picking and using words accurately -- both to get the
meaning across to others, and to avoid confusing oneself with sloppy,
inexact thoughts about reality. Technically, the practisioners of G-S
are correct!
But the only reason there is a need for G-S is because communication
-- both with the parts of oneself, and to others -- is filtered through so
many physical vias that mistakes of duplication often occur. A positive,
powerful communicator (person) however, can often use spoken lan-
guage so badly that a G-Ser might cringe at every statement, and still
manage to get his point across perfectly. Because the words used,
though important to almost everyone, are not really necessary. To
beat back into life an old Zen saw, the words are like fingers pointing
at the moon. They only point to where a person should look and what
to duplicate there. They aren't always necessary. Communication can
occur without words. Communication can occur without any via. This is
of course a violation of the communications formula as laid out by Mr
Hubbard. Hubbards formula should really be titled "How to
communicate on a via." Because though attention and intention are
usually necessary, the communication particles (words, rocks), motion
and distance are not.
Even attention and intention can be dispensed with at Static (static is
"one" beingness). This is because attention is actually some of your
own beingness (as is also the "tag" of meaning assigned to a thought
or symbol) in that you are putting a little bit of yourself out there when
you place attention onto something; and intention is a type of pos-
tulation, which is decision, which is beingness projected, separated or
placed. Therefore a somewhat truer communication formula would be:
ATTENTION AND INTENTION CREATING DUPLICATION.
And the real communications formula is this: DUPLICATION (by theta
of itself, which is the static)
That's how communication is really done. We still are all doing it that
way, despite any illusions to the contrary.
Ouran
back to index

THE POSTULATES BEHIND NUMBERS
(Caveat: This article was written before I had a clear understanding of what I
was seeing/experiencing. Because of this, all the concepts and even the title
are faulty. This is because none of the "postulates" mentioned here are actually
postulates. Instead of being postulates -- which are thoughts -- these are
actually decisions about beingness which are/were made above the Thought
band of the tone scale. Unfortunately, these decisions are inexpressible in
language, being above thought.) A year later I wrote this fresh look: Archetypal
Numbers.
Have you ever considered numbers? What sort of actions and
postulates by beings early in our history gave rise to numbers,
not to their symbols, but to the basic concepts themselves?
The following is what I have seen/recovered so far. Please do
not hold me to these words as Absolute Truth for All Time,
because I wish to be free to correct any mistakes, and
especially to expand upon these notes. I struggled with myself
in writing these introductory paragraphs. The actual
investigation into the nature of number was relatively easy
compared to the introduction! *grin*
Within simple numbers are clues to the basics behind the
nature of living beings and the creation of universes. In the
following article I am treating these first few numbers as
archetypes, as the original models or patterns out of which all
numbers (and universes) emerged. If this seems a trifle odd,
please be advised that I am using a quite different method of
treating symbols from that normally used by most people in
modern times on this planet. Astrologers and Kabbalists may
recognize it: the treating of a root symbol as a template from
which whole classes of actions and things arise...
I have studied astrology intensively and Ive found that one of
its basics has profound implications. When doing astrology
one of the most important factors to consider in a horoscope
chart is the angle formed between planets. Visualize a
horoscope as a circle with planet Earth in the exact center. If
the moon were at the top of the rim of the circle and mars at
the bottom, the angle formed between the two (from Earths
point of view) is 180. That angle is a division of the circle by
2. All angles of any use and importance to an astrologer turn
out to be divisions of the circle by 1, 2, 3, or a simple
combination of the above numbers added to or multiplied by
one another, such as 4, 6, 8, and the whole sequence ending
at 12. 5 is of very limited special use. 7, 9, 10 and 11 are
mostly useless.
The circle itself before any division is 0. I consider it
serendipitous that zero on much of this planet is symbolized
by a circle. A perfect circle is a fascinating thing. The curve of
its rim is an infinitely constant change of direction. The root
number behind it, called Pi, is a number which goes to infinity
when one attempts to write it numerically. Metaphysically,
zero and infinity can be interchangeable. But when one starts
dividing this infinity by simple whole numbers...
The fascinating thing about these divisions of the circle is that
they have definite effects on a person in the birth horoscope:
1 blends the planets involved into a single beingness (In the
example above, the moon represents emotional responses
and mars represents aggressive energy, therefore an angle of
0 between them, division of the circle by 1, blends them into
a personality with a fiery aggressive emotional nature coming
from within.). 2 places the planets into open opposition. 3
harmonizes them. 4 creates an internal conflict between
them. And so on. I could see a pattern to these divisions of
the circle, so I looked.
Another thing which led up to this was an awareness that the
problems dealt with in the lower Grades seemed to underlie
the entire whole track. Lets invent a hypothetical processee.
This processee might need to get settled down with little
comm course drilling before he got his present time problems
touched up enough to get his drugs handled. Both of those
things are related to the grades (0 and 1). Then he might do
the Grades. Then he might do some Dianetics, just to get
enough attention free so that hes comfortable and able to
view the whole track. But when the whole track comes into
view, it might stir up so much suppressed case that he would
need to get some non-communications, ARC breaks, overts,
etc cleaned up a second time. After that he might start
handling his implants and implant GPMs, but those are based
on what? On failed communication, ARC breaks, problems,
overts, etc. So a processee might conceivably need to handle
those a third time, as even older, deeper case comes into
view. Were peeling an onion here, right? So perhaps after
doing some of the lower Grade stuff a third time (without
anyone calling it such) our hypothetical processee would have
entities come in view and need to do some form of NOTS
handling. But what is he encountering with these entities? A
whole new layer of shut off communication, ARC breaks,
problems, overts, withholds, service facs, etc. (Ive seen
enough supposed OTs who were creating overts, ARC
breaks, and all the rest of that to know that the Grades are
releases, not erasures.) No matter what order the bridge is
run, those darned Grades just keep popping up!
So I asked myself: Wheres this coming from? Why the devil
are Grades releases rather than erasures? What the hell led
up to this sort of behavior by thetans, which the lower Grades
were attempting to solve?
Keep in mind while reading the numbers below, that the
numbers themselves are not the postulates. The numbers
were part of the means by which I arrived at the postulates,
and from which those numbers are derived. The process by
which I arrived at the postulates began as inferential thought,
which quickly became going somewhere (Im not sure where,
my personal universe?) and seeing.
This is what I saw:
0 = no self (native state, no postulates)
Here there is no beingness, no "I am" to declare itself. This is
what Hubbard described as a static with no mass, no
location, no wavelength and no energy. This is what lies
behind and contains all universes, beings and entities. Words
fail at this highest level, each word being useless to describe
the indescribable. Words describe things which are in
universes. So though I call this zero, I could just as easily
have said infinity.
The number zero is the most primal number and implies no
universes.
1 = one self (static, from our inverted POV: all selves are one
self)
This is the first lie: I am. The root of this number is
awareness, specifically aware of being aware. Here there is
someone to be aware. I call this (poetically) the original Sea
of Being, out of which all beingness separated. But that last
phrase is untrue, because we didnt really separate. That
separation is a creative lie. Self is a lie because "self" is a
limited beingness. The highest truth is that we are all still part
of native state. Nevertheless the lie is told, and one is aware.
Once one is aware, one places something of which to be
aware. Here a point location is posited (postulated), which the
One being assumes. This creates consciousness looking
outward from a single location, which separates away from
being everywhere looking in and a sense of infinite space...
The number one triggers everything else as a chain reaction.
2 = that other self is not "my" self (refusal to assume
responsibility for "other")
This is the root of all conflict between beings, and Grades 0
through 4. The first action is to refuse full responsibility for
what is viewed, by holding different opinions about it
simultaneously. This created multiple beings who could
disagree. This might sound silly, because I am talking about
beings who are childlike gods with infinite power to create and
destroy matter,energy, space and time (MEST) -- but the
second mistake, the second lie was to state that one was not
the other self and also not what one was viewing. Because a
being creates MEST, a being is MEST. Let me repeat that to
anyone who finds that statement horrifying because the full
intention of their religion is to escape from the universe before
they become solid sorrowing MEST: a being is everything that
being creates. All assumed beingnesses are creative lies, lies
told in order to make a game. And prior to not being
responsible, one was fully responsible, and ultimately still is
despite the lie. Games are played by BE-DO-HAVE. If one
creates a space, then one is that space. If one creates
energy, then one is that energy. If one creates matter, then
one is that matter. By refusing to be fully responsible for
matter and all other theta beings, one is telling a lie. Behind
the lie of self versus other is the truth that all the individual
selves are still one self despite being individuated. (Of course
behind that lie is the basic lie of I am.) From this single
action arises all possible conflict, and makes the gradual
descent from godhood into a horror show of mud possible.
Leaving the first and second lies in place, one next attempts
to remedy the situation with a third lie...
3 = self can work in harmony (Affinity, Reality,
Communication) with non-self
This statement has an intrinsic implication behind it that self
can't work in harmony! If it were harmonious, the statement
would be unnecessary! So 3 is a lower harmonic of 1, with the
lie of 2 in between to make it persist better! Three is an
attempt to create agreement between beings. For example: if
two beings are viewing the same piece of MEST, they
compare notes, communicate and agree on what is real. But
the only reason they need to agree is because prior to that
they had decided to disagree! So having separated into two
beings (who have decided not to be each other and
therefore have different views which are not the same, not in
agreement), they need to posit affinity for each other, and
create agreement between each other, both by means of
communication.
This is the limit of the basics: 0 through 3. The following two
numbers are less primal, yet appear to be inevitable results of
the postulates behind the first few.
4 = my self is not mine
"I" contains conflict, other-determinism, etc. This is the final,
deadly mistake. Its roots are in the second lie. Therefore 4 is
a lower harmonic of 2. Here one is taking the next step
implied by the refusal to be responsible for Other. It appears
to be an inevitable progression, which is why when I originally
roughed this out to a friend I likened the steps of numbers to a
Goals Problems Mass lineplot. They arent one, and if
anything appear to be senior (occurring prior) to GPM
sequences. This number 4 reminds me of a remark by
Geoffrey Filbert in his book Excaliber Revisited to the effect
that the cross represents the fact that life is never other than
at right angles to itself. A division of the circle by 4 yields a
cross.
5 = I can successfully (harmoniously) be MEST
Here is the number of Man (on this planet at least), and in a
broader sense its the number of a being inhabiting a body.
This is an attempt to rectify the mistake of 4 by ignoring it and
carrying on in hopefully blissful ignorance. Therefore 5 is a
lower harmonic of 3. But its a very badly done harmonic
which is quite out of balance. This is the pentagram, where
self sits atop the internalized conflict of 4. Here the I am is a
lie resisting the other-determinism of 4, and not very
successfully.

To me this stuff appears to be prior to universes, and basic to
the formation of universes including this universe we are
inside. The first few numbers may undercut any and
everything being researched by our best people. If what Im
seeing is correct, these early postulates would be prior to
everything on the whole track including the Jewel of
Knowledge described by The Pilot. These original postulates
behind numbers appear to underlie the entire trap. They
indicate the source of early track mischief which resides in
miscommunication, breaks in affinity, disagreement on reality
and the deliberate harmful acts which resulted from refusal to
understand. All our attempts to regain understanding seem to
be alter-is atop these postulates. So knowledge of them
should be helpful to anyone who wishes to dig themselves
out.
Ouran
back to index
Archetypal Numbers (5/1/01)
0 Zero when postulated, was postulated with/as part of infinity. So there is no
standalone Zero. The real postulate is: 0 = which was later separated into a
dichotomy: all existence vs no existence.
1 One when postulated was also postulated as part of infinity. Therefore: 1 =
. This became the One Big Being vs Individuality dichotomy (One splits
into Many).
Neither of these manifested as a conflict until Two.
2 Two is the division necessary to enable the above as problems. It was after
the idea of Two, that One and Zero were gleefully backpostulated into
dichotomies. Until then the apparent conflicts in the Zero and One postulates
weren't actually conflicting. therefore Zen operates at 0 and 1 because Zen
consists of postulating the logically impossible. Therefore it may be reasoned
that reason itself derives from duality and dichotomy. This is the principle of
separation, necessary for such things as perception. Formula: 2 =0, which
becomes: (+1) +(-1) =0, then as a deliberate lie: (+1) does not equal (-1).
3 Three shifts the opposing, negative pole of the dichotomy from its place at
Two and moves it to Three, inserting a space between them with a new Two,
into which time operates changes, growths and decays. It's the basis of
triangles, normal decay scales, and the simple cycle of action. All the three part
triangular arrangements in GD7.html are fractal echoes of this postulate. This is
the principle of creation changing through time. Formula: 3 =2. (Hebraic
formula for possible old universe: Yod Vau He )
4 Four initiates inversion below zero/stop of cycles. It does this by moving
the third leg of the triangle from bottom to top, and then taking the first leg to
the bottom and splitting it in two. What was once simply STOP (which
automatically uncreated), can now be either STOP as an uncreate, or STOP as
not-isness. (This revelation was on the tip of my mind for months, then I was
reading the Viking Way book at http://www.viking-z.org/zen/index.htm it
suddenly fell into place for me.) This is the division of as-isness into either
"un" or "not". Expressed as the four elements: as-isness/uncreate (dissolve) is
FIRE, not-is (identification) is WATER, alter-is (association) is AIR and isness
(differentiation) is EARTH. The hellishness of this arrangement becomes
apparent upon close inspection; the only way to obtain a reasonably clear view
and control is by going solid, by confronting solid matter. Uncreation has been
stripped from number one of any operating triangle and placed as an unlabeled
alternate at three of the triangle. The two lead elements of FIRE and WATER
have been placed at the bottom, while the top is occupied by EARTH!
Uncreation has become disassociation! There;'s no way to as-is anything inside
this system, because to do so is madness! One has to literally rise up (shift up)
one universe to the level of triangles just to resolve anything. The only element
of the four which was not really changed from the triangle is AIR, which
remains at CHANGE/alter-is of both triangle and four elements. This
arrangement allows simple cycles of action to become capable of proceeding
beyond and below death/stop. Four leads to minus numbers and evil intentions.
Without the Four postulate, this universe would consist of only located thought
and plus emotion above matter, otherwise called the mental and astral planes.
Four divided the third element of what would have been matter in a higher
universe (represented by the Hebrew letter He) into etheric (AIR) and material
(EARTH) planes, and gives them precedence, replacing them at the bottom
position with WATER and FIRE. With Four comes things like turning Three
into not-isness, thought trapped in matter, resistance, denial, efforting, mass,
matter and solidity; also not-have, not-do and not-be. If Two is simple division,
then Four is open warfare. This is the principle of "not". Formula: 4 =3 - 1.
(The planes and elements often appear to be in a definite sequence. But the
more I research the more this fragments into mere apparancy and agreement.
Hebraic formula of this universe seems to be sequenced: Yod Vau He H as the
four planes of this universe. But the sequence is H He Vau Yod from within
the etheric (logical)mind.) All I can posit here is that whoever(s) designed this
place is a great practical joker.
5 Five "solves" the stuck condition of not-isness by giving the Being a new
blank start, but at a lower condition. This is the origin of spiraling down the
planes and universes, with slowly collapsing abilities. Formula: 5 =-0.
One thing became terribly clear once I'd seen the truth written in The Shape of Apparent "Truth", and
that is the narrative content of incidents were not the true causes of case. They were linked to the true
causes, but were not the actual source of a being's problems. "Implants" for example are excuses; they
are motivators. Even unsticking a motivator by locating a corresponding overt is merely loosening up
the dichotomy formed between them, it is not locating how that problem arose in the first place. The
real cause of case, of dukkha, lies far above the overt/motivator phenomenon. It lies well above any of
the contents of physical universes. The real causes of case lie far above the located spirit or "thetan".
They originate in the archetypal activities of what Rowland Barkley calls the "source self", which is
above time and space and the four planes of this universe.

POSTULATES: LIES, DAMNED LIES AND STATISTICS

0. Let's go way back in the past and way high on the tone
scale (Filbert's, not Hubbard's). Beginning at the beginning is
what we usually call "native state." This is truth with a capital
T.
1. Just below native state is what we usually call "static." This
is the singular beingness. It is what exists after native state
declared "I am." At this level of the tone scale all theta is one
being. That being is you, but it's also me! And everyone else
too.
2. Below/after static are the results of static playing a
beingness game with itself. The game is played as
deliberately not-knowing itself in various locations. This
creates multiple thetans -- us. You and me.
In the above, 0 is the only pure truth. It is the truth because it
makes no postulates. Postulates are creative lies.
The first lie told (at 1, static) is "I am."
The second lie told (at 2, thetans) is "I am me."
Native State is no postulate and is the ultimate as-isness.
"I am" is a first postulate (which acts as a second postulate to
Native State) and is the original as-isness.
"I am me" is a second postulate atop the first, and is the
original alter-isness.
From a certain perspective it's all lies: all universes, all
beingnesses, all games. But that's okay! Lies are fun. They
are our creations.
I realize that someone who has read the "Phoenix Lectures"
might think of the first postulate as the as-isness which
achieves erasure, but that's only an apparency. It is Native
State which achieves erasure of the first lie in any series (the
as-isness) by inspection.
The truth is that any thetan is operating at all times
everywhere on the scale, from top to bottom, from Native
State to cold hard MEST. It is the processee operating at
Native State (Sovereignty -- 400.0 ) while erasing in
processing and meditation. It is the person operating at Static
(Single Deity - 320.0 - Life That Is Not Being) who
communicates with other persons (duplicates intentions) in a
single "I am.". It is the person operating at what I call Thetans
(Multiple Deity - 160.0 - Volition, Coexistence) who says "I
am ME!" Below those highest levels are all the postulates,
ideas, opinions, emotions, efforts, etc which any and every
one of us create constantly.
So please understand that the idea of a person being at a
particular tone is an apparency only. It's just not true. We
often get ourselves trapped in viewing only a narrow range of
the Expanded Tone Scale, and are unaware of most of it. But
you can change that, expand your awareness to include the
whole range. And when you hit the top or near it -- this stuff
comes into view. All our lovable lies.
Ouran
back to index

updated 10/26/00
PRIME DECISIONS AND POSTULATES

Only -- some of these aren't really postulates. I have seen
three high levels of action by a being so far. The highest
action I call "decision" in deference to the phrase "...the
decision is to be." This is an action at the level of beingness
and occurs in the Causal band of the tone scale. Next action
down occurs just below the Causal band around Creation,
and is literally that -- creation. Its action is that of as-isness.
Below that is the action of postulation through Postulates in
the Thought band.
The top group of "postulates" I've written below are not really
postulates, but I'll be damned if I can find human language to
express them otherwise. Therefore please read them with an
understanding that they are words used to represent
decisions about beingness rather than postulates about
spaces or objects. Treat them as signposts pointing where
you should go look, instead of exactly worded concepts which
somehow are perfectly translatable into English.
ZERO EQUALS INFINITY
This one seems to be behind the Native State/The Static
phenomenon. This is how the Nothing of Static is also the
unmanifested all and infinite Everything of Native State.
Several months after I wrote this I found that Ogger also
found it and wrote it years ago in Super Scio #10D:
The absolute postulates are the underlying nature of theta and they are:
a) Not only are you nothing but you never existed in the first place
AND
b) You are everyone and everything.
That sums it up nicely! It's so great when someone else finds
completely different words to explain the exact same reality.
TO BE (or) TO EXIST
This is the "postulate" of Single Deity. It could also be stated
slightly down the scale as:
I AM
I AM ME
This is part of the process below Coexistence of not-knowing
oneself in order to produce individuated thetans. Ask any
beingness who he is long enough and you'll get that same
answer: "Me!"
Looking at the span of existence (the tone scale) is see:
EVERY PROPOSITION CONTAINS ITS OPPOSITE
another way:
THE TOP IS THE BOTTOM
Both of these seem to derive from:
ZERO EQUALS TWO
This one gives us our span from total existence down to total
non-existence. In this the Static is divided into positive versus
negative qualities. To state any positive concept like "love" is
to instantly create its opposite of "hate." "Be" versus "not- be."
"Know" versus "not-know." GPMs are based on this one. But
we had to complicate it further with the first, 2nd, 3rd
postulate concepts which give us our triangles. At root they
appear to be this bit of apparent nonsense:
ONE EQUALS THREE
Which is to say the 1st postulate (the as-isness) equals the
3rd postulate (not-isness). This gives us a space into which
were inserted our scales, and it also opens up reality into a
universe or universes in which we may have a game. This is
because "zero equals two" and "one equals three" apparently
combine to produce this persisting postulate:
THREE IS THE ANTITHESIS OF ONE
When a top concept such as KNOW is stated, it then
automatically (as per this postulate) creates an opposition
item called NOT-KNOW, or UNKNOWABLE. That specific
pair create the Expanded Know to Mystery scale, with KNOW
at as-isness, UNKNOWABLE at not-isness, and the scale
between being a bridge of alter-is between these terminals.
"One equals three" is also the postulate which is responsible
for the mistaken identification of the theta triangles with their
MEST triangle equivalents (see: "Collapsed Triangles").
Reality is booby trapped with contradictory statements.
There are quite a few basic postulates, and also a scale
between "be" and "not-be" in Homer's ACT23 memo.

(Lower Postulates of Importance)
A THING EXISTS ONLY IN THE MOMENT (INSTANT OF
TIME) IN WHICH IT WAS FIRST CREATED
This is why a processee needs to locate "basic."
Corollaries would be:
THE "TIME" OF ANY OBJECT IS THE EXACT MOMENT
OF ITS CREATION
THE "TIME" OF A LIVING BODY IS THE EXACT MOMENT
OF ITS BIRTH
This is what operates the mechanisms behind astrology.
(Further on this group in Ghost Danse #21) Ogger located an
implant which seems to be either the origin of this group of
postulates, or closely related: The Time Implant. Other deeply
entrenched postluates are available in that one also.
Ouran
back to index

THE NATURE OF DECISIONS AND POSTULATES

"A postulate is simply a projected decision or mockup."--Ken Ogger, "Super
Scio" #10D
All theta (thetans, entities, elder gods, etc.) acts by means of
one thing only: decision.
In the Causal band of the tone scale decisions are made
concerning beingness only. This is above universes. This is
not to say that decisions can't be made at this level affecting
universe. They can easily because the Causal band is senior
to everything. But the decisions are made at a level of BE.
In the upper Thought band (Know) between Creation and
Postulates decisions are made creating spaces of various
sizes.
In the middle Thought band (Know About) decisions are
made and projected into already existing spaces.
In the lower Thought band (Look) decisions project into
personal spaces only. They cannot be made to stick beyond
that because at the level of Opinions the theta takes only
limited points of view.
In the Emotional band decisions only affect even smaller
limited personal spaces.
In the Effort band decisions are made for the thetan by
himself on a beingness via. These are carried out by entities
(demon circuits); and these decisions only affect reality in
negative ways. The effort is to succumb.
In the Mystery band decisions are made by the thetan at a
huge unconscious effect, cause being deferred to other
beingness higher on the scale. At the bottom of the Mystery
band EVERYTHING, including MEST itself is cause to the
thetan. This is a sort of a "causing onself to be effect of other
cause" and an inversion of the top of the scale. In the Mystery
band, personal spaces which have collapsed to zero begin
opening out once more -- but they are owned and known by
others.
The activity in the crucial Thought band above has three
expressions:
In the upper Thought band is activity taken done as as-isness.
At Considerations (beginning of Know About and middle
Thought band) this changes to the exact isness, which is to
say the persisting second postulate which is the alter-isness.
This activity further degenerates at Games/Play/Opinions
(Lookingness) into a non-confront on the exact isness. For
that reason Games is the beginning of not-isness on the tone
scale.
Do not be deceived by the writings of LRH into thinking that a
thetan "is at" only one specific tone on the scale. The truth is
that a thetan is capable of being all the way up and down the
scale occupying any and all tones of it. But as a Being
degenerates it abandons more and more of the upper tones,
becoming more and more limited to consciously expressing
"a" tone, which single expression drops down the scale. The
hidden truth is that even a heavily aberrated thetan is still
using the whole scale and occupying all positions, but not
consciously. The current human on this planet is expressing a
tone in the effort band but is unaware of doing so because its
attention is filled with the input of emotion and MEST thought
outflowed by the body. Therefore the tones above and below
emotion and part of the effort band are "subconscious." But
they are still there and can be contacted by anyone.
A way of viewing the scale would be as an ever shortening
reach where postulates are restricted more and more as one
descends.
A peculiarity is that these truths appear different from different
locations on the scale. None of the activity I described above
is quite true when viewed from above in the Causal band.
Remember I said that "in the middle Thought band (Know
About) decisions are made and projected into already existing
spaces"? Well the truth above Considerations is: at
Considerations the postulate which seems to be projected
INTO a space is actually creating the space, and is therefore
being done at Postulates or higher. But that's not quite true
either because above that the decision is still one of
beingness (being the space itself), which in turn creates the
space, which in turn allows the illusion of projecting into that
space. So the postulate which is being "projected" at
Considerations, isn't really, because it is actually done in the
Causal band. Does this mean that the only truth is the top of
the scale? Yes and no. Yes the only truth is the top of the
scale, but the very top contains the whole scale including the
bottom.
It might help in visualizing these phenomena to remember the
triangles article. These top (first column) items are
equivalents: BE, AFFINITY, SPACE. When projecting a
postulate "into" a space, one must BE that space in order to
truly have it within you and change it.
Ouran
back to index
(latest update 6/01/01)

THE THREE PART CYCLE (triangle) OF
DAMNED NEAR EVERYTHING
Most everyone reading this is probably familiar with the cycle
of action: start-change-stop. But where does it come from?
What IS it? This is what I've been investigating and here are
my results.
There is/was/projectedtobeforever a pattern we laid down
which underlies our triangles. It consists of a first aspect
which approximates theta in some form or aspect, followed by
a second aspect which could be described as a flux or
change, and finished by a third aspect which either returns to
theta (theta triangle) or drops to the bottom of the tone scale
(MEST triangle). More on those below. The highest triangle
I've located in the MEST universe is the Creation triangle of
as-is, alter-is, not-is. "As-is" approximates theta by being both
creation and duplication, a first postulate. "Alter-is" is the
change which permits universes to exist/persist, a second
postulate. "Not-is" is the attempted destruction of the 2nd
postulate by force, a third (or more) postulate without
acknowledgement of the 2nd postulate. This is the MEST
cycle of Creation and also the basis of how we operate in
universes. (Please note that the above three are actions, i.e.
VERBS. LRH's fourth item in Phoenix Lectures "isness" is a
NOUN and the existing result of alterisness.)
It's quite sad that LRH got so close yet missed noticing this
pattern. :(
In any case, my point is this: ALL VALID TRIANGLES FIT
INTO THIS PATTERN. One leg will approximate theta,
another will be a change of some sort, and the third will either
dissolve into theta again or drop to the bottom. ALWAYS.
(The third leg is a concealed dichotomy.) So double check all
triangles for this pattern. If they have it, you have a valid
triangle which operates within the mind and universes (same
things). If a triangle does not fit this pattern then it should be
rejected or amended appropriately.
Sorry if this sounds pedantic. It's not intended that way. I wish
to help everyone in their endeavors by communicating what
I've uncovered.
This is a major discovery. I wish I didn't have to find it. I wish
LRH had found it, but the closest he came was to say
something to the effect that the theta cycle was CREATE-
CREATE-CREATE, and the MEST cycle was CREATE-
SURVIVE-DESTROY. Don't ask me for the reference on that.
I forget where he said that.
The root of it when I first investigated seemed to be the cycle
of creation.
The Creation Triangle
AS-IS ALTER-IS NOT-IS
(Then later I got a clear view higher on the tone scale and
saw what was above creation and postulation: BEINGNESS.)
This is the cycle of creation as it appears within a universe.
Therefore it will be the cycle that people can see clearly and
hold within their minds because it is low enough on the scale
that it can be imaged.
A thing is intended/postulated as-is, then it is immediately lied
about and altered to keep it from vanishing. The common trick
a person uses to alter an as-isness is to deny having made it.
The persisting alter-isness is sometimes referred to as an
"isness" but that term is unnecessary. Remember: this is the
cycle of action and creation within a universe, because the
next action is what causes us so much grief. The next action
is to not-is the alterisness, to deny it completely, cover it up,
black it out. The most common trick used in universes to
obtain not-isness is to get the agreement of others. By
agreeing, others are saying that they didn't create it -- which is
untrue.
Not-isness has a rather bad reputation, but it really is an
integral part of how we construct reality. Without it, we would
have no solid universe in which to play. It would be far too
easy to unmock. So early in track we apparently went on quite
a streak of piling not-is upon not-is, deeper and deeper until
we arrive at the current condition of being in rather too deep.
The real "cycle" of a thetan is not a cycle at all:
AS-IS ALTER-IS AS-IS
This is what auditing achieves. A spirit or "thetan" doesn't
actually operate in any universe, not even his "own" universe.
So a thetan doesn't function on a cycle of action. The truth
therefore is the as-isness only, with alter-is and not-is being
temporary untruths. Since not-is is a lie, then it really is a
denied form of alter-is. "Mind" is a type of MEST (Matter,
Energy, Space & Time). So to resolve MEST, a thetan needs
to do its real final/initial step of as-is. But of course if that is
done completely it undoes "reality", leaving no game and no
universes. That latter is the purpose of Buddhism.
I was reading Geoffrey Filbert's "Excalibur Revisited" and ran
across the perfect way to describe the dual nature of the third
element of this triangle (in this third paragraph). He spoke of
someone doing either a "not" or an "un" on a physical
universe condition. Using that model the triangle could be
explained like this:
AS-IS ALTER-IS (UN or NOT)-IS
So to reword the second paragraph: The cycle of creation
which creates universes consists of an initial creation (as-
isness), followed by an altering of that creation to keep it from
vanishing upon inspection (alter-isness). But that also is a
little too easy to undo by inspection, so a third postulate is
made which either denies the existence of the first two,
claiming falsely that it is the first postulate (not-isness), or
returns the existence to the original postulate (un-isness). The
not-isness persists as extremely solid universes.
These two cycles combine to give us an apparent cycle in
which the third element either rises to the top of the tone
scale (and old Chart of Attitudes), or sinks to the bottom
thereof. Every true triangle based on the original archetype
has its third element exhibiting this dual nature. From this it
can be seen that true triangles are an expression of decay
scales.
Let's take the basic triangle as a CREATE-CREATE-CREATE
action and examine the postulates. For purposes of this
discussion let's stick a number after each in order to
distinguish between them, okay? So:
CREATE1-CREATE2-CREATE3
CREATE1 is the original creation on the subject.
CREATE2 is another original creation which is then APPLIED
to CREATE1 rather than giving it it's own space. This
application of a creation into the space of a prior creation is
what the old man called "alter-is". Good name for it.
CREATE3 is yet another original creation which is applied --
not to CREATE1, oh no! -- but to CREATE2! Our favorite
redhead called this action "not-isness" because it tends to
obliterate CREATE1 completely from sight. CREATE3 can be
in multiple layers. One can have hundreds or thousands or
millions or quadrillions of layers of CREATE3. Is uppose one
could call these CREATE4, CREATE5, CREATE183,183,658,
etc as they accumulate -- but really it's much more convenient
to classify all of them from 3 on as "not-isness".
What is fascinating is to look at the postulates involved in this
sequence.
CREATE1 is permitted to remain theta itself, which all
CREATEs are really anyway.
CREATE2 is in conflict with itself because CREATE2's space
is actually the anchor points of CREATE1, which arrangement
is postulated to hang up, which is bipolar and is the
foundation of what we call dichotomies. This postulate to
hang up and persist is itself a CREATE1, which gets modified
in a moment...
CREATE3 does to CREATE2 what CREATE2 did to
CREATE1. Which in turn means that it alter-ises (does a
CREATE2) the postulate to hang up, which itself PERSISTS
now! This alteration of the postulate to hang up makes
CREATE3 seem to be the creation which goes solid, instead
of CREATE2. This solidity at CREATE3 reacts back against
CREATE2, making CREATE2 a gradual process of
modification between the poles of CREATE1 and CREATE3.
The result is a triangle, with CREATE2 the "change" which
can be run in either direction: either toward CREATE1 or
CREATE3.
The Creation triangle is formed on the dichotomy of "true vs
lie". When something is a lie, one either uns it or nots it.
This triangle echoes or cascades down through reality in a
fractal manner as a series of other triangles which are derived
from it. These triangles are not the ultimate truth, but they are
close enough to have enormous usefulness. Here's one:
PERCEPTION-EVALUATION-JUDGEMENT. "Judgement"
can either be all viewpoints (which is pervasive and theta
triangle), or one viewpoint (which is an opinion and MEST
triangle version).
Another:
AS-IS = start
ALTER-IS = change
NOT-IS = stop
Therefore the cycle of action START CHANGE STOP is really
the same triangle, merely a special case application of the
basic principle to an already existing part of a universe
containing alter-isness and not-isness. START is not really an
as-isness, but it shares with as-isness the quality of beginning
something, a moment of silence in a series of alter/not-isness
before creation of a new isness. CHANGE normally has much
more going on than a simple alter-isness, in fact CHANGE is
usually a series of alterations atop not-isness. STOP is
normally more than merely a third postulate, and in fact is
usually a not-isness of a prior not-isness in its downscale
expression, or the cancelling of notisnesses in its upscale
expression.
Another triangle has been called the Experience triangle. A
better name would be:
The Decision Triangle
The Decision triangle consists of: BE, DO, HAVE
BE comes closest to theta, i.e. as-isness
DO is a change, an alteration of the beingness
HAVE is a solidified beingness, being MEST
HAVE resolves upward to PERVADING the space of the thing
had, or downward to POSSESS. POSSESS is having
something one is not having as a pervasion, i.e. not being.
This degenerates into further not-have, destruction, etc. You
might notice that in language every verb is either BE, DO or
HAVE. From the viewpoint of someone at DO this triangle
appears to be best described as that of Experience. But that
is only true within universes. But BE extends above
universes. At the highest tones (in the Causal band) decisions
are about beingness: who to be, who to not be, who to
separate from, etc. Lower on the scale, but still relatively high
from the viewpoint of a meat body, decisions are made about
what to DO. Still lower and extending to the bottom are
decisions about what to HAVE. But HAVE stops a Being
because as one descends everything inverts into a BEING
HAD, where the being is at the receipt point of HAVE as other
determinism. I can also see that HAVE is the "Goal" in GPMs.
The reason GPMs have such incredible charge and force
behind them is because they are driven by the most powerful
action that spirits make. This is "desire" of which the sages of
India spoke.
(Sidebar: in descending order these are the actions of spirits
(theta):
Decisions - done in the Causal range and affecting BE-DO-HAVE
Creations/Postulates - the living dream done at the top of the Thought
band and creating AS-IS, ALTER-IS, NOT-IS
(The Co$ sometimes confused the MEST triangle HAVE as
NOT-IS with its theta equivalent of HAVE as having
something in your space as it is. More on this in the article
"Collapsed Triangles.")
The triangle of understanding is another one:
Understanding Triangle
AFFINITY, REALITY, COMMUNICATION
AFFINITY is a willingness to share space, to share
beingness, to BE as another IS, as-is.
COMMUNICATION is a motion of particles in space, i.e.
Doingness, an alter-is of location.
REALITY is solidified, lied-about agreement without actually
achieving the as-isness which is true theta agreement. OR it
is spiritual duplication.
LRH placed them in the wrong sequence. The real sequence
is AFFINITY, COMMUNICATION, REALITY. The third leg of
"REALITY" resolves upward to DUPLICATION, or down to
AGREEMENT.
(The Co$ concentrates upon COMMUNICATION and
REALITY far more than AFFINITY, and by doing so
emphasizes alter-is and not-is more than as-is -- except
during auditing of course, where they are doing an un-is.
Their lack of distinguishing between "un" and "not" allows
them to emphasize the not-is, which keeps their affinity
restricted (communication and reality also) enough that a lack
of affinity in dealing with public, enemies (mostly self-created),
and even their own staff (beans and rice anyone?) is not
perceived as an outpoint. This created a ceiling beyond which
the Co$ as an organization can not rise, and indeed forces
their own decay as a group...)
The triangle of KRC is another one:
KNOW (as certainty, not "know about"), CONTROL,
RESPONSIBILITY.
To KNOW something, one pervades or becomes it.
To CONTROL something, one alters it.
To be RESPONSIBLE, one either owns and is something by
pervasion, for true responsibility causes an as-isness -- or it
drops to the bottom as Blame.
(I wonder if the Co$ understood this one. It would be rather
easy to confuse this triangle with its theta equivalent of Know-
Control-Know, which is AS-ISNESS, ALTER-ISNESS, AS-
ISNESS.)
Here's a new triangle I haven't seen anywhere else:
The first one is CREATION OF SPACE (close your eyes and
visualize a three dimensional space in front of you). This
seems to be analogous to AFFINITY, BE and KNOW in the
other triangles.
The second seems to involve a CHANGE OF SPACE, i.e. a
change of location, which is basic to movement. This would
be analogous to COMMUNICATION, DO and CONTROL.
The third is those precise, FIXED LOCATIONS one uses to
define the limits/parameters of a space or an object in a
space. This would be analogous to REALITY, HAVE and
RESPONSIBILITY. This is often a limited space, rather than
the infinite space of infinite beingness.
Oddly enough our triangles relate to the numbers 1, 2 and 3.
They point back to what was apparently done a long "time"
ago. I did a write up on that in some detail (see Ghost Danse
#6 "The Postulates Behind Numbers"), but here's an
abbreviated version of what I see:
(0. Before universes and beingness was a Nothing, native
state.)
1. Then the static decided "I am." That was the number ONE,
for there was a single ONE being, infinite (a static). I think this
is sometimes seen as a vision of infinite space.
2. Next the ONE took a single point to view, which was also a
point of view looking outward at infinite space, which
immediately created its opposite of being everywhere else
looking in at that point. This looks like it began a beingness
game, dividing and playing by refusing to know parts of itself.
This led to creating TWO. TWO is the first lie. It is a lie of
declaring that one point of view was unknown to another point
of view. (As near as I can tell there is only one beingness. We
are all a single theta.) This process individuated all thetans. It
also created all dichotomies, which we later used against
ourselves in such fun stuff as GPMs.
3. Next part of the game was TWO separated thetans viewing
a point which both claimed, but neither was fully BEING. This
necessitated AGREEMENT about that third point, which
neither thetan allowed the other to be, which was laid on top
of neither thetan allowing itself to be the other thetan.
That laid in the entire pattern from that point on. Different
thetans who could BE one another at will, but which in order
to maintain a game kept themselves separate, contended
over objects which they had to communicate to one another
about in order to make those objects "real", i.e. agreed-upon.
What I'm seeing is some prime principle which is behind both
universes and the structure of the mind. This principle has
three parts, and each part looks different depending upon
what area of mind or universe it's applied to. Let's label the
three parts 1, 2 and 3 so that we can easily keep track of
which are analogous to one another. That gives us:
1. create 2. exist 3. destroy
1. be 2. do 3. have
1. start 2. change 3. stop
1. born 2. live 3. die
1. love (affinity) 2. communication 3. reality (agreement)
1. Knowing as certainty 2. Control 3. Responsible
1. creation of spaces 2. change of space (movement) 3.
anchor points of spaces
Careful consideration will yield this relation to the Heisenberg
Uncertainty Principle:
"1." is the observer, we who create things.
"2." is a particle in motion whose energy is known but location
is unknown because it keeps changing.
"3." is a particle whose location is known, but whose energy
(motion) has been stopped and is therefore unknown.
I call this the Heisenberg Triangle.
So these primal triangles relate to the Heisenberg uncertainty
principle, which to my mind validates Heisenberg more than
the other way around!
Another example of this three part primal postulate was stated
by The Pilot (Ken Ogger) in Super Scio (#5A - Implant
Universes):
"Universes are created by postulate, perpetuated by alterisness, and made real
by agreement."
That statement is quite true, and points up the identity of the
ARC triangle with the way a thetan handles MEST by
postulate: as-isness, alter-isness and not-isness. Please note
that "postulate" at Creation is not the same thing quite as
Postulates on the tone scale. Postulates on the tone scale are
limited to specific alterations or creations within universes. At
Creation on the other hand, a whole unverse is made as a
living dream. In order to create, a thetan must do an as-isness
(not as a duplicate like in therapy, but an initial as-isness).
Then the thetan (you or I) alters that as-isness so that it won't
vanish, then finally "makes it real" by getting other thetans to
also say it's there. Of course it was real before it was agreed
upon, so that agreement between thetans is a lie, a 3rd
postulate covering up the original postulate -- which is the
anatomy of not-is.
But this has profound implications. For one thing it means that
in order to accomplish the as-isness, the thetan must BE the
thing created -- AFFINITY, remember? And what is AFFINITY
but willingness to BE a SPACE? So BE of be-do-have is also
AFFINITY and creation of a SPACE & what's in that space.
That means "perpetuated by alterisness" is communication
and doingness.
That means "made real by agreement" is not-isness and
havingness.
Let's graph this out so it's easier to see the correspondences:
1. 2. 3.
as-isness alter-isness not-isness
be do have
start change stop
create survive destroy
space motion anchor
points/objects
But why are supposedly agreeable things like "have" and
"objects" equal to unpleasant things like "not-isness",
"destroy" and "stop"? The key to understanding is in
Heisenberg. The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle states that
the energy of a particle may be known, or its location may be
known, but not both at the same time. Applied, this means
that since life is motion and change, then if you "have"
something you have stopped it and all the life (motion) goes
out of it. This is why people with a lot of havingness, a lot of
possessions, get sort of solid. They are stopped. That may be
a backdoor way to describe what is wrong with us in this
universe -- too much havingness, and everything too solid
and stopped. This also chillingly validates the view of matter
being "dead theta."
This Heisenberg viewpoint is further supported by a line in
Ogger's Super Scio (#7C):
"Solids could be considered to be stopped motion. Also, not-isness is stopped
motion."
Crowley pointed out that the Egyptian symbol of life, the
looped cross or ankh, is merely a sandal strap and
symbolizes the power to go. In a universe life is in doing and
communication. To go solid and dead a thetan stops and
"has" without motion. To create (recreate) the condition which
put the thetan into a universe it should "be", which is affinity.
That's how the thetan got in, and it must duplicate that in
order to get out. All auditing consists of as-isness, of
duplicating what it did to get so far inside a universe.
On the way the mind thinks vis-a-vis the triangles:
"differentiation" creates space (separation) between
things (1st column)
"association" creates communication between things and
brings them into
various degrees of proximity (2nd column)
"identification" collapses space (no separation) (3rd
column)
"disassociation" inverts the collapsed space by opening
space with not-is
(force), and/or is an expression of a thetan being in a
condition of
elsewhereness. (3rd column out the bottom)
In addition to the above, the three energy types of
DISPERSAL, FLOW and RIDGE are mere manifestations of
this prime archetype underlying the universe and our
operation within it. A being playing a game within a universe
plays by means of what we call in language "verbs." There
are three types of verbs: BE, DO and HAVE. In order to play a
game, to DO, one first has to BE something or someone. One
needs an identity, a role to be a player, a SPACE in the
game. Then one must have objects. One needs a body or
other symbol to represent self, and bodies, objects and
symbols to represent other players. These must be in the
playing field, which can be small like a miniature chess set, or
as large as an entire physical universe. This is HAVE. Once
identities and a playing field full of stuff are established, then
a game can be played with actions occurring. This is DO.
That trio of be/do/have is very basic to existence, and our trio
of dispersal/flow/ridge are special limited cases of it.
DISPERSAL is BE.
FLOW is DO.
RIDGE is HAVE.
A DISPERSAL appears to be a very fundamental
manifestation of beingness, a spherical glow of energy from a
location in space, a deva or "shining one." An outflowing
dispersal (explosion) creates open space, flexibility and
allows thought/postulates/intention to move rapidly. It also
enables an easy shift of viewpoint (location in space) for a
being, which is why the mutable signs exhibit these qualities.
On a very high "plane" this relates to the number ONE (see
article on numbers), which is pure "I am" and is sometimes
seen as a vision of infinite space. This is AS-ISNESS.
A FLOW is the most basic action of doingness, from one
location in space toward a second location. On a very high
"plane" this relates to the number TWO. This is basic to
dichotomies of opposites such as black/white, good/evil, etc.
This is ALTER-ISNESS.
A RIDGE forms a solid mass and is therefore the most basic
manifestation of havingness. On a very high "plane" this
relates to the number THREE. This is NOT-ISNESS.
In astrology the 12 signs of the zodiac are divided into three
groups:
MUTABLE CARDINAL FIXED
A MUTABLE sign (Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius, Pisces) is
mental, flexible and readily takes on other points of view. This
is a very specialized case of DISPERSAL.
A CARDINAL sign (Aries, Cancer, Libra, Capricorn) is active,
and a doer. This is a very specialized case of FLOW.
A FIXED sign (Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius) is stubborn
and acts/reacts slowly. This is a very specialized case of
RIDGE.
The Hindus, for some reason unknown to me, deified this
primal triangle as:
BRAHMA the Creator
VISNU the preserver
SIVA the destroyer
Seems like a silly thing to do, make a god out of it!
Here's all of them together:
1. 2. 3.
as-isness alter-isness not-isness
be do have
create survive destroy
born live die
affinity communication reality
know control responsible
space motion anchor
points/objects
start change stop
observer energy mass
dispersal flow ridge
mutable cardinal fixed
Brahma Visnu Siva
Add to these Max Sandor's Goal Construct triangle as it
appears in Max Sandor's Purple Notebook:
I (self) the will objective
(sattva) (rajas) (tamas)
This is an excellent translation of the source material in the
Bhagavad Gita.
Add another echo of the primal triangle I just spotted, the
Symbol triangle:
meaning mobility mass
Add the 2nd, 3rd and 4th tones on Filbert's tone scale:
static coexistence individuality
These three are the only triangle I've seen which lies above
Creation on the tone scale.
In the African/Caribbean Yoriba system:
Olorun Eleda Olodumare
ORUN:
OLORUN: This is the all encompassing IT, that which everything has within.
The source of everlasting being and existence. The Creator of all things. The
life giver. The Alpha and Omega. That which was in the beginning and has no
end. All things comes from The Power. Beyond comprehension.
ELEDA: Energy unconditioned by matter. The radiant force from the source of
all things. All things within the power of Olorun, the indwelling spirit - Odu.
OLODUMARE: Energy manifested into matter. That which is seen as material.
All things within Olorun.
(from the IjoOrunmila cosmology page)
Add the Awareness triangle spotted by Ken Ogger and
mentioned in his Research Notes of 1997:
Knowingness perception memory
If I may quote him:
"7. AWARENESS
Perception + Knowingness + Memory = Awareness
There may be a break in awareness.
Awareness is never lost, it is only disconnected.
The above 3 probably do not form an interrelated triange like ARC."
On the other hand Ken, they probably do! This would have to
be the triangle behind the Know to Mystery scale. (Definitely
not the KRC triangle.) In the ascending version of this triangle
memory is recovered as in processing, removing the not-is
from Knowingness. In the descending version, memory
accumulates mass and not-is until it is unconfrontable and
lost to view.
You might notice that I changed the usual order in which
some of the triangles appear. That is deliberate. I changed
them in order to show how they line up with the others.
There are certainly more of these. But this is what I see as of
now.
(10/14/00) Near the end of "Super Scio" (#10C) Ken Ogger
seems to have spotted many of the same facts about the
triangles as I have. His take on them is slightly different in
perspective from mine (We are both viewing the same area
from different POVs, which does not mean that either of us
are wrong -- on the contrary, the combination of our
viewpoints is righter than either alone!). He has a different
triangle (pervasive - flux - fixed) at the top than I do (as-is -
alter-is - not-is), which I find interesting. Mine is positioned at
the top of universes, at Creation on the tone scale. I'm not
sure whether his first item ("a pervasive aspect") is intended
to operate at total pervasion of spaces (which my research
indicates is at Creation anyway), or whether it represents
something above Creation. (Please keep in mind the General
Semantics dictum that the word is not the thing. Ken and I
used different words attempting to say what we see, but that
does not mean we see different things! Reality is far richer
and more detailed than any single limited human viewpoint
can encompass, therefore the more angles the better in our
quest to envision the "cosmic all" as Doc Smith expressed it
so nicely.) The only actions I've spotted above the postulation
which begins at Creation are decisions made regarding
beingness. I'd love to discuss it with Ken, but -- alas! -- he is
currently incommunicado.
Another matter is that "prior" to the triangles of creation there
were the dichotomies. All of the #2 items, both mine and his,
are filling the span between top and bottom qualities of the
dichotomies. Therefore his triangle labeled "THE
OPERATION" was preceded by PERVASION vs NO
PERVASION, which is another way of saying "BE = space"
versus "be NO space". That dichotomy is filled by a flux,
which is the second leg of the triangle, which in turn produces
the third leg of the triangle, either as the top or the bottom
item. The ARC triangle (please note that the excellent Ken
also has placed them in the correct order!) is preceded by
AFFINITY vs HATE, etc. This dichotomy is held apart by
COMMUNICATION. The third leg, REALITY, may be
expressed as either AFFINITY or HATE.
I notice that my Heisenberg triangle consists of Ken's 3.1.1,
3.2.2, and 3.3.3. Curiouser and curiouser... I wonder how
many others exist which are mixed and matched that way?
Here is his write up verbatum:
87. In mathematics, we have what are called "fractile" patterns which are
generated by performing a subdividing operation and then repeating the
operation on each of the subdivisions etc. This is used in the chaos theory of
physics. Things like snowflakes are fractile patterns (because the same thing
happens to each piece and to each piece of a piece and to each piece of a
piece of a piece).
Seeing so many groupings of three in Scientology, I looked for an underlying
fractile pattern and came up with the following:
THE OPERATION: Starting from a singularity, it is subdivided into:
1. a pervasive aspect
2. a flux like aspect
3. a fixed aspect
Beginning from an infinite nothingness (static), the pattern branches out as
follows (I might not have it quite right):
0. Infinite nothingness (static) divides into:
1. Theta (identity, thought)
2. Time
3. Physical Reality
These each divide and their pieces divide as follows:
1. Theta (identity, thought)
1.1 Knowingness
1.1.1 Affinity
1.1.2 Communication
1.1.3 Reality
1.2 Control
1.2.1 Be
1.2.2 Do
1.2.3 Have
1.3 Responsibility
Confront
Cause
Connect (reach)
2. Time
2.1 Now (Awareness)
2.1.1 Observation
2.1.2 Probability Waves
2.1.3 Present Time
2.2 Cycles
2.2.1 Start
2.2.2 Change
2.2.3 Stop
2.3 Existence
2.3.1 Create
2.3.2 Survive
2.3.3 Destroy
3. Physical Reality
3.1 Space
3.1.1 Viewpoint
3.1.2 Dimension
3.1.3 Location
3.2 Energy
3.2.1 Dispersal
3.2.2 Flow
3.2.3 Ridge
3.3 Mass
3.3.1 Gas
3.3.2 Liquid
3.3.3 Solid
(Caveat 9/22/00 - The following are described as postulates.
They are not postulates. They are instead high tone decisions
above postulates. But to a lower awareness, such as mine
when I wrote these, they look like postulates.) In reaching for
the postulates behind as-is, alter-is, not-is this is what I get:
"First postulate is the truth." (first column)
"2nd postulate is a lie." (second column) (know about?)
"3rd postulate is an unknown." (third column)
Thereby laying out the expanded Know to Mystery scale by
creating a separation between awareness and its opposite
unawareness.
This was apparently altered (lied about) later to be:
"First postulate is Native State." (actually static, which is all
space!)
"2nd postulate is existence." (some space)
"3rd postulate is no theta." (spiritual death, being no space)
Thereby laying out the tone scale by providing a separation
between the terminals of existence and non-existence.
All six of the above are creative lies intended to provide a
foundation for creating games and universes.
There's another set of postulates or decisions above those
that I can sense. I haven't seen them clearly yet, but I know
that they will turn out to be creative lies too.
The only truth is Native State.
Ouran
back to index

NOT-ISNESS & BEINGNESS

(This article should probably not be read until after you have
read and understood "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of
Damned Near Everything.")
Not-isness is defined as any postulate(s) in addition to (on top
of) the 2nd postulate which was the alter-isness creating
persistence. This can be a 3rd postulate, 4th postulate, 104th,
10,879,214th postulate, etc. Agreement is not-isness. Let me
say that again for those of you who are stunned: agreement,
that is to say "reality" of the ARC triangle, is NOT-ISNESS. It
is not-isness because it is a false isness. A true isness is the
exact alter-isness. A false isness is any postulate which
claims to be the persisting alter-isness, but which in fact is
something else. Experimentally, if you were to take a beer
bottle (no need to empty it first) and sit across from it and
agree with it, agree with it, agree with it, over and over again,
you would find it fading and becoming unreal. This is not-
isness at work. If instead you looked at it fresh, not agreeing
with what's there but taking a new sceptical look each time,
over and over again, you would find it getting brighter and
more real. This is looking at it, stripping away not-isness, and
getting at the isness which is the exact anatomy of the alter-
isness of the original as-isness.
The sequence of creation goes like this:
As-isness, the original postulate/creation. This is the thetan
making something new in new unit of time and space. This is
followed by...
Alter-isness, a lie told to obtain persistence of the original
postulate. This is the thetan keeping his creation around so
that it doesn't vanish everytime he puts his attention on it. But
he wants to have the other parts of himself (other thetans)
view it also, so he gets them to "say that it is there" too. This
creates a...
Not-isness, which is a 3rd (or more) postulate because every
other thetan which views it postulates that he didn't create it.
And that's a lie.
You see, there is only one beingness. Period. There is only
one thetan at "static". Static is a single thetan which split off
many separate consciousnesses, each one of which claims to
be "me". Ask someone who he is, keep digging deeper and
deeper, past all the valences, symbols, masks, etc and you
will find the ultimate answer to the question: me. And every
one of us has that same damned answer!
This information is objected to strenuously by some people.
They are often terribly afraid of being overwhelmed,
blanketed, swamped by bigger, more numerous beingnesses
(for good reason, whole track is full of horrible incidents of
that sort) -- so any attempt to tell people that they are
everyone else is shouted down in terror. But it happens to be
true. But the truth is not something to be feared. The truth is
not an overwhelm. The truth is not you at effect. Rather it is
you at cause. By going UP in tone to greater awareness
(instead of DOWN like when being overwhelmed) one does
not become submerged in some bigger being. Quite the
opposite, one becomes MORE oneself! MORE individual!
This leads to static, which is ONE being. You.
This can be double checked experimentally by anyone who is
sufficiently aware. Try these:
1. I observed that telepathic experiences were not
communication in the sense of a movement of something
across space from one person to another. What I observed
was that the same thought would appear simultaneously in
my head and my friend's head. There was no motion involved.
There was no intention involved. Instead there was an instant
of intimate beingness.
2. Any person can remember the past track of any other
person, or any inanimate object, as clearly as they remember
their own past. In fact, a person can read/remember
everything and everyone in this universe, past, present and
future. This is sometimes called the "Akashic Record", but
that's a misnomer. It isn't recorded anywhere. It's simply
available because any one thetan is actually all the other
thetans and creates all of reality, therefore it is available for
any thetan to view.
One of the lies which thetans tell which accounts for a great
deal of the universe's not-isness is the lie of separation. It is
saying "I'm me here, and you're you over there, and we are
different from one another." This is the lie of separation from
static. Please understand, I'm not saying the lie was a wrong
thing to do -- on the contrary, that lie made the rich tapestry of
our existence possible -- but it's still a lie!
I had the oddest case change when I cognited on this stuff
and contacted these original postulates. Afterward my
personal case got thinner. Less forceful. For example I used
to be subject to occasional fits of anger. They didn't go away.
I still get them, sort of. But they have lost their force, become
thin and shadowy, almost silly! The force behind them is
gone. Another change which occurred after seeing static was
that I can now see all subjects with far greater clarity,
especially the spiritual ones like magic, buddhism,
scientology, yoga practices, etc -- because I now have a point
of view from a position senior to them. They all make sense,
and I can now originate clarifications about them. Like this
one.
Ouran
back to index

THE NEW TRIANGLE DATA AND SPIRITUAL THERAPY

Damned Near Everything.")
The breakthrough I made recently identifying some of the
most basic actions of a thetan -- as-isness, alter-isness, and
not-isness -- as being the source and origin of the other basic
triangles such as ARC and SCS, has profound significance in
relation to spiritual development and rehabilitation. Both the
"clearing" of Scientology and the meditations of Buddhism are
clarified by this data. I suspect it may assist anyone doing
research by giving them a baseline stable datum against
which to double check any proposed process.
As per the above named article, here are the usual triangles
(plus the Universe triangle in line 7 and the Heisenberg
triangle in line 9). The first line is the most basic triangle, with
the lines under it consisting of permutations, echoes at lower
harmonics and other variations of the basic actions of a
thetan.

as-isness
be
create
born
affinity
know
space
start
observer

dispersal
alter-isness
do
survive
live
communication
control
motion
change
energy
flow
not-isness
have
destroy
die
reality
responsible
anchor
points/objects
stop
mass
ridge
The first item is "as-isness" and it is the action sought after by
a PC in almost all Scientology auditing. Only in a few OT drills
does the processee aim for achieving items in the 2nd
column, like with drilling intention or energy flows. Often the
2nd column is used as a means to achieve column one --
communication and control being the most common examples
-- but it is a means, not the desired end result.
Much of magic and some of yoga consist of 2nd column
practices. These are valid activities leading to rehabilitating
some of what the scios call OT powers, but they do not
achieve erasure, clearing, resolution of case, etc. Only
activities in the first column resolve case, especially the first
item of the top line: as-isness. This discovery of the identity of
the various triangles explains why a process such as holding
the corners of a room is effective -- it falls under "space" in the
first column.
The four profound states of Buddhism called Brahma-Vihara
are all found in the first column. These are: metta (goodwill),
karuna (compassion), mudita (appreciative joy), and upekkha
(equanimity). They represent an ever expanding sphere of
affinity which occurs as the Buddhist awakens from the dream
of life. The fourth state, upekkha, should be regarded as far
more than a mere calm -- a scio should perhaps consider it as
equivalent to a floating TA in confront of the entire universe.
The greatest assistance this discovery will give us is the
knowledge that the items in the third column should be
avoided as much as possible when assisting others and
clearing ourselves in processing and meditation. The third
column items are the pitfalls we used to get us into difficulty in
the first place. They are the things we must address and undo
in processing and meditation. Three of them -- have, reality
and responsibility -- are not recognized by the Co$ are being
part of the problem. Taking responsibility for something is an
incomplete action; going beyond responsibility and control
would involve high affinity and becoming the thing, leading to
a great deal of as-isness because to be a thing is to know it
intimately. In the KRC triangle therefore, the K of know (not
"know about", which is below not-know!) is the important item -
- just as the A, affinity, is the key in the ARC triangle. In the
latter case the reality should be known, and communication
used as the means, the via, to achieve understanding, but the
understanding itself derives from the exact as-isness which is
AFFINITY.
The "havingness" processes of scientology are a possible
source of confusion, given this new data. Reviewing them I
notice that some of them seem to fall more under "do" than
"have", so perhaps they are misnamed?
Ouran
back to index

AS-ISNESS & BEINGNESS
Damned Near Everything" and "The Postulates Behind
Numbers")
This is probably going to be the more useful in practical terms
of these articles. This one is focused on the process of as-
isness as it occurs in auditing and self-processing.
Originally processes were run only from the point of view of
the PC. The auditor asked for incidents which happened TO
the PC -- recall a time when someone injured your "gortch"
(non-existent body part), a previous time, etc. But Dianetic
auditing and Scientology auditing both achieved less than
total erasures and key-outs by only running the flow into self.
Next it was discovered that it was necessary to run other
flows. So the overt flow was added (recall a time you injured
someone else's gortch), then others to others (recall a time
someone injured another's gortch) and finally self to self
(recall a time you hurt your own gortch). That got a lot more
case off.
But... Funny, that didn't seem to relieve all possible charge
either...
So a new wrinkle was added. Run all the above flows, but in
each incident, recall them from the point of view of each
person involved in the incident. That got a lot more charge,
huh?
Ever wonder why? I know why. The hidden datum about
thetans is that at static there is only one thetan. There is only
one of us. All thetans are one beingness, divided against
itself. Because there is only one of us at the top of Filbert's
Expanded Tone Scale, any aberative incident which happens
to one of us in the presence of another one of us has to be
erased also from that point of view, because that other
person's viewpoint is YOURS too! We experience everything
that happens around us from the point of view of everything
there. But even there's more. If for example a person is
involved in an automobile accident, to achieve total erasure
(not merely partial and a release) it would be necessary to
assume every viewpoint possible. This would be what looks
like madness from a human perspective: the driver of car A,
the passenger in car A, the driver of car B, the French poodle
in the front seat of car B, the pedestrian who was gazing into
a shop window and heard the crash behind her, car A, car B,
the pavement, the sky, the buildings, the lamp post, the stop
sign (especially the "stop" sign, ha ha!), the sparrow flying
past, the tree growing nearby...
Get the picture? Sure at the top of the scale a thetan never
has been and never will BE any MEST thing in the MEST
universe except as a creative lie -- and the lie of limited
beingness (for instance being the body of driver A) is very far
from the truth. The truest truth is native state. Below that is a
wee small lie called static (I am). Below that are thetans and
universes. A shade below or alongside static is the truth that a
thetan, a person, is the entire universe and
everything/everyone in it. This is why when you become
sufficiently aware, the whole universe and all its MEST is
perceived as being alive. This is why the mad search for body
thetans turns up a near endless supply of beingnesses and
genetic entities -- hell, some fools have probably dug
themselves in so deep they perceive the GE of each
individual cell of their body. Going to drive them all out? That's
not very friendly! It's a nutty thing to do -- give it up -- dig deep
enough and you'll find a beingness for each and every particle
of matter too! Are you going to exorcise them too? Since
when did a lack of affinity for other beings equate to clearing?
Eh? It doesn't of course. A lack of affinity is the result of a
severe program of NOT-ISNESS, and will never achieve
clearing.
Remember from the Triangles article that BE appears in the
first column below AS-ISNESS, as a variation or echo of it.
BE is a finger pointing back at the AS-ISNESS of static. To
achieve auditing results the PC has to do actions leading to
the items of that first column, especially AS-ISNESS, but also
very important are BE (be everything around in the incident),
KNOW, and AFFINITY (that latter grossly ignored by the
Co$). That first column is the key to clearing. All those other
beingnesses, BTs, GEs, etc are YOU at the top of the tone
scale, at static. My advice is to not fight them, not resist them
(fighting and resistance are 3rd column = NOT-ISNESS), but
instead communicate with them, with the intention of
promoting UNDERSTANDING. Let them go if they wish to go,
make friends if they wish to stay.
AFFINITY, remember?
Ouran
back to index

COLLAPSED TRIANGLES

This article may receive a bit of protest, possibly even
vehement denial from some quarters. I'm rearranging many
people's stable data here, and some may not like it one bit.
But it has to be done, to clean up the subject a little. So
please bear with me and hear me out...
In the earlier article "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of
Damned Near Everything" I mentioned in passing that the
triangles we know from studying Scientology -- ARC, KRC,
etc -- are really manifestations of two different actions. Part of
the time we are seeing them act as a form of the MEST
universe cycle AS-ISNESS, ALTER-ISNESS, NOT-ISNESS, --
and part of the time as the theta cycle of AS-ISNESS, ALTER-
ISNESS, then followed by another AS-ISNESS. In
Scientology these two cycles have sometimes been lumped
together, with less than perfect results. So let's start with...
START-CHANGE-STOP. Quite simply the Co$ materials fail
at times to properly distinguish between "stop" as not-is, and
"stop" as an as-isness which causes a vanishing of the item.
A vanishing of an item isn't a stop, it's a restart. "Stop" as a
third postulate, force, etc should never be confused with as-
isness. Remember that as-isness of this sort is a duplication
by Static.
BE-DO-HAVE. It bothered me when I wrote the first triangles
article that there were "havingness" processes used to make
people better. It bothered me because I knew with great
certainty that 3rd column actions were anathema to clearing.
In an email message to some friends I wrote:
As you recall from my articles, I had noticed that the Co$ triangles had
collapsed together the MEST universe cycle of "as-is, alter-is, not-is" with
its theta eqivalent of "as-is, alter-is, as-is."
What was bothering me was that I had determined that all MEST triangle third
column actions -- ALL OF THEM! -- were highly aberrative, and were the direct
cause of the descending spiral of thetans. I had determined that NO third
column actions were useable for processing and clearing, only first column
actions, and second column actions which lead to first column results were
useful.
But that superficially conflicted with Hubbard's havingness
remedies!!!!!!!!!! "HAVE" is in the third column of the BE, DO, HAVE
triangle. How could this be????
I was all prepared to grind my face off resolving that conflict... then you
Jurgen [Kluft] come along and blithely write:
"- Havingness, the ability to have something or someone
in your space just as it is, without the CDEI on reach
and withdraw."
And I immediately spot that the definition of havingness there is actually a
definition of "BE", not "HAVE." Note the key first column phrases: "in your
space" (same space is affinity) and "just as it is" (as-is).
After I wrote the above I came across a clear view of the
subject of "have" which LRH had in 1952 in lecture 12 of the
PDC:
"His havingness, his terrific havingness, is a substitute for having any space.
'Cause havingness is the bottom of the scale and space is the top of the scale,
and when a man's got to have, he's telling you he has no space. His space is
condensing, and condensed space and that sort of thing is objects."
The resolution of this apparent conflict comes in realizing that
the third leg of any triangle resolves to either the top or
bottom of the scale. Therefore LRH's havingness processes
are aimed at taking a PC whose space is collapsed into
having objects, and opening it up into having space.
ARC. To recap from that earlier article, AFFINITY is closest to
the original postulates and beingnesses and is a lower
manifestation of AS-ISNESS. COMMUNICATION is a
specialized type of ALTER-ISNESS. REALITY is under the
third column of NOT-ISNESS. But there's two ways to define
"reality" here, and that's where the confusion has arisen.
1. One type of "reality" is agreement. Agreement is quite
aberrative! In fact, if you want to help a processee, get him to
disagree causatively with reality. Agreement feels like
enforcement and coercion. It makes one feel heavier. The
anatomy of this action is: NOT-IS.
2. The other sort of "reality" is where you exchange
communication with others in order to uncover what exists
from under its layers of NOT-IS, and reveal the ISNESS
which is the exact ALTER-IS of the original AS-ISNESS. This
feels like discovery. It makes one feel lighter. The anatomy of
this action is a return to AS-IS.
See? Two different actions. Two different triangles.
Scientology assumed the second without noticing the first!
And the first two legs of each triangle are the same:
AFFINITY, COMMUNICATION. Only the third is different.
(Please note that the triangle should properly be sequenced
ACR, not ARC.)
KRC. To recap from that earlier article, KNOW is closest to
the original postulates and beingnesses and is a lower
manifestation of START. CONTROL is a type of CHANGE.
RESPONSIBLE is under the third column of STOP. But
there's two ways to define "responsible" here, and that's
where the confusion has arisen. (Gee, that sounded just like
the first paragraph under ARC didn't it?)
1. One type of "responsibility" always degrades through blame
into solidity. This is because in the MEST universe,
responsibility is NOT-IS.
2. The other sort of "responsibility" consists of knowing and
becoming to a state of near AS-ISNESS. This is the theta
cycle of AS-IS, ALTER-IS, AS-IS at work. This is true total
responsibility.
KRC is not actually the triangle of creation. In fact it's not even
a properly laid out triangle because it is not a true cycle of
action. I realize this goes against most scios' indoctination,
but it happens to be true...
KNOW is at tone +110 on the expanded tone scale.
RESPONSIBLE is just below Death around tone 0 to -1 or so.
CONTROL is tone -1.5.
KNOW is much higher than the other two, and frankly most
people attempting to use this triangle get sucked into the
effort band activity of the lower two corners. When that
happens they substitute THINK (tone -3) for KNOW (that is
the know activity of that band) and the activity takes on the
nightmarish behavior of that sub-death band: owning bodies,
punishing bodies, blame, shame, etc.
Just to leave no ends dangling: Hubbard did find the triangle
of creation, he just didn't recognize it as such. The triangle of
creation is:
AS-IS
ALTER-IS
NOT (or UN)-IS
...which IS a cycle of action. He had it in the 50's when he
gave the Phoenix lectures, and didn't quite put it all together.
Please notice that the above three are VERBS, while the
fourth item he talks about in the lectures, ISNESS, is a
NOUN. Consider that carefully. (hint: a true cycle consists of
only verbs, though sometimes expressed otherwise in some
triangles when looking at the results)
The Co$ staffers, and apparently LRH himself had these two
different KRC actions collapsed into one another. How else
can you account for the tendency of the church to attempt to
make their staff, especially Sea Org members, be
"responsible" using heavy force and no affinity? How else to
account for LRH screaming at people to obtain compliance,
and ordering them thrown over the side of a ship if they
performed less than perfectly? Force is NOT-IS. Affinity is AS-
IS.
If one knew this and wished to get a staffer to be perfectly
responsible for his/her post, then a first column action would
be indicated. On the KRC triangle the theta "responsible"
equals a return to "know" (KNOW, CHANGE, KNOW), so the
staffer would be trained to know the post in order to control it
perfectly (not optimally damn it!), and therefore be
RESPONSIBLE as CAUSE. Quite a difference between the
two actions.
It's exactly as different as the difference between AS-IS and
NOT-IS. Apparently Hubbard never recovered a certain prime
postulate we all made which creates the opposite of theta,
then equates them to each other. This equating of the top with
the bottom is the cause of all our scales like Know to Mystery
and the Tone Scale. If the postulate is not recovered then the
opposition dichotomies remain collapsed into one another in a
way very similar to collapsed GPM terminals -- only this item
runs far deeper into a thetan's past. (This may need
processes to be created to handle it.) Apparently: first we
created the separation, then we collapsed it by equating the
opposites to one another. This made a is/not-is conflict which
persists quite well!
Underlying this phenomena is the fact that at the very high
level on the tone scale just below the top, the anatomy of
these triangles are that:
AFFINITY, START, BE and KNOW echo AS-ISNESS, which
is a first postulate.
COMMUNICATION, CHANGE, DO and CONTROL echo
ALTER-ISNESS, which is a second postulate made to obtain
persistence.
REALITY, STOP, HAVE and RESPONSIBILITY if done as a
return to theta resolve to the original postulate and obtain an
AS-ISNESS. But in the MEST universe they instead represent
a third (or more) postulate which ignores the persisting
isness (which is the ALTER-IS atop the AS-IS) and attempts
to force an new isness without having confronted what
already exists. The third postulate creates a NOT-ISNESS.
Please differentiate between these from now on, okay?
Ouran
back to index

ENERGY & THE HEISENBERG TRIANGLE

A friend named Jurgen Kluft asked me:
"Energy? what is it and what is causing it to be there? Is it the
conflicting postulates that generate force/energy?"
An initial creation, often called an as-isness, has no
persistence. Therefore it must be lied about, "altered" if you
would, which creates what is called an alter-isness. This alter-
isness persists nicely. But indications from my triangles
research indicate that an alter-isness made
via a second postulate isn't very solid. To achieve real solidity
a third (or more) postulate is required, which is not-isness.
The key to this information comes from including the work of a
modern theoretical physicist into the triangles data:
The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle can be stated roughly
that when an observer interacts with any reality such as a
piece of matter/energy -- the energy of that particle may be
known, or its location may be known, but not both.
When you know its energy, then it is considered energy.
When you know its location, then it is considered matter.
Energy is either in motion, or has a non-precise location. In
order to locate a piece of energy it is necessary to stop its
motion, or pin down its location, which is also a form of
stopping it. "Stop" is NOT-IS.
To bring this all together as the Heisenberg Triangle:
The OBSERVER is a thetan, and the act of observing is as-
isness.
ENERGY in motion and not located is alter-isness.
Stopped MATTER which has no energy is not-isness.
In the triangles articles I pointed out that in
processing/auditing the objective is usually as-isness, which
is spiritually healthiest for thetans. I also pointed out that alter-
isness was often used to good effect to achieve a return to an
as-isness, and that alter-isness -- while not the precise truth --
was not aberrative to thetans. Only not-isness is aberrative to
thetans, and therefore all actions listed in the third column
(toward the bottom of "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of
Damned Near Everything" where I list all the triangles) were
to be avoided like poison by thetans. The third column is how
we get into trouble.
From this one can see that the 2nd column production of
energy by a thetan is far superior to the 3rd column thetan
having motionless matter. First column, which is creation of
an as-isness, is best of all. Oddly enough, a postulate is an as-
isness which is thrown into/onto the universe, which then is
automatically altered by the theta machinery we set up to run
this ticky-tock universe on a time track. That's part of how
postulates stick without having to consciously alter them
ourselves. We are altering the postulates ourselves, but not
consciously -- instead doing so via the here/not-here vibration
of the continuous alteration called time. Another factor of
alteration is the lie of separation from Static. These two seem
to combine to allow any postulate to become a third postulate
AT MINIMUM automatically. This achieves a comfortable
solidity.
Ouran
back to index

THE DIFFERENT SORTS OF "REALITY"

The "R" of the ARC triangle stands for reality. But there are
two sorts of "reality." One is duplication. In that sort of reality a
person duplicates the viewpoint of another person and they
share reality by having the same points of view. Another sort
of reality is agreement. Agreement consists of holding the
same anchor points in space as another, but holding them
from a different location (i.e. not being at those locations).
Taking that last statement out of the level of theta perception
and bringing it down to MEST brass tacks, agreement
consists seeing things through another's eyes without really
seeing it that way.
Let me give examples of these. If I write a book on spiritual
knowledge and then teach a course using the book as a text I
can do it two ways. In the first instance you can read what I
wrote and then tell me what it means to you. Then I can tell
you how your perception looks to me in return. As we two way
comm back and forth, eventually we come to see one
another's viewpoints on the subject. We BOTH learn from the
experience.
In the second instance, I insist that you read the text and tell
me exactly what it says. If you tell me anything different than
what's in the text, I correct you by showing you what's in the
book again and again until you parrot back my words. I never
see your viewpoint on the subject. You now only see mine BY
FORCE, but it isn't yours either because you can't have
something that's being forced onto you, so you haven't
duplicated anything. No learning has taken place.
In the first example, I am teaching with affinity. Your views are
important to me. So we communicate freely and achieve
mutual duplication.
In the second example, I have no affinity for your ideas on the
subject. The communication is one direction, which violates
one of the most fundamental laws of theta:
ALL COMMUNICATION LINES ARE APPARENT TWO-WAY
FLOWS. THIS IS BECAUSE COMMUNICATION IS A
MECHANICAL (on a via) WAY TO ACHIEVE DUPLICATION.
Duplication is at Static. The secret truth is that all theta is in
continuous perfect telepathic contact among its various
individuated parts. Any attempt to enforce a one way flow of
comm is a disaster.
Duplication occurs at two or more terminals, therefore the
physical universe apparency is of interchange along two-
directional comm lines. One-way flows go black and drop to
the bottom of the tone scale. This theta law is one that a
magician has to know and use, otherwise he gets himself in
trouble fast. There will ALWAYS be a backflow along a comm
line. ALWAYS. If force is used to create an apparent one-way
flow, then the backflow will be black.
If the second example sounds anything like the teaching
methods used in the Co$, I'm not sorry to rub anyone's nose
into the mess. It was LRH's mistake because he failed to
perceive that each major triangle was actually two triangles: a
white one and a black one. He should have perceived it
because he knew Magick, and must have known very well
that when summoning any basic universal force that the
negative side of that force must be bound FIRST, in order to
receive only the positive. (All primal forces in the universe are
arranged in a dichotomy with part at or near the top of the
tone scale and the other part at or near the bottom.) He failed
to bind the black triangles (the KRC also), and they devoured
him. To say it in Scn terms, he failed to confront the lower
scale "R" of the ARC triangle, therefore it persisted. The more
he failed to confront it, the bigger it became, and after some
years the white triangle vanished under a wave of SO force:
"What does your material state?", "Make it go right!" and other
black ARC.
The moral of this story is that one should duplicate the
realities of others. This means reality as duplication, not
reality as agreement. That's a theta cycle of action, a return to
first column action instead of the third (see "The Three Part
Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything" for the columns).
First column leads to the top.
Ouran
back to index

ARC TRIANGLE DATA

I was having a rather intense exchange of viewpoints in
January 01 with John Lester on the subject of the ARC
triangle. This article is based on those conversations.
One of the things John have been instrumental in helping me
with has been the fundamental nature of a basic triangle.
Without his point of view I might not have seen the fact that a
triangle represents a process. Sure, there's some info to that
effect came from LRH, especially when he talks about START
- CHANGE - STOP, but it was John's enneagram discussions
which really brought it home for me. Here is some of John's
work with the enneagram.
This is what I see at this time:
Communication operates on the ARC triangle. Affinity is
expressed as a willingness to be there as a communication
terminal, and communication itself leads to changes in
"reality". And there's the rub! It is this simple: for most people
"reality" is AGREEMENT. I can't stress that point enough.
Their reality is agreement. So in communicating to them, one
must be careful to make the comm agree with them, or they
will ARC break! This is very mechanical, automatic and
reactive. There are a few of us who know (like Max Sandor for
instance) is that "reality" doesn't have to include agreeing! It
can be disagreement plus duplication for instance. If you say
something which I would never say, I can still duplicate your
point of view and ADD it to my reality. What most of these
people are doing is the opposite. When you say something
outside of their reality, they misduplicate it and REJECT it
from their reality, which is an ARC break. It pretty much
comes down to the normal "reality" being a sort of service fac
held by a single viewpoint.
The ARC triangle is not often viewed as a process, a
movement, or changes, by scios.
The first leg of the triangle is AFFINITY, which is the start
point.
The second leg is COMMUNICATION, which is the process
itself, equivalent to CHANGE.
The third and end-of-process leg is REALITY.
Any triangle is formed atop a dichotomy, in this case
AFFINITY vs AVERSION (or DISAFFINITY or HATE... insert
favorite opposite word here!). The transformation of any
dichotomy into a triangle shifts the dichotomy into the third
leg, in this case REALITY. This makes the process part
(COMMUNICATION) of the triangle critical, determining
whether the REALITY mirrors affinity or disaffinity as either
DUPLICATION or AGREEMENT.
DUPLICATION is perfect (not "optimum"! ;-) ha ha!) affinity
because to truly duplicate one must become what is
duplicated. That's the main trick to as-isness, to BE
something perfectly. This could also be called perfect
acceptance.
AGREEMENT is non-duplicated acceptance. Or perhaps it
might be better to say, enforced acceptance, which is not
acceptance at all! :) In LRH terms, AGREEMENT is other-
determinism where the viewpoint or intention of another is
taken in without being duplicated, without making it one's
own.
One of the biggest barriers we face in communication is the
fact that most people automatically reject anything to which
they have not agreed. And they do so in spite of the fact that
the more they agree, the more they drop in tone!
I've begun to be able to observe the difference between
duplication and agreement in my conversations with people.
In practical terms when communicating to others face to face
or over the telephone I've found that if the person nods and
uh-huhs seriously, then they have agreed (reluctantly
usually!), but if they brighten up and say "Yeah!" then they
have duplicated. Duplication in conversation is therefore
equivalent to cognition in session, and will have the same
good indicators.
John said to me:
> Already I realised that at step one of using the
ARCGPMKRC enneagram as an
> auditing process the affinity to be described would have to
include loves
> and hates, the communication step would have to
communicate regarding both
> loves and hates and now it is obvious that the reality must
also include both
> loved and hated aspects. Agreement doesn't really come
into it at all,
> except to muddy the waters of truth.
To which I replied:
That's an excellent point! You're talking about viewing both
ends of the dichotomy all through the ARC process! You
realize (I bet you do) that you are turning everyday life into a
continuous auditing session? :)
John:
> We could develop a process which allowed people to swap
forced agreements
> for optional disagreement and correspondingy increased
understanding.
Me:
Interesting... yeah, do that! 4 flows of course...
John:
> Agreement is the biggest stupid maker of all time.
Me:
To accept something into oneself with duplicating it? Yeah,
that is stupidity, practically by definition -- in fact that should
become the new definition, ha ha! :)))))))
Ouran
back to index
Understanding, GPMs, Duplication and the Know to Mystery Scale
by John Lester" <lifemaster@talk21.com>

I wish I knew how to use my software to draw enneagrams, one of which should accompany the
following explanation. If anyone can draw one for me, showing all the labels, it might be a benefit to
everyone on the discussion lists.
What is the height, length and width of our inner world?
I suggest (3)understanding (length), (6)manifestation (height) and (9)duplication (width)
It seems to me that the dimensions of our inner world, stated in words which apply to UNIVERSAL
CONSCIOUSNESS, i.e., at the highest level of "The As Above", are (3) infinite beingness, (6)
infinite empowerment and (9) infinite knowingness.
Stated in words which apply to MASS, i.e., at the lowest level of "The As Below", these become (3)
annihilation (6) maximised mass, (9) maximised mystery.
The universally applicable enneagram of Awareness, Will and Consciousness is connected to the
similarly universally applicable enneagram of Unawareness, Reactivity and Unconsciousness.
The connection (1) between love and hate is the affinity line.
The connection (2) between cause and effect is the communication line.
The connecting (3) between knowledge and mystery is the reality line.
The connecting (4) between objectivity and subjectivity is the goal line.
The connecting (5) between win/win and lose/lose is the problem line.
The connecting (6) between beingness and solidity is the mass line.
The connecting (7) between postulate and automaticity is the control line.
The connecting (8) between as isness and alter isness is the responsibility line.
The connecting (9) between empowerment and disempowerment is the knowingness line.
At each level of (9) the Know to Mystery Scale, confront involves continuously, come what may,
going clockwise around the diagram, handling whatever comes up, with no emphasis on either desire
or resistance, just living in the now, the true line of preference and least energy consumption.
Desire is a non confront of the fact that we have all we need, that the why is here, not there, and that
all we need to do is to handle whatever comes up, continuously turning out valuable final products of
consciousness as a consequence.
Resistance is a non confront of the fact that life is a challenge, involving risk and corresponding
opportunity, and that all we need to do is to handle whatever comes up, continuously turning out
valuable final products of consciousness as a consequence.
On the enneagram, any focus on DESIRE, instead of moving us effortlessly around the circle,
continuously shifts our attention from AFFINITY to GOALS to COMMUNICATION to
RESPONSIBILTY to PROBLEMS to CONTROL and back again to affinity.
On the enneagram, any focus on RESISTANCE, instead of moving us effortlessly around the circle,
continuously shifts our attention IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO DESIRE, from AFFINITY to
CONTROL to PROBLEMS to RESPONSIBILTY to COMMUNICATION to GOALS and back
again to affinity.
Each person has a chronic state of consciousness, from which they vary up and down the emotional
(thoughts attached to feelings) tone scale but very little around the circle of the enneagram. Those on
this discussion list are, I suspect, strongly at (6), questioning everything on which we focus our
attention. We desire to observe (3) realities and from them to arrive at (9) knowledge. We resistance
(3) unrealities by using our accumulated (9) knowledge to see them as they truly are.
Additionally, we may discover that each of us tends to slip into the wings (for us, the viewpoints of
control and problems).
Goal Problem Mass running, a dangerous but partially effective process done in the Church of
Scientology, is an over simplification of this stuff. By processing ourselves clockwise around the
enneagram circle, anti clockwise around the triangle, and in the directiion of confront around the criss
cross arrows, we can blow the whole incompetent Scientology GPM system into smithereens. I started
to do this with my wife some time ago and she had some of the biggest wins she had had for a very
long time. I didn't realise how important it was at the time or I would have continued the process after
her very good indicators and continual cognitions regarding the subject eventually disappeared.
Regards
John Lester
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Further selections from the writings of John Lester:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please ignore my way of stating everything as if it is indisputably true. Doing so forces me to read
my own words in a more self critical and hopefully more beneficial manner than would otherwise be
the case.)
Affinity is a "theta like" Feeling Experience that includes a preference for being close to the subject of
the affinity.
Reality is a "flux like" phenomenon which is very different in both SCOPE and CONTENT between
any one person and any other. The reality generation PROCESS however, is assumed, for the purpose
of developing a mutual understanding, to be identical for all beings capable of generating any sort of
reality.
Any attempt at identifying, describing, defining or specifying any part of the process must eventually
align with the personal experience of every person who, on the basis of accepting mutual objectivity
as necessary for pan determined solutions, participates in the discussion.
Communication of one person's complete reality to another person is impossible, except in terms of
"bits and pieces" approximations. Every single perception experienced by a being is prioritised before
it even enters the awareness of the being. The disempowerment versus empowerment GPM process
has already begun its ARC versus ARC break work. The being is unconscious (unaware at any
conscious level) that this is happening.
It is the process of communication itself that continuously generates the same GPM (goals problems
mass) that Scientologists have been trained to regard as their worst enemy. It is in fact, a most
valuable mechanism, a misunderstood pearl which is the foundation of each persons creation of their
own reality. Only by understanding and duplicating this ongoing, low intensity, individuality and gpm
generation mechanism will it be mastered.
All communications are incomplete, because all that is ever received by the recipient is a superficial
awareness of source, distance, effect, attention, intention and duplication, with imagined but rarely
anything like complete understanding at the receipt point, of that which originated at the source point.
GPM division is "built into the system" in order to facilitate the development of individuality. All of
the apparent ill effects of GPM division may be overcome and converted into eventual unity in
diversity.
For example: In the case of an observably incomplete verbal communication, the intended recipient
may either feel and think pleasurably "Thank goodness they have shut up" or resentfully feel and
think "Why don't they finish what they were going to say" Its the recipient's GPM reinforced desire or
resistance to each communication with self or others that determines the nature and the existence of
the consequently experienced charge.
The recipient of such a verbal communication could just as easily recognise that the communicator
had decided not to complete the communication and prefer to leave it at that. Provided that the
recipient had no prior GPM and individuality pressurising beliefs and attitudes insisting that they get
an answer or insisting that they get the other person to shut up, there would only be a marginal
preference for hearing the whole of a message rather than half of it.
The conscious cultivation of a reality which includes many preferences (with desires and resistances
limited to the satisfaction of consciously pre determined and preferably formalised needs) provides
the basis for a more objectively pan determined and empowered life.
In the development of the "individuality supporting" but "pan determinism opposing" gpm, prior
beliefs and attitudes, current feelings and thoughts, plus available options and decisions, all motivated
by either desire or resistance, magnified by imagination and tolerated according to expectation,
together determine the magnitude of the charge.
The directly obvious king of the castle within this nine step GPM and individuality generation device
is belief. Two of the saboteurs are "the terminal of desire" (conveniently judged by Scientologists to
be the theta option) and "the opposition terminal of resistance" (conveniently judged to be the entheta
option). The third saboteur is the unpredictable (i.e., third step in the process) owner of the belief
system who, in obedience to the above describe belief dominated system, makes and implements the
pre programmed and "charge motivated" decision to go with either desire or with resistance. Only life
continues to say that there is still something not quite right.
Without the belief component, all the other belief system components would just not be there. An
attitude is nothing more than a belief as to how something should be viewed. A feeling is nothing
more than a current belief that something is being perceived. A thought is nothing more than a current
belief that lacks any desired or resisted component that might cause it to be classified as permanently
valuable.
A belief is a thought that has been determined as having lasting value. Similarly options, decisions,
desires, preferences, resistances, imaginations and expectancies all reflect variously classified but
quite specific beliefs.
Permanently installed beliefs and attitudes determine which feelings and corresponding thoughts are
automatically stimulated into existence.
At the same time, other permanently installed beliefs and attitudes determine the available options.
Any existing relevant desires or resistances then kick in, aided and abetted by similarly pre
programmed imaginations and expectancies. A decision is made, totally resulting from all these
various beliefs. The action or inaction which accompanies the decision initiates the next situation and
the whole reactive process repeats.
The only way that individual and universal independence from this mechanism may be achieved is by
updating all beliefs in a manner designed to optimise all possible situations. Such a belief system is
pan determined, with the "understanding" of the so called "clear" state being dumped in favour of the
far more effective and only really sustainable pan determined state.
This recommended state corresponds with the KRC triangle. The ARC triangle leads to personal
understanding, and because of that understanding of ones own reality, to the illusion of mutual
understanding.
The KRC triangle resolves the "Only One" illusion of personal understanding, by requiring the owner
of the belief system to proactively occupy so many viewpoints that any illusory aspects are
increasingly blown away.
Clear can never be more than a key out (maybe for a whole lifetime) because it doesn't have within its
grasp the capability of handling all the variables needed to really sustain a continuously self
determined and external impact free state. The rest of the universe isn't going to let self determinism
happen. A clear becomes an opposition terminal to the rest of the universe.
A clear is a disaster waiting to happen unless they are able to consciously handle, not only their
already handled (to some extent) reactive mind, but also the still "completely in charge" belief system
dominated mechanism of the self determined (but past dominated) sub conscious mind. Only a pan
determined person is able to truly live in the present moment. A falsely declared clear is heading for
GPM division and personality isolation from the rest of humanity, for psychosis and for the bottom of
the tone scale.
Affinity manifests as high tone levels towards those beliefs that dictate desire and as low tone levels
towards those beliefs that dictate resistance. Affinity in its variously manifesting forms is thus the
"theta" basis of the gpm and also the basis of each person's reality, even before that reality gets
grooved in with all the rest of the belief system components identified above.
Only if desire and resistance can be brought under the individual pan determined determination of the
person concerned will desire and resistance ever act as pure postulates (i.e. effortless preferences). In
other words obsession is the problem. Effortlessly focused aware will making a postulate is not
accompanied by desire, only by tone 40 intention. Desire is almost invariably mixed up with
maximised intention.
Postulates are opposed by desire and resistance but not by preference.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Is existence at the top or the bottom of the tone scale? There is mental existence, physical existence
and spiritual existence. I suspect that they are complementary. Mental and physical existence can
cease but I doubt if spiritual anything ever ceases.
To me it seems observable and inescapable that some sort of "whoever" "whatever" CREATOR
SUSTAINER, working in line with very specific observable universal principles, is continuously
creating and sustaining the physical universe, with ourselves as childlike creators with (at the present
time) similar but relatively limited potential (compared with that of the Creator Sustainer) to create
belief system selves, belief system realities and belief system personal universes, using our true selves
(effortless aware will) to create our own individual consciousnesses (isnesses, alter isnesses and not
isnesses) in any way we think fit within the currently imposed limits of perception. Currently most of
us use dichotomous thinking.
The physical universe provides the guidelines but we have to be scrupulously honest in observing and
interpreting what they mean in order that we may explore our ways into godhood.
The only evil, and even that is unavoidable, is human assignment of meanings. They are always
deficient meanings. A creator can only create what that creator has been created to create. We are
observably created with the ability to create dodgy selves, dodgy realities and dodgy universes, all of
which (supposedly ideal scenes) work much better when they correspond with the Actual Scene, as
implied but not actually stated by the Physical Universe.
We are observably NOT created with the inherent ability to exercise much (1) Affinity, (2)
Communication, (3) Reality over (4) Goals, (5) Problems (6) Masses, but are learning to do so.
Our spiritual (7) Control, (8) Responsiblity and (9) Knowingness over the Actual Universe is pathetic,
with the Creator Sustainer looking after the details until enough of us see sense and tip the balance
towards OT lives. We all need to get real. The wisest thing we can realise is that we know practically
fuck all, yet have limitless potential.
Until such time as we learn how to create affinities, communications and realities which correspond
with how selves, realities and universes need to be created, we are stuck, very sensibly, exactly where
we are.
The Creator has been defined as omnipresence, omnipotence and omniscience. In terms of the
evolution of human consciousness, this is (7) Control, (8) Responsibility and (9)Knowingness. Unless
one is present one cannot control anything. Responsibility is the ability, willingness and felt obligation
to respond. Thus creating our selves, personal realities and personal universes in line with how we
really are is obviously the best way to go. All this negative crap just drops dead because it no longer
has a purpose.
The static could be imagined as being the hole in the middle of the triangle of (7) control, (8)
responsibility and (9)knowingness. The knowingness is the integrated sum of all universal principles.
Everything from total mystery to total knowingness would be known.
The ultimate goal for every human being is effortless aware will (7), (8) and (9).
The ultimate purpose for every human being is to climb the scale from mystery to knowingness.
The ultimate policy is to specify and continuously fulfil this purpose and achieve its goal.
The ultimate plan is a corresponding belief system
The ultimate program is a corresponding learning program.
The ultimate project is a corresponding lifestyle
The ultimate orders are the seven principles of effective evolution
The ultimate ideal scene is a challenging but nevertheless peaceful, joyful and successful life.
The ultimate statistic is.......
The ultimate valuable final product is.............
love
John
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In accordance with our previously discussed enneagram cross section view of he tone scale, after
(1)affinity, (2) communication and (3) reality, the stable datum of understanding has been established.
This is the "thinking" component of something that has yet to come.
After (4) goals, (5) problems and (6) mass, the previously considered stable datum of "thinking"
becomes attached to whichever up tone or down tone "feeling" is associated with the success or
failure of the process. An emotion is the spiritual consequence of assigning a feeling to a thought. If
the process produced a spiritual loss, the person tends to resign from control, responsibility and
knowingness, instead dropping to a less personally controlled, less responsibility demanding and less
knowingness reliant lower tone level.
After (7) control, (8) responsibility and (9) knowingness, the "mass particle" remains assigned to the
chosen tone level, as a part of the persons cumulative consciousness. Irrespective of where the rest of
that multi mass particle consciousness may be, this particular bit remains at its assigned tone level.
The most probable scenario is one in which every thetan (effortless, individual, aware will, awake in
the void) has part of their mental, physical and spiritual synergy self, belief system, reality and
personal interpretation spread up and down the tone scale at every conceivable and inconceivable
level.
Every mass particle is an emotion (a thought stuck to a feeling) at a tone level which corresponds with
the effectiveness of the control, responsibility and knowingness used in putting it there. The
emotional tone scale is a list of possible locations for each and every mass particle in the persons
knowingly and unknowingly personally created self, personal belief system, personal realities and
personal universe.
The most powerful form of healing is consciousness healing. Understanding (ACRU), Experience
(GPM)and duplication (CRH) of the ACRGPMCRK enneagram and its relationships to the Mental,
Physical and Spiritual divisions of the Know to Mystery Scale, are enough to create real clears and
real OTs.
Applying the above to the highest accessible levels of each persons consciousness is the fastest and
most effective route. That will "As Is" lower levels on a wholesale basis, without even visiting them.
GPMs and BTs as heavy items - Forget it.
There may or may not be something to be said for discussing some of these initial thoughts with other
carefully selected, demonstrably OT individuals until we have ironed out the bugs and are in complete
agreement. Then we can hit the scene with an up and running mentally, physically and spiritually
grooved in package.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
...here is another opportunity to further explore the universal phenomenon of the triangle and the
"holistic description support" process of which it is the topmost organisational level map, not the
territory.
We are the Christ and AntiChrist map maker masters of holistic description support. Both you and I
represent, or are, the third sides of all triangles. Because we are two similar "third sides", and because
there have to be three "third sides" in the universe of the third Side (i.e., the spiritual universe of true
meaning or holistic definition), a third third side is made available for us to study. I suspect that the
responsibility for all third side creation lies with one of Gods deputies, otherwise known as the God of
Cartesian Geometry.
When, prior to consciousness, "the one" (me in this case) is subconsciously restimulated into a feeling
of affinity (high affinity in this case) by someone or something (you in this case) in ones personally
created and universally supported environment, they may, if they choose to do so, use that labelled
feeling (which is now an emotion or thoughtform, because it has been identified or labelled as
something perceived) as the first step on a new journey of discovery around The Holistic Description
Support Process enneagram.
How may the missing third side problem of the Christ and Anti Christ be resolved? What comes next?
Obviously it must be Communication. That takes us to the second of the nine steps to salvation. We
communicate through our mutually created and shared GPM, ending up with a Mutually Shared
Reality.
From our position on the third side of the first triangle in the three triangle enneagram, based upon
mutual agreement, we set goals (step 4), encounter problems (5) and finish up with (6) the mass of
adequately valuable, disappointingly valueless or inspiringly valuable final products.
Changing into higher gear (uptone), lower gear (down tone) or staying in the same gear, we are into
(7) control (using the product). Using as much (8) responsibility as is possible at our particular
position on the tone scale, we finish up with the same, more, or less (9) knowingness.
Garnerian magic reflects (1) Do what thou wilt (2) Doing what thou wilt (3) Discovering that (1)
should have been written "Do what thou wilt and harm to none".
Active Love can be compared to the positive, masculine, highly thought through but unfeeling, just do
it, Scientology like DO WHAT THOU WILT.
Passive Love can be compared to the negative, feminine, highly felt through but inadequately thought
through, nurturingly be it, Eastern philosophy like BE WHAT YOU ARE.
Active and passive love are two sides of a triangle, etc. etc.
Trust in belief systems allows you to experience the foolishness of trust.
Trust in universal principles allows you to experience the value of trust.
Two more triangles that need to be balanced.
The first side of all triangles relates to the specification of requirements and provisions.
The second side of all triangles relates to the implementation of requirements and provisions.
The third side of every triangles relates to the management of change.
Every time you perceive and label a perception, you start work with a newly created entity.
Every entity has potential mass which becomes real mass the moment that you disagree with your
own previous labelling of it. You then have created your own little GPM.
An Avatar Master (especially one with a Scientology background like me) teaches others thoughtform
creation and discreation. An Avatar is a person trained by an Avatar Master, who is able to create and
discreate thoughtforms. The standard Avatar initiation process familiarises budding Avatars with the
creation and discreation of thoughtforms, including All That Is.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tue, 23 Jan 2001, From: "John Lester" <lifemaster@talk21.com>
Just today I was thinking to myself that "as long as one has a self determined belief system one cannot
be more than self determined person" In other words, the opposite of a Clear is an OT ?. The entire
illusion of "self" needs to be replaced by the greater reality of individuality or undividability. Maybe
even an individualised trinity in which each OT chooses their own three eternal qualities (which could
of course be changed at any time because they would still only be beliefs. But at least they would be
senior to the ridiculous and isolation making concept of "self". If ever there was an implant it was the
idea of self.
We talked about the three aspects of Control, Responsibility and Knowledge (the last of which I
incorrectly labelled knowingness). You considered that the order should be Control, Knowledge,
Responsibility. This cannot be so however, because the middle quality is always the most demanding
(e.g. communication, problems and responsibility in their respective triangles. The third quality has
always a spiritual, static or unchanging quality about it (e.g. reality, mass, knowledge in their
respective triangles). The triangle into which Control, Responsibility and Knowledge transmute is
therefore maybe Beingness, Knowingness and Power.
There is something still not sorted in this arrangement however. I have reason to belive that the third
triangle in each completed enneagram becomes the first triangle in the next enneagram up. The
Empowered Static as the valuable final product of evolution is (Beingness, Knowingness and Power).
This must then manifest as something that is even more demanding. I suggest that it is likely to be a
higher octave of Understanding (Affinity, Communication and Reality), a higher octave of Physical
Manifestation (Goals, Problems and Masses) and a higher octave of Operating Thetan (Control,
Responsibility and Knowledge).
Since then I have realised that (Affinity, Communication and Reality) manifests as (Goals, Problems
and Masses), the elimination of which yields (Control, Responsibility and Knowledge), all nine of
which transmute into the previously non existent quality of "knowingness". This replaces the previous
quality of consciousness, so that the next higher trinity is Knowingness, Beingness and Power ??????,
none of which involve physicality, except as potential.
Belief Systems

Belief Systems
All that is ever keyed out or erased are personally created and personally accepted
interpretations of actuality, plus an infinite number of combinations of these. The truth
remains the actuality it always was, before each person interpreted it as essential to the
"desire versus resistance" balancing of their particular belief system.
For each person, satisfaction is maximised by interpreting each and every actual situation
in whichever way corresponds most closely with their already established belief system.
Truth doesn't come into any belief system unless the person concerned has realised that
actuality (as directly and physically perceived truth) is a more stable datum than any
belief system.
As long as anyone relies totally upon their belief system they remain firmly in the shit,
with no possibility of ever getting out of it because they are relying on interpretations
rather than observations. Only truth sets you free.
All that you ever create (individually) is interpretations. Mutually observable things can
never be keyed our or erased; only individually or mutually agreed considerations about
them.
Considerations are made up of beliefs and attitudes, perceptions and thoughts, choices
and decisions, all meticulously and reactively integrated and driven by the force of want
(including both desires and resistance), the ability to imagine, and the power of
expectancy.
Creating "what you wish was there" is a valuable experience in learning to be and act like
a god but eventually everyone will discover that the process can be flattened and replaced
by the more effective process of direct perception and acceptance of "All That Is" as
being exactly what it is, namely All That Is. "All that isn't" is illusion, although it seems
very real (and very much as if it is) when you are in the middle of it. As human beings,
we live in a universe consisting of "All That Is" (i.e. the physical), plus "All That Isn't
(i.e. the mental), plus "All That Makes It Possible" (the static or spiritual).
The reality (synergy of scenarios) that each person mentally creates is a highly personal
and highly expedient interpretation, automatically programmed by each person to make
the most sense of this mixture of physical objectivity, mental imagination and unmanifest
circumstatially demonstrable "static" or spiritual.
Car accidents, getting shot, sickness, death, bodies needing food, shelter, clothes, etc. are
consequences of our physical existence, which involves the three repetitive steps of self
chosen belief system creation (and alignment), corresponding self chosen doingness and
corresponding (but not directly self chosen) consequences.
The only way that such a universally applicable process provides short term satisfaction
is by relying totally upon a combination of fear based, socially based and logically based
belief systems.
The only way that such a process provides long term satisfaction is to recognise and
handle (as potential opportunities) the problems posed by fear based, socially based and
logically based systems but to carefully and systematically make them less fear based,
less socially dominated, more socially supportive and far more logically based.
As all beliefs involving fear, social domination and willy nilly logic fall into alignment
with directly observed "All That Is" and out of alignment with highly imaginative "All
That Isn't", then the hidden omniscience, omnipotence and omnipresence of The Static
becomes increasingly more obvious.
Individuality and the static are certainly postulated somethingnesses, but as with all
postulates, they relate to belief system interpretations, not to actualities. The rule
remains the way it has always been, namely that mutually physically observable things
cannot be discreated, only obsolete elements of belief systems.
Observing what you, yourself, are actually being and doing will only support the as-
isness or erasure of belief system elements that, after due consideration, you realise
are obsolete and replacable by something better.
Every ability is associated with a corresponding responsibility and a corresponding
power. Some abilities invite the misuse of power more than others. The responsibility
level and power associated with the ability to teleport would certainly provide
hummanity with more problems than are needed at this time. All thoughts, desires and
imaginations relating to super human powers are indications of a belief system which is
focused on escaping from life rather than handling it. Inherent abilities only manifest
when the time is ripe. The ability to be responsible is a pre requisite.
The KRC triangle is only a trap if you don't understand and to some extent duplicate
how it affects your life. The CoS (LRH) didn't invent any of the so called Scientology
triangles. They don't "belong" to anyone and never will.
It is actually the Scientology promotion of the ARC triangle that, through the
affinities, realities, communications and understandings that each Scientologist
allowed himself or herself to establish whilst they were in the C of S, have left each
Scientologist in the vulnerable position of having ARC breaks of long duration, such
as those in which many so called free zoner Scientologists are still stuck. That is why
some Freezoners imagine that there is some sort of value in attacking the blissfully
ignorant and continually self satisfied C of S.
The most significant outpoint, so far as the C of S is concerned, is the complete lack of
attention to the KRC triangle, for whereas the ARC triangle is "the way in", the KRC
triangle is the way through and out.
The C of S tech. is deficient and completely unethical because it fails to show how
ARC pulls in the entire Curiosity, Desire, Enforce, Inhibit, No ("pretend it doesn't
exist") and Resistance sequence, and, apart from enabling its willing victims (pcs, clears
and pre OTs) to identify the exact shit into which they have got themselves (which
makes each of them subject to the Bridge denial blackmail phenomenon) it does
nothing to help them out of it. That is the C of S trap.
Each ARC break should be handled, not merely to FNs, VGIs and Cognitions, but to
restored ability to "willingly Control", "take Responsibility" and "achieve
Knowingness".
The entire purpose of my metaphysical model is to facilitate the As Ising of my entire
belief system including, last but not least, the metaphysical model itself and the concepts
of Thetan Control, Responsibility and Knowingness and Creator Omnipotence,
Omnipresence and Omniscience upon which it is based.
--John Lester
(Edited from an email message by Ouran)

THE HUBRIS TRAP
(inspired by Max Sandor's Trap articles at
http://www.santavihara.org/pnohteftu/contents.html )
Hubris (Greek) - overweening pride or overconfidence;
arrogance.
Whom the gods would destroy, they first make proud.
One of the inevitable pitfalls on the path to enlightenment and
spiritual freedom is the Hubris Trap. This specific trap may
well be the reason Buddha spoke his creative Word of "no-
self." It is also the reason why many religions (esp
Christianity) stress humility.
It happens to a student like this:
The student starts out as an ordinary Human person, a meat
body walking around at the mercy (or lack of it) of a violent
universe. There's nothing quite like thinking oneself to be a
fragile organism to create a sense of mortality and insecurity.
Then the student discovers that he really is an immortal spirit.
I don't mean reads about it, and "understands" it. I mean he
KNOWS he is a spirit and not a body. That's quite a relief! He
feels much better and keeps studying and practicing his
exercises/solo auditing. Soon he finds that his understandings
have turned to knowledge, to CERTAINTY. Another student
may speak of a difficulty, and our first student finds himself
teaching.
He becomes really, really expert. He teaches large numbers
of students, publishes his wisdom in a series of
books/websites, councils/audits the lame and halt to throw
away their crutches, and pretty soon he's damnsure he's hot
shit -- because he gets 130 emails a day telling him he's hot
shit, gets snailmail letters from as far away as Pluto, and
beautiful young girls want to meet him.
Before long he starts thinking he's extremely hot shit.
He is THEE being! Thee BIG BEING. The MAN. The DUDE.
All eyes are turned to him. He has become SOURCE for
thousands of worshippers. All wisdom flows from him and if
something didn't flow from him, why then it must not be
wisdom!
Sound familiar?
Sure it does, here's some examples: Sun Myung Moon, David
Koresh, L. Ron Hubbard.
In case #1, what the hell possesses this fool to think he has a
right or obligation to marry thousands of couples to one
another who have never even met before?
In case #2, David abused his influence on teenage girls by
marrying them himself. Not as huge a misdeed as this
sexually aberated society makes it out to be, but definitely it
was a selfish disregard for public relations!
In case #3, Ron was well known for abusing almost everyone
around him on board ship, being more of a tyrant than could
be believed, given the brilliance of his knowledge of the mind.
If he thought John McMaster should be in the water alongside
the ship, he should have moved to behind John's head,
become John and jumped overboard! Not order him thrown
over the side by the crew. And let's not even go into him
assigning all source to himself, now there's some REAL
arrogance!
The worst thing is that hubris stops the spiritual student cold.
There is no further progress made by a person who is
enforcing a Self which cannot tolerate an effect upon it by
others. Such a person gets no case gain from any further
counciling. They won't allow it, because they won't allow
another person to be Cause, Source, etc.
I know what I'm talking about here, I personally plowed face
first into hubris about four years ago. I started thinking I was
hot shit. I had to keep reminding myself that I was no bigger,
no different than any other person. But I was also educated
enough to recognize it as a trap, so I kept digging, didn't treat
it as an end phenomenon of a process called "Point to God"
(joke) or any such foolishness.
I recently (8/30/00) ran across an internet conversation
between Ralph Hilton and Ken Ogger on this very subject. I
would be very remiss if I didn't include it here:
Ralph posted the following question -
> I don't perceive that anyone on XXXXX or who is running a "Clearing
> tech" group is fully able to grant beingness to terminals of
> comparable magnitude. Sometimes it seems to me that some actually
> believe that there aren't any. Perhaps there are exceptions. I have
> yet to meet one. I met a few in EST but never isolated the key factor
> that Werner partially resolved and Hubbard didn't seem to get close
> to. Nor, obviously, a way of translating it into Scientologese.
>
> I've been looking for a simple approach to this factor. Any ideas?

It does seem to be a common denominator of tech finders who
evolved through Scientology rather than on some other line.
Note that it is common but not always present in gurus in other
fields such as science or computers. So it is possible that
Werner was simply getting the usual percentage of humble vs
arrogant geniuses.
In Scientology, on the other hand, it takes tremendous arrogance
and certainty of self to even dare to question the most trivial
thing that Hubbard said. So only the arrogant even begin
to think for themselves.
I'm probably just as bad on this line as Alan or Michael.
But I think it is very dangerous. So I keep reminding myself
of Hubbard and how he ended up.
During the 1952-4 time period, he moved with a speed and depth
that was just fantastic. But he got too full of himself and
stopped listing [listening?] to others. And eventually he just went solid.
There are hardly any new ideas after 1954, it is mostly just
refinement, better ways to run the same things, rather than
further advances in basic theory.
You can't go it alone. You've got to listen to others. You've
got to accept others ideas as well as your own. We cover each
other's weak spots.
And the real game is to figure it all out and set ourselves
free. It is not a game of one-upmanship. We shouldn't be
competing for the staring role in "The Battle of the Service
Facs".
Thanks again,
The Pilot
Finally I made it behind/beyond hubris. I found that I was all
other spirits, all other beings. This was much more than being
someone else's body (that's a rather limited view of pan-
determinism). I had found my way to static and discovered
there that there was/is only one being, which has multiple
separate consciousnesses, each consciousness with one or
more points of view. Each consciousness refuses to be the
others, which keeps us separate as individual spirits.
This lie of separation from static is one of the most
fundamental basics, very close to the mythical "basic-basic"
so sought after. A narrow clinging to "self" creates all games
conditions, and especially the overt/motivator sequence.
Relinquishing "self" allows the person to forgive, both others
and themselves. In one of his messages Ken Ogger
remarked:
Christ was right. Forgiveness is one of the keys to getting out of the trap.
Once a person sees the unity at Static, it becomes the easiest
thing in the world to forgive. For the other person is you too.
An outstanding article on this subject by Flemming Funch:
DYNAMIC 8.
From that perspective I turned and looked back at hubris with,
first horror, then great amusement. The whole idea of
promoting a "self", a personality as the "Great One" is a joke.
It is like a toddler insisting upon its red toy and no other toy
will do. How can I be better than you, if I AM YOU? Any toy
will do. Want to be Source? Alright! Let's have you be source
this week! Next week we'll have someone else originate
wisdom. It doesn't matter who it's coming from, Hubbard, or
Jesus, or nameyourprophet is no more source than you are.
All you have to do is originate it, and it doesn't need to
originate from your body. It could just as easily be spoken for
you by a four year old girl with a dirty face and a ring of
chocolate around her mouth. Yes: out of the mouths of babes.
We are all god/static/insertholiestwordhere. Arrogant surety of
being hot shit is a partial truth, but the being who is such hot
shit is looking out of every pair of eyes you meet -- not just out
of the mirror...
Ouran

back to index

THE ASTROLOGY TRAP

This subject is a dangerous one for the spiritual student. It is
of some assistance in some ways, particularly in familiarizing
the student with his or her own patterns of life -- but the
benefits are outweighed by the danger of going too much into
agreement with its all too seductive ideas. Therefore it can be
regarded as a trap. The horoscope of a birth defines the
limited channels placed into a human body when it is born. Or
perhaps I should say "allowed" instead of "placed?" This is
not a good thing.
A person has unlimited potential. The spirit inhabiting a
human body is for all intents and purposes a fallen god. But
that full potential is not expressed through a body -- and in
fact the body seems to act as a governor or regulator keeping
the spirit from expressing that full potential. Part of that
restriction can be viewed through the subject of astrology.
In astrology the full range of human behaviors, interests,
strengths and basic personal qualities of all sorts has been
arbitrarily divided into twelve groups called the signs of the
zodiac. When someone is born under the influence of one
particular sign or other, it is not a matter of the qualities of that
sign being bestowed upon the person (that is the usual
interpretation in astrology). Instead it is apparently a matter of
the qualities of the other eleven signs being blocked.
This first came to my attention when I was reading a book on
Chinese astrology. I noted a curious passage which baldly
stated that planets acted as negatives. That got me thinking;
and pretty soon I realized that the entire horoscope acted as a
negative! It was as if a debilitating force was being projected
into the solar system from a dozen locations in a ring around
the system, only to be partially thwarted by the presence of
the sun and a few orbiting planets which get in the way.
That last is only a working theory. I have no evidence to
confirm it, only the circumstantial evidence that human ability
is far less than it could be. Perhaps something entirely
different accounts for the phenomena. That would be fine by
me; I'm not married to that theory. But nutty as it sounds (and
it sounds nutty to me too) it's the only explanation I've been
able to come up with.
And believe me, a person's horoscope does indeed restrict
the person into the particular narrow channels associated with
the signs which figure prominently in that horoscope.
But here's a heartening bit of information for you: you can
break out of those restrictions. That's where the intense study
of astrology is useful. The student learns which qualities he or
she is missing. Those missing qualities can be deliberately
cultivated -- created out of nothing.
The downside is that a too intense study of astrology usually
causes the student to completely agree with the restrictions --
keeping that student from ever breaking free of those
fundamental assumptions. It takes a strong ability to disagree
combined with a strong spiritual will (not emotional willpower,
that's something different) to cast off the agreements in order
to act and be something more than that mere hour of birth.
For those who study and practice spiritual sciences let this be
your guide in relation to astrology:
1. For practical astral level work (most magical practices),
astrology can be quite helpful.
2. For mid-level practices such as Scientology, astrology acts
as a mild retardant.
3. For high level practices such as real Theravada Buddhism
and Christian Science, astrology would have to be cast out of
the mind completely. A student working toward the Buddhic,
Nibbana, Christ Consciousness, and other names for that
level should avoid astrology as a trap which creates an
invisible ceiling beyond which the student cannot rise.
Ouran
back to index

THE PHYSICS AND METAPHYSICS OF ASTROLOGY

Articles six and seven indicate that there are certain
fundamental principles on which reality itself is based. These
principles, such as the dichotomy, the triangle and the four
elements, are repeated in a fractal manner throughout the
many levels of lower reality. In one of these levels is an
archetypal set of controls commonly known as astrology.
Astrology is fascinating because in it can be seen opposing
pairs, triangles and planes of existence directly being applied
to the minds and material objects in the physical universe. In
fact, the 12 signs of the zodiac could be said to be nothing
more complex than the four planes of the universe which are
often referred to as the elements of Fire, Air, Water and Earth -
- combined with the three energy types of dispersal, flow and
ridge. The four of the former, times the three latter, yields 12
signs.
Breaking it Down into Classes
The signs of the zodiac are often said to fall into four
"elements": Fire, Air, Water, and Earth. On close examination
these elements seem to roughly correspond to the four states
of matter: plasma, gas, liquid, and solid in that order. But they
are much more than that simple mechanical correspondence,
as you will discover farther down in this document. Later on I'll
go into greater detail on the significance of each element.
The Fire or plasma signs are Aries, Leo and Sagittarius.
The Air or gaseous signs are Gemini, Libra and Aquarius.
The Water or liquid signs are Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces.
The Earth or solid signs are Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn.
The zodiac is equally divided into particle signs and wave
signs. Half of the signs of the zodiac deal with forms (earth)
and particles (air); and the other half deals with positive
motion (fire) or negative emotion (water). From an old-
fashioned conventional point of view the fire and water signs
are what is known as "feeling"; and the air and earth signs are
what is known as "mental". All energy seems to exist in a form
that we interpret as either a particle or a wave. It's not that the
universe is truly either one, but human beings, with our limited
perception, translate what we see in terms of one or the other.
The only difference between these two, that is apparent to
me, is that of velocity relative to the observer. Energy that is
stationary relative to the observer appears to be a particle (A
completely stationary particle appears to be without energy,
and a moving wave appears to be without locationremember
Heisenbergs Uncertainty Principle!). The faster energy
streams past the observer, the more it appears to be in the
form of waves. This particular mental division in perceiving
the universe is symbolized in astrology by the signs Virgo and
Pisces.
Virgo and its ruler (NOT mercury, perhaps one or more of the
asteroids) are connected with and rule the limited perception
of matter as discrete particles having an exact location in
space and finite boundaries.
Virgo seems to be involved with energy viewed in the form of
precise lumps: protons, neutrons, electrons, mental energy
shaped into little bits, i.e. thoughts. (I don't know how many of
you reading this will have any experience at doing
"meditation", but a close examination of thoughts inside your
own space [i.e. in your head, for most of you] will reveal them
to be either pictures [a field of wavesruled by Pisces] or little
bits of stuff [ruled by Virgo] that you manipulate and attach
meaning onto.)
Pisces and its ruler neptune are connected with and rule the
limited perception of matter as moving waves with indistinct,
rather fuzzy edges and imprecise location (Heisenberg
again).
Pisces seems to be involved with energy in the form of fields:
magnetic fields, force fields, and oddly, energy organized into
a field that takes a shape, i.e. a mental image picture.
Virgo wants to view the world as a place where everything
has precise meaning and exact limitations; Everything
properly defined and within parameters. Color within the lines!
This is, of course, a limited view. However much it might
infuriate some Virgos to be told this, still some things just
never fit into tight tidy little boxes. An electron is not so much
an exact location, as a center of a field of energy (because it
doesnt hold still). A thought has size, mass, and location, but
it also has meaning tagged onto it. What is meaning?
Meaning is whatever you intend it to be. Whoops, there went
precision! Both the Virgo and Pisces styles of perception are
true in that they each reflect part of the truth, but not all of it.
No one sign has a lock on all of reality. Quite the contrary. It
seems as though the human point of view has been
deliberately splintered into many fragments, insuring that no
one will get a firm grasp of its entirety. look, I'm not a
paranoid! You don't like it, you try coming up with a better
explanation of why we each are limited to viewing narrow
splinters of total reality! (Edmund Meadows has done a lot of
research into that end of zodiac phenomena, here's his
website: Viking Remote Viewing & Psychic Self Defense.
Virgo and Pisces are mental (mutable) signs, which is why I
used them as the examples. Half the signs of the zodiac are
particle (mass and thought) oriented and half are wave
(emotion and impulse) oriented. These are:
emotion: thought:
Aries Taurus
Cancer Gemini
Leo Virgo
Scorpio Libra
Sagittarius Capricorn
Pisces Aquarius
As you can see, the "wave" or emotion signs consist of the
fire and water signs. Fire is outflowing emotion and water is
inflowing emotion.
The "particle" or thought signs are the air and earth signs. Air
is outflowing thought and earth is inflowing thought. (Let me
note an observation here. It seems that air is more concerned
with abstract thought, and earth with concrete thought. Is it
because an abstract is a self-created thought, whereas
concrete thought is about objects that can exist in the real
world and therefore are an inflow from the real world into the
thinker?)

All of the signs of the zodiac can be broken down into various
categories. Half of the signs are what is called positive or
male. The other six are what is known as negative or female.
What they really means is outflowing (positive signs) and
inflowing (negative signs). "Outflowing WHAT?" you ask.
Outflowing and inflowing energy. The mind works by means
of attaching significance or tagging meaning onto small bits of
mental mass that remain in existence and do not flow away to
nothingness (unless, of course, they are examined too
closely). A person then strings these masses together,
arranges them in patterns, and assigns the patterns further
significance. This is called thinking. All thought, all emotion
involves the use of slowed down energy. Therefore in judging
the underlying patterns of behavior of people one has to
understand what is really going on at a microscopic level, and
to do this one needs to understand the behavior of energy
and mass as it pertains to the human mind.
Energy can flow into a person (their location in space used as
a terminal for communication), where the person is receiving,
or energy can flow out of a person. This is easiest to visualize
with emotion. A person who is sitting in a chair while being
told with great passion by a standing sweetheart, "I love you!"
is receiving (inflowing) the emotion. The passionate one is
outflowing it. Individuals of course are more complex than
"pure" signs. No person could possibly be totally outflowing or
completely inflowing. But a person will have a tendency to be
more one or the other if their chart shows a dominance of
positive or negative signs. They are:
positive: negative:
Aries Taurus
Gemini Cancer
Leo Virgo
Libra Scorpio
Sagittarius Capricorn
Aquarius Pisces
As you can see, all of the fire and air signs are of a positive,
outflowing nature, and all of the water and earth signs are of a
negative, inflowing nature.
If you combine these two ways of looking at the signs you get:
Fire signs: Aries Leo Sagittarius
positive emotion or impulse
Air signs: Gemini Libra Aquarius
positive or abstract thought
Water signs: Cancer Scorpio Pisces
negative emotion or receiving feelings
Earth signs: Taurus Virgo Capricorn
negative or concrete thought
The final way of looking at and classifying the signs is through
what I think of as energy form. This is the ancient division of
the signs into Cardinal, Fixed and Mutable. One brilliant writer
(Hubbard) described the three energy forms as Flow, Ridge
and Dispersal. He didnt invent this division into energy types.
The knowledge has been around for a long time and is one of
the basics behind astrology. But he did state it clearer than
previously, so we are using his terms here for convenience.

The Cardinal signs represent a flow of energy from one point
in space to another point along a single line. They are very
goal-oriented and focused upon doing what they are doing.
(FLOW)

This represents energy moving from A through space and
being received at B. It can also be a flow being pulled back
into the source of intention, a tractor beam:
(TRACTOR FLOW)

With A the source of intention and B the location which A
causes as source of the flow.

The Mutable signs represent a non-A-to-B movement of
energy. This can be a variety of things such as: more than
one flow from or to a single point, a general all-directions
dispersal of energy either from or to a point in space
(evaporation if slow, explosion if rapid), or multiple
flows/dispersals involving multiple locations (confusion!). With
either an implosion or confusion situation in the movement of
energy there is always the possibility of two or more energy
movements colliding and forming the third energy type.
(DISPERSALS)
explosion confusion
implosion

The mutable signs most closely mirror spirit itself because a
slow "explosion" of energy is a spherical glowexactly what a
located beingness appears to be.

Fixed signs represent energy movements that have
conflicted directly with one another so as to form a standing
wave or mass, i.e. resembling "solid" matter.

(RIDGES)
or or or

It is very important that you learn to visualize the differing
ways these three groups use energy, because it bears directly
upon how they behave:
The direct action advance or pull-in of the cardinal signs.
The stubborn holding position of the fixed signs.
And the rapid mobile viewpoint of the mutable signs.
In addition to the above, the three energy types of flow, ridge
and dispersal are mere manifestations of a prime archetype
underlying the universe and our operation within it. A being
playing a game within a universe plays by means of what we
call in language "verbs." There are three types of verbs: be,
have and do. In order to play a game, one first has to BE
something or someone. One needs an identity, a role to be a
player. Then one must have objects. One needs a body or
other symbol to represent self, and bodies/symbols to
represent other players. There also must be a playing field,
which can be small like a miniature chess set, or as large as
an entire physical universe. This is HAVE. Once identities and
a playing field are established, then a game can be played
with actions occurring. This is DO. That trio of be/do/have is
very basic to existence, and our trio of dispersal/flow/ridge are
special limited cases of it.
Dispersal is Be.
Flow is Do.
Ridge is Have.
A dispersal appears to be a very fundamental manifestation of
beingness, a spherical glow of energy from a location in
space, a deva or "shining one." An outflowing dispersal
(explosion) creates open space, flexibility and allows thought
to move rapidly. It also enables an easy shift of viewpoint
(location in space) for a being, which is why the mutable signs
exhibit these qualities. On a very high "plane" this relates to
the number ONE (see appendix for article on numbers), which
is pure "I am" and is sometimes seen as a vision of infinite
space.
A flow is the most basic action of doingness, from one
location in space toward a second location. On a very high
"plane" this relates to the number TWO. This is basic to
dichotomies of opposites such as black/white, good/evil, etc.
A ridge forms a solid mass and is therefore the most basic
manifestation of havingness. On a very high "plane" this
relates to the number THREE. when one reaches THREE, the
opposing terminal of TWO switches to THREE and TWO
becomes occupied by a flux or changing process instead.
The Four Mental Signs
The four dispersal signs of Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and
Pisces each rule a particular way of thinking and relating
ideas. The four styles of mentation are: differentiation (this is
different from that), association (this is similar to that),
identification (this is that, A = A), and disassociation (this has
no relation to that).
Virgo differentiates
Gemini associates
Pisces Identifies
Sagittarius disassociates
Virgo notices the littlest details of differences between things.
A shrimp fork has a different number of tines than a salad
fork.
Gemini locates similarities between things, sorts and
classifies halfway between differences and identities. A Ford
and a Chevy are both associated by their being cars.
Pisces says that one thing IS another. A coffee cup is a coffee
cup. Here is both the fairly high level action of assuming an
identity in order to play a game, and also the stimulus-
response mistake of identifying things as being equal when
they are merely similar.
Sagittarius hits both the highest highs and lowest lows of
mind. At the top there is pure awareness of the sort striven for
by practitioners of General Semantics where objects and
actions are seen as themselves without identifying, sorting or
classifying them in any way. The Zen puzzles such as "What
is the sound of one hand clapping?" are another example of
high end Sagittarian thought. At the bottom is the
disassociation of insanity where a person is so forcefully
"elsewhere" that nothing is allowed to relate to anything.
(Warning to deep researchers! You might notice that the
zodiac is set up to control beingness, with dispersal signs
occurring last in each trio. The truth is that dispersals are first
in the deep past, not last. Also notice that the zodiac is
arranged as a cycle of action where mind and matter both
degenerate and become more complex as one moves from
Aries through the signs to Pisces. The sequence from flow to
ridge (example: Aries, then Taurus) is correct, but those two
should follow a dispersal sign, not precede one. Frankly I
smell a decaying rat in Denmark [to mash a couple of cliches
together playfully]. Something isn't right about that...
Theorywise, astrology operates like some sort of evil implant.
Most people view "their" sign as something positive, but
actually a sign is more like a goddamned wall blocking out the
abilities and tendencies assigned to the other 11 signs, while
only having a single "window" left open to the one sign.
Planets and the sun in a sign act as disablers, not enablers.
This works in a manner which can be compared
metaphorically to color. A color like red isn't red because of
the presence of red light, so much as it's red because of the
ABSENCE of the other colors. Signs are similar in that their
emphasis on certain abilities masks the fact that they are
blocking other abilities.)
Putting It All Together
My notes from when I was investigating the mental physics of
astrology during the early 1980s indicate:
Fire always has motion out of self.
Water always has tractor into self.
Fire and Water are self (sensation) oriented.
Air always has flow out of other.
Earth always has tractor into other.
Air and Earth are other oriented.
To fully understand the signs of the zodiac one must add one
more item: the person. By "the person" I do not mean the
body. I mean the spirit which operates the body. In most
people these two are the same space, but not always. To
simplify what I mean by the word "spirit" I am only going to
define spirit as its main characteristic. A spirit is a point of
view, that is to say, a location in space from which space and
objects and energies are viewed. For anyone who dislikes this
concept, just treat the word "self" as representing the location
of the person's body, especially the body's head.

The Signs of the Zodiac Represented by Their Style of
Energies
("Self" signifies the location in space the person is observing
from, the viewpoint. In the fixed sign diagrams, the vertical
line represents the ridge of energy formed due to the collision
of flows. The symbol I'm using for the source point/location of
origin of energy as knowingly caused by self is "")
Aries:

Here the flow is outward from the point of view. This is very
simple and direct, which is Aries in a nutshell.
Taurus:

Taurus is attempting to pull something toward itself out of the
ridges of matter.
Gemini:

Gemini stays apart from the action, maintaining a certain
distance. If you compare this to Pisces below you will see why
Gemini is relatively so detached. If you compare it to Virgo
you will get a hint as to why a Gemini often irritates a Virgo:
the action is the same but the flow is in the opposite direction.
Cancer:

Cancer pulls the whole universe to itself. The mountain
comes in this case to Mohammed!
Leo:

Leo has a strong outflow from self, but this is met by a flow
from others. This flow from others could in good cases be
mere attention -- or it could be opposition -- but in either case
the Leo goes more solid.
Virgo:

It's easy to see from this diagram why Virgos seem to wear
microscopes for eyeglasses! But it also indicates a marvelous
ability to view the smallest things in detail from all sides.
Libra:

Libra has an ability which is a curse at lower levels of spiritual
(non)progress. It is the ability to see both sides of any directly
opposing issue. For the ordinary person this is very
uncomfortable -- exhibited as indecision, waffling, changes of
mind and other similar apparent flakiness.
Note that I said "apparent".
The sign is ruled by some yet-to-be-located planet, probably
circling out beyond the orbit of pluto. Whatever the name
eventually assigned to this postulated planet, we know
enough about its effects through Libra and the corresponding
7th house to catalog many of its characteristics. It rules both
war and marriage; and in the broadest sense it rules the
relationship between Self and Others. The sign Libra
therefore has its consciousness thrown into painful
awareness that a single point of view is limited and incorrect,
and that multiple viewpoints held simultaneously see far more
than the best possible single point of view. At its very highest
Libra expresses a nearly divine metaphysical awareness of all
life being valid and all persons being correct in their opinions
so far as they go -- and their incorrectness stemming mainly
from their limited views.
Scorpio:

Even as Scorpio tries to communicate it is simultaneously
holding something back. All three water signs, Scorpio,
Cancer and Pisces, protect their psyches against others in a
specific way. Scorpio's shield is to keep their thoughts,
desires and intentions unknown by others.
Sagittarius:

Sagittarius is the purest representation of a located
disincarnate Spirit as a Deva, a glowing one. This is the
"energy production unit" of the Thought People in "Super
Scio."
Capricorn:

Capricorn reaches out into the society around it and causes
the people there to compel Capricorn to do its duty.
Aquarius:

Aquarius induces other people to ridge against themselves,
while Aquarius watches. This is how the Aquarian can have
enough space to be so creative and original: the ridge they
create is outside themselves!
Pisces:

Pisces tends to get overwhelmed because there is a constant
inflow from all directions. This places beings who are already
in bad shape even more at effect, and they often drink
themselves silly to blot out all the personalities, mental
images, emotions and identities which collapse in on them
constantly. On the other hand this sign has the greatest ability
to perceive spiritual truths by "channeling" knowledge from
higher sources. Sun in Pisces people Edgar Cayce and L.
Ron Hubbard both exhibited this ability.
Ouran
back to index

STUFF "LAFE" GOT WRONG

Hubbard's nickname in sci-fi stories written by Robert Heinlein
was "Lafe Hubert."
This one might make me popular among church bashers, and
unpopular among some ardent students of Mr Hubbard.
Which is too bad because clambakers and other extreme
bashers are too busy dramatizing their ARCx to listen -- so
they don't matter in the short term. It's the serious students
and researchers I wish to communicate to, and they might
have resistance to listening to this.
He messed up on mapping the upper part of the tone scale.
That's right, he missed all the upper tones in spite of knowing
they were there as far back as 1952 (PDC lectures) -- which
we have now thanks to the fine work of Mr Filbert. The most
telling screw up was that apparently Hubbard never saw
anything above what Filbert labeled "Multiple Deity - 160.0 -
Volition, Coexistence" and/or "Not Know - 120.0 -
Individuality". And never actually reached Coexistence,
merely glimpsed it. Hubbard not only stated that the tones
above this level do not exist, but he also behaved as though
they don't, ignoring the entire upper and middle Thought
bands, preferring to make his goal the highest non-pervasive
tone. This trapped him into continuing to play thetan vs thetan
games, which continued the not-is via the immensely
destructive concept of the Suppressive Person (which doesn't
exist as an intention, these people are merely low toned and
psychotic), aggravated by pulling in mass during GPM
research, which led to a dramatization of an incomplete ep on
Power processing, which led to the mistakes on OT3, which
led to his war against enemies, creation of Sea Org, GO,
RTC, Finance Police, etc. To make matters worse, he never
released a tone scale which went any higher than tone 40.
And this in spite of knowing that tone 40 was a stable resting
point similar to Conservatism, and therefore a ridge!
One hell of a mistake! Without recognizing the unity of all life
and beingness, one will continue to oppose others -- after all,
they are NOT yourself, right? Wrong!
Here's a quote of Mr Hubbard from PDC #6, for illustration
and critical purposes (this constitutes "fair use"):
"People have had the idea that when you got up there along top..
of course, you know you have to kind of get up there a little bit and
take a look to see if there's anything much higher, and.. uh..
people have had the idea that this.. this.. ah.. there was just a main
body of theta and everybody became one when you got to the top
of the tone scale. Fortunately, that isn't true. Yeah. But you go
down tone scale and everybody becomes one and the oneness is
MEST. And there's no individuality whatsoever in MEST."
That attitude is the postulate which creates our whole game.
He recovered it, but he failed to get past it to the decision
beneath. And what's oddest about this is that he wrote out
part of the truth in his axioms -- enough that he should have
gotten all of it. Very odd.
I also wish to point out in reference to the last two lines of that
quote that he himself has said repeatedly in his books and
tapes that the bottom of the scale looks a lot like the top --
usually when he was comparing Serenity of Beingness tone
40.0 to Death 0.0. What Hubbard didn't know was that there is
only one being, one "thetan" if you wish, at "Single Deity -
320.0 - Life that is not being" on Filbert's scale. And believe
me, there's plenty of individuality there, merely one of it. And
any being can reach this tone, but we don't stay there for long
because there's no game there. We simply reindividuate
again and remain ourselves, which we never lost when we
were there in any case! As near as I can state it so that it
makes sense: the many is the one, but the one remains the
many even while being one!
Four paragraphs up I mentioned in passing that opposing
others was a mistake, because all beings are one. This datum
underlies the phenomena of "overt acts." Deep down and far
back in the past, the cause of all case is a lack of integrity.
The history of the whole track is a gradual process of the
disintegration of beings into fragments. Much of processing
and meditation is aimed at reintegrating beings. All harm done
is harm against self. That is why the overt act against others
has such aberrative power: the other guy is you too. And I do
NOT communicate that fact at Sympathy on the tone scale,
where most religions seem to place it. That's another lower
level mockery, like serenity of Death being a lower level
mockery of Serenity of Beingness. I'm saying it in the Know
range on the tone scale, communicated through this body
which is currently at Strong Interest as an organism.
Another critical mistake he made was taking the apparency as
the reality. This mistake in perception resulted in picking up
various approaches to case, trying them out, then abandoning
them in favor of a new, "better" flavor. His engineer style
practicality never allowed him to discover all of the
fundamentals on which case, universes and minds are based -
- though admittedly he got a lot of them.
Another aspect of his taking the apparency as the reality is
that he declared that a person was "at" a single tone on the
scale. Admittedly, when stuck deep in the muck, that is how it
looks. Part way out is a higher apparency (of archetypical
structure) that a person occupies a position in each of these
bands: upper Thought, middle Thought, lower Thought (lower
astral plane), Emotion, Effort, and Mystery (unconsciousness
and matter). Each position reacts against the ones
immediately above and below it. For example an emotion is
triggered by a thought opinion, which emotion spurs effort,
which in turn is used against matter. Above the apparency
however it becomes clear that A PERSON IS THE ENTIRE
TONE SCALE FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. Once loose
enough, all a person has to do is place their attention at a
specific tone in order to "be" there.
Another and rather silly goof was his definition of space:
"Space is a viewpoint of dimension."
Which is perfectly reasonable on the face of it, but please
notice that it doesn't tell you anything. My research is
indicating a far more useful view of space which comes of
contemplating the upper tone scale:
SPACE IS A DIVISION OR SEPARATION OF
BEINGS.
And by "BEINGS" I do not merely mean objects which have
existence -- I mean individuals. People. Spirits. Thetans.
Insert favorite word for that which is aware.
A more serious goof was his bulletin on the EPs and F/Ns of
Power. The ep's for power processes 4 and 5 are fine except
for one small detail: WHEN EP IS REACHED ON ONE
COMMAND, CONTINUE GIVING THE ALTERNATE
COMMAND UNTIL EP IS REACHED ON IT TOO. Those two
processes address primal dichotomies which must be fully
relieved on both ends. To leave one side untouched is to fix it
in restimulation so that the person dramatizes it from then on.
Also the additions to these processes as all flows are
unecessary; properly done they should ep fully when they are
run: simple, soft, muzzled and above MEST. THEY
ALREADY ARE ALL FLOWS! THESE THINGS ARE ABOVE
TERMINALS IN SPACE -- WHAT "YOURSELF", "OTHERS"
and "ANOTHER"? Running them all flows simply proves that
they weren't understood and weren't being processed right.
Ouran
back to index

BEYOND THE ABYSS

Some of you might be familiar with the practices of magickal
fraternities such as the Golden Dawn and OTO who use the
methods of ritual initiation. Those of you who are freezone
escapees from the Co$ might never have heard of those
groups. If so then you need to know that in the late 40's
between WWII and the publication of Dianetics, L. Ron
Hubbard was a practicing member of the OTO. The OTO was
founded by the famous magician Aleister Crowley, who had
gotten his original training in the Golden Dawn.
These fraternities used a bridge of sorts, called degrees of
initiation, wherein at each stage the aspirant was let in on one
of the secrets of the universe (Sort of, ha ha, at the lowest
degree they taught the Hebrew alphabet!). Their effective
training mainly involved two things which will be quite familiar
to students of Hubbard's work in the early 50's: exteriorization
and mockup (mental image) exercises.
Their series of degrees of initiation were broken in two places,
separating their bridge into three sections. The lowest section
we can ignore. It mainly involved book learning and a few
preliminary ritual exercises.
The second section was that of the "adepts" and was
characterized by the magician at those levels being able to
exteriorize from the body at will. As an adept the magician
was capable of using theta sight, contact and gain access to
created sub-universes through visualization, use the
energized etheric body from the Magic Universe era as a
substitute for the material body, and generally bend reality at
least slightly to his/her will.
Ah but with all that, the adept was still quite human! To put it
in Scio terms, the adept had increased self-determinism, but
was still well short of pan-determinism.
Between the second and third sections was something called
the "Abyss." The nature of the abyss was cloaked in mystery
and terror! It was dangerous! Blah blah blah... Sounds a little
like the confidential levels in the Co$, doesn't it? Trust me, the
abyss was dangerous to them, but far less dangerous than
not confronting it. All the abyss really was, is the gap between
being human and being god. And therein lay the horrible
danger! For these magicians had thrown off the chains of
Christianity, and with those the Christian humility. And forget
it, they didn't have Scio Grade 4 to handle their tendencies to
make themselves right by making others wrong. Therefore
these poor bastards hurled themselves into the abyss trying
to get from human consciousness to divine consciousness
with full baggage of Grades case intact.
In the third and highest section of the Magickal system, the
"surrender of self" which begins by entering the Abyss is
completed. I consider their term "surrender" to be unfortunate,
because it places the aspirant at effect instead of cause, but I
can understand their motivation for using the term. Anyone
attempting to reach a divine consciousness without the
benefit of a full Grades release (which they didn't have access
to) would -- instead of attaining a pure divinity -- merely gain
power while clinging stubbornly to the precious "self". By "self"
here I do NOT mean beingness, I mean limited materialistic
identity and personality. Any magician who empowers "self"
while not also becoming and empowering others ends up
becoming what is known as a "black" magician.
What happened was that they usually grew egos as big as all
outdoors, all "Me, me, me, I'm right and all of you are wrong
and need to be taught by me!" They were sure they had made
it, and were usually mistaken. (For further on this read "The
Hubris Trap.")
To give Crowley his due, he may have made it. He certainly
behaved as though he did in his later life. But it's also very
possible that he may have been fooling himself. Always
remember that the man was trained in a system which used
enslaved entities on a regular basis as part of its practices.
Someone(s) must have made it, or at least keyed out enough
to cognite on the area, otherwise why would the Magician's
initiation be arranged like that? But what had they seen?
What were they after? What was this supreme state to which
they were instructed to aspire with such devotion?
I know. I've seen it. I've been there for a few timeless instants
of calm and immense love.
It's described in the upper end of Filbert's Expanded Tone
Scale! Those old magicians reached the tones above 100.0
on the scale. Up around "Truth", "Awareness" to "Multiple
Deity" it's easy from there to see "Single Deity", which is the
unity of all theta. At Single Deity is true pan-determinism. At
Single Deity all games are playing with yourself.
Above that is Native State. Has anyone made it to Native
State, then come back from Native State to tell us that we can
get all the way out of the trap? Gautama said he did. I really
don't know if Gautama did; the old tales were passed down by
word of mouth and finally written down hundreds of years
after he died. But if you read the Pali language texts, that's
what they claim.
I didn't get that far. I didn't even make it to Single Deity; I
merely got close enough to see Single Deity. And do you
know who Single Deity is? Forget "God", it's you and I. All of
us.
Ouran
back to index

updated 4/21/01
THE TONE SCALE, GROUP MINDS & THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE

There has been several attempts made by researchers in the
field of the mind to explain the phenomena of group minds.
Much ancillary phenomena was explained, yet as far as I can
see none of them penetrated to the root of the matter. No one
seems to have asked the magic question: "How can this
happen?" Or if they did, the answer wasn't apparent. I found a
way to get that answer.
First some background. The various phenomena of the mind
can be found to occur at specific locations on the Expanded
Tone Scale of Geoffrey Filbert, which he brilliantly correlated
to an equally expanded Know to Mystery scale. If you are not
familiar with these scales I suggest you stop reading right
now, follow the link I've provided and study it thoroughly
before returning to this article.
My understanding of the tone scale took many years to
develop. Like most people I believed what I read about it in
Hubbard's and Minshull's work -- specifically that a human
being was "at" a single tone somewhere on the human range
of Enthusiasm 4.0 to Death 0.0. I sort of ignored for a long
time a few mentions of the spirit being at one tone, and the
body usually at quite another. Eventually I came around to the
notion that I as a spiritual being might "be" at a different tone
than my body. I might be cracking jokes -- and "be" as a spirit
at Approval from Bodies -3.5, and my body expressing itself
at Antagonism 2.0.
But I noticed something odd which nagged at me. I got mad
one day at a guy who was quite a bit larger than I physically. I
noticed a weird thing: I was "at" Anger 1.5, but I was also "at"
Fear 1.0. Both of these emotions could be felt simultaneously.
They conflicted, settled into a sort of balance inside me, and
what came out of my mouth was No Sympathy 1.2 and Covert
Hostility 1.1! The more I considered that, the more it bothered
me. Wasn't I supposed to "be" at only one tone? But I could
feel TWO tones at the same time! How could this be?
This was the first hint I had that a person could operate at
more than one location on the tone scale. The second hint
occurred after I had partially "woken up" as a spirit in the mid
90's. I had not yet seen Filbert's tone scale, but I had already
figured out that Hubbard's version was only a section of the
occult "planes", which I had learned from Theosophy and the
magical literature during the mid 70s. In those "planes" are
levels of thought (mental), which lie just above the emotional
areas of the astral. It dawned on me one day that I was
operating as a spirit at a tone above the emotion band when I
did creative work, like when I was doing intense visualization
of new ideas. I was sophisticated enough to realize that
Hubbard must have omitted some tones for thought --
somewhere around, but maybe below his Serenity of
Beingness 40.0.
Filbert's scale puts these areas of thought both above and
below Serenity of Beingness 40.0. The first time I saw his
expanded scale (late 1999!) whole sections of data,
knowingness and observations just flew into place in my
mind. Suddenly it all made sense about the damned tone
scale and the occult scale too. They all lined up perfectly. But
what really blew me away was the very top. I had already
gotten far enough up, bootstrapping myself into and above
the area of Inspiration and Aesthetics (without knowing
exactly where they were in relation to other tones), and had a
major cognition about the unity of all theta. I saw the single
thetan we all are, and it created a major case change! *grin*
So when I finally saw Filbert's scale it validated the hell out of
me (thank you for the acknowledgment) and created vast
relief that someone else had seen it too: second from the top,
"Single Deity."
Part of the chain reaction of cognitions I had as a result of
perceiving Single Deity 320.0 (Static) was that I gained an
entirely new understanding of communication (see: The
Nature of Communication). All communication turns out to be
telepathic. And telepathy is duplication. And duplication is
DONE AT SINGLE DEITY! Every person understands what
another person is intending to say only because they
duplicate that intention very high on the tone scale, at the
point where both persons are the SAME BEING.
The next cognition in the chain was that since I was operating
that high on the tone scale... and I looked and realized I was
operating at several other locations on the tone scale.
Sheesh! It blew me away! I was duplicating at 320.0,
perceiving truth at 100.0, enjoying and creating aesthetics at
70.0, creating artistic inspiration at 60.0, making postulates at
30.0, imposing considerations just below that, making
opinions at 22.0, feeling thrills and exhilaration as a being at
the top of the emotion band, motivating my body from
conservatism to cheerfulness, touching areas in my mind
which felt like they were in apathy .05 or below, flowing effort
band energy to move the matter of my body, doing "efforts to
think" just below that, creating "thought forms" (see below)
somewhere in that area, and finding things in hiding which
didn't wish to be found even farther down.
The whole tone scale was mine to use. That cognition
changed my entire outlook. I stopped worrying about where I
"was" on the tone scale and concentrated instead on
expanding my ability to access the entire thing consciously.
As a side note I want to point out that various tones are taken
simultaneously by us, separated by wide enough gaps
between them to provide a flow of energy (between the
different potentials). Each position taken on the scale controls
and motivates the position below. Therefore an idea (thought
band) will trigger an emotion (emotion band), and that
emotion will drive the effort which in turn moves the physical
body. Therefore one could say that each band controls the
one beneath it.
But what, you ask, does that have to do with group minds? It
has EVERYTHING to do with it. See, it's not just "me" who is
using the whole tone scale all the time, while unaware of
doing so. Everyone else is too. By the "whole scale" make no
mistake, I mean the very top too. Therefore (take this one to
the bank): ALL THETA IS IN CONSTANT TELEPATHIC
CONTACT WITH ITSELF AT ALL TIMES. That means every
spirit, every entity, even cold, hard matter.
Beingness, or theta if you would, is a single being which is
aware of all its parts. It has divided into parts, which parts
have hidden from themselves that they are parts of a whole.
Therefore each part (person) is deliberately being unaware of
being that single being at "Single Deity." Filbert seems to
have seen it. As for others, Ken Ogger (The Pilot) came
closest to seeing the truth, he just didn't extrapolate
backwards from what he already knew. Look at him get close
here (from Super Scio #6A):
One point that is still under research is whether or not we have multiple self
aware operating centers. In other words, we might each be a number of
different people and making a point of not knowing about our other selves from
any of the individual viewpoints. This might be like a computer running multiple
programs and shifting memory banks as it timeslices between the different
programs. Or imagine setting up a 4 player card game and playing each of the
4 roles. You might mock up a personality for each one (maybe one is greedy
and one is skillful and one is having fun and one is trying not to make a fool of
himself) and then intentionally pretend to not know what the other 3 are thinking
as you play each role.
Then he makes the same mistake that Hubbard did:
... don't make the mistake of thinking that you're everybody else. You'd only be
a small percentage. Maybe one in a billion. But the galaxy is large and even
that ratio might mean that you are millions of different people. We used to
operate this way on the early track, but we were aware of doing it.
On the other hand Hubbard contradicts himself in 1952 when
he says the truth:
If you notice on the column on the Chart of Attitudes, up at the top of the
column, at some unimaginable number height way above 40 - you've got
"everyone." You would have everyone; you really would have. It'd come back to
the main theta body, the BIG theta body. And if you could back up the Tone
Scale far enough or high enough, theoretically you could be everyone,
theoretically.
I don't see why he would think anything has changed about
the way we operate, ha ha! Actually I do. Like most people,
he doesn't dare allow himself to have that thought. It's
considered a dangerous thought. The consideration is that the
information I'm giving here if placed in the awareness of a
sufficiently able thetan is capable of unmocking the entire
game. I don't know if that last statement is true or not, but that
is the consideration as I've recovered it. Enough digression,
back to the parts (thetans) of the whole (static).
These parts retain the ability of the Single Deity in that they
are able to divide into more parts. That's how there are so
many thetans. These self-aware parts (thetans) also have the
ability to divide and separate awareness into new locations
which are not self-aware. We call these non-self-awares
entities. Another word for them is "thought forms." They can
be quite alive, nearly thetans themselves and have very
complex minds. Or they can be as simple as a dot of mass
with a single thought or command inside it. At this level they
begin shading into those effort level thoughts which are often
seen in the mind as symbols. The more complex of these
entities retain the ability to divide and make new non-self-
aware copies of themselves. This is how we have so many
genetic entities running life forms. This also explains the
behavior of BTs, etc. And it explains the cluster of entities. So
stiff, pedantic classifications of beingness are not exactly true.
Theta can become, divide and create whatever it can
envision. There are infinite shades of being.
Separate beings and entities are always in duplication of one
another (telepathy), and can become aware of it if they have a
lot of communication, which comm leads to increased affinity,
and if they are sharing the same space. That latter two are
probably the key actions leading to the formation of clusters
on the BT level and group minds on the thetan level --
AFFINITY and SHARING OF SPACE. Reread the main article
on triangles. Those are first column actions, leading to at least
a partial as-isness of postulated differences, putting the
beings or entities more in contact with one another at Single
Deity. With the BTs, sharing of space is achieved with force.
One of the main implant tricks is to take something upscale
like Static or Native State, and equate it to something
downscale like agreement or a mystery. In the case of
clusters, affinity and force (not-is) have been combined. The
result is enforced affinity -- ick!
Reality is the dream of Single Deity. ALL of reality, and that
includes cold, hard matter, is the dream of Single Deity.
(Please do not confuse Single Deity with Christian ideas of a
personal God who is "over" you. Single Deity is not an
overwhelm of you. It is not you at effect, while it is the only
cause. Single Deity is YOU, but it also just so happens to be
me too, and everyone else.) To the extent that individual
beings (thetans) have agreed on a universe, to that extent
they share that universe and all postulates which create it.
The postulates of the current universe are based on the
postulates of all the previous ones, going back all the way to
at least the first common, shared universe (agreements), and
probably much much farther than that. Many of those
postulates are extremely aberrated. Many of those postulates
exist at the bottom end of the tone scale, in the Unknowable
range. Therefore, not only does each individual being have
"case", but the physical universe has "case" as well, and in
fact seems to possess some very solid seeming machinery
and a reactive mind of its own. That could be deemed the
group reactive mind of all beings inhabiting this universe.
And we are putting it there, all of us.
As for the mechanics, much fascinating information can be
found in the works of Rupert Sheldrake; and also on Edmund
Meadows' Viking Remote Viewing & Psychic Self Defense
site. Some of that latter is quite hair-raising. Membership in
any group apparently implants the mind of that group, which
consists of a sub-universe separate from, but interacting with
the physical universe via the members. As agreement is
enforced reality -- which is to say a must-have on some reality
and a must-not-have on other reality -- then the group mind of
any group such as for instance the Marine Corps or the
Church of _____ will seek to limit disagreement via the
actions of its members against other members and outsiders.
Edmund Meadows goes into great detail about these sub-
universes; I highly recommend reading his site. I also want to
warn you that his material is separated from enforced
agreement with most groups, therefore it will probably seem
strange and unreal to most people who read it. It is not for
beginners. You will know you have arrived above enforced
reality when you can comfortably read Edmund without
having to agree or disagree. The viewpoints of others can be
duplicated without enforcement. All of this occurs in the +20s
range of the tone scale, which could be called the Objective
or Extroverted Mental Plane. This is quite different from the
introverted mental activity which occurs at thinkingness. The
Objective Mental Plane is thinking by interaction with other
viewpoints. This plane has the appearance of a vast space
containing interconnecting points which are separated by
empty space. The physical universe, which is below tone 26,
appears to be divided into four planes. The highest of these is
the Objective Mental, which is called by occultists the element
of fire.
Ouran
back to index

ARCHETYPES AND TIME IN THE MIND & UNIVERSES

I didn't originally intend the Ghost Danse articles to act as a
commentary on other people's work. Nevertheless I find that I
am drawn to quote from and add to, much that has been
written by others, especially Hubbard and Ogger.
I came across an extraordinary passage in Ken Ogger's
Super Scio (#7C) which touched upon something I've been
investigating on my own during my isolation from my peers.
He laid out a marvelous series of procedures for expanding a
person's overall abilities (thinly disguised as training in
levitation!), one of which is so badly named that I must
assume he got it in some form from Hubbard:
12.11 Acknowledgment of the Object
12.11
a) Spot the object as a communication from an originator in the distant past.
Consider the object itself to be the comm line stretching through time to give
you a perfect duplicate of what the originator mocked up.
b) Send an acknowledgment through the object back to the originator.
c) Now you send the mockup of the object back to the originator (send it back
through the track of the object).
d) have the originator send an ack back to you.
Ken comments beneath:
Oddly enough, this process works and produces a very interesting release and
increase of havingness. It seems to sidestep the apparancy that other MEST
was alter-ised to make the object and it also bypasses the manufacturing
considerations. Mass produced objects were postulated by somebody or
somebodies even if a machine was used to make vast numbers of copies.
"Oddly enough"???? I don't find it odd at all! That procedure
above works because it is based upon a fundamental
postulate which we've been using as a foundation for most if
not all the universes we've inhabited over the eons. I
discovered this postulate during my investigation of astrology.
Later I realized that it was behind the need to locate a "basic"
when running chains of engrams in dianetic therapy. The
postulate may be stated thus:
A THING EXISTS ONLY IN THE TIME (MOMENT) OF ITS
FIRST CREATION.
This is of course derived from the primal triangle of creation
"AS-IS, ALTER-IS, NOT-IS", which itself is little more than
another way of saying "FIRST postulate, SECOND postulate,
THIRD postulate". The truth is always the first postulate, the
as-isness -- which is why it is necessary to locate the first
"thing". From this you get the following corollaries:
THE "TIME" OF ANY OBJECT IS THE EXACT MOMENT OF
ITS CREATION.
THE "TIME" OF A LIVING BODY IS THE EXACT MOMENT
OF ITS BIRTH.
ALL HUMANOID BODIES ARE BASED UPON AND HAVE
THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FIRST HUMANOID
BODY EVER MOCKED UP. (This would be quite a bit prior to
the current universe.) The same holds true for, say, a drinking
cup. The first cup ever made acts as the archetype on which
all subsequent cups are based. In order to get past the not-
isness (3rd or more postulates) to the real isness of a
particular cup one would locate the moment that specific cup
was made, and then the moment the first ever cup was made.
These actions would undercut most of the not-is accumulated
on that specific cup by treating the cup almost as the most
recent incident on a chain -- then instead of "grinding" away at
the recent cup, going back and running "basic."
THE "TIME" OF A PHYSICAL SPACE (A UNIVERSE) IS
ALWAYS THE FIRST MOMENT OF ITS EXISTENCE. This of
course means that our personal universes are a hell of a lot
older than this current MEST universe! This is behind the
phenomena Hubbard and his researchers encountered when
they would ask someone to come to "present time", only to
discover that the person had instead gone to the beginning of
his track!
THE "TIME" IN A MENTAL IMAGE SUCH AS A MEMORY
OF AN INCIDENT IS THE MOMENT OF CREATION OF
EVERY OBJECT OR SITUATION WHICH APPEARS IN THE
MEMORY. This is why dianetic (regression) therapy can run
chains which associate almost anything which appears in the
first incident located. If the processee locates a recent
incident in which he was hit over the head with a hammer by
his father causing pain in the head, that incident can be run
as a series of incidents associated with any of those items. It
can be run as a series of "pain in head" incidents. It can be
run as a series of "hammer" incidents. It can be run as a
series of "father" incidents. And it's possible to get a release
any of the three ways! Dianetics really needs to be revamped
(again) given the above data!
It's really something that the ancient Greek philosopher Plato
managed to get deep enough into his mind to spot the
existence of archetypes. The old guy, or whoever he got it
from, must have been quite able as a being. Believe me, it
isn't easy to do -- requires some extremely deep
introspection.
Ouran
back to index

A NEGLECTED KEYOUT, AND THE CURE TO THE HUBRIS TRAP

(Do not read this article until you have read and understood
all of the previous ones in the second section -- with the
exception of the two on astrology, which you may ignore for
now.)
By the time you reach this article you should be in possession
of a clear mental image of the upper (causal or spirit) area of
the tone scale. To recap though: there is a Nothing which is
beyond Cause, which made a decision to be (postulate = to
exist). The resulting single beingness is called Single Deity on
Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale. I usually call it the Static. The
two tones on that scale just below Single Deity are where the
Static decided in turn to partially not-know itself, separating
into Thetans or spirits as a result (postulate = "I am me").
But saying "I am me." implied that you are not-me. Therefore
the first dichotomy was formed, a lie which triggered all the
lies to follow. The basic dichotomy echoed down into every
area we pervaded, so that to know was to not-know, to be
was to not-be, to have was to not-have, to love was to not-
love. All of our goals and their GPMs cascaded down from
this. Our major scales such as the tone scale and the know to
mystery scale derive from it. All the implant series echo it. All
of our universes and their functions only exist because of
forcibly holding apart (yet at the same time smashing together
into one) a function of near-theta and its metaphysically
opposite proposition. To know is to totally not-know, thereby
opening a space for its scale (Expanded Know to Mystery, as
per Filbert).
Because the top of each is based upon, and contains the
bottom of each as part of its fundamental makeup -- every
proposition implying its reverse -- the top and bottom of each
scale are equated with one another in the mind in the A = A
manner described by Alfred Korzybsky. This created the
classic Problem, as defined by Hubbard. The individuation of
the Static into thetans IS the ultimate, fundamental action
which is Basic to our whole mess.
But, you might ask me, if it's so basic then knowledge of it
should be helpful in processing?
It should, and it does, but because of a quirk in the personal
identity of Hubbard it was shunned in the Co$ and seems to
be mostly ignored in the Freezone (though Max Sandor
knows it well). Perhaps this was a good thing that Hubbard
could not face the truth, because he and his research auditors
built a bridge without the crutch of one of the most effective
tools for keying out a being. Instead they found new ways to
achieve clarity, without using the easy way.
This knowledge is known in most religions in some form or
another. Christianity, Buddhism, Christian Science, all use it.
It is a powerful tool. It is a powerful vision that takes the
individual beyond his mere Self, and into true pan-
determinism. It can be read clearly in the reported words and
actions of both Gautama (the Buddha) and Jesus of
Nazareth.
The jist of it? Simple. There is only one Thetan at Single
Deity. That Thetan is awake and aware of all its scattered
parts, which do not seem scattered to it -- despite the fact that
the parts (individual thetans and entities) are usually unaware
of being it and also EVERY OTHER BEING IN EXISTENCE.
And that's the big secret. You are everyone else. There is
only one of us. Our separation is a lie. The other day I read an
email message by Heidrun Beer in which she protested that a
certain universal clearing process would produce individuation
because it only ran the process on the first flow: self. She
insisted that other flows -- involving processing the viewpoints
of other people -- was necessary. Heidrun is correct. And the
above is why. One cannot become totally free without
processing everyone -- because one is everyone.
Remember this: Hubbard's definitions of pan-determinism
prattle on foolishly in mechanical description of a great
breadth of control and responsibility. This is incorrect and
limited. True pan-determinism is BEING everyone and
everything. If you are something, of course you can control it!
But if you are controlling something or someone without being
them, then you are a tyrant, and your control is felt as other-
determinism by the one(s) being controlled. This is the deadly
mistake Hubbard made as a result of his hubris, thereby
collapsing together the triangles of Scn.
This information is why most religions in their highest aspects
insist that love is the answer to everything. Love is the
process, as described in both Buddhism and by Crowley.
Boundless love. Love without desire or fixation upon objects
or goals. Its result is an ascension up the tone scale to Static.
(I have read it described as feeling love as an emotion at first,
then as you rise upscale the love rises up tone too, and
expands outward spacially. The best description I know is
found in Max's Purple notebook, chapter 64 "Raising the
Frequency of Love". Also see this section of the Sankha Sutta
for an exact OT process, and the Metta Sutta for results.
That's not what happened to me though. I got this release by
concentrating on the fleeting instant of near static which
occurs just BEFORE a thought. Instead of having the idea of
affinity, I "knew" it as a process upscale into the Thought
range of 90.0 to 16.0 on the tone scale for brief instants. I
can't even begin to describe those tones. It is NOT
thinkingness type thought, it's more like aesthetic feeling
except as knowing instead of feeling.) Therefore by extension
one might also achieve this keyout by the oft ignored process
"conceive a static", though I must protest that what I did was
more along the lines of locating one. There is also a strong
probability that actually reexperiencing the act of separating
from Static through a regression process such as R3XD may
produce a stabler form of the same result.
That Buddhist process I first mentioned was simple wasn't it?
Too simple for some people in their serious complexity. Yet it
produces a key out of magnitude. Just love your way up the
tone scale, and when you reach Static, you will discover that
Single Deity is you. And that all your friends and enemies are
you too, even though they remain their distinct selves also. It
works. Try it. If Gautama (the Buddha) knew why his process
worked that information didn't as far as I know survive into the
modern era. His process works because love, affinity, is
fundamentally a matter of same beingness. By expanding
outward with unrestricted love in all directions, the Buddha
was reconnecting with all his lost and forgotten parts of
himself.
"Thou art god." --Valentine Michael Smith in "Stranger in a Strange Land" by
Robert Heinlein
Yes you are. Just keep in mind that even though you are god,
so is everyone else, lest you fall into the Hubris Trap. These
processes if practiced can cure any being of hubris.
The end phenomenon of these processes is a happy state
where others are loved by you and important to you in a very
relaxed, calm way. Any attempt to fake and service fac one's
way into a false attest of this state would be easy to spot: the
faker would remain selfish, and the love could only be faked
at Covert Hostility which in turn would be prone to expressing
it as Sympathy. Also an attempt to fake this release would
result in a collapse of a person's space and a harsh trip
downscale. So don't try faking it. Just do it.
These processes would solve the Only One, the solipsist
crisis of lonely self awareness.
Here are the processes again in a nutshell. -- Buddhist:
boundless love without fixation on desire, object or goal. Take
it upscale by whatever means, and outward spacially. More
Scn oriented: simply locate a static.
I did.
Ouran
back to index

INSIDE/OUTSIDE

One of the most fundamental aberrations of a being is the
idea of self. We didn't used to insist so strongly that our
personal identities were separate, but over a vast gulf of times
we each have built up an armor of identity with which we
enforce our individuation from one another. The primary
means of enforcing self is the identification of each being's
separate awareness -- in the classic A = A manner -- with
whatever symbol, mask, field of energy and/or body each
uses as a terminal for others to communicate with. By saying
"I am _____" then filling the blank with the terminal (for
example "I am this body"), each being set up an outer limit to
what was considered to be itself. The tendency became one
of only being that body, only viewing from that body, only
being responsible for the effects caused by that body.
Problem is, a being is much much larger than that. At and
above Postulates on the Expanded Tone Scale the being
decides meaning into large spaces outside and beyond its
mere body. (As an aside let me point out again that the action
of a being in creating a symbol in its mind is fundamentally
the same as when it makes a postulate and impresses that
postulate onto the physical universe. When making a thought
symbol in the mind one creates a small bit of mass and
assigns meaning to it. A symbol is defined as an object
having mass plus mobility plus meaning. [This gives us a new
triangle: col 1 - meaning, col 2 - mobility, col 3 - mass] This is
exactly how a person thinks in the sub-death range of -3.0 to -
4.0. A small mobile bit of mass is created and a meaning is
attached/assigned to it. These bits of mass are then arranged,
sorted, strung out in series', etc. in order for the normal
person to "think." At Postulates a being does the same action
on a wider scale. To impress a postulate upon all of physical
reality one is assigning a meaning to it. It's the same action.)
Part of going downscale is that a being occupies less and less
space. Eventually a being occupies very little space, only
takes responsibility for its mere body (if that much), and
abandons everything else that exists. The result is a false
dichotomy of Self vs Other. This can also be called Inside vs
Outside.
I've studied astrology for more than 30 years. In astrology
they have a saying: "As above, so below." This means that
the outer universe is reflected in the mind and beingness of a
person -- and vice versa. Over years of observing the
interactions of people with the overall universe through the
framework of astrology I saw that the whole outside/inside
dichotomy was a lie. For instance the horoscopes of serial
killers possessed the same special features as their victims.
This is a well known phenomenon in astrology, but I don't
think most astrologers have made the leap of understanding
to realize that the victims are creating serial killing just as
much as the perpetrators! Which means that the victims are
cause over their own demise!
The above action implies that the oppterminal is as much the
processee as the terminal. Just because the processee has
assigned the label "self" to the terminal, and "other" to the
oppterminal, that doesn't make it true. If the processee isn't
also at the oppterm, then why the devil is the oppterm there at
all? It's arbitrary, just as so much of identity is arbitrary. Sure,
sure, one must get the right ownership, but that may be little
more than ripping away sufficient not-is to get at what precise
assignation was made. Keep in mind -- a person can and
should run an incident from as many points of view as
necessary. Much as we've lied our thetan asses off denying it,
we're still all parts of the Static, the "main body of theta" if you
wish. We can run each other's points of view, run each other's
incidents, view one another's whole track as if it were our
own, and even access anything and everything that was ever
done in this or any universe (this has been called "reading the
akashic record"). It's been said that all life is connected. It's
been said that all theta is connected. It would be more
accurate to say instead that all beingness is one beingness at
the top of the tone scale.
So how big is a "self?" If a would-be victim can bring a serial
killer to it from 70 miles away, that's a pretty good reach,
viewed from a "normal" and "reasonable" perspective. But
how can that victim bring the killer? By postulate? That's
merely a via. By beingness? Ah, there's the rub! How many
bodies is the victim controlling? Two? Its "own" and the
killer's?
So just how big IS a being? I mean REALLY?
I know. Size, reach and identity become irrelevant at the
Static (Single Deity - 320.0). But stepping down from there a
bit, in more practical terms a being can and does assign
meaning to the entirety of reality. In more down to earth terms
that anyone can use, you can walk your body around on this
planet -- say, walk down the street and be your body, be the
sidewalk, be the kitten watching from the window, be the
shrewd, slightly evil intentioned crow flapping above, be the
oak tree growing in the yard, be it all. Why would "you" be a
human body any more than you would be the pigeon sitting
on the building ledge?
There is no inside or outside.
Ouran
back to index

(latest update 8/06/01) gold = main scale aqua = know to mystery scale red = Beingness scale white
= boundaries formed by decision

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GRAND TONE SCALE
The scale before you is the combination of the work of many people,
brought together here in an attempt to lay out a more accurate map of
the mind and therefore of reality itself. The oldest root of this scale is
from Theosophy (which in turn owes a huge debt to Tibet). The
Theosophists described the scale as "planes":
Causal, Mental, Astral, Etheric, and Physical.
In this scale the Causal is the level of spirit,
the mental that of pure thought,
the astral that of emotion,
the etheric that of effort, body thought and sensation,
and the physical that of matter and unconsciousness.
I've retained the name Causal, renamed Mental as Thought, used
Emotional instead of Astral, used Effort instead of Etheric (both from
Scn), and renamed Physical as Mystery.
The greatest major contribution is from the research of LRH and his
staffs. A critical expansion of that work was made by Geoffrey Filbert,
without whose insight this page would not be possible. Geoffrey laid out
the tones he saw in sequence, but he didn't go into detailed
descriptions. The work of many others has helped. You will find their
names scattered through this document. This full scale derives primarily
from observing processees who in reliving past incidents pass through
these tones as they experience relief. From professional processor
Robert Ducharme a while back came this observation: "...in unraveling a
somatic one finds suppressed emotion, and in unraveling emotion one finds considerations.
Once those considerations are cleaned up, the persistence of emotions and somatic ends.
Release the effort and one finds the emotion. Release the emotion and one gets the thought
or consideration. Release that and one gets reality - along with the affinity and
communication that accompanies it." A familiarity with Filbert's Expanded Tone
Scale is necessary for study of this page. Study that first. Keep in mind
when reading this page that egos are irrelevant. This is not about me, or
LRH, or any other being which says "I." This page is about the
knowledge we all possess within us concerning the structures of our
minds and shared universes. So the more viewpoints the better. Reality
is never about any single "me" -- the "Cosmic All", as Doc Smith used to
phrase it, can not be seen from only one point of view.
All three major scales of Know to Mystery, Affinity (Emotional tones, etc)
and Be -- plus all other scales -- are united within TOTAL EXISTENCE
at the top. They have a unity at the bottom too, which exists despite the
horror of everything being fragmented there -- but it is a unity of NOT-
BE, ABSOLUTE HATE and UNKNOWABLE as TOTAL NON-
EXISTENCE. Every action identified as occurring above where a spirit
is located on the scale is still there, but out of sight. So for instance at
the tone Considerations the spirit is still making a postulate, and above
that a decision, whenever it has a consideration. With an emotional tone
(such as Enthusiasm for example) there is a fixed attitude (actually an
attitude is a solidified opinion), above which is a fixed consideration,
above which is a prior postulate, above which is a decision. It's merely
that the higher actions are usually out of view. Reality itself appears
different at different points on the scale (Perceptions of Reality) Please
note that the "bands" (from Theosophy) are only a convenience, as
these bands blend into one another. More important than the
Theosophical bands are the decision points in white. These are points
of shift and change which create great cumulative damage on the way
down, or intense relief when passed through in session on the way up.
Within the span of the grand scale formed by TOTAL EXISTENCE vs
TOTAL NON-EXISTENCE lie all our scales and triangles, not to
mention all of our universes. Checking the archetypal area I find that
every major triangle is based on a dichotomy, and forms a scale
between the poles of the dichotomy. This scale between poles of the
dichotomy is expressed through the third item of the triangle (see
GD7.html for a list), which resolves habitually to one or the other pole.
Many of the dichotomies behind these triangles are found in GD38.html,
with the important ones correlated to the tone scale. The tone scale, the
dichotomies, and the triangles form a system which is the basis of
everyone and everything we experience. It should be blatantly obvious
that we do not yet possess all of the data on these phenomena. A
discerning person will notice holes and gaps in this data. In some cases
we have the triangle, but not the full scale (Creation triangle); and in
others we possess a rough, incomplete view of a scale, but no idea
what triangle goes with it (Effort band, Mystery band, and also the
Vibration scale). This is a research line. I will correct and add to this
document as I and others rediscover the pattern of laws underlying all of
reality. From Max Sandor I learned the viewpoint (Buddhist in origin he
tells me) that case consists of not being whole. Therefore I have
roughed out this scale as the Fragmentation of Being.
There is a recurring pattern within the grand tone scale where smaller
dichotomies and triangles repeat themselves in what can be described
as a fractal manner. Within the grand scale are two smaller scales
which also form triangles. The top one appears to have Static at its top
and Individuality at its bottom. This is the Causal band below Native
State. The 2nd scale below that is the Know to Mystery scale, which is
coexistent with the Existence triangle (see Ghost Danse #34 for
diagrams). These latter operate inside universes. The Know to Mystery
scale contains the remaining bands of Thought, Emotion, Effort and
Mystery. Physical universe matter lies somewhere within the Mystery
band; if it wasn't a mystery it wouldn't be so darned solid! The Thought
band is a smaller scale within the overall pattern, and functions by
means of the Creation triangle of as-is, alter-is, not-is. It seems to have
smaller scales and triangles within it. The Emotion band begins to
operate below Opinions -- below which single, separated viewpoints
allow sufficient distance for affinity, the operation of communication, and
the "solution" (3rd item) of reality. Therefore the ARC triangle (Affinity
triangle) operates in the Emotion band, which is yet another fractal
repetition of the pattern. There are the same sorts of things occuring in
the Effort and Mystery bands. Effort seems to be a triangle based on the
survive vs succumb dichotomy. I'm still researching. Inside these
smaller scales/triangles I'm spotting smaller cycles. The overall pattern
seen from the abstract area of primal archetypes (in the Thought band)
is one of repeating fractal shapes based on the numbers 2, 3, and 4. 2
is the dichotomy, which seems caused originally by separation from
static. 3 is the triangle, possibly laid in by the Penalty universes
described by Ken Ogger (Super Scio). 4 is the oppgoal, which seems to
originate in the Treadmill implant researched by Ken Ogger (Super
Scio). I have not yet run either Penalty or Treadmill so I cannot vouch
for the accuracy of either. But I can vouch for the pattern of these scales
and triangles. They had to have come from somewhere. So I'm
correlating Ken's work (and others') with mine here in order to
communicate as complete an exposition of the tone scale as possible at
this time. I want everyone to be aware that these implants might be dub-
in, so read Ghost Danse #41 for some cautionary data.
That was the introduction. Are you ready to look at the entire tone
scale? Start:
CAUSAL BAND BE
The Causal band is characterized by decisions made solely on the
subject of being. The Causal band is above being inside universes, yet
controls by decision those parts of themselves which are the beings
manifested within universes. Actions taken at the levels of the Causal
band usually appear to us to be postulates. They are not postulates;
and attempts to represent these decisions as postulates or ideas using
language often results in what sounds like madness and nonsense.
Actions taken in the Causal band are decisions regarding beingness,
which sometimes doesn't translate into language worth a damn. Aleister
Crowley in his book "Magick in Theory and Practice" pointed out that
"There are three main theories of the Universe; Dualism, Monism and
Nihilism." Crowley knew that all three are correct. Nihilism is viewing
reality as Native State. An example of this is Buddhism. Monism is
viewing reality as the unified top area. Duality is viewing reality as
dichotomies and polarities.
+400 Native State
Neither existence nor nonexistence. Neither perception nor
non-perception. Neither unity nor division. Nothing is
manifested here, not even potential. No decisions are made
at this tone. This is above everything.
(Existence/awareness boundary)
+320 Static
This can be described as both zero and infinity in that it
appears to be an infinite zero! Viewed from within universes it
appears as a total stillness, silence, no vibration -- yet
possessing (from a viewpoint within a universe) an infinite
potential in comparison/relation to any terminal within the
universe. This is the single beingness called by Filbert "Single
Deity." The Buddhists' "Nothingness." Static and Coexistence
are modifications of this and form the top triangle of
existence. The decision at this level creates the grand
dichotomy of EXIST vs NOT-EXIST which extends to the
bottom of this scale. This tone is still above decision as a
verb. LRH apparently got a limited view of this when he
remarked during a lecture in 1952 (PDC #14): "So, you want to
know what your highest echelon of knowledge could possibly be. It would
probably be complete freedom to make the postulate to form any... any datum
or group of data without even making the postulate to do so."
+160 to +120 Coexistence/Individuality
Filbert's names for this are excellent, so let's use them. I
originally accepted the view of these being separate, but this
changed when I became aware of the existence of primal
dichotomies. Now I know that these two are merely opposing
aspects of one another.
Viewed as Coexistence we are still fully being one another,
but are occupying multiple centers of awareness semi-
separately. The Buddhists describe an area called "Infinite
Consciousness" which would seem to be this.
(The not-know beingness boundary -- differentiation begins at
Individuality)
Viewed as Individuality this consists of beingnesses of
Coexistence who have decided to not be one another -- or to
say it with perhaps more accuracy, to not know that they are
each other. According to Ken Ogger's descriptions each spirit
at this level is capable of assuming a myriad of viewpoints
simultaneously. By only being oneself, and not being others,
this creates the span between BE and NOT-BE. Here is the
"Infinite Space" of the Buddhists, caused by full separation of
being into individuals. Here is the origin of "me", which is
individual identity separated from others. The only way I can
conceive of separating beings from one another in the
absence of any universes would be to create an infinite empty
space in which to be conscious in part of and not other parts;
this would not be a material space. The first "particles" or
"anchor points" would have to be individual consciousnesses,
not matter.
One of my observations when in the zero of deep meditation
was that instead of LRH's "Space is a viewpoint of dimension"
(Which is little more than saying that one perceives a
distance. LRH flubbed that one.) I saw that space derived
directly from the division of the static into individuals.
Therefore perhaps one could express it as:
SPACE IS A DIVISION OF BEING
The infinite zero of static expanded infinitely in all directions
as it decided to not-know various parts of itself as viewed
from various other parts. In deciding to thus not-know, each
part which individuated created a not-know within itself, which
eventually became the bottom of the chart of attitudes, bottom
of tone scale etc as characteristics were later assigned to the
universes.
An additional observation was made about this level by a
friend, which helps clarify "be" and decisions. This
observation is that Causation also fragments. If I may quote
"M":
I seem to find a decision done at the end of the causal band, at
"individuality". This decision would be: "Everyone his own source
of postulates". Like after Coexistence, we would have decided to
be able to postulate and cause things in the universe to come on
the next level down the tone scale (in the thought band), but with
different flavors: "I will postulate and you too, but with different
cause and effects, and some interferences". Hence several cause,
source points with space in between, and reality being result of
interferences between what is flowing from all those various
source points.
Decisions are conscious and deliberate (verbs) from here
down.
K-M: Not-Know and Know -- LRH erred in separating these,
they are opposing aspects of one another: the perception vs
non-perception dichotomy. This is without a via. It just is
awareness, as a creative certainty. Or perhaps I should say
the certainty of one's creation. Here affinity is still perfect so
there is no need to pervade as an action. A spirit simply
creates the thing known, manifested as certainty without
hesitation (comm lag) or thought. There is no separation in
space or time between the creation and the Being. This is true
pervaded reality as a boundless state of being.
+110 Awareness/Perception (see K-M "Not-Know and
Know" above)
THOUGHT BAND DO
The Thought band is characterized by ideas made about the contents of
universes. Here are all postulates, considerations, ideas, ideals,
archetypes and opinions. At this point begins the Know to Mystery scale
(K-M), as KNOW separates from BE and AFFINITY. In fact AFFINITY is
still part of BE from here down to Games. Above this point KNOW and
AFFINITY were part of BE. The upper third of the Thought band
(equivalent to Know on the K-M scale) is the primary range of postulate
making. The middle third of the band is the results of postulation. The
lower third is withdrawal from those results.
+100 Creation (Dichotomy: truth vs non-truth, masking create
vs uncreate. Triangle: as-is, alter-is, not-is)
Filbert's Truth. This tone is the source of the living dream, or
what I call the dreamer who dreams with eyes open, whose
dream is himself. Discarding such poetic language, at this
tone a spirit is finally making realities. The image of the living
dream itself occurs around +60 to +50 and is represented by
the Hebrews as Binah. This tone is Kether. Since this is below
Individuality, these have the appearance of personal, private
universes -- just as this tone has the appearance of Truth.
These are WHOLE creations, not pieces, and the apparency
is that they are FULLY PERVADED. They appear pervasive
because they are absolutes, that is to say they have the
appearance of infinities. Filbert called this "exponential",
which is another way to look at it. No matter how one looks at
it, the creation done here is of infinite absolutes used in the
construction of everything. All tones above this one I call
"lights reflected upward" because they are creations.
Ultimately there is no higher tone than this. The creation done
here, which is an act of lying because creation is separation
of self (unwholeness), is first reflected downward into
"Creation as Effect" at tone -100. All tones above +100 and all
tones below -100 are contructs and definitely afterthoughts.
The next act seems to be the creation of perception of what
was created. So the sequence is: 1. +100, 2. -100, 3. +110.
Next would come separation of beingness, then everything vs
nothing, etc. These "lights" at the top are reflected downward
into the shadows below -100. This occurs because reality is
postulated or created as bipolar in nature, so that any creation
automatically contains it contradiction. I suppose this tone
could be called the highest level of postulation, which is
postulation of entire universes. But from the viewpoint of a
common garden variety thetan, this is rather above the usual
action of making "a" postulate. Lower down a postulate is
perceived as a thought or idea made with absolute certainty --
but this is a level of absolutes which in turn create universes
instead of a single idea. (K-M: below this tone every "know" is
on an ever increasing and complex via as one descends.)
The dichotomy behind this tone is as-isness either as theta
the nothing, or as as-isness the total creation. The dichotomy
could also be described as TRUTH vs HALLUCINATION,
because that's how it appears from a viewpoint located in
space. This tone is both the silence of as-isness causing the
vanishment of creation, and the vastness of all universes and
everything. That latter description sounds a lot like the top
dichotomy at Static. Not to be confusing but the sequence of
these is arbitrary from this tone up. Buddha placed Perception
at the top. That's just as true probably. Linear views are lies in
these upper tones. I cannot covey in words how thoroughly
these upper tones are just viewpoints of one thing separated
by ignorance. The occultists divide the Thought band into
upper and lower halves which they label "abstract thought"
and "concrete thought." That's okaaaay, but clumsy and
limited, not to mention wrong. Their concrete thought is
actually below emotion, and abstract thought is the mental
plane just above emotion/astral. The thought band is actually
divided into three areas: the living dream from Creation to
Postulates, post-creation pervaded reality, and objective
reality. This entire Thought band functions as modifications on
the Creation triangle. In processing, resolution of high level
case by depolarizing the top three dichotomies above, should
result in only this tone remaining, and the vanishing of the
tone scale as a solidity.
+90 to +75 Archetypes/Ideas Triangle: PERCEPTION-EVALUATION-
JUDGEMENT.
Here are many values, which have their origin in the tone
above. Here are fundamental reasons why in a universe.
Here are "this is good", "this is bad", "this follows that" and
"this object's purpose is", and thus the most primal
underpinnings of values and logic regarding creations --
especially of thought -- are at this tone. The basics of
mathematics were formed at this level. Various codes are
here, usually placed in a base 2 multiplied by itself (ex. 64,
256, etc) format. These are complete creations which act as
templates. The realities behind much of what is on this page
lies at this tone. Archetypes has several subtones, including
Filbert's Decency. The most fundamental dichotomy in
operation over Archetypes/Ideas appears to be good versus
evil. This is the highest "association" in mental activity.
+70 Aesthetics (Creation of)
Beauty is affinity of creation(s), often resonating with one
another. This is of necessity below Ideas.
+65 or so: Ethics
Ethics is aesthetics applied to relations between beings. I
perceive ethics as a subset of aesthetics, so I place this in a
different sequence than did Filbert. This is probably
Judgement in the triangle above.
+60 Inspiration
The outpouring of a (limited) portion of new creation.

(Boundary --end of creation, beginning of mechanically
pervaded realities; end of boundless empathetic "telepathy",
beginning of increasing personal isolation.)
+50 Agony
Loss of the views of other beings, to experience reality from
the views of other spirits. The mental anguish is excruciating
as one separates and falls away. Experienced as a loss of
self or beingness, and in addition it seems to be the loss of
easy co-creation. (I passed through this tone running a pre-
MEST incident in session with Robert Ducharme. It seems to
be a transitional tone rather than a resting point.) This is
probably a lower harmonic of the not-know between
Coexistence and Individuality. Binah begins below here
approximately and continues through to about +30 Postulates.
This is the cycle which is seen as "not-is" of the triangle at
tone +100.
K-M: Know About -- is after the fact of creation, requiring a
reach to achieve a complete sharing of space with what's
known. Mechanically this means the Being knows by the act
of artificial pervasion. If you want to know something -- mock
it up again.
+40 Perfect Affinity
Hubbard called this Serenity of Beingness - tone 40. This tone
is below complete pervasion of the reality in which one is
operating. Buddha described a state he called "equanimity"
which would seem to be this, and above. Below this tone,
affinity is only partial and therefore the operation of spacial
affinity, most of which are emotions beginning at +16, actually
begins to gradually fade into existence below here. Because
pervasion deteriorates from here, the person in terms of
mental space divides into those locations where they are
being ("identification") and those locations where they are not
being ("disassociation").
+33 an equivalent of fear in this cycle.
+31 an equivalent of apathy in this cycle.
Note: a new cycle starts about here. I do not yet know its
nature.
+30 Postulates
This is Creation passed down to deciding about existences in
mental universes. Sorry but this is so hard to describe I
cannot do so at this time. Ultimately, who can decide the
existence of anything? Only static can do that, and static is
everyone. This is a lower band, lower universe manifestation
of the actions at Creation, and should perhaps be better
named Viewed Postulates.
+28 Considerations
A consideration is after the fact of postulation. You are no
longer being it perfectly, but may become it at will in order to
know it or act on it. If Postulates is viewing the as-isness, then
Considerations is viewing the alter-isness (at tone 80) which
forms an apparent state of isness. (LRH's four types of "-
isness" found in his Phoenix Lectures are a trifle misleading.
Three of them -- as-isness, alter-isness and not-isness -- are
VERBS [and form an important primal triangle], that is to say
they are actions taken by theta. The fourth -- isness -- is a
NOUN, and is the result of actions taken to produce a stable
creation.)
+26 Apparencies Are Reality
Accepting the results of creation as real. One no longer sees
the reality behind the universe, and instead takes the
apparency as being the reality, which is the viewed
consideration (the tone just above it).
+24 Universes
The playing fields are finished apparencies. But note this is a
plural. A Being exists in multiple universes. The entire area
between tone 40 (Perfect Affinity) and Universes is the
formation of spaces.
The reality of this band has the appearance of points in an
otherwise empty space.
(Objective viewpoint boundary, end of pervaded realities, first
use of mental not-is. Affinity scale begins to strongly manifest
itself below here because of the decisions to not be in the
same space with viewpoints, energies and objects -- therefore
the forming decision is: NO-PERVASION. This distance
creates the need for affinity.)
K-M: Lookingness -- has lowered affinity. There is now
distance between self and what is known, i.e., the thetan in
one location, what is viewed in another location. Max Sandor
described this area as "'single viewpoints' or 'object-oriented
perception' (as opposed to boundless states/views)". Here is
the expression of rational thought about things seen. This is
one of the "knows" which trigger and are attached to MEST
thoughts in the Effort band. Look is also Opinions on the K-
M.
+22 to +21 Games / Play / Opinions (located self vs others
dichotomy)
Here the person relinquishes affinity, knowledge, control and
responsibility for part of the universe they are inside. No
longer can he pervade at will. Here are opponents which the
person is not being. Here is only being a self, a single
viewpoint and its remotes. As John Lester so profoundly
expressed it: "...viewpoint is the section in which its creator
loses all viewpoints except one. The top of this section would
therefore correspond with "clear" oruncluttered self
determinism, including the implied flavour of "Fuck youJack,
I'm all right, etc. but with its creators belief system
sufficientlyin alignment with universal principles for them to be
able to believe thatthey could determine their own existence,
albeit based upon belief instead
of observation and knowingness." At this point AFFINITY and
BE definitely part company into separate scales the same
way KNOW (K-M scale) separated at the top of the the
Thought band. The best way I've found to describe the
phenomenon is to say that BE splits into IDENTITY and
AFFINITY. Here Beingness separates from the traditional
tone scale (affinity) at "Wanting to Be Here." But it is affinity
which is falling away. There is no separate affinity scale
visible above Games because above this tone there is no
distance wherever there is pervasion (affinity is perfect inside
pervaded spaces). Opinions is describing this tone as a
"know" (K-M scale), rather than "Games" or "Spirit of Play"
which is describing it in terms of affinity. An expanded
definition of Games/Play might be "games against opponents
one is choosing not to be." If a being is not occupying the
others' POV, then his "know" is merely an opinion! This is also
the range of reason and logical thought as normally practiced.
This is the tone where the Thought band as I originally
learned it in the early '70's begins. But as Cause is outside of
universes, I have extended Thought into the postulate range
as well. That old occult scale had the Thought band divided
into Abstract and Concrete thought. Just as use of energy
operates in a series of cascading levels, so does thought. The
roots of reason and logic are formed in the upper thought
band, echo down into Opinion where they can be viewed,
which in turn is echoed as the basis of MEST thoughts as
manipulated in a body's brain. This tone is characterized by
the ability to assume multiple specific viewpoints from which
to play as a single self. From Excalibur Revisited by Geoffrey
Filbert: "If a person is into the spirit of play of things, in other
words, amusement, they have about half of their postulates
on winning and half on losing."
K-M: Abstract Thought -- this subtone of the K-M sees
through to basic principles and expresses them in a simplified
form. This is "Lookingness" directed toward Archetypes/Ideas.
+20 Action
A 50/50 level of responsibility versus abandoned
responsibility. Really just a subcondition of Games, where
they are not quite as much fun and the Spirit of Play is
acquiring too much opposition. This tone is the higher scale
harmonic of Antagonism. Or another way to say it is that
Antagonism is Action where the "opponent" has been
assigned the label of Enemy. But instead of violently rejecting
like Antagonism, Action strongly engages others with much
communication and affinity. This tone assumes only those
locations on one side of a game, refusing to be the opposition
locations in space.
K-M: Concrete Thought -- this subtone could indeed be
labeled "object oriented perception"! This is "Lookingness"
directed toward the results of creation, i.e. the middle Thought
band headed by Considerations.
+16 Aesthetic Feeling (Sensation)
Viewing beauty hits this serene tone.
Single Viewpoint
Here is the Being located at one location in space. No remote
viewpoints are used. This may also be the same tone as
Exhilaration, as I find by inspection that Exhilaration is a
single POV radiating spherically out from a spot in space.
This is the garden variety thetan viewing from one location
only. There is anecdotal evidence indicating that the Being at
some higher (and pervasive) tone operates a number of split
viewpoints which are thetans existing usually no higher than
this tone. Beingness is disassociated from entire physical
universe except one location, with which the person is
identified.
(This area from Games to Exhilaration is a very large span
containing much activity. Unfortunately it has not been
mapped out very well, yet! Please read this view of the
intersection of Single Viewpoint, emotion and effort.)
EMOTION BAND HAVE
Every tone in this band is possessed of a fixed attitude. And in relation
to the average human I do mean "possessed!" Every emotion has its
element of theta, which will appear alive, and to some people to be an
obsessing entity. I must protest that I do not see Filbert's Sensation as
a separate tone between Action and Exhilaration. Perhaps "Sensation"
is meant to convey the beginning of the conversion of high thought into
emotion? This is also the beginning of my perception of flows of what I
think of as physical energy. Though the emotional scale of affinity from
Enthusiasm to Death is reinforced by the body and takes up much of
our daily attention, I'm certain that it's far less important than the fact
that an individuated POV begins at Games/Play/Opinions and continues
down through this band. My descriptions of the body tones are
deliberately cursory. Full explanations of them are found in the writings
of LRH. The best practical book on them to date, however, has a
different author: Ruth Minshull's "How to Choose Your People". Edmond
Meadows of the Viking Remote Viewing and Psychic Self-Defence site
had this observation:
Survival for all.
Enthusiasm.
Interest.
Conservatism.
Boredom.
Survival for self.
Antagonism.
Anger.
Concealed hostility.
Fear.
Survival for no one.
Sympathy.
Propitiation.
Grief.
Death.
The reality of the Emotion band has the appearance of energy emitted
from and/or moving toward (a soliditied view of) the points in space
seen in the lower Thought band, these then acting as terminals for the
flows, ridges and dispersals.
K-M: Emotingness -- is certainty through feeling. This is
observed in people feeling that something is right or wrong.
This "know" via feeling is filtered through whatever emotional
tone they are occupying.
+8 Exhilaration Affinity triangle: affinity, communication,
reality
(Wheeee!!! Just try staying wholly inside your body at this
tone! Hee hee!) I do not perceive Filbert's Courage at all, and
I see his Thrill as a low volume Exhilaration. "Maybe" on
Thrill. Action: blowing out one's space clean as a dispersal
outward in all directions. A dispersal.
(Here begin the body tones. Even though we have quite a
number of them, they actually occupy very little space on the
scale. There are only 4 areas of body tone: a strong positive
attitude starting at Enthusiasm, a doubtful slightly positive one
beginning at Conservatism, a rejecting negative attitude
starting at Antagonism, and a caved-in, collapsing attitude
starting at Fear and running down through Death.)
+4 Enthusiasm
Very positive. Very energetic. Returns motion constructively.
It is exceedingly odd that the human body tone scale should
start with a tone that is a flow, because a flow is "change"
rather than "start" on the cycle of action. This is also seen in
the circle of astrological signs, which cycle flow-ridge-
dispersal (change-stop-start) rather than dispersal-flow-ridge
(start-change-stop). It is obvious that tones run in precise
triangles (cycles of action) down most of the scale. This could
be continued into the emotional band by observing that
Exhilaration-Enthusiasm-Conservatism forms a cycle of
action. Why then does the cycle break down farther down the
scale? For instance, the next main three, Boredom-
Antagonism-Pain run dispersal-flow-dispersal. Either there
are hidden (suppressed) tones we don't know about, or the
cycles of action were deliberately broken up and disrupted.
Something is wrong here, and I do not yet know what...
Enthusiasm is a flow.
+3.5 Cheerfulness
Moderately positive, less energetic. Turns motion to
advantage.
+3.3 Strong Interest
Slightly positive and less active.
+3 Conservatism
Skeptical, but still positive toward familiar activities. Holds
motion at a status quo. A ridge.
+2.9 Mild Interest
Slightly active.
+2.8 Contented
Would almost rather watch than do.
+2.6 Disinterested
Balanced between watching and being involved.
+2.5 Boredom
Sit and watch, a disinterested spectator. Moves with any
motion. A dispersal. Like light gray smoke.
+2.4 Monotony
Even watching doesn't work very well. A faint unhappiness.
(Affinity reverses to repulsion as evil intentions are assigned
to other beings. Resistance starts here, beginning of not-is as
a normal operating basis. Flows go dark. Effort level energy
may begin as far up the scale as Antagonism. The reason it
may begin creeping in here is because of this pair of
observations: 1. ALL EFFORT IS RESISTANCE, IT PUSHES
AGAINST SOMETHING. 2. REAL EMOTION MOVES
AND/OR OCCUPIES A SPACE WITHOUT RESISTING
ANYTHING, I.E. WITH AFFINITY. From this I conclude that at
and below Antagonism efforting increases gradually until it
overwhelms free emotion around Death. There is some
residual emotion below Death, but by Punishing Bodies it is
completely gone.)
+2 Antagonism
Slaps back at anything which comes in. Vigorous rejection.
Bats motion back. A flow.
+1.9 Hostility
The flow of Antagonism is beginning to flare and blow
outward.
+1.8 Pain
A dispersal.
+1.5 Anger
Holds motion, to destroy. A ridge. A black emotion.
+1.4 Hate
Solid and less communicative than Anger.
+1.3 Resentment
Anger held in.
+1.2 No Sympathy
Cold hostility with no apparent feeling.
+1.15 Unexpressed Resentment
Neither hostility nor fake friendliness are expressed.
+1.1 Covert Hostility
Hostility concealed behind a facade of engagement. Avoids
motion, moves secretly.
+1.05 Anxiety
Starting to worry.
+1 Fear
Trying to fend off attack. Avoids motion. A dispersal.
+0. 98 Despair
Can't defend.
+0.96 Terror
Run away.
+0.94 Numb
Caught!
+0.9 Sympathy.
A flow.
+0.8 Propitiation
Selectively pays off others.
+0.5 Grief
At low volume this is sadness. Relieves part of charge by
expressing a caved-in responsibility for the failure. Is molded
by motion.
+0.375 Making Amends
Will give anything.
+0.3 Undeserving
Making self smaller.
+0.2 Self Abasement
Making self as small as possible.
+0.1 Victim
+0.07 Hopeless
+0.05 Apathy
Effort begins dominating. Is pierced by motion. A ridge.
+0.03 Useless
+0.01 Dying
0.0 Death
Physical death, and also abandonment of opinion and attitude
acquired at the Objective Viewpoint Boundary
(Games/Play/Opinions). Not only is this tone "leaving the
body" it is also "entering the body." A dispersal. Death is
usually viewed as the end of a cycle. But as it is a dispersal, it
is really the beginning of a new cycle of action.
(Disassociation boundary -- beginning of increasing
elsewhereness, forced behavior, and gradual takeover by
entities.)
EFFORT BAND NOT-HAVE
This band is characterized by physical sensations (including pain), the
energy frequencies used to operate a body, human thoughts as they
occur in a brain, and the assignment of meaning to mental shapes by
visualization (otherwise known as Symbolizingness). An effort is below
death. Matter in the universe is below death on the tone scale. That
includes the matter of "living" flesh, which is why it normally takes effort
to move a body. All actions are reactions and resistances. These tones
are psychotic. Here are automatic circuits and programmed animal
instincts which operate as (using LRH's quaint term) "demon circuits."
Effort actually begins taking over around Apathy as emotion gradually
shades into effort. Emotion is finally gone at Punishing Bodies. For
convenience's sake I'm placing this band right below Death.
-0.05 Failure
It's dead. Separation. (I'm dead)
-0.1 Pity
Poor dead body.
-0.2 Regret
I wish it was alive.
-0.3 Accountable
I'm responsible.
-1 Blame
"They're responsible" and/or "I'm responsible". This is seeing
the tone emotionally. When viewed from within the effort band
this area of 0.0 to -1 has the appearance of Total
Responsibility! Please understand that emotion and effort
cross over/overlap in this area. this is the top of the KRC
triangle!
K-M: Effortingness -- know through (re)action. Also means
"feel" to many people, but it's a certainty which feels robotic
and mechanical to me.
-1.4 Punishing Objects (Bodies)
The effort is now solid enough to motivate (as in a "motivator")
action. Overt action.
-1.5 Controlling Objects (Bodies)
Enter them and make those wrong bodies act right.
-2.2 Protecting Objects (Bodies)
Cave in on failed overts and failed control.
K-M: Thinkingness -- is an "effort to think" and is roughly the
level at which thinking with a brain occurs. I've examined this
level of knowing meticulously through eastern meditation
technique, and I would like to report that a Thinkingness
thought consists of a speck of effort level energy with a bit of
meaning attached to it. These then are strung in rows,
manipulated in various ways, and used in interaction with the
brain. This is a very peculiar process to watch. The calm,
rational knowing is attached to particles which are then
manipulated. It is literally a combination of Thought band and
Effort band activity. By definition then, a Thinkingness thought
is a symbol as defined by LRH, as it possesses mass,
meaning and mobility. But the mass is small and nondescript.
-3 Owning Objects (Bodies)
Must have. A forced interiorization into MEST which can be
expressed as either being a body, or assignment of meaning
(a thought) to MEST.
-3.5 Approval From Objects (Bodies)
Must have attention/energy from bodies. Must obtain
knowingness from others' ideas (an inversion!).
K-M: Symbolizingness -- is solidified Thinkingness. More
mass is needed, also a shape is required to impart meaning.
Here one's body is one's symbol.
-4 Needing Objects (Bodies)
Must become a symbol in order to exist. Here is someone
"being" a man or woman or name that symbol. Solid identity.
K-M: Eatingness -- is an inversion and collapse of space from
Symbolizingness. To know at Eatingness, one pulls a MEST
object into oneself and "pervades" it in a very mechanical
fashion that's like a bad parody of true pervasion.
(Worshipping Bodies and Sacrifice appear to be the range of
heavy sensations. Yes I mean physical sensation.)
-5 Worshipping Objects (Bodies)
Interiorizing even farther. A new level of overt of blanketing,
surrounding, eating -- which is collapsed from into Sacrifice.
K-M: Sexingness -- is a dramatization of joining and fusing of
beings (through MEST). This is losing oneself into another.
-6 Sacrifice
Beautiful sympathy of death, the second harmonic of
Aesthetics beneath it (Sympathy is the first). Die to live. Every
orgasm is a little death. Spawning salmon and male black
widow spiders dramatize this one expertly. Dramatization of
giving oneself completely to another sexually (sexual
surrender).
MYSTERY BAND NOT-DO
The Mystery band is characterized by deepening unconsciousness and
progressive loss of the ability to postulate (definition of solid matter:
unaware and no-cause). When processing an incident which contains
unconsciousness, the processee's incident is rising upscale out of this
band.
K-M: Mystery -- know through various degrees of not
knowing, which get worse and more complete the farther
down one goes.
-8 Hiding
Hiding from others. Black space.
-10 Being Objects
Hiding in MEST.
-20 Being Nothing
Invisible space.
-30 Can't Hide
Can't even be invisible.
-40 Total Hiding
Hiding self from self. Unaware of self.
-60 Should Hide
Failed hiding from everyone.
-80 Surrender
Another cave-in level similar to apathy. Personal space
established by MEST anchor points becomes zero.
(PTS (victim) to SP (suppressive) conversion threshold --
being becomes suppressive from here down.)
-100 Destruction
Inversion of zero space. Swings around to negative goal(s) of
GPM(s). "Making" space (clearing it out) by destroying the
objects in it.

EVIL BAND NOT-BE
The Evil band is characterized by "other-consciousness". This is the
transfer of one's beingness to others, sort of the ultimate in
irresponsibility. But it's more than that at Spiritual Death. There it is the
splitting or fragmentation of consciousness which was created high on
the scale at Individuality, whose result fell to the bottom. Therefore
one's consciousness as other "individuals" (what Rowland Barkley calls
"source self" in the L13 materials) is at Spiritual Death. Another name
for the tone could be "Being Other Individuals" because that's where
that beingness has fallen to. The Evil band exhibits such extreme
PTSness that reality itself goes to pieces at all levels. Geoffrey Filbert
did a great job of describing it in "Excalibur Revisited":
A suppressive person sees everyone as an enemy attacking them and
they don't see the physical universe as it is. They are dealing with their
dub-in of the physical universe. A suppressive person is surrounded by
entities and identities other than what you or I see. A suppressive
person is stuck on the time track and is totally back there in another
time and space. ... they are not responsive to treatment of any type;
they refuse auditing; they cannot confront their own minds (they go into
fits over it); they are terrified at the idea of looking at a mind; ... they will
not complete cycles of action (because they have time and space
collapsed up); ... they will uniformly support destructive groups; they
destroy decent groups; they will approve of bad actions and inhibit
constructive actions; they consider help to be bad and harm to be good;
... they will consider ownership to be a pretension and that no one really
owns anything; ... they have a tremendous feeling of importance and
dominance quite often; ... they won't get off any tone arm action.
From this description of an SP by Filbert (most of which would seem to
be the tone Delusions) a number of characteristics of this band can be
seen: solidity of identities, expansion by destruction of others, inverted
intentions which all boil down to an intention to not be, and from this
latter intent comes no case gain in session.
This band like all the other bands is present in every person, whether
visible to them or not. This band can become visible in a person's
behavior when they do a crossover from goal to oppgoal and term to
oppterm of an actual GPM.
-120 Evil
Deliberate counter-intentions. (valence shift into a
suppressive entity/identity)
-160 Delusions
Can no longer confront good or evil. Can't be evil entity either.
Agreement is so complete that it's all very unreal. This level of
hallucination is probably the Buddhist hell.
Note: Filbert may possibly have Evil and Delusions reversed
in sequence.
-320 Individuation of Self
"The center cannot hold." Multiple personality disorder gone
rampant. The center of identity is apparently disintegrating.
What's actually happening in this tone and the one below it is
that conscious awareness is fragmenting into separate parts
as part of the process of going beyond unconscious.
-360 Being Entities
No center of consciousness remains. Only the pieces are
dimly aware as demon circuits (entities). Some of them. LRH
described this as a PC exterior from the body into numerous
ridges.
-400 Spiritual Death
"Be" has become an inverted everything else. At the top of
the Thought band a person "is" everything it creates, and is
being the space(s) created as Cause. Farther down these
creations can be viewed across distance, which is our normal
consciousness. At this level however the person is being the
whole universe as an other-determinism, as an enforced
have. The result is a total unconsciousness as self. This is
also the "dark soul" level from which group minds function. In
Ifa divination, this is called Oyeku.
The Bottom
Here are all opposition items, the greatest of which creates
the span of this scale. First, foremost (in the beginning, now
and forever, blah, blah, you know the drill...) of these is NOT-
EXIST. Also: NOT-KNOW (Unknowable), NOT-BE, Absolute
Hate, Can't Do, Can't Have, No Communication, No Reality,
No Thought, No Memory, etc. In other words, the three great
triangles are crashed. Total NOT-IS. The goals of GPMs are
here too when looked at from above. please take note that
this is a false bottom, it is a bottom for beings. Beings are
created too. So once this area is cleaned up and DO replaces
the polarized BE and HAVE, then the actual bottom at -100
comes into view.
Additional notes:
Max Sandor indicates to me that The Bottom is also a route to
the top. His contention is roughly in line with my observations
and the theoretical basis on which I build this scale. Roughly.
I see it this way: it should be possible for a thetan who has
contacted and is aware of his own top level, to hold the top
and bottom simultaneously -- thereby duplicating the entire
span of reality within the decision to exist. This might resolve
all universes existing between the poles of EXIST and NOT-
EXIST. Or perhaps not, but it's worth a look. For processing
purposes the PC locates, dates and resolves the precise
decisions made which equate top scale items (such as Native
State & affinity) with the bottom scale items. These bottom
items are: not-know, not-be, total hate, can't have, can't do,
no reality (which is agreement), no communication, no
thought, no memory, no awareness, no self, no identity, no
space, impossible, hopeless, nothing there, it can't be done, I
am without energy, my motion is impossible, etc. My only
caution concerning this view is that I have observed many
cycles of going to bottom of smaller cycles (like Death in the
affinity/emotion band of the scale) with a release once the
zero at bottom is achieved. The problem with this is that it is
part of the dwindling spiral phenomenon, and each release is
a little lower than the previous one. Be wary of attempting this
approach in this manner. On the other hand, the bottom must
be duplicated to achieve as-isness. Therefore my conclusion
is that the processee should take pains to ensure that the top
is achieved rather than degradation and release through
death.
Cognition (10/27/00): The tone scale is a series of cycles
nested together. The whole scale is itself a span of total
existence whose triangle escapes me at the moment -- but
inside that for instance the Causal band is a cycle starting at
Native State which ends with Individuality. Below that the
Awareness triangle takes over and contains the scale down to
Mystery. The entire Thought band is a cycle based on the
Creation triangle of as-is, alter-is, not-is. It runs from Cause at
Creation down to Effect somewhere around Exhilaration.
Then the next interior cycle starts: the Emotion band from
Enthusiasm to Death (ARC triangle). Hidden inside the
emotion band is three smaller cycles: one from Enthusiasm to
Monotony, the next from Antagonism to Numb, and the other
from Sympathy to Death. Then the Effort band would be the
next cycle down, from separation (Failure) to Hiding (death of
effort). The next cycle down would start at Being Objects and
cycle through to Surrender (sexingness, lost in matter). Then
the last would start at Destruction and end at Spiritual Death. I
am not a christian this lifetime (thank GOD, ha ha ha!), but a
phrase from the Bible comes to mind which is normally
quoted as: "Wheels within wheels." Indeed.
(11/2/00): The span of existence is formed by a division into
two, giving us the top and bottom of the scale, the location of
GPM goals in the bottom, etc. Then the whole was modified
by three, whose middle component altered the middle of the
scale into infinite shades of alter-is. But we weren't done,
here's the new one: The next action was four, which added a
component of destruction to the bottom, extending the bottom
even farther down. Four created a new idea, that of alteration
by FORCE, rather than alteration by alter-is postulate. Force
has two interesting aspects to it which I've noticed recently:
(1) it's composed of group agreement, (2) it operates in four
dimensions instead of three. The mental activity which comes
from four is disassociation.
Five seems to resolve this double goal oppose of four by
squirting the effect off onto a new, non-involved terminal. This
is the innocent victim of the five way GPMs. This is also the
human body, for five is the number of Man.
(cognition 1-10-01) I suddenly see why the occultists refer to
the tone scale as "planes." Each band is a level of reality.
That's the cog. Conjecture: it's possibly created by a person's
operational energy in an equivalent universe on the whole
track. Each band or plane of the tone scale is a complete
cycle of action from infinity to zero for that old universe. So
the Emotion band would be the operational level for the magic
track, i.e. using emotional energy to affect the MEST of that
universe, which would be our current level of Effort. Each time
we create a new universe, it adds another cycle to the tone
scale. This is only a theory, but it is based on the clear
observation that the tone scale is cobbled together in
sections.
Ouran
back to index
PERCEPTIONS OF REALITY

In the Causal band below Native State (tones 320 to 120) everything is perceived as beings. Including
"solid" matter (Which does not look in any way solid, merely asleep... unless the decision is made to
wake some of it -- in which case it will no longer seem to be matter anymore.).
In the Thought band (tones 100 to 21) reality is perceived as postulates near the top, then
considerations below that. These are usually expressed as beauty, goodness, rightness and purity.
Matter appears not at all dense, but it does have some light substance.
From Opinions (tone 20) down to Death (tone 0) reality is perceived as points of view concerning
affinity, communication and reality. Matter feels liquid and malleable in the upper range. Effort
begins at Antagonism (tone 2) and below that point the liquid begins to set.
In the effort range, reality is perceived as activities having to do with survival. Matter appears solid,
but it can be altered with effort.
In the Mystery (unconscious) band reality is perceived as symbols in the upper area where it blends
down from Effort, and as solid objects below that. Matter appears too dense to alter in any way.
Latest update: 7/02/01

PRIMAL GPMS

A "GPM" is a goals problems mass. That is to say, it is the accumulated
mental mass or charge which has resulted from a long term pattern of
failures to achieve a goal. The earliest mention of them I have seen is in
the Yogasutra of Patanjali. Much work on figuring them out was done by
LRH and his research staff during the early to mid 1960's. Ogger and
others investigated further. GPMs form around goals which have as part
of their idea the concept of the opposite idea. These opposing pairs are
often called dichotomies. The dichotomy creates the problem by
stimulating a person to create his own opposition while pursuing the
goal (which is only half of the dichotomy). There appear to be three
classes of GPMs:
1. Implant GPMs. These rely upon the charge of actual
GPMs for force, and act to collapse different GPMs together
into a mess. Their goals rely entirely on actual and primal
GPMs for force.
2. Actual Personal GPMs. GPMs form around identities,
called terminals in Scn. Each identity has a goal that it is
programmed to pursue. This identity is in turn opposed within
the mind by an identity which opposes that goal, called an
oppterm (opposition terminal). A person pursues their goal in
violation of the spiritual "law" that all flows are two directional.
Eventually it backs up enough that the person switches to the
opposite goal (crossover). Actual GPMs are in a long series
designed to be a circle which repeats itself endlessly. Ogger
researched a further routine for processing these.
Some of the above are addressed in the Clearing Course and
old OT2. Please see Electra and Ralph Hilton on this subject
for further discussion of implanted and personal goals.
3. Primal GPMs. Actual Personal and Implant GPMs draw
their force from primal GPMs. Primal GPMs form around
dichotomies which are so basic they appear to be part of the
fabric of reality itself. A primal GPM goal is characterized by
an idea that truly cannot exist without its contradictory
statement, the two of which form a single idea. A harmless
example of this arrangement is "illuminated vs dark".
Illuminated implies that it has light and therefore is not dark.
Dark means lightless, which is without illumination. The one
concept cannot exist without the other. Therefore they are a
single idea. The discovery of this third group as being GPMs
has its origin in my study of the writings of Aleister Crowley,
who did a lot of work in this area. Crowley didn't call them
GPMs, any more than Patanjali did, but as they consist of
goals formed into a problem by their opposite propositions,
which then accumulate mass (charge), it can be seen that
these are a type of GPM. These Primal pairs are called
"Primordial Polarities" in Zivorad's Slavinski's PEAT
processing. They are also known as "Codes" in Alan Walter's
Knowledgism system. Max Sandor discusses them (calling
them "Prime Axioms" part of the time) in his Purple Notebook
in articles 66, 667 and 668.
I was reading a chapter of "Excalibur Revisited" by Geoffrey
Filbert called "The Death Of The Gods" for only the 5th or 6th
time (I'm a little slow on the uptake) when it dawned me that
he was describing some sort of very fundamental GPM
phenomenon:
"There have been some powerful operating thetans which, in the
past, which designed "theta traps". Some of these were successful
forms of entrapment, in that they are evident in people and their
conduct today. The three most prominent ones are these
dichotomies: (1) good/evil, (2) survive/succumb, and (3) love/hate.
Most, if not all, people have spent their entire existence and time in
the physical universe looking through one of these only. It is sort of
your own 'dark glass' you look through. ... This personal 'dark
glass', or Achilles heel, that each person has is erasable through
auditing. Unfortunately, until it is, it is the only meaningful context
on which the individual can be addressed or appealed to. The
purpose of these 3 theta traps was to eliminate the competition
and to render the recipient blind and ineffective as an operating
thetan. One of these three, at the least, got laid into them prior to
any involvement in this physical universe, and it gets reinforced
once they are in it, and it accumulates engrams locks and
secondaries (not to mention GPMs, Reliable items and Service
facsimilies) very rapidly."
Like I said, it only took me 5 or 6 times before I spotted
"love/hate" as being the basis of a GPM in the emotional tone
range. From there it took mere seconds to spot "good/evil" as
thought and "survive/succumb" as effort. It fit into what I
already knew so perfectly I sat down and worked the entire
pattern of them out, and wrote this article.
Ken Ogger, in "Super Scio", gives the opinion that the Scn
Grades area of case is senior to all other case addressed in
Scn. He is correct, but I must point out that the Grades
address some of these primal GPMs, relieving the charge
accumulated on these goal/oppgoal dichotomies. Further
research should be directed toward creating processes which
knowingly deal with these as discrete GPMs, rather than
merely adding to the spotty Grades approach. Please observe
that session out-rudiments would seem to be locks on primal
GPMs.
The way a dichotomy works to limit a person is this:
The person chooses one half of the dichotomy to be, to do, to
have. This causes the person to abandon part of theirself
because theta is both sides. With good vs evil for example,
when the person pursues good, they cannot be evil. When
they are being evil, they cannot be good. This causes the
person to abandon HALF OF THEIR OWN BEINGNESS on
the subject. Viewing case as fragmentation or a lack of
wholeness (thank you, Max Sandor), it can be seen that the
more dichotomies a person chooses halves of, the smaller
they become as a being. The person relieves these by
recovering the willingness to be either end, both ends or none
of any dichotomy at will without effort or force (not-isness).
Max wrote a first rate article on the subject of goals which
treats the dichotomy aspect rather differently than I am
explaining it here. Please read his approach for broader view
of this subject: pnohteftu chapter 733.
These are going to seem terribly familiar to anyone from the
Co$ or freezone who is well read in the subject. The point of
laying this out in this manner is to identify them as the causes
of various sorts of case, so that they will become more
effectively dealt with in processing.
These primal GPMs appear to operate at various levels of the tone
scale, and in fact appear to CREATE IT, so I am correlating them below
in this manner. Primal goal masses appear to be created by this basic
alter-is of the postulate:
Make the initial postulate (the as-isness) a postulation of the thing
AND its opposite, then alter-is it with a 2nd postulate saying that
you only postulated one of the two (not the opposite).
A simple statement of these in words is impossible. Each of these
creates whole classes of phenomena, so use the pairs as guidelines
showing you where to look.
To begin, the top of the tone scale looks like this structure:
Native State: no goals and no dichotomies, unmanifest and beyond either
existence or non-existence (and no decisions/postulates) Strictly speaking,
Native State is above the tone scale.
Static: goal - Exist!, postulated dichotomy - both zero existence and infinite
existence
Coexistence/Individuality: goal - Separate!, postulated dichotomy - both no
space and infinite space
Awareness (K-M Know/Not-Know): goal - Perceive!, postulated dichotomy -
both know and not-know
Tone Scale Bands:
Causal band (beingness)
Existence vs non-existence
Also expressible as "total existence vs total non-
existence", "be vs not be", or even "nothing vs
infinity." Manifestation out of Native State. This is
behind everything... This one is so deep I can't think
of any process which can fully resolve it. This is not
only far above human reality, its problem is almost
incomprehensible. The first half, "existence",
appears to be an infinity of any and all qualities one
might want to name. The second half, "non-
existence", appears to be a zero, a total stillness
which LRH described as a static. BE, which is to
say a goal reading something like "to have
existence", is pursued heavily by most people. It's
very rare (and disturbing) to see anyone switch to
the opposing goal and pursue NOTHING. So to
make anything vanish is experienced as a "loss"
reacting on this goal (which is basic to all losses of
all kinds). This of course affects the person at their
PU terminal as well (personal self/thetan located in
space), usually as some variant of Shakespeare's
famous scene in Hamlet. ;-) The highest processes
of which I know only achieve the static, but do not
resolve this dichotomy into Native State. Gotama
(the Buddha) is alleged to have resolved this one. I
have no opinion about whether he succeeded. Max
Sandor, in his novel "The Logs of JD Flora"
expressed this awareness: "Nobody can leave who
wants to leave. Nobody can leave who wants to
stay." ... "Not wanting to leave, not wanting to stay, I
will cease to create my existence." Goal: "Exist!" "to
have everything!"
One self vs individuals (separate consciousness)
Also perceptible as "no space vs infinite space".
Separation from static into Coexistence. Even
though fragmentation into entities occurs near the
bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its
resulting GPM which are subtly involved in entity
problems such as attachment and obsession by
"BTs." The entire subject of self is from this
dichotomy, and all the problems of such derive
either directly or indirectly from this. This would
seem to literally create separated spaces. "... the
consideration that Theta is individual Thetans" --
Raymond J. Krenik, Jr. Goal: "Separate!"
Perception vs non-perception (this is from Buddhism, but
maybe predates Gotama)
Also called know vs not-know. You could also call it
aware vs unaware. Creates the Know to Mystery
scale. Filbert claims that LRH was wrong about
what all wisdom boiled down to, and that the most
fundamental word of wisdom is "Aware!", which is
this level. Damned close, but "Exist!" is senior.
That's okay, Filbert is seeing and operating a hell of
a lot higher than LRH! (see "Survive vs succumb"
below) Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!"
Thought band (postulates, considerations and opinions/viewpoints)
Truth vs lies (upper thought band, creation)
Here we have the basis of all reality, in the
archetypical area. This dichotomy is the basis of the
as-is, alter-is, not-is triangle. It is from this point on
the tone scale that I write all of these Ghost Danse
articles. Therefore please be advised that all the
views on the causal area above this point are
distorted. Nothing above this point is perfectly
expressible in words by anyone. Goal: "Create!"
Meaning (import) vs meaningless (middle thought band,
alteration)
Or perhaps this is quality versus no quality. Also
important vs unimportant. Single/combined or
simple/complex on the subject of creations. Here
we have the basis of values, in the archetypical
area. The triangle is: perception (of the creation),
evaluation (alteration of creation), judgement. This
can also be expressed as good vs bad, beauty vs
ugliness, and valuable vs worthless, etc. There's a
lot of thought level charge built upon this into a
GPM. As this is above "personal self vs other
selves" there is no way any personal identity is
going to solve this dichotomy -- please view what is
sometimes called "christ consciousness" for the
solution. The primary mechanism of getting an as-
isness to persist is to "tag" it with meaning. "This
means before." "This means after." "This means
good." "This means bad." "This is important." "This
means I didn't create it." "This has value." "This
means I don't know it." "This means... This means...
This means... " Etc. etc. etc. ... This is a secondary
creation atop a first one, an alter-is, which obtains
persistence for a creation, for an as-isness. Buddha
is seen admonishing his monks against this action
in the Mulapariyaya Sutta. Goal: (I'm Having
difficulty expressing this one perfectly, so as close
as I can get it right now is) "Import!" or "to Judge!"
("This means ____!")
Personal self vs other selves (lower thought band, separate
viewpoint/location in space)
Perhaps this should be better described as
"personal self versus everything else". This is the
dichotomy directly senior to "actual" GPMs. It is
activated by having only a single viewpoint, i.e. an
identity such as an actual GPM terminal. The actual
GPM terminal is most likely created by whatever
laid in this GPM dichotomy. There have been
reports for almost 30 years of processees reliving
incidents where they started the incident as a big
being who is a whole crowd of people, and end the
incident only being one of that crowd. Please note
that though this superficially resembles separation
from static, it is not the same thing. Please see
these excerpts from a conversation between myself
and John Lester for a discussion of the dangers
inherent in this dichotomy, the dichotomy it echoes
[self vs other], and thoughts on their resolution.
(Please discern the difference between the goals of
"self vs other" and "personal self vs other selves."
The former is a pure self, while the latter is the self
projecting a false self image. "Myself" has two parts:
"my" and the "self" it is having. The former is a
separate awareness -- the latter a personality which
has opinions.) Beingness above this dichotomy is
pervasive, below it there is only a single near point
location in space from which reality is viewed.
Heidrun Beer has written an excellent article with
process commands addressing this dichotomy at :
http://www.sgmt.at/gce/gce1.htm. Even though
fragmentation into entities occurs near the bottom
of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its
resulting GPM which are subtly involved in entity
problems such as attachment and obsession by
"BTs." This is the actual area being audited when
dealing with apparent entities and BTs -- and
therefore this dichotomy and its section of the tone
scale around Games is what the occultists call the
"lower astral plane". Therefore NOTs processes
address this problem. The Thought band is a
complete cycle of action and decays scale for
thought. As such this third, lower portion consists of
the dead mass of postulation. An identity at
Opinions is a postulate mass? Apparently so. Goal:
"Myself located!" (to be there!)
Flemming Funch discusses this dichotomy in Technical Essay #42
"Beingnesses":
When you assume a viewpoint it implies that there
are points you are not viewing from. Those are called
dimension points.
The separation of viewpoints and dimension points
creates space and it allows an interchange to occur.
The viewpoints can have considerations about the
dimension points and the dimension points provide
something for the viewpoint to experience.
It usually gets more involved than that. Various
viewpoints and dimension points get grouped
together and the being decides to be all of it and
pretend that it is one thing. That is what we could call
an identity. One is being that and not being
everything else. The "not being" part is the outside
world that the identity is dealing with.
Emotion band (emotion)
Love vs hate
Could also be called "affinity vs antipathy." This isn't
a generalized ARC triangle manifestation so much
as personal love versus personal hate, i.e. the
problem being held by the single viewpoint of
"personal self vs other selves". Creates emotional
tone scale. This activates as desire and
accumulates tremendous charge on the identity
terminal due to losses. Buddhist craving. Goal:
"Communicate!"
Effort band (pains, physical sensations, body level thoughts)
Survive vs succumb
This activates as clinging to bodies (ex: Needing
Bodies on the tone scale). Buddhist attachment or
clinging. LRH claimed that "Survive!" was the most
fundamental word of wisdom. (Please note where
this is on the tone scale, below death, and what
GPM was providing the force driving his personal
[terminal] actual GPM goal of "to have wealth.")
Goal: "Survive!" Hubbard's discovered goal
"Survive!" rules the effort range of the tone scale
and therefore is the goal immediately senior to
MEST. Theta interacts with MEST at that level,
producing life forms exhibiting an effort to survive.
Narrative incident running with Dianetics addresses
this area.
Mystery band (matter, unconsciousness)
Persist vs destroy
This is below normal human behavior, but can be
seen active in psychotic behavior. Solid rocks and
nuclear weapons exemplify this dichotomy. CCHs
address this problem. Goal: "Solidify!"
There is another band below Mystery. It is a band of universal evil
purposes and individuation of self. Don't have it sorted out yet. seems to
be:
Evil Band
Other be vs Not-be?
Goal: "To be you!"?????
These probably should be addressed from the bottom of the scale up if
possible. Viewed from the bottom up this would be:
persistence (solidity) This is addressed with CCHs.
efforts (survival, resistence) Incident running and R6 material until clear
by definition of free from force in pictures.
affinities (ARC, emotion)
viewpoints (self separated from all else) NOTs is a backwards leap at
this. EP is pervasion.
values (evil, ugliness, right/wrong, etc.)
truth (as-isness anyone?)
knowing/perception (yes, Virginia, there is reality above truth)
self separate from theta (coexistence)
total existence (don't ask...)
I've begun compiling a power processing approach to these: Primal
Goal processes.
Each of these governs a section of the tone scale.
Each of these has a triangle which is a process.
Each of these is founded on a dichotomy.
See how low one sort of "clear" really is? The levels above efforts (for
which I have not provided any advice on processes) are addressed
using different Scn, TROM, Pilot, etc. materials. None of which have
been sorted out in an orderly manner...
Sometimes a person will experience an accension which brings these
realities to light. Here is a recent one: Dale Askew.
LRH remarked more than once that being there and communicating were the only crimes one can
commit in the universe.
I think you will find, if you consider each primal goal pair carefully that the positive goal of each is
considered a crime. LRH was looking at the goals for dichotomies 6 and 7.
Here are the CRIMES, ha ha!
Goal # Goal (the crime)
#1 to be total existence
#2 to be individual
#3 to know (to be aware/to perceive)
#4 to create
#5 to judge
#6 to be there (thetan located as "Myself")
#7 to communicate
#8 to survive
#9 to persist as a solid shape
#10 to cluster in agreement???

As with everything else I'm working on, this page will change
as more knowledge comes to light.
Ouran
back to index
Ouran:
My studies indicate that there are two "PATHS". They lead through and to one another:
1. The magician's path. If followed long enough it either leads to solipsism (the black
magician), or to enlightenment.
2. The enlightenment path. This is processing and/or meditation. If followed long enough it
brings magickal power -- at which point the student either falls off the path into solipsism, or
passes through to enlightenment.

The problem of solipsism is one of identity, of self. "Self-determinism" is a lie. It doesn't exist
as truth, though it persists really well as a lie! Pan-determinism is the truth, which vanishes
on inspection and has to be recreated constantly in order to be viewed.
A "black magician", "only one", solipsistic self is being SELF-DETERMINED. The problem
with this is that any single point location identity is not the real self. The real self pervades
ALL spaces, and is ALL viewpoints everywhere/everywhen.
John:
I consider there to be three paths, not two. There is the path of service to self, the path of
service to others and the path of surrender. The path of service to self and the path of
service to others have to be handled and discreated first, before there is any point in moving
on to the path of surrender.
Once on the path of surrender, the concept of self and others becomes a complete
nonsense, apart from the primary importance of sustaining ones personal, mind, body and
soul in a truly serviceable condition. If you let go of that, it means that you are still hopping
back and forwards between the path of service to self and the path of service to others, not
able to make up your mind whether to serve others as a victim or as a martyr and crucifying
yourself in the process.
Ouran:
Self versus others is a primal (archetypical) level GPM. It occurs just above good verus evil,
survive vs succumb and all that lot. My observation of people like John Mcmaster and Jesus
is that they made the mistake of occupying ONE TERMINAL.
If a person occupies SELF, and pursues scn/magic as "service to self", then the person
opposes "others" and becomes EVIL TO OTHERS. (the black magician and the money and
power hungry spiritual cult leader are examples of the result.)
If a person occupies OTHER, and pursues scn/magic as "service to others", then the person
opposes "self" and becomes VICTIM TO SELFISHNESS. (jesus' crucifixion and John's
overboarding are examples of the result)
The trick is to dissolve the term/oppterm by getting above it to NO SELF. NO SELF is more
than no "myself", it is also no "other selves" as well. Or it can be viewed as "ALL selves are
myself, and each of them are valid from my viewpoint and from each of their viewpoints
individiually and collectively". Whew! What a bunch of words to say a single idea! ;-)
John:
If you are really on the third path, you still think, talk and act as if the other two paths are real
but actually know that there is no such thing as paths at all from a spiritual point of view. The
truth really is within ourselves. It is completely meaningless for a person who has stepped,
with dedication, onto the third path, to ever go back. Thats what I mean when I describe
ourselves as "third sides" of the triangle. Not only that, I observe that we are both involved in
taking responsibility for the conversion of all available knowledge into a single harmonious
viewpoint.
Ouran:
Yeah! :))))))) And that single harmonious viewpoint includes all viewpoints! So to add to your
model, let me communcate the observation that a person on the service to self path will after
crossing onto the path of surrender, find themselves also serving others! One can then infer
that someone on the service to others path, after making it to the path of surrender, will
serve self (as one of the others to be served!).
But we are talking apples and oranges with our two sets of paths. I was talking
technique/practice, and you were talking intention/affinity it seems. Both are accurate
models, and both are useful frameworks. Thank you very much for telling me yours! :)))))
John:
The way my model is coming together at the moment even makes sense of the Christianity
stuff, to the extent that something comes from the static, discovers how the mental may be
aligned with the spiritual, tries to preach it and gets crucified for his efforts by the GPM shit in
which we live. Like Ron Hubbard, Jesus of Nazareth knew what he was doing but screwed
up because it wasn't complete duplication. The same goes for the Pilot. Only duplication, not
just understanding, will get us forever out of the shit. Knowing how to know is the only way.
Knowing what to know is step one. Knowing how to know is step two. Knowing knowing is
step three. Bingo.
Ouran:
Very well put. :))))
John:
Real Clear (understanding) should be the end of the path of service to self. Its a dangerous
point from which one either descends again as a black magician, into the shit from which
one has only just extracted oneself or commences the more effortful ascent through the shit
of others and eventually onto the path of surrender, as the self denying white magician or
true OT.
You can leave clear out of the picture all together, just making sure that you have flattened
the paths of service to self and others before you move onto the path of surrender. The
guarrantee of this is verification that you have sorted out negative ego. Otherwise it will get
you.
Self determinism is a total con trick. So also is the ridiculous idea that our individual
creations are standalone items. That is the worst crap that Ron promoted, apart possibly
from putting far too much attention on the past (which in fact we spend all our time re
creating in the present).
The reality is that all creation is co creation. Just because The Creator isn't directly visible
isn't any justification for saying there isn't one. Inventing a "GOD" that is anything more than
Aware Will Effortlessly Awake In The Void (like ourselves but a hell of a lot more effective) is
a nonsense. We must always work with the "As above, as below" concept if we are to avoid
the promotion of solipsism. Worship (deep felt appreciation) is probably also a most
invaluable training exercise.
Ouran:
Buddha, in his highest OT drill I've seen, says to use appreciation as one of his four
boundless states. The other three are affinity, empathy and equanimity. These are done as
an actual drill.

PRIMAL GOAL PROCESSES
It has become evident to me that two of the processes used in Grade 5, AKA Power, are a direct
address to two of the ten primal goal pairs listed below. Extrapolating from that single observation, I
posit that the same approach could be tried with the other primal goals of the Causal and Thought
bands. The effect of relieving these basic pairs should be to exteriorize/expand beyond each specific
band of existence ( and section of the tone scale) held in place by each corresponding GPM.
There is a tendency among spiritually awakened people to dramatize one side or the other of the top
two goal dichotomies. With the top goal pair, either the person absolutely declares an infinite God, or
else declares a non-existence such as Hubbard's "static" or modern Buddhism's "anatta" (no self).
With the #2 goal pair, the person declares either a universal consciousness or else a godlike individual
uniqueness. These are incomplete views. That's right: Hubbard's "life is a static" is a dramatized half
of the #1 pair, the zero half. The other end of which is infinity and can be experienced as an infinity of
living universes wherein all thoughts, matter, etc are one living beingness. On that #2 goal pair (the
one atop coexistence), some people declare that "we are all one", while others insist on their
individuality. BOTH VIEWS ARE INCOMPLETE IN EACH CASE. BOTH VIEWS ARE HALF
THE TRUTH.
The following processes which are Power processes or Power style processes should always be run to
ep on BOTH commands of the pair. When an F/N VGIs is reached on one command, ack, indicate,
inform the PC that the command is finished and that they will now run just the other command. Then
do so. Failure to reach ep on BOTH commands of a primal goal pair will leave the unrelieved goal in
hidden restimulation, and the relieved goal DRAMATIZED. I posit that Hubbard ep'ed on half of #4
only (probably while running "Tell me a source."), which would account for his declaring himself
Source.
Goals are incredibly powerful, and even dangerous, due to the direct link they have to ourselves at
Native State. GPMs formed atop implanted goals and their absurdly inappropriate oppositions are bad
enough, and the actual GPMs have the full force of the identity terminal behind them -- but primal
goals tap into even greater power. Consider the force behind affinity for someone (#7), or the way a
person defends a mere point of view (#6). And we all know how much force is behind the urge to
survive. Because of this potential I consider the Power approach to be sheer genius because it relieves
the dichotomy without restimulating the force. Let's see if Power can be expanded a little to address
more of these goals...
I anticipate some people will dub the subjects below to be "old hat" and "we've been processing that
stuff for 50 years." That's right, you have. But until now, no one that I know of has spotted the fact
that these dichotomies hold in place -- nay are used to CREATE! -- the entire span of existence itself
with all its details of structure such as emotional tones, mental archetypes and sequences of
aberration. Knowing as we do that a person can fixate on, or obliterate from sight, various parts of
themselves as depicted using the tone scale as a model, then a knowledge of EXACTLY what puts
any portion of that scale in existence should give us a far better handle on deaberrating it. Past
processing sequences were working semi-blind, almost hacking away at the jungle with eyes closed.
Sometimes the "bridge" would get part of its sequence correct, then wander off with these things only
partially handled. For instance, running dianetics (#8), then Grade 0 (#7, communications), then
cleaning up the identity terminal in various ways in Grades 1-4 (#6 dichotomy) is a logical sequence.
But then Grade 5 is slipped in! Its 1-3 processes are nice set ups doing more #6 clean up, but then it
addresses #1 and #4, without touching #2 and #3! Then The R6 and Clearing Course materials,
Grades 6 and 7, address the details of SOME (not all) of #5. Dichotomies #2 and #3 are still
untouched by that bridge, though I seem to recall processes that have existed since the 50s which go
after them!
And that is exactly why this data is so important for processors. Let's not do any more skipping
around and missing things. I'm not saying that one absolutely MUST take these in sequence from the
bottom up, though I suspect that's the best course (No need to be too anal in that regard. I remember a
PC named Trevor who came in for processing so screwed up from years of heavy drug use that the
Power processes were run on him first with great results!). But leaving any dichotomy unhandled is a
mistake. And leaving any dichotomy discharged on one end only is a gross auditing error with dire
consequences to the PC. The result can even be a bit bizarre. A perfect example is Hubbard (not to
beat the poor guy to death, but...), who possessed enormous abilities gained from processing, yet
exhibited the dramatizations resulting from the discharge of only one end of #2 and one end of #4
(possible also #1). The effect of this was a demigod who insisted on his spiritual individuality, and
enforced himself as Source of Scn. Observing a person dramatizing one end or the other of a primal
goal pair can now allow a CS in possession of this data to prescribe processes specifically aimed at the
dichotomy!
Wouldn't it be nice to have clears and OTs who didn't dramatize these things?
I would very much like to thoroughly explore the possibility of designing Power style processes
which take on all of these. I especially like the wording of "tell me a source/no source" because it is
arranged to extract one's awareness from a stuck location in the universe and one's terminal in the
universe if run properly. (Frankly the ep given by Hubbard in the bulletins on Power is a mistake;
Filbert indicates the correct ep in "Excalibur Revisited".)
Calling the linear apparency created by these goal pairs a "tone scale" is a bit awkward. It is better
described as the span of all existence. A person's disability or case can be described mechanically as
being aware only in small portions of this span. Using this model, clearing would consist of achieving
awareness and cause over the entire span -- from godhead at the top to the unknowable fragmentation
of self at the bottom. So I'm suggesting, not an entirely new paradigm, but an expansion an old one:
the approach of dianetics. In incident running via dianetic technique, case is brought up the tone scale.
I am suggesting that this is correct as far as it goes, but beyond a certain point in processing a
processee should recover the ability to be at ALL TONES ON THE EXPANDED SCALE. The entire
thing from top to bottom. Naturally I would expect that at some point in processing the scale would
vanish, just as track had vanished earlier in processing when going "clear". The end product would be
a pure simplicity, and the tone scale an amusing complexity which one no longer requires. Okay,
here's the tone scale as its major goals with my (incomplete) notes in regards to processing them.
1. Existence vs non-existence (total existence/total non-existence), nothing vs everything, zero vs
infinity. Goal: "Exist!" as "to have everything" (basic havingness)
Power process: What is? / What isn't? (McMaster)
(This would appear to be a potential "one shot clear" process due to its all-
encompassing command. If you could get it to run on all levels.)
A process to try: Tell me a nothing. / Tell me an infinity.
Or as an OT drill: Locate a static. / Locate an infinity. (I deliberately wrote this to be
quite insidious. "Locate" means place inside a space, which cannot actually be done in
either case! The intention here is therefore to lure the PC into expanding beyond
existence.)
2. One self vs individuals, one vs many (no space vs infinite space). Goal: "Separate!"
This pair gets dramatized as "We are all one" versus "I am alone/unique".
Power style, try this: What is alone/separate. / What is one/united?
"tell me a unity/tell me about it; tell me a separation/tell me about it" to ep on BOTH
commands! Or maybe "tell me what everyone knows/tell me about it; tell me what
everyone doesn't know/tell me about it; tell me what one person knows/tell me about it;
tell me what one person doesn't know/tell me about it" commands along those lines.
That second group uses #3 dichotomy as a lead-in to the #2.This needs much more
research...
3. Perception vs non-perception, know vs not-know. Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!"
Power style, try this: Tell me an awareness. / Tell me an unawareness.
(This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.")
Also plug in "know": What is known? / What is unknown?
OT drill:
"Be aware at your location in space."
"Be aware that you are unaware in all other spacial locations than that location. Decide
to 'not-know' all of those locations."
"Change your mind and decide to reverse that by not-knowing at your location in space,
while being aware in all other locations."
Alternate those two conditions until you experience an expansion.
Lots of early 50's processes address this. Look them up in the old PABs.
4. Truth vs lies. Goal: "Create!"
Power process: Tell me a source. Tell me about it. / Tell me a no source. Tell me about
it. (McMaster)
Eps: "Tell me a source" - Cognition is "I am source". // "Tell me a no source" -
Cognition is "The source which I am is not in this universe, and is not this identity I am
being."
Creative processes of all sorts are drills.
5. Meaning (import) vs meaningless, important vs unimportant. Goal: "Import!" ("This means ____!")
Power style, try this: Tell me something important. / Tell me something unimportant.
This is a HUGE area of mental templates and archetypes (middle thought band of the
tone scale). This is NOT the assignment of meaning to a location in space occupied by
something -- that is symbolizingness. These meanings are timeless/above time. The R6
implants seem to be held in this area. Please understand one thing about implants: they
can have no effect whatsoever upon a spirit which is empty and without mental
structure. But once these goal pairs are in place, they give the implant something to
latch onto. What an implanted dichotomy latches onto is this primal fact about ideas
caused by the #1 goal pair: EVERY IDEA IS A SPLIT INTO A POSITIVE AND A
NEGATIVE EXISTENCE. For example there is no idea "light" or idea "dark"; those
are half ideas. The actual idea is "light/dark". That's how the mind is created, via these
pairs. That's why pairs of opposites must be tapped to resolve mind. That single fact is
behind all goals and GPM phenomena. Once an existence is created as a division into
two like that, then it can be further altered with doingness verbs. Remember: the basic
triangle behind the scale of existence (tone scale) is the BE-DO-HAVE triangle. That is
the hidden engine running the whole show from dichotomy #1.
6. Personal self vs other selves, single location in space vs pervasion. Goal: "Myself!"
Power style:
"tell me where you are located. tell me about it." alternate with "tell me where you are
not located. Tell me about it."
Clean up ser facs, actual GPMs, then find some way to address viewpoint oriented
opinions. Use #5 against #6 with "Who is important? / Who is unimportant?" This has
to unlock the person from mental anchor points, fixed points of view, etc. Ep should be
pervasion, which is beyond a completely free POV, a "thetan" which can assume any
location in space/time at will. Clean up of this goal should free a being from identity
defined by anchor point opinions such as ser facs.
An assist (IMD-swap process):
When resistence is noted between individuals. Place your viewpoint at
those terminals.
Between two people:
Be Person A.
From that terminal look at Person B. Tell me about them.
Be Person B.
From that terminal look at Person A. Tell me about them.
Repeat until the charge blows.
IMD-swap uses the senior position of primal pair #2 to relieve resistence between
terminals at the level of #6.

7. Love vs hate, affinity vs antipathy. Goal: "Communicate!" (This is affinity/desire via
communication)
Pervade with affinity? Buddha's OT drill goes here. Grade 0 processes. Many, many
Scn processes address this area, but none of them I recall directly go after the
dichotomy in the Power manner. Also "From what distance could..." etc. EP should be a
christlike affinity.
8. Survive vs succumb. Goal: "Survive!"
Resistance keywords on this one: need, must, can't, etc. Resistance begins at
Antagonism 2.0 on the tone scale. Therefore Dianetics which follows "somatics" (R3R)
cleans this up. The definition of clear as no longer subject to the force in pictures is a
clear on this level. Much of the excellent work of Hubbard addressed this.
9. Persist vs destroy, concentrate/condense vs annihilate. Goal: "Solidify!"
This is real/unreal of the physical universe. The best processes I know of which address
this are CCHs.
Since the goal command is to solidify, when this level is screwed up a person
experiences unreality. Agreement with matter reinforces this and makes the PU thin and
unreal. So in addition to CCHs, run "disagree". There is some narrative testimony
concerning this as an implant at the beginning of this universe -- about which I must
caution any Scio to read "The Shape of Apparent Reality".
10. Too much vs not enough. Goal: "Make nothing of!" (suppression) (There is at least one last goal
pair here at the bottom. It seems to govern such phenomena as evil intention toward self and
fragmentation into entities. I cannot perceive it clearly yet... I posit that it is probably the cause of the
entity phenomena addressed by some NOTs; of the extreme PTS condition known as the suppressive
person; and the delusional telepathic voice haunted sort of insanity.) Or
"Other people's consciousness."??

get some people to answer me these:
main questions:
What goal would a BT have?
What goal would a BT oppose? (would be opposed by a BT)
secondary questions if the first two don't bite, then go back to them after these:
How would having a BT stuck to oneself assist one's survival?
How would having a BT stuck to oneself hinder the survival of others?
How would having a BT stuck to oneself make one right?
How would having a BT stuck to oneself make others wrong?
How would having a BT stuck to oneself help one dominate?
How would having a BT stuck to oneself help to avoid domination?
(also replace "BT" above with each of the following: thought, viewpoint, dimension
point, anchor point.)
also:
What would make one abandon a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor
point?
What would make one pull in a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor
point?
What would make one push away a a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An
anchor point?
What would make one cover up a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An
anchor point?
There are many other goal pairs than the above ten (I have 9 spotted). These seem to be the basic
ones, atop which the others are built. The processes above are by no means complete. Any highly
trained processor could instantly think of dozens which I missed. Frankly, processing is not my forte.
My real strength is my ability to access truth directly. I am a meditator of the old school in the style of
Gotama or Patanjali.
Zivorad has developed a technique called PEAT which unburdens these and others, read about it here:
http://www.beotel.yu/~zivorad/techniques.htm#peat
Each GPM is powered by a dichotomy.
Of each dichotomy, one of the pair is being pursued, usually the one we think of as the "positive" one
of the pair. To use LRH's favorite dichotomy as the example, survive is opposed by succumb. Most
everyone pursues survive.
And that traps one.
A quick read through the history of spiritual enlightenment will show that great spiritual teachers
sometimes deliberately starved themselves or otherwise came close to death just before
enlightenment. I'm not advocating starvation as a clearing procedure, ha ha! But it does point up that
relief of survive/succumb by deliberately taking over (start-change-stop) the succumb end is effective.
Knowing what we do from scn, it shouldn't be too difficult to come up with an entire battery of
processes to as-is the resistance to death.
And that's just survive/succumb.
With ANY dichotomy on which a GPM has formed, the same basic approach can be used. It can be
used with generic dichotomies like survive/succumb or love/hate. It can be used with dichotomies
which have nouns attached (end words and terminals/oppterms). Just find which end the PC is
pursuing and get them to take over and make their own the opposite end, so they can be-do-have
BOTH.
This is ancient tech.
It is also modern LRH style tech.
It just happens to be how people's minds are arranged...
NOTES:
From Homer on ACT:
Alan's process,
"Tell me a positive"
"Tell me about (item)"
that would have to be properly processed thus: "Tell me a positive. Tell me about it. / Tell me a
negative. Tell me about it.

Other dichotomies I observe which have so much charge on
them that I must assume they create GPMs (not correlated to
the tone scale or part of main Primal series):
Communication vs separation/isolation
The Co$ and freezone partially address this one in Grade 0
processing. The Co$ is too dumb to realize they are cleaning up a
GPM. Based on similar dichotomy in causal band. This is emotion
band, and a submanifestation of #7.
Cause vs effect
Probably an echo of #4 goal.
Communication inflow vs communication outflow
This is wrapped up in the problems of the ARC triangle, such as
duplication vs agreement. A lot of "must" and "can't" involved in
this one. This dichotomy is senior to the "self vs other" identities
dichotomy, but is dramatized heavily in the effort band. This may
just be a special case of cause vs effect.
Male vs female
This one is so charged up on the terminal that a person usually
cannot confront ever being or having been the opposite sex. The
usual Co$ and freezone handle on this is to clean up the overts
and motivators in this area. This should be done narrative style, if
this approach is taken. I recommend R3XD for this purpose. But
there should also be a direct GPM running approach possible,
something similar to the method of relieving actual GPMs. I had
hopes that Ogger would unravel this one, as it is a source of case
for him. Hasn't happened yet. If is curious to note that those
people who have risen above this dichotomy -- such as cross-
dressers and some homosexuals -- seem to report that it is
liberating and a huge relief. Homosexuals in particular exhibit
higher average income and creativity than the norm. The most
spiritually liberated person I ever met was homosexual: John
McMaster. I have noted that the average American male ridges
heavily on other males, unable to express unrestricted affinity.
There is an obvious automatic games condition between the sexes
which has been described in detail in the literature of psychology
and other places. From all this I infer that relief of this GPM gives a
person vastly increased affinity and creativity. The usual way this
has been dealt with in the past is to not deal with it -- witness the
chastity of nuns, monks and contemplatives over much of this
planet. This one is locked onto the 2nd dynamic (sex).
Help vs harm
The entire idea that a person is so much at effect that they can be
either helped or harmed is ridiculous. Nevertheless here we are.
Valid vs invalid
A 3rd dynamic dichotomy.
Another 2nd dynamic (sexual) goal dichotomy is "to be desired" vs "to be
hunted/stalked".
(The following is one man's account of a spiritual accension, which is so extraordinarily intense that I
have reproduced it here in its entirety. Students who are familiar with my and other freezone theories
about the nature of reality should notice familiar data in this account.)
About three years ago (when I was 20) I was getting quite 'in' to all this
>alternative stuff. I was having regular out of body experiences and
>definitely knew I had started on a path to something. I was questioning my
>life and what I had been led to believe all these years and I realised that
>everything might not be as it seemed.
>
>anyway at that time and age I was quite torn. On one hand I had this new
>'purpose' to uncover the truth about existence and on the other I had
>drinking, clubbing having a fun life.
>
>One day I was laying there on my bed thinking to myself...infact I was
>having a full blown conversation with myself!! As soon as I realised this I
>became a bit angry for some reason.
>
>"I am talking to myself! I am mad!" I thought.
>"Who am I talking to?" I asked
>"Yourself!" came the reply.
>
>I felt depressed and lonely because I realised that I had put alot of hope
>and trust into this 'unseen' side of life, but I couldn't shake the doubt.
>What about if it was all a big delusion of my mind?
>
>I was angry with myself for being so gullible, for believing I had a soul
>that lived forever, for believing I really did have out of body experienced
>and could talk to spirits.
>
>I wanted to stop talking to myself now, go out and enjoy my one single life
>before it was too late.... but for some reason I couldn't stop this
>'conversation' with myself!
>
>"If you can hear me then please just tell me what it's all about!" I shouted
>in my head.
>
>"Pleeeeeeeeasssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee!" I just wanted something to
>happen, an angel or ghost to appear anything! I just wanted to feel that
>there was a purpose, that I wasn't 'deluding' myself.
>
>Nothing happened.
>
>I got sad but finally admitted. This was it. This is all life is. Better get
>on with it.... I tried to move - but I couldn't!!
>
>I was paralysed, I had somehow slipped into a trance, yet I was totally
>conscious. Unlike when this happens before, this time I couldn't get out of
>it.
>
>"Whats going on?" I asked in my mind again
>"You wanted to know what it's all about" came the thought back...
>
>Bang!
>All of a sudden I woke up.
>Very strange I thought and sat up. What ever happened?
>
>Bang!
>I woke up again!
>Still lying in my bed! Wow, I thought I woke up but I didn't! Weird.
>
>Bang!
>I woke once more. This is getting freaky I thought!
>
>Bang!
>Awake!
>
>Bang..........Bang........Bang.....bang.....Bang..Bang.Bang.BanBanBaBBBBB...
>
>These 'false awakenings' got faster and faster and faster until they were
>producing a constant stream. There was 'No-Time' between these false
>wakings.
>
>at that point something amazing happened.
>
>I realised I was not Dale. I was something, else, something greater.
>It hit me like a ton of bricks. I REMEMBERED who I was. I was pure
>consciousness, I was ALL THAT EXISTED. I was NOTHINGNESS! I was GOD! God
>was me! The loneliness came flooding back to me, I was totally ALONE! I was
>in the most infinitely great pain that you could (not) imagine. In fact
>even Pain was ME! (Note: this was the worst experience ever, pure
>loneliness, pure mind-pain) I desired with all my heart to be away from
>this loneliness...
>
>Then Bang!
>
>I woke up again.... a few moments went past, I could move... yes I had
>really woken up.
>
>The horrible experience was still over-welming me. I could feel tears of
>sadness rolling down my face. Then the next realisation hit me! I now had
>a life! I was still this 'pure consciousness / God' but out of my
>loneliness I had created life out of myself and now (as Dale) I was
>experienceing it - actually living it! Through Me (being God) I had chosen
>life. Positive from negative, light from darkness, everything from
>nothingness. Everything made sense! I was so happy! The tears were now
>tears of joy! I was not alone anymore! I thanked God again and again for
>creating us, knowing that I was as much him (her/it whatever) as he was me!
>
>No wonder he loves us because he is us! No wonder we should love each other
>because we are all parts of the same one consciousness!
>
>Everything was perfect! For the first time it all made sense. I suddenly
>went from not believing in a 'God' to believing 100% and understanding him
>as well. All those kids who think he is a old man with a white beard who
>sits on a cloud !!
>
>I also realised existence was made instantaneously and there is no thing as
>time. We live in that one moment where he chose life. It will last for
>eternity because he never wants to experience the pain again.
--Dale Askew, 23 years old, from Norwich, England

THE SCALE VIEWED AS VIBRATION

At the highest level (which is beyond all levels) there is that
which is not manifest, but is infinite potential. There is no
vibration.
Below the highest, there is infinite beingness which can be
viewed as metaphysically total presence of being. But that
presence creates within it its own antithesis of metaphysically
total absence of being. ( 0 = +1 & -1) Furthermore there is the
complication of matter. Matter is dead (abandoned) being. So
the presence of matter is the absence of being. This creates a
scale with total being present & no matter at the top, and no
being & total matter present at the bottom. All vibrations in the
universe are minor echoes of this primal set of two opposing
pairs.
Matter is as much a person's mind as are thoughts and
images. All of which (mind and matter) are created within the
poles of top scale items and their opposites (know vs
unknowable, be vs not-be, love vs hate, have vs can't have,
etc, etc). The bottom scale items must be below matter in
order for matter to exist within our awareness.
Between these poles exists a progressive scale of vibration.
Vibration is caused by a simultaneous and conflicting
statement that matter & energy is both there and not there. In
response to this problem, matter and energy constantly
vanish and reappear. This is a decent mechanical definition of
vibration.
(Buddha wiped out this apparent problem of existence with
his 4-way connundrum of:
"is
is not
both is and is not
neither is nor is not")
High on the scale a being is "there" very much, equivalent to
being there rather often. This is analogous to "high
frequency". Matter/energy high on the scale also has a high
rate of frequency of appearance and disappearance. The
great power of impact of high frequency energy is apparently
derived from how often it appears and interacts with matter
and other energy. But keep in mind that the reason it has
such a high frequency is because it is backed by beingness,
which is the empty space between "wave crests." This not
only works with radiant electromagnetic energy, but also
applies to "solid" objects. Everything which exists vibrates,
and by vibrating it is appearing and disappearing at some
particular frequency relative to the rate of vibration of
everything else.
There are two ways to increase the power of energy. One is
to increase the frequency, the other is to increase the volume.
With moving energy this can be visualized as beads on a
string. Either the beads are closer together (appear more
often), or the beads are bigger. In general (exceptions caused
by beings abound), the beads (packets, quanta,
reappearances) are larger and farther apart as one goes
downscale.
The bottom of the scale is an apparent 100% "not there" of
beingness. That would make the matter at the bottom of the
scale 100% there all the time, which would be timestop and a
vanishing of the universe from the viewpoint of beings in that
universe. (Beings outside the universe looking "in" would be
under no such handicap.) Some researchers claim that "out
the bottom" takes a person to the top again beyond existence,
but personally I'd rather not attempt that particular route to
nibbana. My guess is that both top and bottom need to be
held simultaneously in order to achieve that purpose which
should not be held as a goal.
Something I've noticed in reading Ken Ogger's account of the
series of universes we have descended through, is that the
"MEST" of each universe in the series is more solid than the
previous, and the "body" used by thetans in each universe is
more solid also as one passes down the series. The apparent
observation is that we still use as bodies in present time the
forms from Thought universe (deva glow), first MEST
universe (astral body) and Magic Universe (etheric double).
The spherical (deva) glow of the energy production unit would
be a higher frequency than the astral body, which would be
higher in frequency than the etheric double. This implies
several things: that the theta bodies can be placed against the
scale as composed of energy (it is obvious to me that the
etheric body is effort level energy), and that the universes
themselves can be shown to have a range down to a location
on the scale where their matter exists.
Ouran
back to index

THE FRAGMENTATION OF STATIC

The scale can also be viewed as a progressive fragmentation
of the original single static which decided to be out of Native
State. Using this viewpoint (promoted by Max Sandor) all
case is seen to be a lack of integrity or "wholeness", which in
Buddhist terms they call "dukkha."
There is a static which is aware but which is not busy being
anything, even though it is everything.
This static forms aware (coexisting) beingnesses within it
which are aware of being each other.
These act to split off awarenesses within themselves which
are unaware of being each other, programmed to repel one
another, yet yearning for interaction.
These separated awarenesses split off many viewpoints from
which to view.
These viewpoints go through the series in this universe group
and acquire many shells of mask, symbol, theta body, astral
body and MEST body. This is our common household
"thetan."
These thetans are capable at first of knowing a whole
universe by being the entire space of that universe. This is the
upper band of the Thought area corresponding to "Know" on
the K-M scale. At this level the thetan is only fragmented into
separate thetans.
Later abilities have degenerated to the point where a thetan
can no longer postulate an entire complex creation alone.
Universes become a group effort. But it can still encompass
the whole the space of that creation. This is knowing by
pervasion and is the middle of the Thought band. Cause over
creations is less, and the thetan is no longer being the dream,
just a dreamer.
Then comes a crucial step at Games/Opinions. Gone are
boundless views. The ability to pervade has been replaced
with Look. Fragmentation has progressed at this point so that
instead of being whole spaces, the thetan is located at limited
points of view.
With descent into the Emotion band the thetan solidifies
opinion into attitude.
With descent into the Effort band, attitude becomes entities
over which the center of consciousness has no control or
responsibility. The thetan is fragmenting into multiple
personalities, demon circuits, entities, BTs -- various terms
which have been invented to describe this condition.
The thetan can create any amount of static including a perfect
copy of itself. The thetan also splits off viewpoints which are
not aware of being aware, but which still have a core of static
just like all the above.
The thetan creates complexes of thoughts, goals, intentions
and habits which then form an identity or personality. Or it can
be a machine. There's a whole tech around such. This is
what's behind deep legends of living magic swords and jewels
of power -- there is beingness in them. These theta
complexes can be programmed to reproduce themselves,
making an infinity of copies -- yet they are alive. So talk to
your tree, your parakeet and your cockroach. Say hello to
your entities which copy themselves like mad.
The thetan and/or split viewpoint can at any time think as little
as a single thought. And that thought will contain static,
postulate(s), emotion, feeling, etc.
Even the solid rock sitting in your garden has a tone on the
tone scale (below death 0.0) and has a deeply buried element
of static in it.
There is not anything which is not alive, nor is there anything
which isn't YOU at the highest level.
The series of gradations of being I wrote above are only a
matter of roughly hitting the high points. The gradations of
being are infinitely fine. It's a smooth ramp from static to cold
hard matter. Because cold hard matter isn't really so cold and
hard -- it is still static.
Ouran
back to index
(latest update 1/7/01)
DIAGRAMS OF THE SPAN OF EVERYTHING

I've spoken quite frequently in these pages of things like the
grand dichotomy of existence, the primal postulates, and the
triangle of creation. It occurred to me that some people might
want or need a visual aid, something symbolic to give these
concepts an illusion of mass and havingness. Here's how they
fit together. The vertical line between EXISTENCE and NON-
EXISTENCE is the tone scale itself!
Remember, this is only a symbolic representation...

This is an "as-is, alter-is, not-is" of TOTAL EXISTENCE, not
of creations inside universes as we know them. (The more
mundane Creation triangle of "as-is, alter-is, not-is" of spaces
and mockups operates within the Thought band.) These two
triangles are my best to-date representation of the
fundamental threefold basis of reality itself. My first attempt to
do so, the article on numbers, is insufficient and incomplete.
Please understand that it was my first real direct awareness.
That pair of primal decisions/postulates mentioned in "Prime
Decisions and Postulates" which I expressed as "zero equals
two" (opposed) and "one equals three" (three is the antithesis
of one) result in a linear up and down scale with infinity at the
top and a collapsed zero at the bottom; which bipolar scale is
being actively altered by a triangle whose second proposition
of "alter-is" creates change (or a "flux" as Ken Ogger called it)
between the poles.
Above the "as-is" at the top of the triangle of Total Existence
is beingness which is not inside universes as we know them.
This too seems to form a triangle with only Native State above
it. The triangle consists of Static, then the flux or alter-is of
Coexistence, then the 3rd item of Individuality.

This static triangle fits just above the Existence triangle. They
combine to give us the grand tone scale as laid out by
Geoffrey Filbert:

Please note that the triangle of the Thought band operates as
a creation process, the thetan as a weaver of dreams and
realities. The triangle of the Emotion band operates as a
process of communication through the apparencies of the old
emotional tone scale. The triangle of the Effort band operates
as efforts to survive. The triangle of the Mystery band
operates through the solid persistence of matter of various
types (not just what we think of as physical universe matter).
The Thought band is HUGE. There is more going on in that
range than anywhere else on the scale. It's just filled with
archetypes, templates, considerations arranged in patterns
(or not), and a host of other stuff. Various levels of codes, Ifa
types, energy patterns, apparent gods, identities, astrology,
tarot, I Ching, etc. are created here and act upon apparent
reality below.
The whole scale seems to have originally been put in place by
a decision to BE or EXIST. Which in turn instantly created its
opposite of NOT-BE, which is a primal dichotomy, and
probably behind the deepest, toughest of all the GPMs. The
dichotomy, like all primal ones, was turned into a process by
alteration into a triangle, in this case the BE - DO - HAVE
triangle. This would have created the scale all the way down
to Death 0.0. Then something went terribly wrong with
existence (at least wrong from the viewpoint of anyone stuck
inside it), and the decay scale was extended below Death.
This gave us our full tone scale as we know it in this universe.
Keeping in mind these are approximations of the ranges into
which each action dominates, it looks roughly like this:
Tone #
400.
BE
120-100
DO
28
HAVE
0.0
NOT-HAVE
-30
NOT-DO
-80
NOT-BE
-400
With the scale viewed in this manner, BE is pure existence,
DO is the range of creative thought and postulation, HAVE is
viewpoint, opinion and emotion inside apparency, NOT-HAVE
is resistance (not-is) to HAVE (and therefore is effort), NOT-
DO is counter-thought where the person's postulates have
finally gone to shit, and NOT-BE is the loss of space and
disintegration of beingness.
The whole tone scale once analyzed in this manner gives the
appearance of having been cobbled together in sections over
vast amounts of time, with the sub-Death area looking like it
was added as an afterthought and with little or no planning. At
the time of this writing (1/7/01) the tone scale seems bizarre
and to be disintegrating via as-isness into a mere apparency.
Ouran
back to index

THE SHAPE OF APPARENT "TRUTH"

This is something that might make some of you unhappy. My
intention is to help you avoid pitfalls and proceed as smoothly
as possible. So, sorry. It can't be helped...
"Case" takes on the appearance you expect it to take.
That was one simple sentence, but it's very important so let
me say it again with emphasis:
"CASE" TAKES ON THE APPEARANCE YOU EXPECT IT
TO TAKE.
High "truth" is nearly inaccessible fully to normal
consciousness. What we do get is filtered through our
particular frame of reference. This is because of two factors:
1. our existence as a single viewpoint awareness rather than
an expansive, pervasive pan-determined one.
2. the fact that the upper Thought band of the tone scale
consists of vast creativity which will shape itself into anything
a Being asks of it.
As you recall from previous articles, a person is not really "at"
any single tone on the expanded, grand tone scale. Instead a
person is the whole scale from top to bottom. Since the
objective in most processing is to achieve as-isness, and
since I've shown that as-isness lies at Creation (Filbert's
"Truth") on the scale, then processing will exhibit the
characteristics of that tone.
Creation is literally everything which anyone has or will
create, imagine and mock up anywhere. This makes the
upper part of the process of spiritual awakening fraught with a
great deal of wild creation of literally anything. This is why no
two seers see the same sight. This is why the vision of Alice
Bailey looks nothing like the vision of LRH. Which of course
leads to all sorts of confusion with followers of various sects
screaming that their view is right and everyone else's wrong.
The problem is that all those views, including LRH's you Scns
and ex-scios, is mostly only apparency. A single viewpoint
identity will see what it expects to see, because most of reality
is filtered out. No one takes a 100% pan-determined view.
And anything less than a 100% pan-determined view (what
should properly be called a "pan-existent view") isn't the
TOTALITY OF THE APPARENCY, much less the truth which
is behind the apparency.
So one sees what one expects to see. Shape is not Truth.
Shape is always Apparency. The truth is behind every limited
view of reality, but the view itself is incomplete and therefore
always partially false. And that includes my limited view too!
So how does this affect processing?
THE FRAME OF REFERENCE USED IN HANDLING CASE
WILL DETERMINE ITS FORM.
Part of this is because most people are creating an illusory
substitute reality for themselves, which they look at instead of
the physical universe. Then they manipulate this illusion in
various ways, like with thoughts. Thought is third leg of some
triangle, it is STOP, and NOT-ISNESS.
Crowley encountered this in his meditation, and called
thoughts "breaks", which is why he subtitled his Book Of Lies
"Breaks in the one thought of..." I learned a lot from the Book
Of Lies. It destroys logical thought, almost Zenlike that way.
Very difficult book though, have to know Kabbalah and magic
symbolism to read it. Some chapters are written in the clear
but most are encoded in symbolism and numeric values.
One of the areas I'm looking into is the false internal reality
people create as a substitute for being in the physical
universe in present time. I've isolated a few phenomena
regarding it:
1. Internal reality is a field of energy exactly like a dream, one
is literally dreaming life and seeing that substitute image
instead of the physical universe.
2. Thoughts are clumps of energy at one level, and foci of
attention at another -- inside this field.
3. Awareness and sensory input are copied by a person and
the copies are the field of the internal reality. This is precisely
the action of making mental image pictures for purposes of
memory. These are the same mental image pictures which
are being run out using dianetics. (From this I conclude that
destruction of this field results in a state of clear wherein it
might be impossible to do any further incident running with
dianetics, unless one is willing to recreate the field of images.)
There's been a lot written about the mind in Scn, but there is
really no substitute for directly looking at what is really
happening. Too many scios and ex-scios read Hubbard's
words and place those words in their field of illusory internal
reality and just look at those words there -- and never see
what is really happening, and what they themselves are
actually doing constantly. So use my words on this page as
an indication of where to look within your own mind... Back to
the subject of how this works in auditing.
If someone had a pain in their "gortch" and went to hotshot
dianeticist Robert Ducharme to handle it, the pain would
resolve as an engramic incident. If someone were to handle it
by soloing using the material on Palle's site it would take the
shape of a BT. Same pain. Perhaps contact with the same
narrative incidents. But the apparent nature of the cause will
seem different -- an engram in one case, an entity in another.
In fact, using scio techniques the same bit of case will be
found to resolve as:
a Beingness (using NOTs)
a general archetype (using GPM approaches)
a memory recording (using dianetics)
a postulate (using Scn grades style of going after
considerations)
This might appear to imply that it's all imaginary -- that all
case is "a figment of your imagination." Absolutely NOT! It's
as real as anything you can touch with your body's hands, in
fact more real because it exists at a "higher level" of reality.
The problem lies in the nature of theta -- of the life static itself.
It creates "reality" by building layers of alteration atop one
another. Reality as viewed from a viewpoint is dreadfully
distorted. All a viewpoint sees is apparency. But a person is
far bigger than their current viewpoint, and can know much
more than a viewpoint is capable of making sense out of. As
the causes of case are above the apparency, then much of
what occurs in processing (especially its narrative content) is
to some degree inaccurate due to being filtered through a
limited point of view. So in processing one might contact a
difficulty as a narrative incident and get a muddy dub-in of the
memory. Then after a pass or two through it, it would clarify
into the true memory held by the viewpoint one was using at
that time in the past. At this point the processee has done
little more than remove most or all of the NOT-IS from the
viewpoint or identity terminal! That of course is the wrong
place to stop even if it does produce very good indicators and
that much sought after floating needle if a meter is being
used. After removing the viewpoints and opinions causing
NOT-IS, one must then get the incident's exact
considerations, which are the persisting ALTER-IS of the
truth. At this point one is breaking beyond the apparency into
the middle Thought band. At this point one has gotten off the
considerations belonging to all the terminals in the incident
and are now getting at the considerations which PERVADE
the space of the incident. These are often called "postulates."
Always remember that a postulate is pervading a space.
That's what it does by definition. Getting this last area of
ALTER-IS leads to a final full AS-IS, which is the real end
phenomenon of processing. Please take careful note of this
next sentence:
THE REAL AS-ISNESS OF A CONDITION HAS NO
NARRATIVE CONTENT OR IDENTITIES IN IT.
As-isness is well above all descriptions, and it is accessible
by various methods. So a NOTs style soloist would locate
various beingnesses which he either abandoned or are in
stuck communication with, and via this narrative, takes
responsibility for ownership, or notes who the real owner is
and gets the whole thing unraveled. And please note that this
is not a lightweight, imaginary thing. There can be a hell of a
lot of charge and power involved in having a stuck comm of
some sort to, for instance, another godlike Being from
quadrillions of years ago. It is probably a problem for both of
you. But above this phenomena there are some very precise
creations which are pervasive basics behind the stuck
beingnesses. The same is true of a dianetic chain: above all
the narrative content are postulates which appear to be
abstracts almost devoid of narrative characteristics, and
above that is the original creation on that subject, that when
duplicated, is the true as-isness. And that latter at its highest
level has NO descriptive characteristics.
Dianetic professionals please note that an F/N can be
obtained at Enthusiasm 4.0 or Exhilaration 8.0 on the tone
scale -- and those tones are the wrong place to stop unless
that is the absolute highest your poor, crushed PC can reach.
This data explains why R3XD works so well on upper level
processees. Ducharme's "expansion by dynamics" actually is
running incidents via the viewpoints of higher tones on the
tone scale, thereby obtaining erasure at the levels of the
Thought band, and even the Causal band.
The oddest thing I've noticed is that real as-isness of a
condition is much farther up the tone scale than any of the
four approaches I listed above, especially a narrative memory
based on a time track. As-isness is literally at tone 100, which
is the point where a being breaks right out of universes. You
can REACH this as-isness via a narrative incident dianetics
style, or you can ignore the time element and cognite on what
the postulate really is (but as this normally has a time-based
element to its construction, then this is only part way there), or
you can access the Truth via cognition through a non-self
beingness (entity handling), or reach it via auditing the entity's
incident, or just go after the general archetype involved -- but
NONE of these methods except postulate style will come
close to DIRECTLY viewing the truth at Creation/Truth on the
tone scale. Quite simply, descriptive content is variable (hell,
as long a time track as we all have, the as-isness should be
reachable by quite a multitude of scripts). Did I say "variable"?
Let me try to express that more clearly: a specific creation
and its resulting pervasive postulates are what need to be
accessed, and that can be done a number of different ways.
Even postulate style doesn't quite get all the way there
(though like any of these methods can be used to get there)
because the Truth cannot be formulated in words and
concepts which the mind can wrap itself around and use. I'm
going to try to put into words what you want to shoot for, and
it probably won't make a lick of sense, but here goes anyway:
THE CONTENT OF YOUR COGNITION NEEDS TO BE
COGNITION ITSELF. See, a cognition "about" something is
only part way there. The final step in cognition is the as-
isness itself. The silence. The stillness. The static. Nothing.
So because of this, my best advice is to not treat any single
technique as THE process to use, and to use whatever works
best for you while keeping in mind that the tech is itself an
apparency addressing another apparency, in an effort to get
past the apparencies to the truth. Apparent truth as accessed
via any specific procedure is colored by the ideas of the
procedure. John Lester wrote about this as an aspect of belief
systems. Belief systems are the anchor points, dimension
points and viewpoints of an identity. Beingness goes all the
way to the top, but as near as I can tell, an IDENTITY, that is
to say a GAME TERMINAL, only exists up through around
tone 40. Terminals seem to be created by a Beingness as a
result of what occurs at tone 50, below which the created
terminal drops to 40 as a natural resting point. Please note
that LRH very early on (in the PDC) identified tone 40 as a
ridge, a resting point similar to Conservatism 3.0.
It's really too bad that LRH settled upon tone 40 as the goal of
processing, placing an artificial ceiling on his work, and
leaving identities cleaned up, but not fully resolved. Which
brings me to the subject of post-1964 scientology. From 1965
the tenor of Scn processing changed from a voyage of
discovery into a conflict with unseen forces. This was
apparently caused by OT3 research. I said "apparently." What
is blatantly obvious is that clearing from that point took on the
color of warfare against other beings. The affinity had
dropped out of the subject and been replaced by violent
dramatization of a GPM or GPMs.
You don't believe that the affinity had dropped out of the
subject to be replaced with enforcement? Check the
materials. In the early 50s LRH's instructions were most how
to audit, what to do in session. By the late 60s more than 90%
of a auditor's course pack was what NOT to do in a session!
The material itself was yelling STOP!
My advice is to be leery of going too far down that path. Oh
sure, I use NOTs techniques too, they're easy, convenient
and fun. But a view of reality as a spiritual conflict will create
that very manifestation. So... OT3? Lightly, lightly, treat it as a
maybe 'cause it's evaluative. Capt Bill's views? I have my
doubts... The Ananda materials? Dangerous! Both those latter
reinforces the view of reality as being filled with evil beings
who wish to do you in, and which may only be handled by
becoming a powerful adept. Entities should be exercised with
affinity, not exorcised with hate.
So what happened to handling with love, with affinity in
processing? What happened to expanding one's affinity to
include others? Kinda got lost in the battling against demons
did it? This sort of view found in Ananda and the Capt Bill
materials begins with the assumption that there are evil
intentions, and then proceeds to "solve" them with affinity and
communication. That viewpoint is pretty far down the scale
from the infinite love at Coexistence...
There is probably a great deal of truth in the Ananda tech. But
it's gone dark, it's been filtered through a viewpoint filled with
worries about evil and blackness. I recieved this response
from Palle to my words on Ananda, so here's his excellent
insight:
One correction to his page about the "dangerousness of Ananda
RD." That RD is not
dangerous, but the soloist can be. What is dangerous is the solo
auditor's attitude.
Postulating separateness, or as-ising separateness. Enemies or
affinity.
Further thoughts on the structure behind this is in this excerpt
from an email message: Hallucination. Since NOTs in general
is merely a high powered updating on ancient tech for
handling demons (even Jesus is reported to have cast out
"unclean spirits" occasionally), then let me add a bit more to
your tech with this line of old "superstition":
TO NAME A DEMON IS TO SUMMON IT.
Or to say that in modern terms:
WHAT YOU VISUALIZE WILL APPEAR BEFORE YOU.
So careful what you're mocking up. If it has teeth, then don't
be upset if you get bit. There are perhaps less confrontational
ways to get clear? Why flirt with postulating your own cave-
in? You do not have to do it that way, there are at least three
other basic approaches besides NOTs. And when using
NOTs, use it with love, not the hardcore attitude.
LRH seems to have approached the shape of reality with an
engineer's rule of thumb practicality, which though it had its
advantages in promoting workability, pinned him inside a
viewpoint of there being only ONE reality which was real. So
he took various approaches, such as past life regression,
GPMs, NOTs, etc. and tried them out to see if he could get
that elusive "one shot clear" process. The result as
demonstrated by the "Bridge" used by what's left of his church
is a haphazard cobbling together of techniques into a sort of
serial shotgun method. He never seemed to have noticed that
"dub-in" extended far up the scale beyond the top of his
bridge. In fact, the term dub-in is itself an unfortunate
representation of the truth. The truth is that an thetan, any
spirit, is both individual and the infinite -- and as the infinite, it
is infinite creation! So "dub-in" is quite a bit more than
advertised! In fact, "dub-in" is an invalidation! The term could
be extended to cover all phenomena involved with case, and
therefore invalidates all attempts to handle it.
Flemming Funch also noticed this phenomenon of rampant,
out of control creation. Read these two paragraphs from
Technical Essay #54:
The thing is, when you stick your thetan-head out into the world of
spiritual phenomena you enter a world with multitudes of
deceptions, illusions, fragments, machines, and multi-dimensional
mishmash. You might seem to have access to infinite wisdom and
fantastic abilities, but you will seldom gain much of practical use
for your game. On the contrary you might very well be led off into a
never-never land of futile labyrinths with mirrored walls.
This world of confusion could be called the lower astral plane, or
the realm of entities or whatever. It could be called your own
universe, but that would probably be a mis-leading over-
simplification. At any rate, it seems to be filled with screwed-up
dead people, circuits, machinery, pictures, organizations,
perceptions and all sorts of other stuff.
This same phenomenon occurs in the between lives area.
Upon physical death a thetan reestablishes itself as a spiritual
being (I'm still studying why this happens, bear with me...),
which can be no higher than Individuality 120.0 on the scale,
and probably a lot lower in most cases because of identity. No
higher than Opinions, really. Unfortunately the area of the
scale between Individuality and human emotion is the
Thought band which like I said before is a vast rich area of
raw creation. And in that area of tone whatever is mocked up
will appear as one's universe for a significant portion of the
duration of between lives. So a christian will see heaven
and/or hell. A Tibetan will experience the Bardo. A scio will go
through implants, etc. Like Huggie said on ACT:
In this state," WHAT YOU BELIEVE IS WHAT YOU GET!"
Lately I've been getting clearer and clearer views of the upper
Thought band at Creation/Truth. The top of it is an infinity of
all possible creations. It's so intense I can't bring it fully into
human consciousness, much less describe it in words. It
impinges on my human (single viewpoint) as sheer chaos.
Anything you "ask for" at that level is created instantly as an
as-isness, which if you impinge it upon the physical universe
or your own home universe, will be alter-ised enough to
persist and become manifest. In the personal universe that's
just about instantly; in the PU that could take minutes, hours,
days, or years depending on your comm lag.
But now we've wandered off the subject into the related field
of magick...
Please read the appendix below with Dennis Stephens' view
of this phenomenon excerpted from TROM theory.
Ouran
back to index
Appendix: The hidden Influence: The self-fulfilling prophecy.
The phenomenon of Creation in the mind is the cause of what Dennis
Stephens talks about in this chapter taken from his book The Resolution
of Mind. This is first rate stuff:
In searching for the cause of his difficulties mankind has, over the centuries,
pointed his finger at almost everything. Its doubtful if anything has ever truly
escaped his baleful glare. The sun, the moon and the stars were early
contenders; later came demons, and things that go "boomp" in the night. Very
early on man discovered that there's not much future in assigning the cause of
his troubles to something that can be easily perceived, for the simple reason
that its too darned easy to refute the hypothesis! The field rapidly narrowed
down to those things not easily perceived: the hidden. Thus, the Hidden
Influence was born. To be really convincing, of course, a hidden Influence
should not only be hidden, but be, by its very nature, utterly impossible to
perceive. In that way the hypothesis that this thing is the cause of mankinds'
difficulties could never be refuted: no one could ever come along and
inconveniently announce that he'd perceived this thing and found it to be
entirely innocuous. The progress of science, endlessly bringing more and more
from the unknown into the realm of the known, has also tended to drive the
Hidden Influence more and more from the unknown into the unknowable.
Indeed, science itself has become a prime source of the 'unknowable' in its own
right. For example, science today claims that the basis of all personality ( and
therefore, presumably all difficulties ) is to be found in sub-microscopic particles
within the genes of the body - with the strong implication that even with a few
billion dollars worth of research grants, it is very doubtful if we'll ever be able to
truly perceive these things at all. Even if these sub-microscopic particles are
one day perceived and discovered to be harmless after all, a new Hidden
Influence will promptly be dreamed up to take their place. And so the game will
continue.
While the things postulated as Hidden Influences are either imaginary or truly
harmless, the game does little more than make people miserable; but when
these things actually do exist then its an entirely different story. For example,
everyone has been born, but few can recall the event in detail. So there is a
whole class of possible Hidden Influences to be found in the events everyone
knows to have happened, but few can recall ever having happened to
themselves. This class also has the advantage of no one being able to claim it
is imaginary, and so refute the hypothesis out of hand. In other words, the
concept is capable of convincing people of its truth - a prime necessity in the
field of Hidden influences. As this class of possible Hidden Influences is near
infinite, it is very fertile soil for anyone who has, for whatever reason, an urge to
create a convincing Hidden Influence. A number of possibilities in this direction
have already, if inadvertently, been explored. Amongst them are: sex, pain,
guilt, survival, unconsciousness. Others are being continuously added to the list
- as you will find, if you keep up to date with your psychological journals.
Please understand that I am not suggesting that the originators of these
theories were merely out to make a fast buck ( though many fast bucks are
there to be made by the unscrupulous who understand this mechanism ), for
many were dedicated researchers, and truly believed that their research had
found the answer to at least some of mankinds difficulties. No, my whole
purpose is merely to point out that the mechanism is not without its dangers.
Let us take being born for example. Now, to the best of my knowledge no
researcher has ever seriously claimed that being born was the prime cause of
mans' difficulties, though I would not be surprised if sooner or later one of them
did! For it does fulfill all the requirements of a good, convincing Hidden
Influence. Viz:
a) It has happened to everybody.
b) It is not easily recalled.
c) It does contain a certain amount of upset in its own right, quite apart from
what is said about it afterwards.

So you go up to a person and say: "The origin of your difficulties, Mr. Jones, are
to be found in your birth trauma. This, as the very first thing that ever happened
to you, must be the basis for all your later difficulties." He will immediately see
that what you say could just have a germ of truth in it. You then go on to add:
"Once we lift your birth trauma, then the basis of all your psychological
difficulties will be known to you, and all will promptly vanish."
It all sounds very plausible, does it not? But what happens when the person is
convinced that you are right? His birth trauma is now, in his own estimation,
elevated from whatever it originally was, into a thing of vast importance. It will
immediately become much more solid and persistent. It is entirely possible that
any pains he experienced in his birth trauma will immediately impinge upon his
body; and he will also experience the emotions, right then and there, that he
experienced in birth. This, of course, is taken as proof of the fact that the birth
trauma was the basis of his difficulties.
The prophecy becomes, in fact, self-fulfilling!
Now, do you see the danger? Whatever the effect, assuming it to be real and
not entirely imaginary, which is considered as the prime cause of the difficulties,
immediately becomes intensified in importance - and therefore in solidity and
persistence ( man, you just try to get rid of it now! ) - by the mere act of
considering it in such a manner. This is a very real danger, not only to the
patient but to the researcher himself. He himself might not have been totally
convinced by his hypothesis, but here is a person in front of his very eyes who
is proving him right!
So here is the danger:
What ever effect in the mind you choose as being causative over the beings'
behavior, immediately intensifies in solidity, persistence and command power,
and will tend to prove your hypothesis.
But, you might say, what about this therapy you are advocating, surely it ? . . .
No. I never said it. All I'm saying is that that which is considered important tends
to become more solid and persistent, and to have a command power over the
being.
I have never specified the importance.
Re-read the theory if you don't believe me. At no place in it am I pointing the
finger and saying, that is the basic importance. At no time am I postulating a
specific Hidden Influence. Oh yes, there are many things in your mind, which
are currently hidden from you, which influence your behavior. But only you
know what they are. And, what is more, only you are entirely capable of
becoming aware of these things, and so vanishing the influence.
You are, in fact, the greatest authority on your own mind. You created it, and
now maintain it with the same loving care that mothers reserve for their
offspring.
There are no Hidden influences that you are incapable of becoming aware of. If
it is influencing you, it is entirely possible for you to become aware of it and so
remove the influence. The concept of the Hidden Influence that, by its very
nature, you are incapable of being aware of is something dreamed up by people
who do not have your best interests at heart. They wish to scare you, and so
make you more easy to control. The game of the Hidden Influence is a very
insidious one; but a game it is. Its total purpose is to introvert your attention in
search of the undiscoverable, and so make you that much easier to overwhelm.
It is a law of life that a being is capable of sensing anything that can influence
that being. Otherwise it could not influence him. There are no "forces of
darkness" that you cannot sense; no things that go boomp in the night that you
cannot discover the nature of if you care to go and take a look.
There are no absolute importances either. There is no class of importances in
the mind that you can point a finger at and say "That is the cause of all the
trouble", without immediately escalating the importance of this thing, so granting
command power over you that could well stick you with it forever.
All importances are relative to all other importances; all are entirely a matter of
conviction, and all can be evaluated one against the other. As you do so your
mind, as an entity, will progressively vanish, and your full native abilities will be
restored to you.
The game of the Hidden Influence is basically the game of "Must know" versus
"Mustn't be Known'".

It seems that all probable realities exist in potential, but some more
actualized than others, perhaps by how widespread the consensus is.
Oh, God, oh hell, oh damn, you would have to bring this stuff up!! *groan* *sigh* Okay, here goes
nuthin'...
I am currently up to my eyebrows in that. I've managed to sort it out to the extent that I fairly certain
of two things:
1. all conceivable realities exist, but most of us are very focused on only a small handful of those
infinite spaces.
2. There are at least two layers of hellish dub-in between a spiritual being which is apparently
"located" in this physical universe, and perception of what is quote "real" endquote.
For any of you who might be familiar with traditional occult terminology, I have recently become
painfully aware of what is sometimes called the "abyss of hallucinations."
The totality of existence seems to be arranged like this:
There is a causal beingness which is all creation. This causal beingness plays a game of being aware
by dividing itself in a number of ways, placing some of its divided parts at "know", but others at
"unknowable". These parts are further divided by arranging for them to not know one another,
separating them and thus creating space(s). All spirits, all thought, all emotion, all efforts, all matter --
in an infinite number of universes -- are parts of this causal beingness. Individuals such as ourselves
are separated awarenesses which have self commanded (forget that paranoid implantation crap, that's
lower level stuff which occurs inside a physical universe) to not know, not be, all the other
awarenesses. In addition to that, individuals such as ourselves are also a spacial location inside a
universe, which is used as a point from which to view that universe. So there's two levels to a person:
the individual (which is "outside" the physical universe), and the individual's viewpoint in this space.
There have been anecdotal reports of people waking up in the higher beingness and discovering that
they as an individual are having a multitude of viewpoints in various places. A certain other
researcher who eventually failed was informed of this fact by some of his clients back in 1952 but the
poor redhead didn't follow up on the information, and spent the rest of his career attempting to
accomplish nothing beyond cleaning up people's dirtied locations assumed in the space of this
universe. Which is doomed to fail because the only thing which can clean the mud off the face of the
POV is the individual which is NOT inside the physical universe. Which is why to do zero point, by
the way! :)
The viewpoint in the universe has a number of serious problems which arise simply because it IS a
viewpoint. Reality is created WITHIN the aware beings, i.e. IT IS PERVASIVE in nature. So any
view which is separate from that viewed (object oriented perception) is both distorted and incomplete.
And because the perception of a viewpoint locked into a single physical universe's time track is so
bad, it denies almost as much as it fails to perceive, leading to the blacking out of much of its
awareness in present, past and future. Which leads us to that damned "abyss of hallucinations" again.
Instead of stripping away the blackness and invisibility used to make things unreal, the viewpoint uses
its immense powers of creativity to fantasize a new "reality" atop the blackness. Of course it is only a
reality for one (which is the true state of affairs at the top too, though the "one" at the top is everything
serenely aware of being fragmented.), and no other viewpoint sees what that viewpoint sees. Strictly
speaking, that's crazy.
This becomes really hairy when processing and meditating. As one's awareness increases two things
are happening simultaneously:
1. The viewpoint is waking up as the individual, which is aware of spaces and alternate realities
beyond this single physical universe time track.
2. The layers of blackness and invisibility is coming off unevenly, revealing hidden considerations of
disability and unawareness, which in turn is filtered through the ideas and fixed mental anchor points
which the viewpoint is clutching desperately to keep from spinning. These fixed ideas are used to
generate further hallucination by taking a disability or unawareness and clothing it in some sort of
fantasy narrative framework in order to explain it. Even if the "why" isn't hallucinated and an actual
past incident which occurred in the presence of the viewpoint is found, it is still a partial lie because
there is never any reason for a creation, and that includes the creation of a disability. To use another
groups terms: not only is there no prior reason or justification for an "overt" (a harmful act) which the
person commits, neither is there a prior reason for a motivator (a harmful event which happened "to" a
person). Reasons are all lies because there are no time tracks where the individual really exists. There
is only creation, which has no reasons. So the entire matter of "probable realities" as mentioned above
becomes little more than sorting out what creations are are intended to cover up other creations, which
of them are solo, which are shared, which belong to other individuals and have been *ahem*
"borrowed", and what assignments of sequence and association are assigned to various realities. That
latter is a higher level activity similar to the sorting out process undergone in what another group calls
"NOTs". Much of the advanced NOTs style handling in the group's splinters -- such as upper levels of
Capt Bill, and the Ananda rundowns -- are fully immersed in the mad activity of filtering their
perceptions of their own cases through fixed ideas (as I mentioned above), and these poor bastiches
dub in even worse things than the ghosts of dead space aliens. They get wins but they also get trapped
into fighting "evil" forces in their own minds, not unlike the practitioners of Kabbalah-based magick
with their Qliphoth. (At least they seem to be getting at correct assignments of what creations are
whose...)
This is the situation encountered by magicians when they start out, and is sometimes dubbed the
"lower astral plane." Calling it that, or calling it the Abyss of Hallucinations, doesn't explain it. Those
are just fancy names. The truth is that any beingness, whether a single viewpoint locked into one time
track or an individual separate awareness above time tracks, is a creator. You and I and everyone are
creators. And our activity is solely and only to create realities, apparently the more the better. Which
seems to have become quite a mess, as we have lost track of most of what we are creating.
Another take on emotions:
What I've found is that at a very high tone level a person is pervasive, i.e. they do not occupy a point
of view at a single location in space. Instead they occupy a whole space when "in" a universe.
Farther down the tone scale, and at most likely by Exhilaration 8.0, the person is only occupying a
single viewpoint in space. Almost by definition any tone higher than exhilaration would have to
occupy (be) more than a single location because it would be above the emotional range. Why?
Because an emotional tone is the service facsimile of the single viewpoint of the terminal, an
ATTITUDE derived from the person identifying self with a terminal. Let me repeat that because it is
important: an emotion is an attitude; and the attitude used at any tone is a "make self right", "self" in
this case being a terminal (GPM terminal) which the person has identified with in an A=A=A manner.
The emotional part of the tone scale represent a descending scale of increasingly solidified and
narrowing attitude held at a single location in space. As I've mentioned in several other places in the
Ghost Danse, a person is not restricted to any single tone on the scale. A person uses, and indeed IS
the whole tone scale -- and is apparently "at" whatever tone(s) they have their attention on. The
problem with most of the tone scale is the same one as the problem of occupying a single location in
space: the person is subaware of being (occupying) the abandoned territory in both cases.
It is in the emotional range -- which can be experienced in and by the body (4.0 to 0.0 range) -- where
the single viewpoint meets the range of effort. LRH's material sometimes puts forth the idea that effort
begins subdeath. This is not quite accurate. Subdeath is basically where emotion has dwindled to
nothing so that the only thing remaining is the effort. Effort actually begins to shade into/with emotion
at or around Antagonism 2.0.
The whole tone scale is a cycle, like a cycle of action -- which contains many smaller cycles within its
larger cycle. Within the tone scale's energy range (thought, emotion and effort), the cycles take on the
appearance roughly of:
start equivalent to dispersal,
change equivalent to flow, and
stop equivalent to ridge.
This is viewing the cycle as energy types.
(LRH in his PDC lectures [PDC #19 I believe] put forth the idea that the cycle of energy was flow-
dispersal-ridge. This is incorrect. Nevertheless LRH's observations were valid! It was his conclusion
which was false. I'm not sure what is the cause of what he observed, but LRH's observations of flows
going splat, then ridge are true enough. There is another example of an incorrect sequence: in
astrology, the signs run flow-ridge-dispersal. This is also incorrect. From this I tentatively posit that
these were both created deliberately wrong at some time in the past. Whether as a game, a persistence,
or an "implant" I have no opinion.)
Please note that the emotional tone scale begins with a single effortless cycle of attitude/single
viewpoint:
Exhilaration = dispersal
Enthusiasm = flow
Conservatism = ridge
... before the onset of efforting (which efforting is resistance and/or enforcement).
Therefore you can take an alternative view of plus emotion as being basic attitude, with negative
emotion being attitude plus effort. Interestingly, when the Co$ revamped dianetics to ask for earlier
somatic rather than earlier similar incident (narrative content), what they did was target effort, because
pains, sensations and misemotions all contain or are "in" the effort band of the tone scale. As the
church 60's definition of clear involves being no longer effect of the force in pictures, then one can see
that sort of clear is clear of unwanted or reactive effort.
Ouran

CAUSE AND EFFECT ON THE TONE SCALE

I have mentioned before how a spirit in the normal condition
we are accustomed to seeing places an operating location for
itself in each band of the tone scale:
It occupies a tone in the Causal band -- almost
always Individuality 120.0. At this tone it is a
separate thetan, an individual.
It occupies a tone in the Thought band -- in many
humans this will probably be Opinions 22.0 most of
the time.
It occupies a tone in the Emotional band -- via the
body, which can only rarely express and experience
anything other than the range from Enthusiasm 4.0
to Apathy .05.
It occupies a tone in the Effort band -- probably
somewhere between Controlling Bodies -1.5 to
Needing Bodies -4.0.
It also occupies a position in the Mystery band from
Hiding -8.0 to probably somewhere in the
Unknowable area. That position is unconscious!
In order to experience universes as a player, it must
also be occupying the very Bottom (the Deep),
where all opposition items are placed in a single
unity of NOT-EXIST.
The way a spirit often operates at cause is to use each band
location as a terminal of greater potential to create a flow
between it and the next terminal in the band immediately
beneath. Therefore the Thetan (Causal band) creates a
thought (Thought band), which triggers an emotional
response (Emotional band), which emotion is used to power
effort (Effort band) to achieve some unknowable / unbeable /
unhaveable (Mystery band) goal. Without this element of
hidden "cannot" in the Mystery area (ultimately arising out of
the Bottom) there can be no goals. Otherwise the Thetan
would instantly possess whatever it desired -- and there is no
game in that at all! This is the tone scale anatomy of the
GPM.
But wait, there's more! When a spirit is at effect instead of
cause -- like in a situation where it is experiencing "case",
reactive mind, neurosis, etc -- The chain of locations in the
bands has its energy running the other way. So when "keyed-
in" the spirit identifies something in the present with
something in the past that contains one or more bottom scale
elements where the person has refused to BE (confront,
know, occupy the beingness of), linking the person to that
condition:
Out of the deep the spirit is then occupying what I
call the Bottom, a location of nonexistence which is
both the metaphysical AND literal opposite of
separation from static (and created in the act of
separation from static I might add!).
That reacts against the position held by the spirit in
the Mystery band, inflicting unconsciousness on the
spirit, which unawareness travels up the scale
through the chain reaction...
Which unawareness reacts against the position
held in the Effort band, causing an effort band
energy flow which is most often felt as pain.
The Effort band's pain triggers misemotion in the
Emotional band.
The misemotion flows up into the Thought band to
that terminal, causing faulty considerations and bad
postulates.
These ideas in turn trigger shifts, separations and
fragmentations in beingness and identity which
operate as valences, entities and misidentified
others in the Causal band.
Got all that? This view of the actions of spirit against the
backdrop of the Expanded tone scale gives us a sort of
unified field theory equivalent -- for the above combines the
anatomy of engrams (dianetic case), the hidden basis of GPM
structures, and beingness based views (such as the NOTs
case) all at the same time. Please note that the Expanded
tone scale itself is nothing more than a decay scale which
was constructed by ourselves some time in the distant past. It
is not an absolute of any sort. But without the presence of the
Bottom, there would be no place to construct such a scale.
The scale exists between the poles of Native State (the
Static) which is unmanifested knowing and being "all" forever,
and the metaphysical opposite of manifested unknowing and
nonexistance (the Bottom). In GPMs the goal is placed in the
Bottom.
Ouran
back to index

WHAT IF THE TONE SCALE WASN'T LINEAR?

This has been bothering me for months now. I keep getting
glimpses of the tone scale being broken up into sections,
instead of one long continuous scale. And worse, I keep
seeing correspondences between specific tones in one
section and similar tones in another. I have to ask myself:
why? Why does Individuality 120.0 look so damned much like
Opinions 22.0? And why does Antagonism 2.0 look like both
of them in a weird way? What if it were a single cycle applied
to different levels? Then it would be a group of separate
cycles, each one following the same pattern within its "plane".
Is it really correct to say that they are higher and lower
"harmonics" of one another? And even if we do use LRH's
term, what the hell does it mean? I could be mentally lazy and
accept LRH's theory of "harmonics", but I've learned that the
old man made many mistakes in theory. Could this be another
one? Attaching the label "harmonics" to the phenomenon
does give it the appearance of meaning, but it doesn't really
say anything, does it? What the hell is REALLY going on
here?
I'm not going to "reason" it out either. Logic is a liar, as
Crowley pointed out almost a century ago. Instead I'm going
to lay them out side by side and see what I get. Lay it out and
LOOK. Perhaps the ancients were not total screwballs when
they talked about "planes" of existence. If reality consists of
multiple interpenetrating universes (spaces) arranged in a
gradient of increasing solidity, then what we might have is a
single cycle/triangle which manifests a little differently in each
of these spaces. I am considering this possibility because I
have already observed that prior/higher universes still exist for
me personally.
I already know that each section of the scale seems to
operate as a cycle of action. So they should correspond. Let's
see -- effectively they should match this pattern:
Start Affinity As-
is Dispersal
Change Communication Alter-
is Flow
Stop Reality Not-
is Ridge
Right? A first theta element, followed by a change or "flux" (as
Ogger put it) element, and then a final, decayed anti-theta
element. These are our basic triangle pattern in some of its
various manifestations. So I look at sections of the tone scale
and spot the correspondences, with each tone named being
roughly the start point of each subsection (very roughly!):
Static 320.0 Truth (Creation) 100.0
Exhilaration 8.0
Coexistence 160.0 Importances/Values 80.0
Enthusiasm 4.0
Individuality 120.0 Opinions/Games 22.0 - 20.0
Antagonism 2.0
Continuing below emotion:
Death 0.0 Being Nothing -20.0
Protecting Bodies -2.2 Surrender -80.0
Being Objects -10.0 Destruction -100.0
That gives us (in order): the Causal band, Thought band, the
Emotion band, the Effort band, and the Mystery band. But we
haven't reached the bottom of the scale! Good grief! That
indicates that there is ANOTHER level below Mystery! Look:
Evil -120.0
Delusions -160.0
Individuation of Self -320.0
This works, it totally works! But it also means I have to find
the dichotomy which creates that bottom section from -120.0
to -320.0, and insert it into the article "Primal GPMs".
Persist/destroy isn't the bottom dichotomy...
But what is? What could be below solid matter?
My tone scale research is leading me toward some rather
bizarre views of the tone scale:
1. The full tone scale is composed of sections, each
of which operates in a specific "plane" of reality.
2. These planes are mere viewpoints we take.
3. Each plane of the tone scale -- which is a plane
only because we are using a viewpoint creating it
there -- has existence only due to a specific
dichotomy which is the basis of that viewpoint.
4. Each plane or band of the tone scale is a decay
scale showing the cycle of action which occurs as a
result of taking its dichotomy and expanding it into a
triangle using the postulated characteristics of the
number 3.
5. There is really only one cycle -- based on the
number 3 -- which is repeated fractally throughout
all planes, bands and universes with which we have
contact. We are in contact with them simply
because that is what we are creating. To create
something different would put us in contact with
something else probably. This has nothing to do
with reality as agreement.
6. The top group of tones from tone 100 up are
merely different looks at the same thing and aren't
really sequenced in any particular order. They and
their sequence are only useful for people using
viewpoints. For that purpose they are valid.
7. Successful clearing causes the vanishment of all
this phenomena: the tone scale, the dynamics, the
time track, and the mechanics of auditing. Please
note that Rowland Barkley now operates directly
when clearing, using no crutches of mechanical
"tech". He clears the way Jesus is reported to have
cleared.
Ouran
back to index
updated 7/20/01

DICHOTOMIES, TRIANGLES & SCALE SECTIONS

Keep in mind that these things seem to blend into one another. For
instance "emotion" seems to begin faintly at around tone 16, which
really ought to be retitled "Aesthetic Feeling". The "personal self"
centered around Games/Opinions seems to begin around tone 40. So
treat many of the tone positions below as only approximations, or better
yet centers of focus, okay?
Native State (neither existence nor non-existence, no singularities nor
dualities whatsoever)
Causal band (BE)
Goal: "Exist!"
Dichotomy: Total existence vs total non-existence
Triangle: unity - duality - diversity? (1-2-3)
Triangle tone scale sections:
#1 - Static 320.0
Goal: "Exist!"
Dichotomy: Existence vs non-existence, Be vs Not-
Be
#2 - Coexistence/Individuality 160.0 - 120.0
Goal: "Separate!" ("I")
Dichotomy: One self vs individuals (separate
consciousness)
#3 - Awareness 110.0
Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!"
Dichotomy: Perception vs non-perception
Thought band (DO) [the only action of theta is decision/postulation]
Goal: "Create!"
Dichotomy: Truth vs alterations (lies)
Triangle: as-is - alter-is - not-is
#4 - Truth (Creation) 100.0 (as-is)
Goal: "Create!"
Dichotomy: Truth vs lies
(note: differentiation)
#5 - Importances/Values/Meaning 80.0 (alter-is, attachments
to the as-isness)
Goal: "Attach!" ("Import!" or "This means ____!")
Dichotomy: Meaning vs meaningless (importance,
an alteration, an association attached)
Triangle: perception (know) - attachment -
judgement (evaluation)
(note: association)
#6 - Imaging
Goal: "Image!" or "gelling!"
Dichotomy: a stopped or frozen creation vs
universes
Between 6 and 7 lies the "Abyss" of the magicians.
THE ABYSS
Goals numbers 7, 8 and 9 are spacial.
#7 - Viewpoints 28.0 - 16.0 (not-is, not being in some
locations, unattached i.e. disassociated there, while identified
[theta located] in another or others.)
Goal: "Myself!" (located)
Dichotomy: Personal self vs other selves (separate
viewpoint/location in space)
(note: identification in one or more locations,
disassociation elsewhere)
Emotion band (HAVE)
#8 - Felt distance 16.0 - 0.0
Goal: "Desire/Want!" (affinity)
Dichotomy: Love vs hate
Triangle: affinity - communication - reality
Tone scale sections:
Aesthetic feeling 16.0
Exhilaration 8.0
Goal: "Curious"?
Enthusiasm 4.0
Goal: "Desire"?
Antagonism 2.0 (reality [resistance] begins faintly at 2.0, and
through Apathy)
Goal: "Enforce"? (tones 2.0 through 1.1
Goal: "Inhibit"? (tones 1.0 through 0.1)
Goal: "No"? (tone 0.0)
Effort band (NOT-HAVE)
#9 - Control 0.0 - -10.0
Goal: "Survive!"
Dichotomy: Survive vs succumb
Triangle: responsible - control - know (by effort)
Death -0.0
Protecting Bodies -2.2
Being Objects -10.0 (actually to -16.0)
Mystery band (NOT-DO) range of unocnsciousness (Since "DO" is the
action of postulation, then the disability of theta which has become matter in the physical
universe is one of "can't postulate".)
#10 -
Being Nothing -20.0 to Total Hiding -40
Goal: no space!
Dichotomy: ?????
#11 - ??? -60.0
#12 - Surrender -80.0 (MEST is in a state of surrender?)
Goal: ?????
Dichotomy: ??????
#13 - Matter
Goal: "Solidify!" (thoughts on the Mud or "persist"
universe)
Dichotomy: Condense vs dissipate
Triangle: for matter is "solidify - persist - dissipate".
Destruction -100.0
Entropy
?????????
Shadow band (NOT-BE)
The shadow band is a psychotic reflection below the +100 to -100 range
of created reality. It corresponds to the Causal band.
Triangle: ??? - ???? - fragmentation?
#14 - Delusions -110.0
Goal: "Deceive!"
Dichotomy: Illusion (maya) vs apparency
#15 - Evil -160.0
Goal: "Dominate!"
Dichotomy: Domination vs submission
Filbert seems to have had these in the wrong order.
#16 - Individuation of Self -320.0 (soul level?)
Goal: ""?
Dichotomy: Other be vs Not-be?
Please note the cycle of existence in red: the BE triangle and then its
inversion. Wheels within wheels...

Ouran
back to index
Since this universe's goal is to survive, and what survives is a life form,
i.e. a combination of solid MEST and theta operating in the affinity range
(emotion), then survival can be seen as the EFFORT of theta to keep mest
experiencing emotion. See? Three ranges of the scale linked together there:
emotion, effort and MEST.
I'm sure you recall that the area of the tone scale just below Death 0.0 is
the EFFORT range.
So next one has to ask, what persists? MEST does. And if in the Mud universe
theta is operating in the 0.0 to -8 range of the tone scale, then the
"matter" in the Mud universe has to be one step below matter in this
universe. For the purposes of this discussion let's call that stuff "mudd"
(with two D's).
If the same pattern is followed in the Mud universe, then "persistence"
(goal: "to persist") would be the solidification of theta to keep "mudd"
efforting.
Please note that
if the pattern of reality in the Mud universe follows the pattern of higher
universes, then mudd would be immensely more solid than MEST, yet MEST would
interpenetrate mudd easily, the same way higher levels such as effort and
emotion can occupy the same space as MEST in this universe.
happy nightmares. ;-)
Ouran

TONE BAND CROSSOVERS

I've mentioned before how the different bands of the tone scale blend
into one another. Okay, here's a table showing that.

50.0 Agony (lost pervasion)
40.0 Serenity of Beingness (perfect
affinity*)
30.0 Consideration (viewed
postulates)
26.0 Apparencies are Reality
24.0 Universes
22.0 Opinions
20.0 Spirit of Play
16.0 Aesthetic Feeling
8.0 Exhilaration
4.0 Enthusiasm
3.0 Conservatism
2.5 Boredom
2.0 Antagonism
1.5 Anger
1.0 Fear
0.5 Grief
0.0 Death
-1.0 Blame
-1.4 Punishing Objects (Bodies)
-1.5 Controlling Objects (Bodies)
-2.2 Protecting Objects (Bodies)
-3.0 Owning Objects (Bodies)
-3.5 Approval From Objects (Bodies)
-4.0 Needing Objects (Bodies)
-5.0 Worshipping Objects (Bodies)
-6.0 Sacrifice
-8.0 Hiding
-10.0 Being Objects
-20.0 Being Nothing
-30.0 Can't Hide
-40.0 Total Hiding
-60.0 Should Hide
-80.0 Surrender
-100.0 Destruction
-120.0 Evil
-160.0 Delusions
-320.0 Individuation of Self
-360.0 Being Entities
-400.0 Spiritual Death (out the bottom)

/
single viewpoint
plus emotion
\
/
Attitude:
(viewpoint fixed by
effort/resistance)
\
/
|
|
Circuit
(dead thetan)
|
|
|
\
/
|
|
Matter
|
|
\
/
|
Fragmentation
|
\
Loss of the viewpoints of others
\
|
Single viewpoint
|
|
/
\ (first faint feeling, very high
frequency)
|
Emotion
|
/
\
|
|
Emotion plus effort (negative
emotion)
|
/
\
|
Effort
|
|
/
\
|
Effort plus Unconscious (Mystery)
|
/
\
|
Unconscious
|
/

Qliphoth & grouped demons

*This is a state of equanimity which has perfect affinity for the viewpoints and dimension
points of everyone, despite having lost the ability to BE them at will. Please note that
affinity implies distance. Below tone 40 one's space shrinks gradually.
In regards to the tones from -120 down: please note that -120.0 Evil is
the BEGINNING or START of the final cycle of action in the tone
scale. Since the beginning point of any cycle is always the theta
equivalent inside that cycle (see Ghost Danse #7), contemplate what
sort of cycle begins with evil as its most theta existence!
Ouran
back to index

CASE AT EACH PRIMAL GOAL

My friend Ingrid casually mentioned one day that all case was
resistance. That set me to considering it. I'd been thinking
basically the same thing, but calling it by different names. I'd
say "not-is" in one context, and "force" in another... But it did
all boil down to various types of resistance. So I decided to
lay out resistance against each of the primal goals.
#1 goal "exist!"
Resistance at the level of infinite existence is HAVINGNESS.
Losses, emptiness. This is the biggest impediment
to clearing because it causes the person to mock
up their case again.
#2 goal "separate!"
Resistance at the level of separation is INDIVIDUATION.
The only one. The lonely one.
#3 goal "perceive!" (aware! know!)
Resistance at the level of perception is UNKNOWING.
Unknowableness. Non-confront.
#4 goal "create!"
Resistance at the level of creation is NOT-ISNESS.
Refusal of responsibility of creation.
#5 goal "import!" (meaning!)
Resistance at the level of meaning and significance is
IMPORTANCE.
The more important something is, the more it is
enforced and its alternative resisted.
#6 goal "myself!" (locate!)
Resistance at the level of self is IDENTITY (terminals).
Who are you being (valence), and whose opinions
& viewpoints you have acquired without fully
viewing them.
#7 goal "communicate!"
Resistance at the level of communication is DISAGREEMENT
(on the CDEI scale).
Agreed-upon reality is enforced.
#8 goal "survive!"
Resistance at the level of survival is FORCE (counter-effort).
This is classic counter-efforts.
#9 goal "solidify!"
Resistance at the level of persistance is GRAVITY.
Even thoughts become heavy solids. Hubbard
noticed this, from Dianetics Today: "The tendency
of the physical universe is condensation and
solidification. At least this is the effect produced on
the individual." And yes I do mean physical universe
gravitation, what sticks your body to the ground.
#10 goal "make nothing of!"
Resistance at the level of hallucination is SUPPRESSION.
Below solid matter lies the bottom solidity of evil
intention. This is a weird inversion of the #1 goal.
Ouran
back to index

ALTERNATE NAMES OF PRIMAL PAIRS

This is simply an attempt to list the different ways these primal
dichotomies can be expressed. This is limited to English. That
is the only language in which I am fluent, but this should
provide people who think in other languages a better
framework for translation.
When I say "as resistance" I mean that it is how the
dichotomy appears (seems to be) when filtered through the
third leg of its triangle as not-is, force, etc.
#1
existence vs non-existence
total existence vs total non-existence
be vs not be
all that exists vs nothingness
nothing vs everything
zero vs infinity
potential vs actual (real)
emptiness/loss vs havingness (as resistance)
(top dichotomy apparently also contains unity vs duality)
#2
one self vs individuals
one vs many
one consciousness vs separate consciousnesses
#3
perception vs non-perception
know vs not-know
aware vs unaware
consciousness vs unconsciousness
knowledge vs ignorance
confront vs non-confront (as resistance)
#4
create vs destroy
cause vs effect
power vs inability to create and effect
responsibility of creation vs irresponsibility of creation
truth vs lies (as resistance)
#5
meaning/import vs meaningless
quality vs no quality
important vs unimportant (as resistance)
good vs evil (evaluation, another resistance)
justice vs injustice (evaluation, another resistance)
#6
personal self vs other selves
personal self vs everything else
I vs not-I
self vs another
single location in space vs pervasion
personal universe vs material universe
thetan vs the universe
one space vs infinite spaces
small (space) vs large, i.e. being very small vs being very
large, or tiny vs endless
#7
love vs hate
affinity vs antipathy
approaching vs avoiding
near vs far
agreement vs disagreement (as resistance)
#8
survive vs succumb
live vs die
living body vs corpse
#9
persist vs destroy
solidify vs dissipate
condense vs entropy
tidy objects vs nuclear holocaust (as resistance)
#10
too much vs not enough
resisted existence vs resisted nothingness
other be vs not-be
not-me vs not be
make everything of me being you vs make nothing of you
being me
That bottom one is still hard for me to confront. Grant me lots
of beingness if I've screwed it up. When I was first reaching
for it I went and talked to Max Sandor in an attempt to get
help. Naturally his words were just the opposite of what I was
expecting! I was asking about the bottom in terms of horror
and loathing. He replied in terms of richness and appreciation.
I find that quite amusing now.
Ouran
back to index

ANOTHER NON-LINEAR LOOK - FOR EX-SCIOS

The expanded tone scale is not a single scale. It is a series of
decay scales, one atop the other, each of which is decay of a
specific mental item. The oldest known part of the scale in
Scn is the emotional tone scale. It is a scale of feeling which
begins around tone 16 with aesthetic sensation and decays
down through exhilaration, enthusiasm, conservatism,
boredom, antagonism, anger, fear, sympathy, grief, apathy
and death. These emotional tones supply the motivation (not
motivator as in overt/motivator, but rather
motivation as in "desire for action") for taking actual actions in
the physical universe. Taking action in the physical universe
is itself an "effort". By effort I do not mean a resisting struggle
(technically that
would be a "counter-effort") but simply that energy used to
accomplish things, which in its highest form is a rather
"effortless" effort. ;-)
Directly under the emotional band of the tone scale is another
scale, for effort. Its highest point appears to be responsibility
as blame and accountability when viewed from an emotional
perspective; that is to say,
when it is viewed from a viewpoint held in the emotional
scale. It doesn't look that way when viewed from within the
effort band however. Effort can appear low toned when
viewed from an emotional viewpoint. Which is why the
subdeath tones were written up in Scn as horrors. But they
only seem like horrors from an emotional perspective. Effort is
its own cycle, its own decay scale. When viewed from outside
of emotion, it's highest point is TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY.
This is the ep of the CCHs, which address the effort band via
CONTROL.
The tone scale band below effort is that of unconsciousness
and matter. The tone scale band above emotion is that of
"viewpoint in space", also known as a thetan, which is a
decay scale from serenity at 40 down to single viewpoint at
16. This gives us a series of bands via which we operate:
Viewpoint/Thetan, which assumes a position in
space (40 to 16)
Emotion, which is an attitude held at that position in
space and is used in
turn to motivate (16 to 0)
Effort, which is used to move (0 to probably -8 or -
10)
Matter, which is your body and car and computer.
There is much more tone scale above the Viewpoint band.
Very high up it, at tone 110, is KNOW without a via. Below
tone 110, all knowing is on a via, by Looking, by feeling
(emotingness), by Sexing, by Symbolizing, etc etc...
When using Hubbard's KRC triangle, please understand that
K is the weak link, and that the high point of that cycle is R. It
is unfortunate that the scale was written the way it is, because
tone -1 is usually viewed as something bad, whereas in fact it
is high toned IN ITS CYCLE! So the high points/top tones of
each of those bands above matter are:
Viewpoint = Serenity of Beingness, tone 40
Emotion = Aesthetic Sensation (beauty), tone 16
Effort = Total Responsibility (effortless or
resistanceless), tone 0
As you might have noticed, the bottom of the Viewpoint cycle
is the top of the Emotion cycle at tone 16; and the bottom of
the emotion cycle at Death 0.0 is the top of the effort cycle at
Total Responsibility 0.0. These are the points where they
convert into one another.
To summarize: the expanded tone scale can be viewed as a
single scale, but if this is done then a person will usually view
themselves and others as being only at ONE location on that
scale. That is a less than perfect idea. The truth is that a
person has a viewpoint in space, and they have emotions,
and they have an approach to effort when handling matter. So
a person is occupying a position in each band, in each cycle.
Processing can then be seen to be bringing the PC up to the
top in EACH SEPARATE CYCLE.
Cleared efforts leads to an effortless control and
responsibility at 0.0 in the Effort band.
ep: TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY
Cleared emotions leads to an emotional beauty
which is very calm and joyful at tone 16.
ep: TOTAL AFFINITY
Cleared viewpoint in space leads to the expanded
self viewpoint and limitless affinity for other persons
at tone 40.
ep: TOTAL IDENTITY.
It is unfortunate that this data has not been previously known,
and confusion has arisen, with the effortless control and
responsibility of the top of the effort band often being called
"tone 40", which it is NOT. It is actually tone ZERO. heh heh!
But don't let that top=death apparency worry you. Because
the tone scale is NOT a single cycle. It is a series of cycles,
each concerned with its own sphere of activity. Take your
PCs to the top within each cycle.
Ouran
back to index

THE TRUE TOP

The actual top dichotomy is CREATE/DESTROY.
This is senior to all other pairs, which are indeed mere
creations which result from CREATE/DESTROY.
This means that the hidden top of the tone scale is at +100.
It seems to have worked this way... Initially there is a creation,
which is the goal end of the dichotomy. In order to obtain a
persistence, the creation must be altered. Part of this is that
the tone scale gets reflected upward into an illusion of three
pairs above it (nothing/everything, one
consciousness/individuality, and aware/unaware). At this point
CREATE/DESTROY itself gets altered and hidden behind a
new tone (and its dichotomy) which becomes tone 100. This
new dichotomy is TRUTH/LIES. Filbert calls the tone TRUTH,
because the goal end of it is TRUTH. Please notice that the
goal has swapped ends!
I want to make that last point very clear, so here it is again:
Dichotomy: Goal:
CREATE/DESTROY CREATE
TRUTH/LIES TRUTH
"So what?" you ask. So here's what:
CREATE = LIES
TRUTH = DESTROY
So the original goal is to LIE! This has been hidden and
replaced with a false goal of TRUTH! But people don't really
want the truth as a general rule; they prefer their lies. Only
perverted, anti-life, anti-games seekers like Gotama are
actually looking to destroy the lies with the truth! Please
notice that it is quite a valid technique of liberation to swap
ends of these dichotomies and pursue the antigoals. The
eventual end result should be the merging of the two ends
into a singularity.
I spotted this while studying Ifa and immediately emailed it to
Max Sandor, framed in the terms of Ifa rather than the tone
scale. Of the 16 basic archetypes in Ifa, there is a certain one
which is labeled as the first. I spotted that this wasn't true, that
a different one was first. He was flabbergasted. I had
apparently just told one of the secrets of Ifa which I wasn't
supposed to know because I am not an initiated babalawo!
But truth is truth -- and I am a very destructive person. And
therefore I am also a very creative person. Work BOTH ends
of all dichotomies to merge/neutralize them and regain cause
over them.
As a sidebar to the above, since The tones above +100 are
false (creations reflected upward), then the tones below -100
are also false, and have no real existence. They are maya,
reflected down to the bottom opposite the false tones of the
top. These tones of Evil, Delusion, Individuation of Self, and
Being Entities are so false that they only appear in the
physical universe as manifestations of insanity. They are the
flipside of the created "highest" tones in the Causal band.
The span of reality is between +100 Truth (CREATION) and -
100 Destruction (LIES). Notice how the names are confused
on Filbert's scale? He named Truth as +100, and Destruction
as -100 -- both of which are the SAME end of the basic
dichotomy (TRUTH = DESTROY). And that is the action of
successful processing and meditation: truth destroys created
lies. The truly bizarre thing about both these two tones is that
each of them contains BOTH ends of their dichotomy fully
visible. So Filbert did not screw up, he merely failed to make
the expanded tone scale clear and easy to understand.
Ouran
back to index
EXISTENCE
Description:
Existence vs non-existence. Also expressible as "total existence vs total non-existence", "be vs not
be", or even "nothing vs infinity." Manifestation out of Native State. This is behind everything... This
one is so deep I can't think of any process which can fully resolve it. This is not only far above human
reality, its problem is almost incomprehensible. The first half, "existence", appears to be an infinity of
any and all qualities one might want to name. The second half, "non-existence", appears to be a zero,
a total stillness which LRH described as a static. BE, which is to say a goal reading something like "to
have existence", is pursued heavily by most people. It's very rare (and disturbing) to see anyone
switch to the opposing goal and pursue NOTHING. So to make anything vanish is experienced as a
"loss" reacting on this goal (which is basic to all losses of all kinds). This of course affects the person
at their PU terminal as well (personal self/thetan located in space), usually as some variant of
Shakespeare's famous scene in Hamlet. ;-) The highest processes of which I know only achieve the
static, but do not resolve this dichotomy into Native State. Gotama (the Buddha) is alleged to have
resolved this one. I have no opinion about whether he succeeded. Max Sandor, in his novel "The Logs
of JD Flora" expressed this awareness: "Nobody can leave who wants to leave. Nobody can leave who
wants to stay." ... "Not wanting to leave, not wanting to stay, I will cease to create my existence."
Goal: "Exist!" "to have everything!"
Alternate names:
existence vs non-existence
total existence vs total non-existence
be vs not be
all that exists vs nothingness
nothing vs everything
zero vs infinity
potential vs actual (real)
emptiness/loss vs havingness (as resistance)
(top dichotomy apparently also contains unity vs duality)
Goal: "Exist!"
Dichotomy: Total existence vs total non-existence
Triangle: unity - duality - diversity? (1-2-3)
Tone: Static 320.0
Goal: "Exist!"
Dichotomy: Existence vs non-existence, Be vs Not-Be
Case characteristics:
#1 goal "exist!"
Resistance at the level of infinite existence is HAVINGNESS.
Losses, emptiness. This is the biggest impediment to clearing because it causes the person to
mock up their case again.
Processes:
1. Existence vs non-existence (total existence/total non-existence), nothing vs everything, zero vs
infinity. Goal: "Exist!" as "to have everything" (basic
havingness)
Power process: What is? / What isn't? (McMaster)
(This would appear to be a potential "one shot clear" process due to its all-encompassing
command. If you could get it to run on all levels.)
A process to try: Tell me a nothing. / Tell me an infinity.
Or as an OT drill: Locate a static. / Locate an infinity. (I deliberately wrote this to be quite
insidious. "Locate" means place inside a space,
which cannot actually be done in either case! The intention here is therefore to lure the PC into
expanding beyond existence.)
CREATION
Description:
Truth vs lies (upper thought band, creation). Here we have the basis of all reality, in the archetypical
area. This dichotomy is the basis of the as-is, alter-is, not-is triangle. It is from this point on the tone
scale that I write all of these Ghost Danse articles. Therefore please be advised that all the views on
the causal area above this point are distorted. Nothing above this point is perfectly expressible in
words by anyone. Goal: "Create!"
Alternate names:
create vs destroy
cause vs effect
power vs inability to create and effect
responsibility of creation vs irresponsibility of creation
truth vs lies (as resistance)
Goal: "Create!"
Dichotomy: Truth vs alterations (lies)
Triangle: as-is - alter-is - not-is
Truth (Creation) 100.0 (as-is)
Goal: "Create!"
Dichotomy: Truth vs lies
(note: differentiation)
#4 goal "create!"
Resistance at the level of creation is NOT-ISNESS.
Refusal of responsibility of creation.
Processes:
4. Truth vs lies. Goal: "Create!"
Power process: Tell me a source. Tell me about it. / Tell me a no source. Tell me about it.
(McMaster)
Eps: "Tell me a source" - Cognition is "I am source". // "Tell me a no source" - Cognition is "The
source which I am is not in this universe,
and is not this identity I am being."

I'd advise refreshing the definitions of "as-isness" (Scn) and "create" (normal
dictionary). Then run this:
"Create a truth."
"Tell me about it."
"Destroy a lie."
"Tell me about it."
When you get a result on one of the commands, acknowledge it, then continue running
only the other command until it too gets the end result.
Creative processes of all sorts are drills.
CONSCIOUSNESS
Description:
One self vs individuals (separate consciousness). Also perceptible as "no space vs infinite space".
Separation from static into Coexistence. Even though fragmentation into entities occurs near the
bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its resulting GPM which are subtly involved in entity
problems such as attachment and obsession by "BTs." The entire subject of self is from this
dichotomy, and all the problems of such derive either directly or indirectly from this. This would seem
to literally create separated spaces. "... the consideration that Theta is individual Thetans" --Raymond
J. Krenik, Jr. Goal: "Separate!"
Alternate names:
one self vs individuals
one vs many
one consciousness vs separate consciousnesses
Coexistence/Individuality 160.0 - 120.0
Goal: "Separate!" ("I")
Dichotomy: One self vs individuals (separate consciousness)
#2 goal "separate!"
Resistance at the level of separation is INDIVIDUATION.
The only one. The lonely one.
Processes:
2. One self vs individuals, one vs many (no space vs infinite space). Goal: "Separate!"
This pair gets dramatized as "We are all one" versus "I am alone/unique".
Power style, try this: What is alone/separate. / What is one/united?
"tell me a unity/tell me about it; tell me a separation/tell me about it" to ep on BOTH commands!
Or maybe "tell me what everyone knows/tell
me about it; tell me what everyone doesn't know/tell me about it; tell me what one person
knows/tell me about it; tell me what one person
doesn't know/tell me about it" commands along those lines. That second group uses #3 dichotomy
as a lead-in to the #2.This needs much
more research...
Readers without a scio background should perhaps skip this message. It refers to data which is only
found in Scn, and it is written VERY densely.
The way to erase "invalid creations" is to create them. This relates directly to what the Pilot said that
one does not have to BE in order to DO.
Using the model of the expanded tone scale, the "highest" tones (the BE tones) of +400, +320, +160,
+120 and +110 are all false (reference: http://www.censorthis.com/ouran/GD45.html ). They are all
creations resulting from the placing of static at BE... which it isn't. Static located in any manner is no
longer static.
The actual top of the tone scale, out of which the entire thing is generated, is the tone +100, which
Filbert calls Truth, which I call Creation, and between those two names there is no conflict
whatsoever except perhaps in a reader's mind, not in mine. I have merged the polarity (PP) of
Create/Destroy and can report to you that the *apparent* conflicts between the extremes of that PP --
which can be expressed in words as create/destroy, create/uncreate, lies/truth, etc. -- are mere
apparency. Uncreation IS creation. Lies are creations. Truth is a creation. Destruction is a creation. It
is all "create", which is found at +100 on the tone scale.
All of the tones above +100 are creations. All of the tones below +100 are creations. Create is the top
"button", the single attribute and action of life.

Create's PP like I said can be expressed a number of ways, the most common of which seem to be
create/destroy, create/uncreate, and lies/truth.
Create's triangle, which describes its cycle of action (which runs on the CDEI decay scale) is "as-is,
alter-is, (not or un)-is".
So BE is a creation. There is only DO. The only action of DO is Create, which is "decision", also
called "postulation". But decision and postulation are partial illusions caused by viewing the action
(DO) of creation through a viewpoint in space.
BE and HAVE only seem to be realities when a person is polarized. When the polarity (PP) of
existence/non-existence behind the BE/DO/HAVE triangle is merged, its extremes become one again
(be and have still exist, but are no longer problems), and the middle of the triangle of that polarity
(DO) becomes its characteristic once again. All PPs resolve to their DO aspect as the extremes merge
and are neutralized.
The DO of create/destroy is nonstop creation, also known as alter-is. Look around at the physical
universe. It's continuously changing isn't it? Welcome to alter-is, to true creativity.
The physical universe is the opposite pole of creation. Notice that on Filbert's expanded tone scale that
the tone -100 is called Destruction? So there's your first range of reality: from +100 at Create to -100
at Destroy. But since Filbert called +100 Truth (I call it Creation, not Filbert), then in order to be
consistent he perhaps should have named -100 Lies instead of Destruction? Perhaps, but that would be
logical and logic is a creation too. The truth is that tone -100 is both Destroy AND Lies, and because
it is both, it is the foundation of the physical universe. Both poles of create/destroy or truth/lies are
found at the extreme tones of +100 and -100.
MEST (matter/energy/space/time) is at -100 on the tone scale. It is there as Effect. MEST is at +100
on the tone scale as Cause. I realize that made no logical sense, but it is truth, which is senior to logic.
I call the tones below -100, the "Shadows", as they consist of insane reflections of the tones which are
above +100. They are illusions, and "Qliphoth" in Kabbalistic terms. The Hebrew Tree of Life is an
attempt to depict what scios call the tone scale. I have most of it worked out; it's lying around
somewhere on this computer... It'll end up on the site eventually.
Malkuth for instance is tone -100! (These words may not mean much to ex-scios who have never
studied the Kabbalah, but I'll bet Zivorad, who has studied it, is saying "I knew that" and smiling as he
read it!)
So there is no real conflict among these systems, merely differences in the way they are expressed in
words. And the words are not the realities, to paraphrase Alfred Korzybski.
So... how to erase these "invalid creations"? Discover exactly what you are creating. When you do,
create it. Remember your Hubbard back in the days when he wasn't nuts (the early 1950s): if you wish
to STOP something, practice START and CHANGE on it until it is under your control. Additionally,
the PP data generated by both PEAT and my private research indicates that the beginning and end of
any cycle of action/triangle (true triangles are always cycles of action) are the parts which become
polarized. So if you get sight of even a little bit of one of these "invalid creations" then take it up as a
problem and run PEAT on it! Zivorad has given us a marvelous tool to use. Thank you very much
Zivorad! :)))
Use it.
Ouran
Let's talk about attachment! Way back when, a guy
named Hubbard had spoken of "alter-is", but never went
into any great depth about its mechanisms. 2 1/2
thousand years before that the Buddha had spoken at
length about attachment, and also something which is
translated into English as "fermentations" in the
mind.
They were both talking about the same thing, though I
suspect Buddha knew far more on the subject than
Hubbard.
There is a thing that a person does. It is one of the
most fundamental actions in the mind, we do it
constantly, and we pay little or no attention to it
while we are doing it. The action is one of taking one
thing and attaching it to another.
A person can take a postulate and attach an idea to
it, thereby altering the postulate (and making it
persist).
spot it.
A person can take an idea and attach it to a tiny
speck of mental mass, the result being a thought which
the body can think with.
Spot it.
A person can take an idea and tag an emotion to it, so
that the idea always creates that emotion.
Spot it.
A person can take a primal creative energy, and flavor
it with restriction so that it affects only certain
spheres, such as "love and hate", or "survival and
death". (yes, the PPs)
Spot it.
This mechanism is senior/above/behind case. Combine
this single mechanism, with knowledge of the CDEI
scale of "thirst" (what is normally translated as
desire from buddhist texts) and how to unravel that,
and one would probably have duplicated the heart of
Buddha's tech. Always remember that the CDEI scale is
the decay scale of goals, and that the PPs are goals!
So what creates the "thirst" / the CDEI scale??????
Why do goals decay and polarize???? I wish I knew.
Still looking...
AWARENESS
Description:
Perception vs non-perception (this is from Buddhism, but maybe predates Gotama). Also called know
vs not-know. You could also call it aware vs unaware. Creates the Know to Mystery scale. Filbert
claims that LRH was wrong about what all wisdom boiled down to, and that the most fundamental
word of wisdom is "Aware!", which is this level. Damned close, but "Exist!" is senior. That's okay,
Filbert is seeing and operating a hell of a lot higher than LRH! (see "Survive vs succumb" below)
Alternate names:
perception vs non-perception
know vs not-know
aware vs unaware
consciousness vs unconsciousness
knowledge vs ignorance
confront vs non-confront (as resistance)
Tone:
Awareness 110.0
Dichotomy: Perception vs non-perception
#3 goal "perceive!" (aware! know!)
Resistance at the level of perception is UNKNOWING.
Unknowableness. Non-confront. Mystery.
Processes:
3. Perception vs non-perception, know vs not-know. Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!"
Power style, try this: Tell me an awareness. / Tell me an unawareness.
Also plug in "know": What is known? / What is unknown?
OT drill:
"Be aware at your location in space."
"Be aware that you are unaware in all other spacial locations than that location. Decide to 'not-
know' all of those locations."
"Change your mind and decide to reverse that by not-knowing at your location in space, while
being aware in all other locations."
Alternate those two conditions until you experience an expansion.
Lots of early 50's processes address this. Look them up in the old PABs.
MEANING
Description:
Alteration by attachment of one creation to another. Most people are going to read about this and
consider that they apply to their thoughts. Well they do ALSO apply to their thoughts as a lower scale
mockery of this level. This is not really about those thoughts which occur in your body's head. These
meanings are pervasions which alter decisions which are energies that power/create the span of reality
itself. As body thoughts: Meaning (import) vs meaningless (middle thought band, alteration). Or
perhaps this is quality versus no quality. Also important vs unimportant. Single/combined or
simple/complex on the subject of creations. Here we have the basis of values, in the archetypical area.
The triangle is: perception (of the creation), evaluation (alteration of creation), judgement. This can
also be expressed as good vs bad, beauty vs ugliness, and valuable vs worthless, etc. There's a lot of
thought level charge built upon this into a GPM. As this is above "personal self vs other selves" there
is no way any personal identity is going to solve this dichotomy -- please view what is sometimes
called "christ consciousness" for the solution. The primary mechanism of getting an as-isness to
persist is to "tag" it with meaning. "This means before." "This means after." "This means good." "This
means bad." "This is important." "This means I didn't create it." "This has value." "This means I don't
know it." "This means... This means... This means... " Etc. etc. etc. ... This is a secondary creation atop
a first one, an alter-is, which obtains persistence for a creation, for an as-isness. Buddha is seen
admonishing his monks against this action in the Mulapariyaya Sutta. Goal: (I'm Having difficulty
expressing this one perfectly, so as close as I can get it right now is) "Import!" or "to Judge!" ("This
means ____!") "Attach!"?
Alternate names:
meaning/import vs meaningless
quality vs no quality
important vs unimportant (as resistance)
good vs evil (evaluation, another resistance)
justice vs injustice (evaluation, another resistance)
TONE: Importances/Values/Meaning 80.0 (alter-is, attachments to the as-isness)
Goal: "Attach!" ("Import!" or "This means ____!")
Dichotomy: Meaning vs meaningless (importance, an alteration, an association attached)
Triangle: perception (know) - attachment - judgement (evaluation)
(note: association)
Case characteristics:#5 goal "import!" (meaning!)
Resistance at the level of meaning and significance is IMPORTANCE.
The more important something is, the more it is enforced and its alternative resisted.
Processes:
5. Meaning (import) vs meaningless, important vs unimportant. Goal: "Import!" ("This means ____!")
Power style, try this: Tell me something important. / Tell me something unimportant.
This is a HUGE area of mental templates and archetypes (middle thought band of the tone scale).
This is NOT the assignment of meaning to
a location in space occupied by something -- that is symbolizingness. These meanings are
timeless/above time. The R6 implants seem to be
held in this area. Please understand one thing about implants: they can have no effect whatsoever
upon a spirit which is empty and without
mental structure. But once these goal pairs are in place, they give the implant something to latch
onto. What an implanted dichotomy latches
onto is this primal fact about ideas caused by the #1 goal pair: EVERY IDEA IS A SPLIT INTO
A POSITIVE AND A NEGATIVE
EXISTENCE. For example there is no idea "light" or idea "dark"; those are half ideas. The actual
idea is "light/dark". That's how the mind
is created, via these pairs. That's why pairs of opposites must be tapped to resolve mind. That
single fact is behind all goals and GPM
phenomena. Once an existence is created as a division into two like that, then it can be further
altered with doingness verbs. Remember: the
basic triangle behind the scale of existence (tone scale) is the BE-DO-HAVE triangle. That is the
hidden engine running the whole show
from dichotomy #1.
VIEWPOINT
Description:
Personal self vs other selves (lower thought band, separate viewpoint/location in space). Perhaps this
should be better described as "personal self versus everything else". This is the dichotomy directly
senior to "actual" GPMs. It is activated by having only a single viewpoint, i.e. an identity such as an
actual GPM terminal. The actual GPM terminal is most likely created by whatever laid in this GPM
dichotomy. There have been reports for almost 30 years of processees reliving incidents where they
started the incident as a big being who is a whole crowd of people, and end the incident only being
one of that crowd. Please note that though this superficially resembles separation from static, it is not
the same thing. Beingness above this dichotomy is pervasive, below it there is only a single near point
location in space from which reality is viewed. (The Thought band is a complete cycle of action and
decays scale for thought. The third, lower portion of the thought band consists of the dead mass of
postulation. Is this it? An identity at Opinions is a postulate mass? Perhaps not. The result of
postulation would be solidified creation. But what would be its goal????? The answer would lie in
what occurs at tone 50...) Goal: "Myself located!" (to be there!)
Flemming Funch discusses this dichotomy in Technical Essay #42 "Beingnesses":
When you assume a viewpoint it implies that there are points you are not viewing from.
Those are called dimension points.
The separation of viewpoints and dimension points creates space and it allows an
interchange to occur. The viewpoints can have considerations about the dimension points
and the dimension points provide something for the viewpoint to experience.
It usually gets more involved than that. Various viewpoints and dimension points get
grouped together and the being decides to be all of it and pretend that it is one thing. That
is
what we could call an identity. One is being that and not being everything else. The "not
being" part is the outside world that the identity is dealing with.
Alternate names:
personal self vs other selves
personal self vs everything else
I vs not-I
self vs another
single location in space vs pervasion
personal universe vs material universe
one space vs infinite spaces
small (space) vs large, i.e. being very small vs being very large, or tiny vs endless
Tone range: Viewpoints 40.0 - 16.0 (not-is, not being in some locations, unattached i.e. disassociated
there, while identified [theta located] in another or others.)
Goal: "Myself!" (located)
Dichotomy: Personal self vs other selves (separate viewpoint/location in space)
(note: identification in one or more locations, disassociation elsewhere)
#6 goal "myself!" (locate!)
Resistance at the level of self is IDENTITY (terminals).
Who are you being (valence), and whose opinions & viewpoints you have acquired without
fully viewing them.
Processes:
6. Personal self vs other selves, single location in space vs pervasion. Goal: "Myself!"
Power style:
"tell me where you are located. tell me about it." alternate with "tell me where you are not located.
Tell me about it."
Clean up ser facs, actual GPMs, then find some way to address viewpoint oriented opinions. Use
#5 against #6 with "Who is important? /
Who is unimportant?" This has to unlock the person from mental anchor points, fixed points of
view, etc. Ep should be pervasion, which is
beyond a completely free POV, a "thetan" which can assume any location in space/time at will.
Clean up of this goal should free a being
from identity defined by anchor point opinions such as ser facs.
An assist (IMD-swap process):
When resistance is noted between individuals. Place your viewpoint at those terminals.
Between two people:
Be Person A.
From that terminal look at Person B. Tell me about them.
Be Person B.
From that terminal look at Person A. Tell me about them.
Repeat until the charge blows.
IMD-swap uses the senior position of primal pair #2 to relieve resistance between terminals at the
level of #6.
The ultimate supressive act may be to think oneself and others as _terminals.
The next most supressive act may be to process a person from his view point and the viewpoints of
other _terminals.
You see, in this fashion life is compressed into dots (regardless the size)... one is individuated into
boundaries described by the viewpoints... and in most cases, lets face it, those dots are mighty small.
Even when one claims to have his little dot expanded to all the universes as some do, please notice the
results to date. almost uniform insanity, crimninality etc. We have some good examples lately. The
Slatkin mess, and the cult and sadly, its founder in many aspects.
This notion that a being is a _terminal... sticks one there.
Phil Scott 6/29/01
AFFINITIES
Description:
Love vs hate. Could also be called "affinity vs antipathy." This isn't a generalized ARC triangle
manifestation so much as personal love versus personal hate, i.e. the problem being held by the single
viewpoint of "personal self vs other selves". Creates emotional tone scale. This activates as desire and
accumulates tremendous charge on the identity terminal due to losses. Buddhist craving. Goal:
"Love!" When reversed becomes a goal of "Freedom!"
Alternate names:
love vs hate
freedom vs love
affinity vs antipathy
approaching vs avoiding
near vs far
agreement vs disagreement (as resistance)
Goal: "Desire/Want!" (affinity)
Dichotomy: Love vs hate
Triangle: affinity - communication - reality
Aesthetic feeling 16.0
Exhilaration 8.0
Goal: "Curious"?
Enthusiasm 4.0
Goal: "Desire"?
Antagonism 2.0 (reality [resistance] begins faintly at 2.0, and through Apathy)
Goal: "Enforce"? (tones 2.0 through 1.1
Goal: "Inhibit"? (tones 1.0 through 0.1)
Goal: "No"? (tone 0.0)
#7 goal "affinity!"
Resistance at the level of communication is DISAGREEMENT (on the CDEI scale).
Agreed-upon reality is enforced.
Processes:
7. Love vs hate, affinity vs antipathy. Goal: "Communicate!" (This is affinity/desire via
communication)
Pervade with affinity? Buddha's OT drill goes here. Grade 0 processes. Many, many Scn processes
address this area, but none of them I
recall directly go after the dichotomy in the Power manner. Also "From what distance could..."
etc. EP should be a christlike affinity.
EFFORTS
Description:
Survive vs succumb. This activates as clinging to bodies (ex: Needing Bodies on the tone scale).
Buddhist attachment or clinging. LRH claimed that "Survive!" was the most fundamental word of
wisdom. (Please note where this is on the tone scale, below death, and what GPM was providing the
force driving his personal [terminal] actual GPM goal of "to have wealth.") Goal: "Survive!"
Hubbard's discovered goal "Survive!" rules the effort range of the tone scale and therefore is the goal
immediately senior to MEST. Theta interacts with MEST at that level, producing life forms exhibiting
an effort to survive. Narrative incident running with Dianetics addresses this area.
Alternate names:
survive vs succumb
live vs die
living body vs corpse
Goal: "Survive!"
Dichotomy: Survive vs succumb
Triangle: responsible - control - know (by effort)
Death -0.0
Protecting Bodies -2.2
Being Objects -10.0
#8 goal "survive!"
Resistance at the level of survival is FORCE (counter-effort).
This is classic counter-efforts.
Processes:
8. Survive vs succumb. Goal: "Survive!"
Resistance keywords on this one: need, must, can't, etc. Resistance begins at Antagonism 2.0 on
the tone scale. Therefore Dianetics which
follows "somatics" (R3R) cleans this up. The definition of clear as no longer subject to the force in
pictures is a clear on this level. Much of
the excellent work of Hubbard addressed this.

THE FOUR VECTORS OF SO-CALLED "CREATION"

A variety of different polarities related to "create" have come
to light through processing and meditation. Because some of
them are so different from each other, it puzzled me and
came close to confusing me. But of course the way to avoid
confusion is to release all anchor points and viewpoints
(stable data and firmly held perspectives) and pervade the
entire area. Then look around.
Among the polarities related to creation are:
create/uncreate
create/destroy
truth/lies
truth/create
Probably the most common one reported is "create/destroy".
But what does "create/destroy" mean? What do any of them
mean? Words are not what they represent. Definitions of
these can be slippery, because different people mean
different actual polarities when they say these words.
"Destroy" for example gives me the impression of being an
attempted not-ising view of uncreate, viewing uncreate as a
negative pole. When one is resisting uncreation, it can seem
like something negative: destruction.
Instead of idiotically reasoning about these further, I decided
to know them. I began to directly experience the processes of
creation itself without any preconceived ideas or views.
This is what I spotted:
"Creation" and its assigned opposite are actually attempts to
describe two different polarities. This is because creating
consists of two different activities.
One pair involve bringing some original, independent creation
either into or out of existence. It could be described as:
to manifest/to unmanifest
existence/non-existence
be/not be
(and more fuzzily...)
create/uncreate
create/destroy (Hmm...)
Hubbard called both ends of this activity "as-isness". To "as-
is" makes something appear, but because it is a pure creation
not attached to any other reality, or otherwise altered, it
vanishes in the same moment in which it is created.
The second pair involve taking the original, independent
creations made in the first polarity, and sticking them to each
other, combining them and saying that the result is one thing
instead of two (or more) things. This acheives a persistance.
This activity can be described as a polarity thusly:
sticking together/unsticking
attaching/detaching
creating/truth
create/destroy (... Aha! Again? Not the same polarity, the
wording of this dichotomy is slippery.)
The latter two are what people sometimes call this activity; the
former two are more accurately describing what people
actually DO! Applied only to mental activity, sticking two
things together becomes the activity of attaching meaning to
something. Therefore one also gets:
meaning (significance)/meaningless (no significance
attached)
Hubbard called the sticking together "alter-isness", and
named the unsticking "as-isness" (that makes three different
things he's calling as-isness) and also he sometimes
described it as "differentiation". He never did fully spot the
entire mechanism, despite the fact that it was indicated fairly
plainly in the Pali texts of Buddhism. Perhaps he never had
the opportunity to read those suttas...
In the physical universe the second pair directly relates to a
person's normal perception of time. There is no "time" as we
usually think of it. The past does not exist. There is only the
present and our creation of a future. With every pulse of the
vibration of matter and energy, all matter and energy vanish
and are created anew. And I do mean NEW! The new matter
and energy are not the old matter and energy, despite the fact
that we create slightly altered resemblances of the previous
matter and energy.
The huge lie of time is this: we attach the new creations to the
old vanished creations, saying they are one continuous
creation, enforcing what is not there. One of the brightest
thing Hubbard ever said is that time states the untruth of
consecutive creation. Uncreation of a time track consists of
simply detaching these creations from one another. Yesterday
does not exist. Knowing that, using memory becomes seen as
recreating mockups of what is not there. Now we know
exactly how timebreaking works. By comparing the two it is
simply detaching what IS (the present) from a hallucinatory
convenient (and often inconvenient) illusion called the past.
Most processing consists of unattaching things from one
another, with occasional actions of reattaching (such as
assigning correct ownership), and also the action of taking
something completely out of existence. This latter is much
rarer in processing than one might believe. Taking something
out of existence sends a person's consciousness right out of
the universe for a while. But of course it comes back because
it has so many untouched polarized existences.
There is a danger to taking something out of existence, and
that is when one takes only half of something out, one pole,
and leaves the other pole intact. This is the real phenomenon
occurring when running a scn process which is working a
dichotomy, and leaving it unfinished. If the processor quits
after one half of the dichotomy has been taken to extremely
good indicators and much release, without taking its opposite
out, then the person feels very very good for a while... and
some time later crashes and burns because the opposite pole
is still there. This is especially important with the Power
processes of scn. If for instance one runs Power process #4
(Source) and gets the end phenomenon and huge release
from "Tell me a source", then the negative pole is still there
and in full restimulation! This is a sure-fire recipe for
ascension/crash, because "no source" is the other half of the
truth, is still fully in existence, and because it is no longer
balanced by "source", will COME FULLY INTO
MANIFESTATION! The person will become a no source and
crash downscale and burn! The missing data in scn is the
polarity tech being researched in the late 90s and 00s. The
basic rules are these:
One can detach bits of case from each other safely without
having to work both sides of any polarities involved. (It's best
to do so, but not necessary.) This is not true however with
taking case out of the universe completely. When totally
uncreating an item of case, both sides of any polarity involved
must be taken out of existence, or the untouched pole will not
merely persist, but actually increase its manifestation. If it's
the positive pole the person will exhibit positive gain as a
persistance, which is an untruth that will lead to obsessive
and excessive positive behavior leading to a new. massive
service facsimile. If it's the negative pole, look out! One is in
for a tough time of negative behavior and unhappiness.
Ouran
back to index

ASCENDING THE TONE SCALE BY DISSECTING A THOUGHT

This is an exercise I use to enter the tone scale above
emotion. It doesn't quite reach the area of static, but it sure
works for me to exit through the top of the emotion band.
You must be alone, and where you cannot be disturbed. Lock
yourself in a room if possible. Get comfortable. If you have
trained in Yoga, get into your lotus position. Most everyone
else should sit in a comfortable chair. Personally, I lie down in
bed -- but this action tells most people's bodies to fall asleep
so I don't recommend it for most.
Concentrate on the three dimensional space in and around
yourself. With most beginners this means in and around your
body's head. If you are exterior this part will be child's play --
just throw out eight anchor points in a box around yourself to
define the space. In that space will often be mental images
and thoughts, the latter sometimes racing at a very rapid
pace. Without force or effort, quiet the mind, gently viewing
each thought or image as it arises. Let each go and drop
away from you until your mental space is relatively peaceful.
So far I haven't had you do anything unusual. The above is
pretty standard meditation technique.
Now that your mind is quiet, select a single thought or idea --
something specific, yet innoculous such as "apple" or "coffee
cup". Let's use "apple" for our example. Do not visualize an
apple. Mental images are not what this procedure are after.
Think the thought "apple". Watch yourself thinking the thought
starting from BEFORE you begin thinking it. Do it again.
Watch it again. Notice that there is a moment of concept
which occurs prior to the visible thought itself. For a brief
instant there was a fleeting something just before "apple"
appeared in your mind. Perhaps it looked like the silent idea
of apple which became the thought "apple" an instant later?
That first manifestation is what we are after here. It is the high
scale thought itself, above the emotion and effort bands in
which most people are stuck. The second manifestation --
what is normally considered a "thought" -- is actually in the
effort band.
Before we go any further I wish to examine that effort level
thought and take it to pieces for you. If your concentration is
good then you will see the effort level thought as a tiny bit of
something material. I see them as little beads of energy when
I slow them down enough. That's not precisely accurate,
because energy doesn't have a solid shape. Therefore they
are also like little pieces of matter. Yet they move. You can
move one of these thoughts around in your space. (in fact it's
not easy holding them still!) Inside this mobile piece of matter
is the original idea or concept of "apple", which is tagged or
assigned to the mass. This effort level thought can be
approached two ways:
Using the Heisenberg Triangle
Observer Energy Matter
Though the concept is not an observer exactly, it is of such
high vibration that it is relatively much closer to static than the
other two components. The thought is mobile, therefore it has
energy. The thought has mass, therefore it is matter. If you
make a thought stop in space it will appear solid, and if it's
moving it will seem more like an energy -- as per the the
Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle.
Using the Symbol Triangle
Meaning Mobility Mass
That's right, your effort level thought is actually a simple
symbol. Most symbols contain much more mass, and usually
have some sort of shape which has meaning of its own --
which puts most symbols such as icons and logos into the
halfway ground in between thoughts and mental images.
(Note for advanced students, especially those on the
magician's path: There is little difference between an effort
level thought and a thought-form, or "thing". Essentially an
effort level thought IS a simple thought-form except in one
regard: a thought-form also contains INTENTION, in addition
to idea(s). A single purpose thought-form will consist of a
mobile mass of energy into which has been "inserted" or
"tagged" as little as a single thought, or as much as a bare-
bones program of instructions; and also it will contain an
intention and/or purpose which it carries out on its own
determinism.)
Knowing that an effort level thought (a normal human thought)
contains meaning (concept or idea), plus mobility and mass,
then it becomes possible to ignore the mobile mass and
concentrate upon the meaning itself. The technique is not to
struggle to hold onto a thought and pry it apart with force or
effort. Any such approach is doomed to fail. Instead just
create the thought anew, over and over again. Each time put
your attention on the concept or idea part of it that enters view
first and expand THAT. Let it fill your vision. When I did that,
the Thought band of the tone scale came into view more and
more.
And from the Thought band it isn't much farther to the Spirit or
Causal band of static.
Ouran
back to index

A CLEAR VIEW OF CASE
(wordplay in the title is intentional)
First some basics:
the tone scale has a top band which consists of beingness. It
could also be called the spiritual band or causal band.
Below that is the thought band wherein are things like
postulates, considerations, aesthetics, inspiration, etc
Below that is the emotion band.
Below that is the effort band.
I was viewing the structure of this stuff -- while considering the
isness of clears with no aberrative mental image pictures.
Yet the fact remained that clears have psychosomatic pains in
body, etc. They were no longer mocking up the pictures, yet
they were somehow? Huh? So what was up with that? No
dianetic case visible, yet they had something going on... Then
I recalled a clear making the remark of "no electronic field"
(electronics is in the effort band) and the whole thing fell into
place for me. There was no "force" in the pictures, but force
was lower band stuff... I got a clear view of someone no
longer creating the effort band elements of the bank. This
would make the pictures go away for sure! But what would
that leave behind? What would remain would be the
beingnesses, emotions and thoughts. In a flash of insight I
saw that that was the NOTs case right there: beingnesses
and the considerations/postulates held by those beingnesses.
Let me state this flatly: there are thought band elements AND
theta (beingness) in any mental images. In the case of
engrams and such, engrams are not being taken fully
responsible for (that's why they are aberrative, right?). So if
an engram is being resisted/disowned by a person, and you
clear the person of mocking up the force and images, all that
remains are thoughts and beingnesses which the person is
disowning! That's as good a way of describing an entity or BT
as any I can think of offhand! Right? What's an entity? What's
a BT? A BT is a fragment of being which has ideas,
postulates, considerations and other thought band stuff.
One problem with having an unconfronted beingness (a piece
of you, or a misowned piece of someone else) hanging
around is that the tone scale works for theta by placing a
terminal into each band, which then triggers the terminal in
the next band down. So for example, the "big thetan"
individuates into thetans, which action places a "me" into the
lower causal band. That thetan locates a view into the
Thought band from which to consider. Thoughts trigger
emotions (yes they do, there is no emotional response without
an idea about things). And emotions are used to motivate
effort in the Effort band of the scale.
Therefore, even if a being is "clear" and has no visible
emotion and effort band case, and even if the Thought band
is cleaned up... IF THERE IS AN UNRESOLVED
BEINGNESS IN THE CASE, THEN THAT BEINGNESS CAN
GENERATE THOUGHT, EMOTION AND EFFORT --
CAUSING SOMATICS IN THE "CLEAR." Part of the problem
in the causal band is seeing the correct ownership of
beingness (and the "case" belonging to each beingness). This
consists of two parts:
1. stripping away the not-is in order to correctly discover what
assignment of being was originally made. This is part of
getting the correct ownership as normally understood. This is
the action of Ogger's brilliant NOTs command: "Point to the
being you divided from" for split pieces of yourself, and the
older NOTs command "Who are you?" for misowned pieces of
others.
The second part looks odd as hell from low on the scale...
2. Expanding to encompass that other beingness, and all
other beingnesses, after doing #1. At 320 on the tone scale
there is only one beingness, one thetan. But that single thetan
is aware of having itself divided into separate viewpoints,
each of which denies being all the others. Get high enough on
the scale and there is no more misownership possible --
because you ARE all beingnesses everywhere and
everywhen. This is an important cog and produces a keyout
of magnitude. Buddha gave explicit instructions on getting to
this area by means of the most flabbergasting OT drill. Even a
glimpse of it shatters an "only one" condition, allowing a return
to intimate ARC.
This explains why NOTs has been necessary after clear. This
also explains why R3XD works on anyone: because it
addresses those two top bands of the tone scale in addition to
the bands below.
I am SO relieved to have finally seen what's going on in this
area.
Ouran
back to index

THE DYNAMICS

The "dynamics" as they are known in Scn and the freezone --
whether the four human dynamics of Dianetics, the eight of
Scn, or the 16 backed by the 64 goals discovered in an
implant by Ken Ogger -- are nothing more than an arbitrary
construct. I realize that might sound like a radical statement to
some people, but it's true. The dynamics are arbitrary, and
they were apparently deliberately built. Obediance to these
dynamics is part of the anatomy of a being's disability. Okay
that was the second radical statement. It means that the
dynamics act as an aberration. These statements might
sound radical to some people for the simple reason that the
Co$ teaches the dynamics as positive guides. That's a partial
truth and a partial lie. Like any great lie, it is a mixture of truth
and lies. Please don't get the idea from that second statement
that the life indicated through dynamics should be ignored, or
that a person should go on a rampage of destruction against
survival on any or all dynamics. Hardly. Going ape and
swinging on a vine over to assuming the oppgoal is never the
way to go. The positive, creative actions involved in survival
are good. But their very definitions are the problem. Having
your mate be a 2nd dynamic instead of a first for example is
almost inviting the husband or wife to become an oppterm
instead of a part of "me." More on this later... Instead what
needs to be done is to dig oneself out from under the fixed
points of view laid in by these dynamics. For they are an
"implant", whether by willing agreement or forced reality. An
important thing to remember about them is that they have the
effect of canalizing a being's point of view into narrow
channels; and also they have the effect of reinforcing GPMs,
which are tagged to and channeled through, specific
dynamics.
The truth is that a being is everything around him. There is
nothing a person can encounter that is not that person. I
realize that statement seems to conflict with other data that a
being is a Nothing. The resolution of this apparent conflict lies
in the characteristics of the life static, which when viewed has
the appearance of an infinite nothingness. An "infinite
nothingness" is both everything and nothing. Working back
down from that higher truth it can be seen that any being can
be said to be not any matter-energy-space-time, and all those
things -- and here's the important part -- at WILL. So that
leaves us with a thetan/spirit/being which is a nothing that can
BE everything. This is the real pan-determinism. Pan-
determinism consists of BEING everything. LRH put forth the
idea of pan-determinism being a broad sweep of control and
responsibility. That is a partial truth, but it fails to get to the
bottom of the matter. True pan-determinism is high ARC
BEING all terminals in a game. And if you are something, of
course you can control it. But in a normal person this
beingness has been divided into fragments. Part of the
anatomy of that fragmentation is the division of beingness into
the broad classes called by us the dynamics of survival. This
division makes it easier for a being to abandon an area
because it can be viewed as not "self". This makes it easier
for a person to narrow themselves down into only being the
first dynamic. It also makes it easier for one dynamic to be set
against another. It also makes it easier to create GPMs
because the terminal, the oppterm and the goal itself are all
parts of the being who is having the GPM. These parts are
often at least partially defined by the dynamics. It's sort of a
game of "let's divide me against myself."
These ideas can be disturbing. A person doesn't like to think
that they are creating their own opposition, by splitting off and
abandoning part of themselves. There are also some people
who cannot "have", cannot allow themselves, the thought or
idea that at the very highest levels of static and Native State
they are everyone else. This disturbs them mightily, as if they
were violating some powerful agreement made long ago. But
denial is useless in the face of truth, and this truth explains
much. Examples:
The need to run other flows in session than zero, one and
two. If you weren't also part of other people then why would it
be necessary to audit "others to others?"
There is such a thing as auditing over the telephone with the
auditor holding the cans and seeing the processee's reads
show up on the meter before him. Forget the usual puerile
jibberjabber about telepathy, this works because the auditor
by getting into ARC with the PC is actually experiencing the
PC's case. That's telepathy alright, but not telepathy as it's
usually explained. Telepathy is normally explained as a type
of communication. Bosh. That's right, I said "bosh." All
communication is for, is to establish duplication, which is a
mutual beingness. Communication is affinity on a via. That's
all it is. And in processing over a telephone the spiritual
distance between auditor and PC vanishes, and
whatdoyouknow! The PC's case is seen reacting on the meter
whose cans are held by the auditor! Robert Ducharme and
others are doing this with great success. But what would
make that work if one wasn't on both ends of the phone?
There is such a thing as auditing one person, and having
another person receive case gain from it. This happened to
John McMaster when he was at Saint Hill. He had a bad
break in affinity with his father, and when John ran out the
problem on his end in England, his father in South Africa
cleaned up on it too! This is from Homer's archives, JM-1, a
taped lecture given by John on 12/1/84:
...various wonderful things happened. Like I told you the
circumstances
under which my father had insisted that I came to Saint Hill.
Now, during one of these sessions, to tell the truth, you know
the
goal to tell the truth, and running the Service Facsimile, you have
got
to be able to communicate to be right, sort of thing, I looked at the
situation between my father and me. And I was able to take
almost
complete responsibility because I understood, apparently, so much
more
than he did, but I did not know whilst I was living in the same
environment, that I understood so much more than he did. I just
assumed
he understood and so I had been irresponsible in assuming that he
knew
more than I did because he was an older man. Fact of the matter
is he
didn't.
And as I took responsibility for those things which happened
between us and I blew all my own aberrations on it and the charge
on it,
a wonderful thing happened. It was in one session when I realized
what
I had done to bring about the situation between my father and
myself.
And all of a sudden, out of the blue, as long as it take to get a letter
from Durbin, South Africa to Saint Hill, Sussex, England, there was
an
airmail letter for me, from my father saying, "Dear John, I am so
glad
that you have found such a worthwhile thing to do in such a
troubled
world".
And I just thought, my word, how wonderful, that there is this
telepathic communication, because I hadn't written and told them
anything.
Telepathy is an inadequate and misleading word. It only
implies communication across a distance. A second being is
cleared of an ARCx because the first one ran it out? How can
that be unless they are the same being at some level? After
all, this action implies MUTUAL CASE.
(LRH barely touched upon this phenomena of beings who are
one at a higher level back in 1952, then abandoned it. He
speaks of this in Lecture 20A of the Hubbard College
Lectures (HCL-20A) of 10 MAR 52, also issued as the third
cassette of the Time Track of Theta series. This has also
been called the History of Man Lectures I believe. Read or
listen to that lecture.)
Another example in the 2nd dynamic of sex and children:
anyone who has experienced a marriage has had plenty of
times when they just knew what their partner knew or thought
or wanted. And it wasn't as if the information flew across the
room either -- they just KNEW it. Isn't this BEING your
spouse?
Another example is in the "group mind" which often occurs in
groups, even groups of apparent strangers.
Another example is in the communion among BTs in clusters,
and other composite situations. How can these beingnesses
function as one in spite of their oneness being a 3rd
postulate/not-is/use of forced affinity -- unless they were
ultimately/originally one anyway?
All of these examples above point at the truth, a truth that in
the past has been badly represented in some cases,
misrepresented in others, and flatly denied in still more. The
usefulness of this truth is that is assists us when we take a
fresh look at the composite structure of ourselves and
recognize both abandonment and misownership. The
dynamics are just another way we use to separate ourselves
into individuated little bits. A wife and husband should each
regard the other as a part of themselves, rather than a second
dynamic separated from self. Always remember that
separation is a lie. It was a lie to separate into thetans, it was
a lie to separate the thetans by dynamics, it was a lie to split
off denied pieces of ourselves when we placed them on
others, it was a lie not to recognize the prior assignment of
other beingness in pieces of others which we had accepted
as ourselves in present time. And even though they have
come down the track through theta lines long separated from
our own, it was a lie not recognize ourselves in cows,
starlings, mosquitos, trees, rocks, planets and galaxies.
Name a dynamic -- there you are. But don't canalize yourself
into looking at the universe through only those dynamics.
Free yourself from those narrow channels. Look at anything. It
is yours. It is you.
Ouran
back to index

KNOWING ON THE KNOW TO MYSTERY

"Know" is without a via. It is without any separation from
what's known. It just is, as a creative certainty. Or perhaps I
should say, the certainty of oneself in creation?
"Know About" Has separated one's beingness or identity from
what's known, yet affinity is still perfect, allowing a complete
sharing of space with what's known.
"Lookingness" has lowered affinity. There is now distance
between self and what is known, i.e. the thetan in one
location, what's known in another location.
"Emotingness" is certainty through feeling. You get this a lot
from people. Ask them about their certainty by phrasing it:
"How do you feel about that?" Their "know" will be tied to
whatever emotional tone they are at.
"Effortingness" also means "feel" to many people, but it's a
certainty that behaves like a demon circuit! Yikes! This is the
level on the K-M scale equivalent to physical sensations,
including physical pain. So when you are running pain out of a
PC's incident, this is where it's coming up from on the tone
scale.
"Thinkingness" is still in the effort band of the tone scale. It is
literally an "effort to think" and is the level at which the body's
brain functions. I've examined this level of knowing
meticulously through eastern meditational techniques and I
would like to report that a Thinkingness thought consists of a
speck of effort level energy with a bit of meaning attached to
it. By definition then, a Thinkingness thought is a symbol as
defined by LRH, as it has mass, meaning and mobility. But
the mass is small and nondescript.
"Symbolizingness" is solidified Thinkingness. The mass is
much more noticeable. At this point there is meaning in the
SHAPE of the mass. We are almost down to bodies here.
"Eatingness" is an inversion and collapse of space from
Symbolizingness. To know at Eatingness, one pulls a MEST
object into oneself and pervades it in a very mechanical
fashion that's like a bad parody of true pervasion.
"Sexingness" is a dramatization of joining and fusing of
beings through MEST. This is nearly the thetan being
unconscious.
"Mystery" is the unconsciousness and anaten in incidents. In
running any incident in which there is unconsciousness, one
is getting the PC to bring the incident up out of the Mystery
band.
Ouran
back to index

AVOIDING THE BARDO

I just finished looking over the Tibetan Book of the Dead. It is
a fascinating and slightly frustrating read. On the one hand
give them credit for being aware of the between lives area
(called the "Bardo" by Tibetans). But on the other hand their
handle on it consists of too much prayer and not enough
drilling. The basics in the Book of the Dead seems to have
been added to by well meaning but unenlightened monks
whose lamentable tendency toward worship has added
distractions from its workability. For the umpteenth time I
found myself swearing at flowery, overblown use of adjectives
by Mahayana Buddhists who seemed to have spent too much
time being swept up in grand visions of beatitude and too little
time doing good old Gautama's drills. If it weren't for the Zen
and Pali flavors of Buddhism I would be tempted to give up on
the lot of them. I have serious doubts as to the efficacy for
most people of the Tibetan practice as described in that book.
For one thing it assumes abilities to perceive and decide
which are blocked in most people.
Ex-Scios and others in the free zone are even more aware of
the between lives area than the Tibetans. They have their
own explanations for what occurs at that time between bodies
-- explanations which may or may not be accurate. They also
have a handle on the problem using processing, which is far
superior to Tibetan Buddhism simply because it's a mixture of
the latest subjective processes and exterior drills intended to
free the spirit. Techniques have advanced quite a bit beyond
what was available in India in the days of geniuses like
Gautama and Patanjali (the man who codified yoga).
Unfortunately most of these modern techniques do not keep a
person from dramatizing any between lives automaticities
hidden in the subconscious mind. Some do, and some people
seem to be advanced enough to be safe. Overall the free
zone techniques beat the hell out of any amount of prayer,
whether Mahayana Buddhist or Christian. This is definitely the
best route to go.
But sometimes a person discovers that they have a disease
which will kill them in a matter of weeks or months, and not
enough time remains to receive a full course of free zone
processing. For those people there is a third possible way of
which I am aware. It comes from the practices of magicians.
First a little background. Most magick is done exterior to the
body. Around the world various means are used by practicing
magicians to get out of their bodies. Dancing, drugs, repetitive
chanting, visualization drills, and fasting are some of them.
Among those I would recommend the visualization drills
obviously -- except that the Scios and freezoners have
probably the best collection of exteriorization techniques on
the planet, so why bother with anything else? But once
exterior, some magickal groups drill their trainees in
something the Scios and freezoners do NOT have. The next
step by the magician is to create a "body of light" for use
when exterior. A body of light is an energized mockup of the
body which has been created by many hours and days of
repetitive visualization. (By the way, don't call it a hologram. I
eschew that trendy word because it is unnecessary. There is
no need to redefine reality as a projected three dimensional
image. We already know that it's a created image, and the
"projected" part implies an action which is not quite true -- as
anyone who can visualize a three dimensional space knows.)
The body of light is deliberately created with a full personality,
that is to say, it is mocked up with a beingness of its own
included in the process of its creation. The best advice for
proceeding are to set up a sealed space from which all other
entities and thetans have been banished, go slowly and
precisely in your mockups, cap its awareness so that it does
not become self aware or wonder what is happening to it, and
maintain operational control of it. The body is projected out
through the solar plexus, linked there by the "silver cord", and
then reabsorbed into the body at the end of each session.
The implanting of consciousness into it results in (stripping
away the usual mumbo-jumbo explanations given in occult
literature) what is called a "thing." What is a "thing?" A "thing"
is an entity of the non self aware variety (it's aware but not
aware of being aware, an entity like a GE, but not quite a
thetan) which has been given a simple mind and a shape
made of "ethereal" energies. Actually since "ethereal" is effort
level energy, let me specify that a "thing" is composed of
theta (like a BT, only you make it yourself) with thoughts,
emotion and efforts, the latter being what its body is made of.
The physical body you normally operate also contains an
entity (unless you exorcised it), so this arrangement is nothing
unusual. Creating a solidly mocked up body of light has a
curious effect on the subconscious mechanisms of the mind:
they accept the mockup as a "real" body. The body of light
can even become real enough for people to see it -- I would
assume Jesus was using one during his resurrection for
example. My guess is that a body of light is a body like the
ones used a universe or two back (probably Magic Universe,
but maybe farther back).
A method of creating a Body of Light can be found in the ritual
called "The Magician" in Mysteria Magica, vol 3 of The
Magical Philosophy by Melita Denning and Osborne Phillips.
These two have made much of the old knowledge available.
(1/23/01, just found a web link to the ritual here.)
An amusing practice in some of the rituals is that the magician
is instructed to visualize the seven planets inside the
projected body's spine. I raaather would advise you to
visualize the chakras a little more clearly than that! ;-)
Warnings: because a body of light is run by an entity it can act
out of your control. It should be tightly controlled at all times
so that it doesn't exteriorize from your body without you. Also I
would advise not using Ken Ogger's split piece command
"Point to the being you divided from." around it. It might obey --
and its beingness vanish. But if it does go out of your control
and causes mayhem (walks around pretending to be you,
etc), the usual NOTs techniques should work on it instantly,
especially Ogger's "Point to..." , unless it's been hijacked by a
thetan. Even then you should still be able to dissolve it out
from under the other thetan using NOTs tech and persistence.
There have been numerous accounts in the magickal and
spiritual literature of magicians:
Leaving their aging bodies and assuming younger
ones. In some cases this consists of stealing fully
grown bodies from their owners. Others have been
more ethical and taken over injured adult bodies
which have been abandoned by their owners.
Dying and haunting their houses or familiar
neighborhoods as semi-visible ghosts who do not
enter the between lives area (thereby retaining their
full memories and identities).
So what triggers the automatic mechanisms of the between
lives experience? Death does: the sight and knowledge of the
body's demise. BUT! But if the magician is accustomed to
exteriorizing, and while exterior wearing a solid seeming body
of light, then the magician may cheat the mechanism of the
Bardo by abandoning the physical body in his body of light
before the flesh is fully dead. No images of the dead physical
body enter the mind, and besides, the subconscious sees a
solid appearing body -- albeit an ethereal one. This is how
some magicians on this planet have cheated the between
lives mechanism by deceiving it.
Lately I've seen accounts of people who made advances in
spiritual clearing in past lives, only to lose most of their gains
during the between lives period, reborn barely above normal
rather than enlightened. Here's merely one example (from
Ken Ogger):
I have seen and heard of times when some young child originated
some snippet from a past life in Scientology. I know of one
case where a toddler saw somebody else's clear bracelet and
distintly said "my number is ...." and it was looked up and
confirmed as having been the clear number of one of only
a handful of clears who had died at by that time (this was
years ago).
And yet the few reborn Scientology OTs do not have a consecutive
conscious recall of their previous lifetime. They have vague
recalls and slight snippets of things which are in a few cases
just barely good enough to be confirmed. If these people had
come through with solid recall and consciousness, the orgs
would be promoting it, at least among the upper level public.
They act like they have been mindwiped. They seem to come
through better than most, but they are a shadow of their
former selves and coming back up from scratch.
If true this is a serious problem that badly needs a solution.
But until a solution is found, perhaps it would be wise for
anyone not completely freed and who is about to die, to
maintain a continuous consciousness of identity and memory
by means of a body of light (though ultimately it may be that
identity and memory are the real problem...). It's worth a
shot...
Who the hell wants to start all over from scratch?
Ouran
back to index

THE STATIC PROCESSES

"There is, monks, an unborn -- unbecome -- unmade --
unfabricated. If there were not that unborn -- unbecome --
unmade -- unfabricated, there would not be the case that
emancipation from the born -- become -- made -- fabricated
would be discerned. But precisely because there is an unborn
-- unbecome -- unmade -- unfabricated, emancipation from
the born -- become -- made -- fabricated is thus discerned."
--attributed to Gotama the Buddha
There is a Nothing which creates all somethings. It is a
Nothing which can manifest itself within created reality behind
the mask of an identity, or rather it does so through a very
large number of identities. This Nothing is often called a
"static", and sometimes THE Static. Awareness of being the
Static is also a tone on the linear tone scale. Processes exist
which assist an identity (a "self") to contact itself as the Static.
I am calling these processes "the Static Processes." I
suppose these could also be called the Diamond Cutters,
after the Buddhist sutra.
This is my attempt to compile all the processes, drills and
commands which seem to point in this important direction.
The Zero Eight process: My first write up of this used the
command "Locate a static." Since "locate" often means "place
in PU location" to a scio, perhaps "find" might work better for
others than "locate"... The commands are:
"Find (locate) a static."
"Find (locate) an infinity."
"Spot" could also be used here, but would convert the
process into a purely OT drill for most ex-scios because to
them "spot" is objective rather than subjective. In all three
versions it is patently impossible to carry out the commands
because neither a static nor an infinity can be found, located
or spotted in a universe. This makes the process a Zen style
process where the processee essentially exhausts all of the
plausible answers available in the universe and quickly has
no recourse other than to go outside in order to carry out the
commands. Because of this, it might not be runnable on most
lower level PCs because they will be unable to cognite their
way out of the apparently insoluble problem.
Probably we should try to run this as many flows as possible
as soon as the PC is pan-determined enough to do them. No
restrictions should be placed upon how the PC goes about
finding static. This would be the broadbased "shotgun"
method. The PC needs to be in fairly good shape to do this
one. It requires really knowing oneself to be NOT MEST
(matter-energy-space-time), and to have non-body
perception. The theta perception doesn't need to be sharp
and clear, muddy will do, but it is I think necessary to doing
the process. Someone who can only see through the body's
senses might cave in or experience loss of havingness trying
this one. This version takes its shape from the fact that the life
static appears to be an infinite zero when viewed from a
physical universe viewpoint.

Another way to go at it would be to get the PC to locate
objects, energies, efforts, emotions, thoughts, the input of
each of the senses, etc and examine them to see if there is
distance (separation) between those things and the person
him/herself. It's purpose is to discover to what the person is
not. Eventually the entire outer universe and the personal
identity both are rejected as not being "self" (Buddha's
assumptions). The only thing which remains is is not a thing
at all, it is nothing. But we already know that it is a nothing
which is aware, etc -- definition of a static in other words. I
have not attempted to rewrite that one yet as a Scn style
process. The basic dichotomy comes into play here, because
not only are these things not the self, but they are also not
separate and therefore to be desired and clung to. Buddha is
recorded to have express this latter as a sequence of
manifestation arising in dependence. Both of these are core
meditations used by Buddha, and from which the diamond
cutter is derived. It's purpose is to discover to what in the
universe the person is attaching, and conversely to dissolve
any identification of "self" with the universe.
Another I stumbled into by accident, but is related to the way
Raja Yoga meditation is done as an internal view of personal
space. It consists of seizing a single thought and examining it
with clear sight (TR 0). Upon close examination it will be
revealed to be a concept or meaning attached to a bit of effort
level energy. Repeated viewing of the "meaning" part of it
eventually brings static into view for a moment. An earlier
write up on this is found in "Ascending the Tone Scale by
Dissecting a Thought"
Another way of getting at static is that oddball Spotting Spots
process I developed out of Ken Ogger's notes. My roughed
out commands for that are:
"Spot a spot in space (or: in the space of the room)."
"Place a remote viewpoint at that spot in space."
"While looking at that spot, have the remote viewpoint look at
you."
The resulting short circuit of mutually duplicated thetan brings
an instant of contact with static.
The best known static process in scio circles is the main
power process authored by John McMaster. The clearest
understanding of it I've read is in Geoffrey Filbert's "Excalibur
Revisited":
I have defined the purposes, and the unfortunate misapplications,
of Power Processes. The story behind them is a bit of a tragedy
because L. Ron Hubbard developed these privately [Geoff was
apparently unaware that it was actually John who developed the
Power processes. -Ouran] and he ran them on himself, and left
them unflat. He's got them backwards, and has been kind of crazy
ever since 1965. Prior to that particular period in time, he seemed
to be essentially rational. Since that period or time he has been
essentially irrational. His error is actually on the first process, Due
to the fact that he made this error, compounded by the fact that his
following in the churches are on a monkey-see, monkey-do basis,
physically, mentally, and spiritually with this man, they uniformly
run the processes to the same unflat point that he did.
The first process you run alternately, two commands, to EP.
Tell me a source.
and
Tell me a not source.

You could run it the other way: What is source. and What is not
source. It is preferable to use "Tell me." You can word clear these
out of a dictionary that "source" is an origin point on something.
The pc will rather quickly come up with himself as source and be
grinning ear to ear over that, and have little to no understanding of
not source. This is the point that L. Ron Hubbard stopped. This is
the point that most church people stop on this particular process.
Although, there is a floating needle, although there is a grin on the
person's face, they still have no understanding of not source, so it
is an unflat process. Of course, they have had an exactly-
backwards end phenomena. You keep running the process until
they get this thing straightened out, and realise that they are not
source and that there are a lot of not sources out there. They start
to understand the first and second axioms that they are a life static
and they will cognite that they have been identified with particular
viewpoints or a singular viewpoint in the physical universe, and
had actually thought they were sources, and that is a very silly and
absolutely ridiculous thing to do; to identify and be a point within a
matter, energy, space, time continuum, much less this one. At that
point the process is flat.
When it comes to processing, Geoff is brilliant.
Allen Hacker has a full processing regimen pointed at static,
which he calls "AEther" to avoid confusion with any mistakes
made by LRH. This processing is called Zero Point.
Information about it can be obtained through Allen's websites,
through this hub site: AEscir. I wish to make a strong
statement here that in communicating with Allen I perceive
him to have directly experienced static at least as much as I
have and probably even more deeply. Unfortunately Allen's
exact processes remain confidential at this time.
Sedona releasing has this:
Alternating between:
I am everything, and
I am nothing
From Ken Ogger's notes comes this suggested process which
looks like a stab at the same result as my static process (Aug
98 Pilot posts):
Perhaps there is something one could drill. Maybe "spot
a timeless nothingness" alternated with "spot reality".
As always when working at this level, any concept focused
upon by the mind is composed of a pair of opposites, so both
sides have to be run. In "Creation Of Human Ability" is an
LRH process "Conceive a static." which I do not recommend
because it unfortunately suffers from only running half of the
dichotomy. Basically Static is the top of the tone scale. The
top end of the tone scale is normally out of a person's view.
Oftentimes someone who is processing can see upscale into
the Thought band, but not into the Causal band wherein Static
occupies the highest position which has any manifestation
(only Native State "above" static). But as a person processes,
more and more of the scale should come into view for them.
Until the PC gets high enough to occupy the Causal area,
take a win on getting a view in the Thought band. High band
thought (the tone scale above exhilaration) is an area of high
concept, aesthetics, postulates, and abstracts such as
archetypes. This area when examined usually produces a
floating needle. This is the area of getting back to a true
"isness" and the as-ising of unwanted conditions. Unwanted
conditions are always not-isnesses. Their denial and the
resulting unconsciousness associated with them drop not-ised
conditions to the bottom of the scale. This bottom is
effectively the other half of the dichotomy opposite Static.
Always run both ends of any dichotomy because they are
one.
Ouran
back to index

CUTTING THROUGH A BLIZZARD OF BUDDHISM

Let's cut to the chase with Buddhism and pay attention only to
drills, processes, tantras and other PRACTICES, as opposed
to beatific visions and moral instruction. For this purpose the
Pali texts of the Theravada and Hinayana tradition are usually
superior to the Mahayana texts, some of which latter, like the
Lotus Sutra, are blithering fantasy. I do not subscribe to the
Buddhist custom of venerating the Buddha, the suttas/sutras,
or otherwise behaving as a worshiper. Such behavior is as
lacking in equanimity as is disrespect thereof. In fact, respect
contains disrespect within it. So if any Buddhist visits this
page and is shocked by these words please understand that I
neither respect nor disrespect. I am simply attempting to
remove the alterations of the dhamma/dharma which were
predicted by old Gotama himself. If any such person insists
on being shocked regardless, then this paragraph should be
viewed as disrespecting the disrespect inherent in altering
Buddha's teachings. On this page I will be posting drills,
mental practices and important cognitions which the old
suttas/sutras indicate that the Buddha said he did or had. For
this purpose I am ignoring everything else in Buddhism, in
accordance with the wisdom of Theodore Sturgeon who said:
"90% of everything is shit." Ted was being too kind and
forgiving in my opinion. This is my attempt to winnow the
seeds of enlightenment from a huge mass of post-Buddha
crap. Needless to say I am ignoring commentaries by
subsequent writers, no matter how important or allegedly
enlightened. If I want Buddhism I'll go directly to the Buddha
for it. So I'm only using words attributed to Buddha, on the
theory that he might actually have said them. Don't mind the
tone of antagonism in this paragraph; I'm having fun with this!
This is a very long task: to read every sutta and sutra. This list
of processes will be added to as I find them. If anyone wishes
to suggest a passage then email it to me. Thanks. -Ouran

The Four Jhanas
"Quite withdrawn from sensual pleasures, withdrawn from unskillful mental
qualities, he enters and remains in the first jhana: rapture and pleasure born
from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought and evaluation. He
permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this very body with the rapture and
pleasure born from withdrawal. Just as if a skilled bathman or bathman's
apprentice would pour bath powder into a brass basin and knead it together,
sprinkling it again and again with water, so that his ball of bath powder --
saturated, moisture-laden, permeated within and without -- would nevertheless
not drip; even so, the monk permeates...this very body with the rapture and
pleasure born of withdrawal. There is nothing of his entire body unpervaded by
rapture and pleasure born from withdrawal."
"Furthermore, with the stilling of directed thought and evaluation, he enters and
remains in the second jhana: rapture and pleasure born of composure, one-
pointedness of awareness free from directed thought and evaluation -- internal
assurance. He permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this very body with
the rapture and pleasure born of composure. Just like a lake with spring-water
welling up from within, having no inflow from the east, west, north, or south, and
with the skies supplying abundant showers time and again, so that the cool
fount of water welling up from within the lake would permeate and pervade,
suffuse and fill it with cool waters, there being no part of the lake unpervaded by
the cool waters; even so, the monk permeates...this very body with the rapture
and pleasure born of composure. There is nothing of his entire body
unpervaded by rapture and pleasure born of composure."
"And furthermore, with the fading of rapture, he remains in equanimity, mindful
and fully aware, and physically sensitive of pleasure. He enters and remains in
the third jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, 'Equanimous and mindful, he
has a pleasurable abiding.' He permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this
very body with the pleasure divested of rapture. Just as in a lotus pond, some of
the lotuses, born and growing in the water, stay immersed in the water and
flourish without standing up out of the water, so that they are permeated and
pervaded, suffused and filled with cool water from their roots to their tips, and
nothing of those lotuses would be unpervaded with cool water; even so, the
monk permeates...this very body with the pleasure divested of rapture. There is
nothing of his entire body unpervaded with pleasure divested of rapture."
"And furthermore, with the abandoning of pleasure and stress -- as with the
earlier disappearance of elation and distress -- he enters and remains in the
fourth jhana: purity of equanimity and mindfulness, neither-pleasure nor stress.
He sits, permeating the body with a pure, bright awareness. Just as if a man
were sitting covered from head to foot with a white cloth so that there would be
no part of his body to which the white cloth did not extend; even so, the monk
sits, permeating the body with a pure, bright awareness. There is nothing of his
entire body unpervaded by pure, bright awareness." --Samaaphala Sutta
(accesstoinsight.org)
The jhanas appear to be a description of the general course
while using the other processes below.
Mindfulness
Buddha stressed mindfulness as one of the basics.
"Then, monk, you should train yourself thus: 'My mind will be established
inwardly, well-composed. No evil, unskillful qualities, once they have arisen, will
remain consuming the mind.' That's how you should train yourself.
"Then you should train yourself thus: 'Good-will, as my release of awareness,
will be developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding,
steadied, consolidated, & well-undertaken.' That's how you should train
yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way, you should
develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you should
develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you should
develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop it
accompanied by rapture...not accompanied by rapture...endowed with a sense
of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity.
"When this concentration is thus developed, thus well-developed by you, you
should then train yourself thus: 'Compassion, as my release of
awareness...Appreciation, as my release of awareness...Equanimity, as my
release of awareness, will be developed, pursued, given a means of transport,
given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, & well-undertaken.' That's how you
should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way,
you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you
should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you
should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop
it accompanied by rapture...not accompanied by rapture...endowed with a
sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity.
should then train yourself thus: 'I will remain focused on the body in & of itself --
ardent, alert, & mindful -- putting aside greed & distress with reference to the
world.' That's how you should train yourself. When you have developed this
concentration in this way, you should develop this concentration with directed
thought & evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & a
modicum of evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & no
evaluation, you should develop it accompanied by rapture...not accompanied by
rapture...endowed with a sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed
with equanimity.
should train yourself: 'I will remain focused on feelings in & of themselves...the
mind in & of itself...mental qualities in & of themselves -- ardent, alert, & mindful
-- putting aside greed & distress with reference to the world.' That's how you
should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way,
you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you
should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you
should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop
it accompanied by rapture...not accompanied by rapture ... endowed with a
sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity." --
Sankhitta Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
(Buddha's technique of mindfulness updated for modern living is found here:
THE VIKING WAY TO INFINITY.)
The whole sutta on mindfulness of breathing should be read
(link at the bottom). A sample from it:
"(Mindfulness of In-&-Out Breathing)
"Now how is mindfulness of in-&-out breathing developed & pursued so as to
bring the four frames of reference to their culmination?
"There is the case where a monk, having gone to the wilderness, to the shade
of a tree, or to an empty building, sits down folding his legs crosswise, holding
his body erect, and setting mindfulness to the fore. Always mindful, he breathes
in; mindful he breathes out.
"[1] Breathing in long, he discerns that he is breathing in long; or breathing out
long, he discerns that he is breathing out long. [2] Or breathing in short, he
discerns that he is breathing in short; or breathing out short, he discerns that he
is breathing out short. [3] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to the entire
body, and to breathe out sensitive to the entire body. [4] He trains himself to
breathe in calming the bodily processes, and to breathe out calming the bodily
processes.
"[5] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to rapture, and to breathe out
sensitive to rapture. [6] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to pleasure, and
to breathe out sensitive to pleasure. [7] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive
to mental processes, and to breathe out sensitive to mental processes. [8] He
trains himself to breathe in calming mental processes, and to breathe out
calming mental processes.
"[9] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to the mind, and to breathe out
sensitive to the mind. [10] He trains himself to breathe in satisfying the mind,
and to breathe out satisfying the mind. [11] He trains himself to breathe in
steadying the mind, and to breathe out steadying the mind. [12] He trains
himself to breathe in releasing the mind, and to breathe out releasing the mind.
"[13] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on inconstancy, and to breathe out
focusing on inconstancy. [14] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on
dispassion [literally, fading], and to breathe out focusing on dispassion. [15] He
trains himself to breathe in focusing on cessation, and to breathe out focusing
on cessation. [16] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on relinquishment,
and to breathe out focusing on relinquishment." --Anapanasati Sutta
All The Fermentations
The Sabbasava Sutta appears to be a complete technology,
so I am not quoting it, instead here's the link: (accesstoinsight.org)
A Way to Handle Misemotional States
It would seem that he advises you to continue whatever
activity or inactivity in which the emotion occurred while
dealing with it.
"The thought occurred to me: 'What if -- on recognized, designated nights such
as the eighth, fourteenth, & fifteenth of the lunar fortnight -- I were to stay in the
sort of places that are awe-inspiring and make your hair stand on end, such as
park-shrines, forest-shrines, & tree-shrines? Perhaps I would get to see that
fear & terror.' So at a later time -- on recognized, designated nights such as the
eighth, fourteenth, & fifteenth of the lunar fortnight -- I stayed in the sort of
places that are awe-inspiring and make your hair stand on end, such as park-
shrines, forest-shrines, & tree-shrines. And while I was staying there a wild
animal would come, or a bird would make a twig fall, or wind would rustle the
fallen leaves. The thought would occur to me: 'Is this that fear & terror coming?'
Then the thought occurred to me: 'Why do I just keep waiting for fear? What if I
were to subdue fear & terror in whatever state they come?' So when fear &
terror came while I was walking back & forth, I would not stand or sit or lie
down. I would keep walking back & forth until I had subdued that fear & terror.
When fear & terror came while I was standing, I would not walk or sit or lie
down. I would keep standing until I had subdued that fear & terror. When fear &
terror came while I was sitting, I would not lie down or stand up or walk. I would
keep sitting until I had subdued that fear & terror. When fear & terror came
while I was lying down, I would not sit up or stand or walk. I would keep lying
down until I had subdued that fear & terror. --Bhaya-bherava Sutta
(Note on the technique from Max Sandor: it's freezing time by holding the exact posture
when the feeling comes up... yes, that's a nice technique.. it's advanced in a sense that most
people have so many fears that they can't isolate the actual feeling. But, if you start out with
a rather empty mind and catch the feeling as it sets in, it works nicely just to hold time by not
changing the current body posture, wherever it may be... also a Daoist approach, btw.)
In that same sutta Buddha talks about taking a broad, pan-
existent viewpoint and
Viewing the Results of Others' Kamma
"When the mind was thus concentrated, purified, bright, unblemished, rid of
defilement, pliant, malleable, steady, & attained to imperturbability, I directed it
to the knowledge of the passing away & reappearance of beings. I saw -- by
means of the divine eye, purified & surpassing the human -- beings passing
away & re-appearing, and I discerned how they are inferior & superior, beautiful
& ugly, fortunate & unfortunate in accordance with their kamma: 'These beings --
who were endowed with bad conduct of body, speech & mind, who reviled
noble ones, held wrong views and undertook actions under the influence of
wrong views -- with the break-up of the body, after death, have re-appeared in
the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in hell. But these
beings -- who were endowed with good conduct of body, speech, & mind, who
did not revile noble ones, who held right views and undertook actions under the
influence of right views -- with the break-up of the body, after death, have re-
appeared in the good destinations, in the heavenly world.' Thus -- by means of
the divine eye, purified & surpassing the human -- I saw beings passing away &
re-appearing, and I discerned how they are inferior & superior, beautiful & ugly,
fortunate & unfortunate in accordance with their kamma." --Bhaya-bherava
Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
Sense Observation
"And how does a monk guard the doors of his senses? On seeing a form with
the eye, he does not grasp at any theme or details by which -- if he were to
dwell without restraint over the faculty of the eye -- evil, unskillful qualities such
as greed or distress might assail him. On hearing a sound with the ear...On
smelling an odor with the nose...One tasting a flavor with the tongue...On
touching a tactile sensation with the body...On cognizing an idea with the
intellect, he does not grasp at any theme or details by which -- if he were to
dwell without restraint over the faculty of the intellect -- evil, unskillful qualities
such as greed or distress might assail him. Endowed with this noble restraint
over the sense faculties, he is inwardly sensitive to the pleasure of being
blameless. This is how a monk guards the doors of his senses." --
Samaaphala Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
Eight Liberations
These seem to be a summary of processes and the states
attained thereby:
"Now there are eight liberations, Ananda. What are those eight?
"Oneself having form, one perceives forms; this is the first liberation.
"Being unaware of one's own form, one perceives forms external to oneself; this
is the second liberation.
"Experiencing loveliness, one is intent upon it; this is the third liberation.
"By utterly transcending the perceptions of matter, by the disappearance of the
perceptions of sense-reaction, and by giving no attention to diversity-
perceptions, one becomes aware of, attains to, and abides in the sphere of
infinite space; this is the fourth liberation.
"By utterly transcending the sphere of infinite space, one becomes aware of,
attains to, and abides in the sphere of infinite consciousness; this is the fifth
liberation.
"By utterly transcending the sphere of infinite consciousness, one becomes
aware of, attains to, and abides in the sphere of nothingness; this is the sixth
liberation.
"By utterly transcending the sphere of nothingness, one attains to and abides in
the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception; this is the seventh
liberation.
"By utterly transcending the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception,
one attains to and abides in the cessation of perception and sensation; this is
the eighth liberation. --Maha-Parinibbana Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
Boundless Metta, Karuna, Mudita & Upekkha
("Metta" is love or affinity. "Karuna" is often translated as
compassion, which in turn is often mistaken for sympathy; I
would prefer to translate it as empathy instead. "Mudita" is
appreciation. "Upekkha" is equanimity.)
"That disciple of the noble ones, headman -- thus devoid of covetousness,
devoid of ill will, unbewildered, alert, mindful -- keeps pervading the first
direction [the east] with an awareness imbued with good will, likewise the
second, likewise the third, likewise the fourth. Thus above, below, & all around,
everywhere, in its entirety, he keeps pervading the all-encompassing cosmos
with an awareness imbued with good will -- abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, without hostility, without ill will. Just as a strong conch-trumpet
blower can notify the four directions without any difficulty, in the same way,
when the release of awareness through good will is thus developed, thus
pursued, any deed done to a limited extent no longer remains there, no longer
stays there.
"That disciple of the noble ones -- thus devoid of covetousness, devoid of ill will,
unbewildered, alert, mindful -- keeps pervading the first direction with an
awareness imbued with compassion ... appreciation ... equanimity, likewise the
second, likewise the third, likewise the fourth. Thus above, below, & all around,
everywhere, in its entirety, he keeps pervading the all-encompassing cosmos
with an awareness imbued with equanimity -- abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, without hostility, without ill will. Just as a strong conch-trumpet
blower can notify the four directions without any difficulty, in the same way,
when the release of awareness through equanimity is thus developed, thus
pursued, any deed done to a limited extent no longer remains there, no longer
stays there." --Sankha Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
Do this as a drill. Do not do it as a concept or idea. This is
nonconceptual, so do not do it as thinking thoughts. Instead
actually expand your personal space outward. That's what
pervasion is. It is often best to be exterior to or expanded
beyond the limits of the body when drilling, but this one is safe
to do while in one's head. If you succeed you won't be in your
head for long!
Body Imaging (The Mind-made Body)
This is reminiscent of the occult ritual for creating a "body of
light."
"With his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from
defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, he directs
and inclines it to creating a mind-made body. From this body he creates another
body, endowed with form, made of the mind, complete in all its parts, not
inferior in its faculties. Just as if a man were to draw a reed from its sheath. The
thought would occur to him: 'This is the sheath, this is the reed. The sheath is
one thing, the reed another, but the reed has been drawn out from the sheath.'
Or as if a man were to draw a sword from its scabbard. The thought would
occur to him: 'This is the sword, this is the scabbard. The sword is one thing,
the scabbard another, but the sword has been drawn out from the scabbard.' Or
as if a man were to pull a snake out from its slough. The thought would occur to
him: 'This is the snake, this is the slough. The snake is one thing, the slough
another, but the snake has been pulled out from the slough.' In the same way --
with his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from
defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, the monk
directs and inclines it to creating a mind-made body. From this body he creates
another body, endowed with form, made of the mind, complete in all its parts,
not inferior in its faculties." --Kevatta Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)
Dependent Co-arising
This appears to be the recognition of a chain of cause and
effect.
"Thus, Ananda, from name-and-form as a requisite condition comes
consciousness. From consciousness as a requisite condition comes name-and-
form. From name-and-form as a requisite condition comes contact. From
contact as a requisite condition comes feeling. From feeling as a requisite
condition comes craving. From craving as a requisite condition comes clinging.
From clinging as a requisite condition comes becoming. From becoming as a
requisite condition comes birth. From birth as a requisite condition, aging,
death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, and despair come into play. Such is
the origination of this entire mass of stress." --Maha-Nidana Sutta
Viewing Reality in Terms of What it is Not.
Examples abound of Buddha verbally untying his students
from attachment to the world by expressing his views of
reality in contradictory terms. This becomes a mental practice
when it is taken up as a conscious approach by a student.
"The Buddha said to Subhuti: "All the Bodhisattva- Mahasattvas should thus
keep their thoughts under control. All kinds of beings such as the egg-born, the
womb-born, the moisture born, the miraculously-born, those with form, those
without form, those with consciousness, those without consciousness, those
with no-consciousness and those without no-consciousness - they are all led by
me to enter Nirvana that leaves nothing behind and to attain final emancipation.
Though thus beings immeasurable, innumerable, and unlimited are
emancipated, there are in reality no beings that are ever emancipated. Why,
Subhuti? If a Bodhisattva retains the thought of an ego, a person, a being, or a
soul, he is no more a Bodhisattva." --Diamond Sutra (well-being.com)
(I have strong reservations about how many of the Buddha's
actual words are in the Diamond Sutra. Much of it was
obviously written after the Mahayana/Hinayana split.)
This is done as a drill of observing everything within and
without, mindful of these "assumptions":
"At Savatthi. There the Blessed One said, "Monks, whatever contemplatives or
priests who assume in various ways when assuming a self, all assume the five
aggregates for sustenance/clinging, or a certain one of them. Which five? There
is the case where an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person -- who has no regard
for noble ones, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no
regard for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma --
assumes form (the body) to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form
as in the self, or the self as in form.
"He assumes feeling to be the self, or the self as possessing feeling, or feeling
as in the self, or the self as in feeling.
"He assumes perception to be the self, or the self as possessing perception, or
perception as in the self, or the self as in perception.
"He assumes (mental) fabrications to be the self, or the self as possessing
fabrications, or fabrications as in the self, or the self as in fabrications.
"He assumes consciousness to be the self, or the self as possessing
consciousness, or consciousness as in the self, or the self as in consciousness.
"Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, 'I am,' occur to him. And so it
is with reference to the understanding 'I am' that there is the appearance of the
five faculties -- eye, ear, nose, tongue, & body (the senses of vision, hearing,
smell, taste, & touch).
"Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there is the
property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person, touched by
experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur (the thoughts): 'I am,' 'I
am thus,' 'I shall be,' 'I shall not be,' 'I shall be possessed of form,' 'I shall be
formless,' 'I shall be percipient (conscious),' 'I shall be non-percipient,' or 'I shall
be neither percipient nor non-percipient.'
"The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to them the
well-instructed disciple of the noble ones abandons ignorance and gives rise to
clear knowing. Owing to the fading of ignorance and the arising of clear
knowing, (the thoughts) -- 'I am,' 'I am this,' 'I shall be,' 'I shall not be,' 'I shall be
possessed of form,' 'I shall be formless,' 'I shall be percipient (conscious),' 'I
shall be non-percipient,' and 'I shall be neither percipient nor non-percipient' --
do not occur to him." --Samanupassana Sutta (accesstoinsight.org)

Recollection of Past Lives
This first quote is from a sutta wherein Buddha describes how
he personally attained enlightenment. That makes it of great
importance because it is part of how he actually did it.
"When the mind was thus concentrated, purified, bright, unblemished, rid of
defilement, pliant, malleable, steady, & attained to imperturbability, I directed it
to the knowledge of recollecting my past lives. I recollected my manifold past
lives, i.e., one birth, two...five, ten...fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred
thousand, many eons of cosmic contraction, many eons of cosmic expansion,
many eons of cosmic contraction & expansion: 'There I had such a name,
belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food, such my
experience of pleasure & pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that
state, I re-arose there. There too I had such a name, belonged to such a clan,
had such an appearance. Such was my food, such my experience of pleasure &
pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose here.'
Thus I remembered my manifold past lives in their modes & details.
"This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night. Ignorance
was destroyed; knowledge arose; darkness was destroyed; light arose -- as
happens in one who is heedful, ardent, & resolute. But the pleasant feeling that
arose in this way did not invade my mind or remain." --Maha-Saccaka Sutta
"With his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from
defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, he directs
and inclines it to knowledge of the recollection of past lives (lit: previous
homes). He recollects his manifold past lives, i.e., one birth, two births, three
births, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, one hundred, one thousand, one
hundred thousand, many aeons of cosmic contraction, many aeons of cosmic
expansion, many aeons of cosmic contraction and expansion, [recollecting],
'There I had such a name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance.
Such was my food, such my experience of pleasure and pain, such the end of
my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose there. There too I had such a
name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food,
such my experience of pleasure and pain, such the end of my life. Passing
away from that state, I re-arose here.' Thus he recollects his manifold past lives
in their modes and details. Just as if a man were to go from his home village to
another village, and then from that village to yet another village, and then from
that village back to his home village. The thought would occur to him, 'I went
from my home village to that village over there. There I stood in such a way, sat
in such a way, talked in such a way, and remained silent in such a way. From
that village I went to that village over there, and there I stood in such a way, sat
in such a way, talked in such a way, and remained silent in such a way. From
that village I came back home.' In the same way -- with his mind thus
concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from defects, pliant,
malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability -- the monk directs and
inclines it to knowledge of the recollection of past lives. He recollects his
manifold past lives...in their modes and details." --Samaaphala Sutta
This is mentioned by Gotama several times in buddhist texts.
A thorough recall of past lives would seem to be an important
step.
Neither nothingness nor non-nothingness
Buddha did a lot of pointing in the direction of what is not
found in any direction:
"... It is neither form, nor thought. It is neither existent nor nonexistent, neither
cause nor effect. (it)... is precisely the original source of all Buddhas and all
members of this Great Assembly. " --Brahma Net Sutra
Ouran
back to index

CAVEAT PREEMPTOR

Okay, the title is a joke. This is my warnings page: what to
process and not to process.
Do not implicitly trust anything said by LRH after 1964 or so.
Something went very wrong in 1965. I consider tech before
1965 or so to be trustworthy. From 1965 on, check everything
over carefully against basic principles first before using it. Be
especially wary of the evaluative nature of OT3. Power
processing was from John McMaster, so it's fine. Just make
sure you deliver the main process in the manner
recommended by Geoffrey Filbert. NOTs was apparently
mostly the work of David Mayo, based on the early work of
LRH. It is presented in a too confrontational "self vs BT"
manner, but other than that it is fine. Ralph Hilton has a great
writeup on the processes here, recommended over Co$
material.
Freezone tech which has been advanced beyond Scn is of
great use. This material can be found online through the
various independent groups, such as the German Ron's Orgs,
the Austrian group, the Russian site, and the American site.
Mahayana Buddhism of the Chinese flavor is mostly too
altered, too worshipful, too theetie weetie visionary -- except
for Chan, which is known in the west as Zen. Zen
(China/Korea/Japan) has it's uses. So do Tibetan style
processes/tantras. The most useful Buddhism is found in the
Pali language texts (suttas). Ignore the suttas which are not
reputed eyewitness accounts of what Gotama said. Especially
ignore the commentaries, which can go off into lala land
almost as bad as the mahayanists.
Unless you have an incredibly strong background in
philosophy AND are above "recognition" in awareness stay
the hell away from Aleister Crowley. His writings are deadly
for people who are busily supporting their egos against the
universe. Do not take the attitude that you are smart enough
to handle it. If you do you should hope you aren't smart
enough to make any sense of his stuff. Smart people can be
eaten alive by Crowley's booby trapped, dichotomous, cryptic
texts. If you have done Christian Science and REALLY got it
(don't lie to me now), then you can do Crowley. The "Book of
the Law" is a blatant, baldfaced attempt to manipulate the 3rd
and 4th dynamics on this planet.
Much of Yoga as practiced in the West is flat useless. The
only point of doing the body work promoted in Yoga is to get
the contemplative's attention free of the body. For this
purpose anything other than the lotus or tailor position is
superfluous. Forget the complexities of Hatha Yoga. Try Raja
Yoga instead -- especially the visualization drills. There are
quite a number of other flavors of Yoga, and they are a mixed
bag. My recommendation is to avoid later "improvements" and
concentrate on the writings of the ancients. Read the Stanzas
on Vibration, and the Yogasutra of Patanjali. Look for original
texts which are at least 2000 years old.
Spiritual knowledge seems to go through cycles. There was a
big expansion of spiritual technology approximately 2500
years ago. We are in the midst of another such expansion
which has been underway for over a century, spearheaded in
the 19th century by Theosophy and Christian Science. Always
try to read and use the knowledge found in original sources,
and avoid later alterations by well meaning adherents.
The best overview of a wide range of spiritual technology I've
seen online is Max Sandor's Purple Notebook.
Ouran
back to index

ZEN & THE ART OF PERVADING SPACES

The Zen flavor of Buddhism has its origin in a guy from India
who went by the name of Bodhidarma. Bodhidarma moved to
China and started a group, which became known as Chan.
The Chinese word Chan became Zen in Japanese, which is
the usual name used in the West. Zen is a type of Mahayana
Buddhism, and it exhibits the usual watering-down associated
with Mahayana sects. But unlike most such, Zen either
retained or rediscovered a single very important datum which
they applied with great enthusiasm:
"Normal reality" is not the truth, but is instead an apparency.
Zen addresses the truth behind the apparency. Zen is next to
impossible to put into words. This is a problem with most
higher truths, with truths senior to apparency -- they cannot
be communicated accurately using words. Various people
have attempted to explain these truths with words anyway (as
I'm doing here), usually by arbitrarily dividing everything into
the two groups I've already mentioned. The scios often talk
about Truth versus Apparency, so I'm using those terms.
Ouspenski talked about the same things but he labeled them
"Nomemon" and "Phenomenon." Their point in both cases is
that "normal reality" is not the real truth, but words can only
express normal reality. Many enlightened people have
attempted to explain "Truth" anyway, often with ludicrous or
nonsensical results. It's not their fault. It is merely that
language is limited to expressing the apparency well, and the
Truth either badly or not at all. The best that can be expected
of words is to point toward the truth in such a manner that a
person can "cognite" on their own.
The Zen Buddhists take their single stable datum and apply it
vigorously by the means of actions, little stories, and
especially insoluble verbal problems (called "koans") in order
to break each other out of normal consciousness and only
perceiving the apparency. Their technique is often the
opposite of pointing toward the truth. Instead they usually
point with words at something impossible, with the intention of
leaving the listener with no recourse but to reject all words.
The essence of Zen is the destruction of the automaticity of
the thinking mind and with it the destruction of being a
separate self existing as a small single viewpoint. This frees
YOU, the spirit, to know more DIRECTLY. There's a hell of a
big difference between thinking and knowing. Zen koan
technique seems to have its roots in Buddha's replies
rejecting four questions asked of him, which translated from
the sanskrit form the following pattern:
I am.
I am not.
I both am and am not.
I neither am nor am not.
The above contradictions, all held equally and simultaneously,
tie the thinking mental computer into knots, short circuits it. It
is intended to allow the spirit (you) to free itself from name-
and-form, subject and object, self and the thing viewed. The
purpose is twofold. First to acquire a direct view of reality
without via; and second to achieve PERVASION, replacing
normal consciousness -- which is a single location point of
view -- with occupying whole spaces and the persons/object
within them.
This is a two step process. The first step is to break free of
the thinking machine; then the second is to expand the space
one is BEING and pervade a large area instead of a small
one (most spirits occupy no more than an inch or two of
physical universe space).
This latter state is achieved in processing as a usually
unintended consequence (usually, except for OT drills). As a
person processes more and more, their space enlarges. Zen
goes after it directly in a very odd manner quite different from
the pervasion drill given in the Pali texts of the Theravada
tradition. Pervasion of large spaces is a very important state
of being. It should be a processing goal. Without expanding
into pervasion a person will not rise higher than Games on the
tone scale.
Nowadays, these states are much easier to achieve due to
the modern processing which has grown out of the work of
LRH and others. The approaches and views of the past
should be kept in mind even when using the techniques of the
20th and 21st centuries.
A pervasive state is one of the best indicators of real spiritual
progress. Recently I saw an excellent description of an
extremely high toned view, from an auditor of longstanding
and freezoner:
"What I am experiencing now is so wonderful ... I hope you can
understand how
wonderful it is. This is so much more than I can say in words.
It's like being omnipresent. I am outside time and space but yet in
it all. It's so
much consciousness everywhere and it's so big. It's like the drops
in the ocean.
Like every drop is aware of its own existence but not about the
ocean and the
ocean is not aware of what's outside itself and not of the drops
who makes it an
ocean. To understand it all, you have to stand on the beach on a
distance from the
ocean. And then there is other oceans. And when you can see
them all ... you start
to understand how big it is."
--Joseph J. Harrington
Best description of a view from Coexistence I've read. Perfect!
Or at least I duplicate Joe perfectly! Sure he used a
metaphor, but Joe's metaphor of an Ocean of Consciousness
points directly toward the truth...
Ouran
back to index

ENTITY THEORY

I said "theory", okay? This is my best to-date explanation for
the wide range of entity phenomena found in the related
subjects of clearing and magick. Some of this material has
been mentioned in previous articles, particularly in "The
Fragmentation of Static" which you should read along with
this.
Beyond a certain point reached in both processing and
magick, the practitioner will find himself confronted with a
universe which is apparently filled with invisible beings. And I
mean FILLED! They're everywhere! Processees often find
themselves grinding away for years at the task of cleaning
these things out of their spaces. Worse, the more they look
for them, the more of them there seems to be! Part of this is
the phenomenon I discussed in the previous article, The
Shape of Apparent "Truth", but that article is viewing it from a
point no higher than Creation/Truth on the tone scale. Above
that point all those wild complexities finally fall silent in the
Sea of Being.
Let's take it from the most high toned, simple view and work
our way back down into the universes from there. Ready?
There is only one life static. At the top of the tone scale just
below Native State is a singularity of beingness. It is you. It is
me. It is your dog. It is the bird flying past your window. It is
that chunk of granite sticking up out of the ground. It is the
star Alpha Centauri. It is the Andromeda galaxy. It is everyone
and everything, and that includes your thoughts, ideas,
emotions, efforts and mental image pictures. All of this is ONE
BEING.
But it is one being which has separated. But being separated
implies the opposite, being united. So a primal dichotomy is
identified from this perception. This creates some interesting
views if both realities are held simultaneously. Here's one
from a Yogin (bold type emphasis added):
The mind, being very subtle, is in close apposition or contact with
other minds, though the human skull intervenes between them. As
mind evolves, you come into conscious relation with the mental
currents, with the minds of others- near and distant, living and
dead. The individual mind of A, although separated from the mind-
substance used by other individuals, B, C, D, E, X, Y, etc., by a
thin wall of very finest kind of matter, is really in touch with the
other apparently separated minds and with the universal mind of
which it forms a part.
If A is a friend of B, A's mind is connected with B's mind. The
minds of friends, relatives, brothers of A are attached to A's mind.
Several minds are similarly linked to B's mind also. The minds of
those who are attached to A's mind are, therefore, connected, in
turn, with the minds of those who are hanging on B's mind. In this
manner, one mind is in touch with all minds in the whole world.
This is the Vibhu theory of mind of Raja Yoga. --Sri Swami
Sivananda
All this makes NOTs look at a casual glance absurdly like
tilting at windmills. A deeper look shows that what the NOTs
processee is doing is sorting out all of the tags or
assignments of ownership made in the past and still being
obsessively held in present time, plus any stuck cycles of
ARC. Ownership is beingness at a level of identity, which is
why the main NOTs commands work. One is reestablishing
correct assignment of identity when one commands an entity:
"What are you?"
"What is your number?"
"Who are you?"
"Point to the being you divided from."
This tech is apparently quite old. Two millennia ago Jesus is
reported to have said: "What is your name?" when casting out
"unclean spirits."
A key element of this problem with entities is a person's
possession of a single viewpoint occupying so little space in
the physical universe that it is tantamount to being a
dimensionless point of view. People are not being a
dimensionless dot; most people occupy about an inch or two
in diameter. But in practical terms one's space in the physical
universe has shrunk to where it might as well be a point
location in relation to everything else. This shrunken condition
seems to begin gradually from around tone 40, becomes
institutionalized as an operating basis at Games, and
squeezed down to the small space we are accustomed to
seeing at or near Exhilaration. This is the range, tone 40 to
tone 8, of the "lower astral plane". The reason it appears to be
a madhouse of dead thetans, stuck circuits and other junk is
because the real nature of a Being is pervasive. It occupies
the space of everything it decides to be in contact with. Which
makes living in the physical universe a real mess if one is an
inch in diameter, and in contact with a thousand miles in
diameter. That means that 99.9999999ish% of the reality one
is occupying has been abandoned! It's no wonder everything
beyond that one inch of space seems filled with bogeymen!
The person has withdrawn all responsibility from most of their
own space! And that abandoned space is still filled with their
own thoughts, emotions, images and efforts. Plus, it's also
filled with the thoughts, emotions, images and efforts of
others. By "others" I mean more than just other "people" --
these are thoughts, emotions, images and efforts FROM ALL
DYNAMICS. From everywhere and everything. These
thoughts, emotions and efforts put one into direct spiritual
contact with the being(s) and circumstances wherein they
originated. This puts you in contact with yourself in past track
and other spaces(universes). This puts you in contact with
other thetans or various sorts of entities. It puts you in contact
with apparent group minds which are associated with various
phenomena ascribed to higher dynamics. This explains
Incident 2. Incident 2 which is run on OT3 is a 5th and 6th
dynamic "engram" which is impinged upon everyone's spaces
out of the lifeforms and very rocks of this planet! Another
example, a friend named Palle while running the rising needle
technique traced his cold/flu symptoms to entities stuck in a
medieval plague. Same thing at work in his case. Now we
know how LRH was accessing the genetic line...
This is the phenomenon associated with the dichotomy of the
"personal self" mentioned in Primal GPMs. Simply put, that
dichotomy is the loss of the pervasive state. The more Palle
runs this stuff, the bigger a space he will occupy... of course,
he is quite smart about it because he is running WITH
AFFINITY. Affinity is an absolute MUST when doing any
NOTs style processing. To do otherwise is to reinforce the
dichotomy and pull in your own personal psychic war and
horror show.
"Clear" as normally defined these days (free from being effect
of the force in pictures) is an EFFORT clear. This extends a
little ways upward into the Emotion band, because effort
(resistence) mixes with emotion in the tones of the minus
emotion range. This is from Antagonism, down (possibly even
a slight touch of effort to Monotony). The next two areas up
from there which need clearing are affinities (emotion as
attitudes) and personal self as a single viewpoint (opinions).
The common practice after clear is to clean up the emotional
area a little if it gets in the way (rudiments anyone?) and then
tackle entities. This might be skipping a gradient. In any case,
entities can be viewed as either real or as hallucinations. It
doesn't matter because both views are true. A hallucination is
simply a creation which one is refusing responsibility for. All
beingness is created (assigned) anyway. Only static is not a
creation, and it is an element in thetans, mind and MEST. So
it doesn't matter. A thought has beingness. A split piece of
another thetan has beingness, leading directly back to its
thetan. Or it could be as little as a single thought created by
another thetan (or yourself). There is a theta element to any
thought. The occult crowd know this very well; it's old hat to
them. If you want your eyes opened a little, read "Thought-
Forms" by Annie Besant & C.W. Leadbeater, published in
1901. I'll bet LRH read it.
The main techniques of magick are the handling of entities.
Beyond a certain point a magician is trained to actually create
them. It's pretty easy to do really. The technique, stripped of
all stylistic ornamentation, is done by simple decision. Since
you yourself are static "located" arbitrarily, then all you do is
decide that static is located somewhere, then you impress it
with thought and idea so that it has a mind structured to
command it for your purposes and then you withdraw from it.
Or not. If you do not withdraw then it is a remote viewpoint
rather than a separate entity. Emotion and effort level
energies can also be placed in the entity, in some cases until
the darned Thing is semi-visible.
The above paragraph raises a troubling question. How did
we, the common garden variety thetans, get squeezed down
into such small space? The entity creation technique I just
described also looks like what a pervasive Being would do if
he were wanting to create a remote viewpoint with a limited
freedom of will. The connection to the pervasive Being would
be programmed into the remote (thetan) as below awareness
by simple decision. Then the thetan could be a playing piece
in the game for the pervasive Being, one of many... To a
pervasive Being a single viewpoint thetan probably looks like
an entity.
Another aspect of entities is the nature of thought as
experienced in the effort band of the tone scale. The normal
thought a person uses and manipulates when "thinking" has
this anatomy:
Theta (beingness)
Upper thought band creation (as-isness)
Middle thought band idea (alter-isness)
Lower thought band opinion which is a limited concept
A touch of emotion, usually as a attitude reinforcing the
opinion
A "body" which is a featureless dot of effort level energy.
As I have pointed out before: since a thought can be moved
around, and the above idea and concept are "meaning", and
the effort energy is "mass", then a thought fits LRH's definition
of a symbol: mass, meaning and mobility. As a magician, if
you want that thought to also manifest itself as Will (intention)
then you had better acknowledge its existence as a
beingness. And magicians do. The thought's "body" can also
be beefed up, making it anywhere from a symbol which has a
shape (common in western magick), to creating a functioning
body. This latter is called a "Thing."
Locating these on the tone scale:
A normal thought exists from the top of the tone scale down to
around -3.0, which is Thinkingness on the Know to Mystery
scale.
A symbolized thought entity (one which has a definite
meaningful shape) exists from the top of the tone scale down
to around -4.0, which is Symbolizingness on the Know to
Mystery scale.
A magician's Thing, Homunculus, or Body of Light (with an
animal or human body shape) exists from the top of the tone
scale down to around the range of -6.0 to -10.0, which is
Sexingness, Mystery and Wait on the Know to Mystery scale.
This is also the range of the Etheric body or coarse aura
which is apparently measured in Kirilian photography.
So to sum this up, an entity is merely the beingness which a
processee or magician can perceive in anything, anywhere,
from any source. It can come from oneself. It can come from
others. The only trick is sorting it out. Sorting it out is locating
past considerations of ownership or source. Sorting it out is
also relieving any charge the entity has and taking
responsibility for it (please read Flemming Funch on this
subject. He is correct about OT case being others' viewpoints,
real case of others is much higher (that can be accessed
too...) If the entity is stuck in a past incident, then audit it.
Since all theta is one beingness at the top anyway -- this is
important so pay attention! -- THEN ANY PERSON CAN RUN
ANY INCIDENT HELD BY ANY BEING which isn't
bigger/higher than themselves. These entities are probably
seldom if ever the real beings which they appear to be. Even
if they are, you can still audit them. This means you can audit
any entity you encounter. You can also audit another thetan
so long as that thetan isn't higher toned than yourself. Does
Aunt Maggie a thousand miles away have a sore big toe? Get
out your meter, pick up the cans in one hand (solo cans) and
locate an incident containing pain in Aunt Maggie's big toe.
You can do this if you can get free enough to pervade the
area. Most clears should be able to do this a little; anyone
who can solo audit NOTs should be able to do this a little --
unless they resist it with a prior fixed consideration based on
inaccurate theory. In which case they WON'T be able to do it.
I repeat: you CAN get into the minds (and case) of others.
I wouldn't advise "telepathically" (it isn't really telepathy)
auditing any gods should you encounter one. If it's a real god,
you are likely to be slapped flat the way you or I would swat a
mosquito. But short of taking on the big guys, all sorts of odd
sessions can be run. For instance I once ran a friend back
through her decisions in order to effect a change in her
boyfriend's response to her. It could be described as postulate
handling narrative style in order to alter a 2nd dynamic. Here
is the 2D session.
It's all you at the top -- every last bit of everything is you when
viewed from the top of the tone scale. This data supercedes
all previous theory which seems to conflict with it. Use it in
practice on whatever gradient you find comfortable.
Ouran
back to index
I did an odd sort of session to help a friend. My friend is in a "go away - come closer", push-pull game
with her boyfriend. One of the ways this manifests is that if she thinks he might be communicating in
any way with another woman, she flips out with jealosy and does her best to crawl into his pocket (so
to speak).
They had just spent a few days together and were driving their separate ways home. But they
reencountered each other right before the freeway onramp. As she came up along him, she noticed he
was talking on his cellphone. She gasped just as he noticed her. He responded to her horrifed
expression with a series of ugly expressions of his own -- then the light changed and they parted
again. Need I point out that the two have plenty of earlier similars with each other along these lines?
She immediately called him from her cellphone.
He didn't answer. His withdraw was already underway.
For the next three days she called his phone numbers, I assume Caller ID let him know who it was,
and he did not pick up. Finally she called me, a little frantic.
First I explained the nature of the game she and her boyfriend were playing, and then tried to pull her
out of being interiorized into the game by giving her techniques for playing. (Basically, when
someone withdraws from you, withdraw HARDER yourself and that will usually undo the other
person's withdrawal. The game of reach and withdraw played here is in the effort range and so is very
automatic and reactive.)
What I did next was new, for me helping another anyway. I have done this for myself before, hell it's
almost a required technique if you are going to operate as a being, but I'd never tried it with another
person.
I explained to her that we were going to go back in time in our minds, and relive each and every time
in the sequence wherein she had reached by attempting to call. And that we would do it (like in a
dianetic chain) starting from the most recent attempted call, then working our way back one at a time.
I was treating the reencounter at the stoplight right before the freeway as "basic". And I was treating
all of her attempted phone calls as locks atop that basic. I explained to her that we were going to spot
the moment in each when she had decided to call him, then while still back in time, she was to, lightly
and without effort, change her mind and decide to not call him after all. We did this and had just
reached "basic" when her phone did the pulse of soundlessness which indicated that she had another
call waiting. She clicked over to it, then clicked back and told me "It's HIM, I'll talk to you later!"
Yup, it worked like magic! In fact, it WAS magic. Was it auditing? Beats me, twould depend on how
you define auditing I suppose. Of the comm lines supposed to be present in a session, we had the
"auditor to PC" whatsit line and the "PC to auditor" itsa line. Was accessing her decisions a "PC to
bank" line? But I wasn't erasing what one would normally think of as "bank", unless one subscribes to
the idea of "bank" on higher dynamics. I suppose so because I was getting her to look at her decisions,
which are a type of postulate. Make no mistake: my whole intent was to make a change in HER
BOYFRIEND by removing her reaches toward him, thus allowing him to reach himself. Given the
automaticity of their mutual game condition, I had no worries about him being sufficiently Cause to
change his own mind and not call her. My only real doubt before I began was "could she erase enough
of her decisions to make the necessary withdrawal of her own?", then I looked at the doubt and
vanished it and proceeded to walk her through the incidents.
What I didn't tell her is that I was partially in her mind during the session. I was right there as-ising
those decisions too.
These sort of effects on other people have been known to happen as a side effect of processing. In this
case however, it was no side effect, the effect on the boyfriend was the desired ep. And I got it...
Instantly, ha ha!
Ouran

SYMBOLS, MEANING AND PHYSICAL OBJECTS

The tones in the band immediately beneath Death on the tone
scale -- those with names like Needing Bodies, Protecting
Bodies, etc. -- require some clarification, and explanation of
the phenomena behind them. For one thing they are
misnamed; they aren't always necessarily about "bodies."
Though bodies are indeed their most noticeable focus, a
better word to use in its place would be "objects." An object is
anything possessing a material shape which can be
distinguished from other shapes -- and which shape is
perceived as having meaning. Which includes bodies as a
type of object.
Because they are perceived as having meaning, objects are
SYMBOLS as defined by LRH (mass, meaning and mobility).
A quick scan through the Effort band of the tone scale reveals
a whole lot of symbolizin' goin' on!
So let's rename those two I mentioned above. Needing
Objects. Protecting Objects. Those two right there instantly
define the majority of human activity. Needing: gotta have
food, get that girl, finance that new car, buy that doohicky...
Protecting: stop drunk drivers, save the whales, build that sea
wall, keep out those Argentine House Ants, frame those
photos so they won't be ruined... Hmm... Approval From
Objects? Certainly! Not just from people -- ever notice a
person who seems a little ritualistic, who has to polish that car
just SO and will buy it a new set of floor mats to propitiate its
perfection? The car is becoming cause...
This clarifies early 60's GPM research by LRH, Jack Horner
and others somewhat, with a pursuit of that object assigned
the greatest significance, based on one's strongest GPM goal.
Gotama (the Buddha) over 2500 years ago warned his monks
against making symbols out of objects, against assigning
meaning constantly to the things around them
("fermentations" I believe he called it). This is in the
Sabbasava Sutta. Alfred Korzybski (the founder of General
Semantics) likewise perceived that the meaning tagged to an
object was not the truth when he pronounced his famous
dictum: "The map is not the territory." (Quoting him in this
context is viewing his words from the opposite end from which
they are usually seen.)
What probably neither of them explained is that MEANING IS
ALTERATION. To say that in purely scio terms: MEANING IS
ALTER-IS. It is an alter-is of an original as-iness occasionally -
- or much more often, an alter-is of a current isness.
When dealing with physical objects (which are never so far as
I know original as-isnesses), this alteration is atop quite a bit
of previous alteration, involving such things as time and
ownership/source. Because it is atop prior alteration, then the
assignation of meaning to a physical object is effectively a
NOT-IS.
And THAT has to be precisely why Buddha stressed the
cessation of thinking up all sorts of ideas about the world
around us. So long as any monk were assigning meaning to
something, he would be incapable of achieving its ISNESS,
because all his thinking would be not-ising the thing.
So it can be seen that in order to rise out of lower tones and
conditions, it is necessary to cease one's automatic
assignment of meaning to objects. I said automatic! Not shut
it off permanently, just get it under control: start, change, stop.
Upon attaining this, I would expect a person to most likely
release from the Effort band of the tone scale. And
whatdoyouknow, I glance through the Clearing Course and
old OT2, and I'll be damned if they aren't list after list of
charged significances!
(Sarcastically) I suppose it might have been usefully if LRH
had any real idea what he was doing. Sometimes a nuts and
bolts engineering approach just doesn't get the job done very
well. And when it does work, does the engineer know why?
LRH should have done more mystical/spiritual study; his
basics were incomplete. But enough of beating him up. He's
gone and there's no help for it.
Keep in mind that EFFORT IS RESISTANCE. And that a
person only resists their ideas/significances/meanings about
things.
For example, let's say you are a man and you are married.
Let's suppose you have a friend named Ralph. It is okay with
you if Ralph has sexual intercourse with any woman he meets
at a bar. It is not alright with you if he has sex with your wife.
But why? In both cases it is just a male body atop a female
body -- why resist one and not the other?
Because the second female is assigned by you the
significance of YOUR wife. And that carries one hell of a lot of
meaning for most men!
This is not telling you to attain a state of meaninglessness
wherein you offer your wife's body to any passing stranger --
though in some cultures (such as the Inuit) this was exactly
the custom! This is telling you that if you are the effect of your
own significances, then you will resist in your mind. And you
can therefore be trapped in the sub-Death Effort range of the
scale.
Notice that assignment of of meaning to objects is light and
thin at higher tones; but that at lower tones these become
heavy significances. Find someone who has their attention
stuck at the bottom of the effort range -- in other words a
psychotic -- and you'll see that the meaning has more mass to
them than the object itself. But that's nuts, you say! Yep!
Don't get the impression from all this that significance only
functions in the effort range. Meaning is assigned to
emotional matters (matters of affinity), and also to opinions
and the identities which hold those opinions. Meaning begins
at the middle Thought band -- and indeed that is the true
nature of that sub-band of the tone scale. It's command is
"THIS MEANS!" and its dichotomy expresses as significance
versus insignificance. Dennis Stephens (discoverer of TROM)
found this level of the mind. Instead of calling it "meaning" or
"significance", he called it "importance". Same stuff. Keep in
mind we are working in the middle Thought band ABOVE
apparency, and because it is above apparency, our words
begin to fail us. It is of no significance that Dennis used a
different word. IT'S THE SAME LEVEL. I use different words
at various times for this level myself. Check the words I'm
using here against the words I used in Primal GPMs. Not the
same words, but it is the same level.
Because the "THIS MEANS!" command is higher on the tone
scale than the tone Apparencies Are Reality 26.0, then the
resolution of it pops a person free of the apparent universe, to
at least partially exterior from it.
A quick glance at the resistanceless text of the Tao Teh Ching
will indicate that Lao Tzu seems to have resolved it, and was
no longer fully within this physical universe as a spiritual
beingness. As this is above the dichotomy of the personal
self, then this material is senior to the mind's yammering
about "me, me, me!" And the excellent Chinese gentleman
indeed exhibited a breathtaking selflessness.
This gives us a new view on both objective processes and
significance cases. Objectives certainly are putting the
processee into contact with the physical universe, and
thereby helping him achieve isness. What he's blowing his
way through however is all that significance which had been
assigned to it so thick that the isness was apparently no
longer accessible. And a significance case is simply someone
who had piled on so much meaning atop reality that the
meaning became their new apparent reality.
I sincerely hope this article didn't drown you in significance.
As with all the later Ghost Danse articles, I expect you to have
either memorized Nos 24 and 38, or refer to them
continuously. Those two are are detailed, and a goal oriented
view of the span of apparent reality, of both the physical
universe and your mind. Use both maps. But just remember,
neither are the territory.
Ouran
back to index

THE PLANES

The bands of the tone scale appear to act as separate
spaces, with their own anchor points. Looking through that
frame of reference they could be (and often have been) called
"planes" of existence.
Each of these spaces I've observed interpenetrate one
another. They appear to occupy the same space as one
another. Within a cubic meter of physical universe space in
the middle of which is a person's head (assuming the person
is in their head) can be perceived a number of spaces which
can be full of stuff, but their contents do not repel each other
in any way. So their contents are within each other.
I do not know if the Causal band (BE) creates a space. By
theory it should be the highest equivalent of a space in
Coexistence and Individuality. But theory be damned, I
haven't observed it clearly. So let's just stick a question mark
after it: ?
The Upper Thought band (DO) around +100 seems to do
so. Terribly hard to penetrate the veil of illusion here because
the dichotomy of this band is truth vs lies. This is above
universes and is pervasive of any universe with which it
interacts.
The Middle thought band (DO) around +80 is definitely
occupied with alter-is in a vast array of considerations, values,
meanings, judgements, etc. These are also pervasive and
therefore will seem to occupy any location. Look for it
somewhere, and there it is!
The Lower Thought band (DO) is definitely a layer inside
what we perceive as the physical universe, occupied with
opinions and other viewpoints which act as mental anchor
points for a unit of located theta/life called a "thetan" by scios.
The Emotion band (HAVE) is another layer, called by the
occultists the "Astral Plane" and is a scale of affinity within the
tone scale. It and the Effort band operate the CDEI scale. Its
main feature is DESIRE which is the motivation between the
viewpoint in the Lower Thought band, and the efforts taken in
the Effort band.
The Effort band (NOT-HAVE) has been called the "Etheric
Plane" by occultists. It is a scale of resistance. Since the
presence of a mental image picture can be read on an
emeter, it is affecting matter (specifically electricity), which
means that it is at least partially composed of effort. An image
could be said to be in the "etheric plane", or to be made of
"etheric matter" whatever the hell that is.
The Mystery band (NOT-DO) is the plane of physical matter.
By "not-do" is meant a progressive condition downward of NO
OPINION, then NO CONSIDERATION and finally NO
POSTULATION -- the inverse of the three areas of the
Thought band.
The Evil band (NOT-BE) is the plane of body thetans and
other fragmented Beings. It would progress through the
destruction of the three tones of the Causal band, first
destroying Individuality, then Coexistence, and finally the
singularity of Static itself, which leads to spiritual death.
The "energies" of each Plane are used to trigger or control the
next plane down, and in turn can be affected by the plane
directly beneath. This is easy enough to observe below
Apparancies are Reality 26.0: a Lower Thought band opinion
(thought at a single viewpoint) which has been flavored with a
consideration from the Middle Thought band above it will
trigger an affinity/disaffinity attitude, otherwise known as an
emotion. The emotion will be used to motivate effort. The
effort exerted with move or otherwise affect matter.
That's the easy stuff to observe.
More difficult is observing how one makes a creation (Upper
Thought band), then tags it with a consideration as an alter-is
Middle Thought band), before the result appears in space
before the Eye(s) of the thetan, and the progression
described above takes place. I have done so. I have observed
this series from Upper Thought at Creation/Truth +100, all the
way down into "solid" matter in the tone range -20 through -
100.
And that's as far as I've clearly observed.
The theory of the primal goal pattern (as laid against the tone
scale expansion by Geoffrey Filbert) indicates that there's one
more band below that of physical matter. I've reluctantly
dubbed it the "Evil band". At first I was calling it the "Entity
band" after what seems to be its main case symptoms. If this
pattern of command and control continues as above, then
physical matter affects the creation and disposition of entities.
There also should be a crossover area where the tones take
on the combined character of both matter and entities. Theory
posits that this should be approximately -100 to almost -120
on the scale. In addition to all that, there is indications that
physical space becomes zero at Destruction -100. I had been
positing some sort of negative space below that, but now it
looks like this is perhaps entrance into the next plane down
instead.
Each plane as one progresses downward through the scale
appears more solid than the one above it. This implies that a
body thetan is more solid than the physical matter in which it
is found imbedded.
Ouran
back to index

SUBJECTIVE REALITY, OBJECTIVE REALITY & PANEXISTENT
REALITY

"Everyone" knows that subjective reality is only real to
oneself. It doesn't apply to the outer world we all share, right?
Right.
"Everyone" knows that objective reality is the "real" world. It
applies to the outer world we all share and live in together,
right? It is really real, right?
Not quite.
Objective reality is subjective too. Consider it a sort of agreed
upon, cross linked hallucination if you wish. ;-)
At this point the reader is perhaps tapping their foot
impatiently, ready to exit the Ghost Danse site and never
return. Objective reality not real? Pah!
Sadly, what I say is true. It has to do with the way a person
"knows".
High up the tone scale a person knows by creating the thing
known within theirself. To be much more precise, a person
creates a space and IS the space created. Anything known is
created inside that space, and therefore the person IS the
thing created and known. One is still doing this, because it is
actually the only way one does know anything. But one's
personal space has shrunk badly!
Subjective reality is anything mocked up inside that personal
space. It doesn't have to relate to anything anyone else
knows. Invent something (anything) and it's there. That's
called imagination.
The real problem with supposedly "objective" reality is that it
also is mocked up. Most people on this planet are spiritually
blind. They do not possess direct perception of the physical
universe even close to being on par with their body's senses,
much less superior to those weak, limited senses. So what a
person does is take the input from the body of sight, hearing,
smell, touch, etc and constructs a mental image of outer
reality within their personal space. They mock up a picture of
it all. And they dub this mental image "REALITY!"
BUT IT'S ONLY A PICTURE!
This can be upgraded by adding senses which are created by
oneself. These are mental machines, and not very complex
ones either. One can see without eyes, hear without ears
when exterior/OOB. But this is only an upgrade, still not the
real thing. This is still maya. Illusion. Hallucination. (see The
Shape of Apparent "Truth") Oh sure, it's often far more
accurate than mere body senses if you have achieved a high
state. Here you get OOB with good visio, remote viewing, etc.
Great stuff, but still illusory because it is a picture! It's merely
a more accurate picture!
There is only one way to directly perceive/know real reality:
one must expand one's personal space (the space one is
being) to engulf the thing viewed, so that no longer is there
any separation or distance between observer and observed. It
lies within one instead. Buddha's pervasion drill and spacation
exercises are advised for this. Perhaps better drills will be
found in the future. This subject is still on a research line,
never mind all of the satisfied customers who have achieved
a little clearing and/or enlightenment and quit.
Remember, the clear cog applies to subjective reality,
objective reality AND ultimately to the panexistent reality of
the pervasive state: you're mocking it up, the physical
universe, your mind, everything...
YOU'RE MOCKING IT UP.
Ouran
back to index

PROCESSING AESTHETICS

Most of what needs to be said on this subject has already
been laid out by Max Sandor in his Purple Notebook. Read
his page first, then come back to this one. The techniques he
gives are great stuff. But it doesn't interest me particularly.
Want to know why?
I already ran it out years before I even knew Max existed. But
the METHOD I used to run it may be of interest to you. So
add this variant technique to Max's data.
First some theoretical background...
Aesthetics occurs in two places on the tone scale. Their
higher location is in the middle Thought band at
Consideration, werein creations are alter-ised by the addition
of meaning, importance or significance. A standard is created
by which a thing may be judged aesthetic or unaesthetic, to
be beautiful or ugly. The actual aesthetic sensation in
response to viewing is found lower down at tone 16.
Aesthetics forms a dichotomy. It is probably one of the top
dichotomies within Consideration's range of activity. Like with
any dichotomy, one end gets desired, while the other repelled
or not-ised. In this case, most people desire beauty and reject
ugliness. Most people. A few here and there however are
found in a peculiar case condition where they have inverted --
that is to say, they have done a crossover and pursue
oppgoals. Such people are often suicidal, destructive, drug
users, rebels, and deliberately create art which is
astoundingly ugly.
Sounds sort of like punk rockers doesn't it?
In my temporarily depressed state many years ago following
my walking away from the mad, bad CoS, I began listening a
lot to the harder end of that sort of music: punk rock. Like any
hip person in the late 70's/early 80's I had tuned in to the local
KROQ radio station for the funny-punk and pretty new wave
songs they played. But now I began to listen to the really
violent stuff, which had all the beauty and charm of a 70 mph
head-on car crash! It spoke to me, because for a while, my
tone level had really plummeted.
But I didn't stay depressed. Soon I was listening to all sorts of
music again. But I had added the violent hardcore to my
tastes. I'd listen to a hardcore CD, then a more aesthetic CD,
then a hardcore one -- eventually finding bands to play such
as Descendents, and later ALL and Leatherface, which
combined both beauty and ugliness in the same songs.
A funny thing began happening. My mind began shifting and
opening. My space lightened up and became clearer. I
gradually became conscious of grabbing BOTH ends of that
dichotomy SIMULTANEOUSLY while listening to these
songs. I was appreciating both ends of the aesthetic at the
same time.
I'll be damned if it didn't run out! I had relieved the beauty/ugly
dichotomy using punk rock!
Nowadays I find that pretty damn funny. :)
Ouran
back to index

PROCESSING SPACE

Some fundamental axioms and a few notes related to
processing space:
Life is both 1. a static of no motion and no qualities, and 2.
everything in all universes. This division into qualities
opposed to non-qualities must be maintained in order to stay
ignorant and located.
Life is both 1. awareness, and 2. unawareness. This division
into perception opposed to non-perception must be
maintained in order to stay ignorant and located.
Life is both 1. awareness of being one while being unaware of
being many, and 2. awareness of being many (no matter
where they are located) while knowing those many to be one.
This division into separate selves opposed to unity of selves
must be maintained in order to stay ignorant and located.
Beingness in a universe equals space. Theta is all space,
which is of course also none.
Pervasion of any space effectively exteriorizes the thetan
from it, i.e. the "view" is larger than the space.
(The "higher individual" or "source self" is already larger than
any space; and in fact is not located in this universe. Any
thetan can wake up in that higher "viewpoint". Decide to.)
Space is a separation or individuation of awareness of being
into isolated or semi-isolated beings.
(It is more than a "viewpoint of dimension", which statement is
so childish as to be below contempt.)
Affinity is a goal. It is a spacial goal wherein theta is located in
part of a space, but considers itself not located in another part
of it. In order to have affinity, theta must deliberately abandon
part of a space, then mechanically reach out to occupy it
again -- on top of its earlier postulate that it isn't in that
abandoned space.
The as-isness at the level of affinity is that theta is ALL space
(no thetan), while at the same time it is no space whatsoever.
The alter-isness at the level of affinity is theta abandoning
part of a space (formation of a thetan).
The existing isness at the level of affinity is theta located in
space (thetan).
The not-isness at the level of affinity is the attempted
reoccupation of abandoned space, done without viewing any
of the above. This sort of affinity is commonly called DESIRE,
which because it is a not-isness, leads to ENFORCE,
INHIBIT, etc. (you know the drill). This is why affinity always
degenerates down the CDEI scale unless the as-isness is
recovered. Operated as a triangle, where the third leg
resolves to either the top or bottom of the tone scale: affinity
by being whole spaces is recovery of original as-isness; OR
affinity by reaching out for that which one is not BEING, but
instead is attempting to HAVE, is desire, is not-isness.
Drills.
Most OT drills are kindergarten stuff. Perhaps this is the
influence of CCH processes at work, but my observation of
OT drills is that they SHOULD be kindergarten at first -- but
they should also be designed using a clearer understanding
of the nature of theta and thetans.
It's mostly a waste of time to drill a being on handling energy
in order to achieve "operation" (as in Operating Thetan). A
being already knows how to handle energy. Handling energy
will not increase his power or increase his energy very much if
his space is small. To drill a small being on energy is a "zero
sum" game. Instead a being should be drilled on SPACE.
Space is the key. Space is first column of triangles (you better
have read and duplicated GD7.html!), while energy is 2nd
column.
It is far easier to handle energy if one is 30 feet in diameter,
than if one is 2 inches in diameter.
Spacation as practiced in the CoS is a good first step. Sit
comfortably in a room and mentally reach back behind your
body's head and hold onto the upper two corners of the room
without thinking. Do this for as long as possible, 30 seconds,
60 seconds, etc. If you can get exterior to the body (OOB)
then do the drill by holding more corners. Do all this on a
comfortable gradient. Your eventual target should be to
comfortably hold the eight corners of an invisible box of space
around your location. This is not visualizing a box in front of
you, that would be a mock up drill instead.
After spacation is comfortable and easy as per the above
paragraph, the next step is pervasion. This has its origin in
Buddhist scripture written in the Pali language. Take your
spacation box and flow outward into that space with
awareness. That's right, I said be aware in that space. In
actual fact you don't need the box. The box is only a
temporary crutch, for havingness. Flow outward with
awareness, expanding your size in every direction. Practice
being aware in a wider space than normal. Whatever size you
are in the physical universe, become bigger.
If this is too difficult, there's a gradient using remote
viewpoints.
Pick a point in space outside of where you are being. Decide
to be aware at that location in addition to where you are. Be
aware in both locations at the same time. Drill yourself on
being aware in one location, two locations, back to one, to two
again. You can play games like having the two viewpoints
look at one another (the subordinate one will vanish, possibly
with other interesting phenomena), but this practice will tend
to decrease you size. It is a concentration drill rather than an
expansion drill. So don't do this one without putting exterior
viewpoints back again. Eventually having multiple viewpoints
should allow you to expand your overall amount of space. A
lot of fun phenomena should occur, treat this stuff lightly and
non-serious. Above all do not use force or effort. Lightly with
loving intention outward into the universe. Please see the
page on Buddhism for the original pervasion technique
translated from the Pali.
These are the exercises I have been using solo. I do
spacation and space expansion DAILY. I don't know for
certain if these (and my weekly mock-up processing) are
responsible for my being able to see the material found on
this website. I consider it likely. Don't take my word for any of
it. Do your own looking. And I recommend these simple solo
processes as a way to help you look.
Ouran
back to index

KNOW VERSUS KNOW ABOUT

This is another page which may bother some scios, especially
ones who are highly trained auditors in/from the CoS. It may
bother them because it directly applies to their alleged
"knowledge". Warning: this article will be a steep gradient for
most people. If you just wandered onto this page at random --
without having read the previous pages in this series -- then
my advice is for you to read no further. If you entered the
freezone through Scn, odds are you will become upset if you
continue reading this.
Any time a person studies a subject, this results in the person
knowing about the subject. It does not result in a person
KNOWING it. I do not care how many years of study have
been done. There are certain specific characteristics (which I
shall go into later) evident in someone who knows a subject.
And completeness of study, time spent, diligence, effort,
certificates, etc have absolutely nothing to do with it. A scio
for instance could have every single word spoken or written
by LRH memorized, and that person could still merely know
about Scn. A monk could have memorized every word of the
Pali canon of Buddhism, and still only know about it.
In fact, knowing too much ABOUT a subject can actually be
an impediment.
I realize that last was a pretty radical statement. Allow me to
describe why it is true.
When studying the work of another person such as LRH or
Gotama, the student is ACQUIRING THE MIND OF THE
SOURCE. This is copying, not duplicating in most cases.
Copying produces a persistence. Duplication produces a
vanishing. A small percentage of people do manage to
duplicate, and cause to vanish, the mental structure of the
source, LRH or Gotama in these examples. Most do not. Most
students usually end up creating a brand new entity, a
complex of thoughtforms, a "BT" -- or rather a cluster of BTs.
Simply put O Scios, you should use your NOTs tech to offload
the enforced viewpoints of LRH. And it's more than a simple
set of thoughtforms clogging your space, you also acquire a
reinforcing (clustering) with other students of that same
subject, forming what is called a group mind. If this subject of
acquired minds and group minds interests you, I advise you to
study the work of Edmund Meadows (the Viking Remote
Viewing & Psychic Self Defense site), and also that of Rupert
Sheldrake.
To be fair, the typical scio will have a large number of
duplications resulting in "know", plus a much larger number of
parasitic mind vampires, er, I mean entities, er, I mean others'
ideas, heh heh! ;-) That little joke, isn't so little. I jested about
it because, O Scio, it is deadly truth. You are "obsessed", in
the magically meaning of that word, not the pop psych
meaning. This is not much of a problem apparently at lower
levels because a beginner's mind is so clouded with pain and
unconsciousness that this phenomenon is out of view. But a
"clear" is in the curious and uncomfortable position of being
empty enough to perceive the mindstuff in their personal
space, but not yet aware enough to have gained control of
their misowned creations. I talked about this in the article The
Shape of Apparent "Truth". What happens is that whatever
acquired mind (also known as a "frame of reference") is being
used as mental anchor points acts as a template for creating
apparent existences colored by it. The result is essentially
indistinguishable from madness, with the person telepathically
hobnobbing with or against demons, aliens, psychic spies,
etc; personal case items take on the characteristics which the
person expects them to have; and their understandings of
their subject are heavily colored by preconceived ideas
acquired from the guru-godlet of their mind. The hell of it is
that the person has no way to tell which of all these are real,
which have been colored/altered, and which are sheer
hallucination. This band of other people's created reality has
been called maya by the Hindus, and the Abyss of
Hallucination by western magicians. It must be passed
through as part of the process of waking up. There's
apparently no avoiding it. I see evidence of it coloring my
work. It's scattered through Filbert's book. It's in quite a bit of
Ogger's Super Scio. Capt Bill Robertson was very heavily
effect of it. It destroyed Koos completely. It affects every one
of us. And the only writers I notice aware of the problem in the
freezone are myself, Edmund Meadows, Flemming Funch,
and the deceased Dennis Stephens.
So how to tell if someone really does "know" their subject?
Easy. "Know" is tone 110 on the scale. Know is above tone
100, which Filbert calls Truth, and I name Creation. A scio
who knows the subject of Scn, will be above Creation on it,
and originate new, original data and processes which amplify
and clarify the subject. A scio who does NOT know, but
merely knows about Scn, will expound in a dogmatic inflexible
manner what has been written by others. Let me repeat: a
person who knows a subject will create it in present time.
At the highest level of course, every person "knows"
everything and is co-creating the full contents of all universes.
But most people are subaware of this and only get glimpses
of true knowledge, and rare flashes of "inspiration". This
limitation is mostly caused by simple unconsciousness,
compounded by overlays of learning acquired from others. It
is also caused by the fact that a viewpoint located in a
universe cannot reach these higher levels. It must wake up in
its higher self.
A student of Scn or Buddhism should reject the very words of
the source they adore, and take a new look each time, all the
way up to static where looking is being. To do otherwise is to
fail. Filbert had some excellent words on this subject:
Anyone who is in know about on any subject is doomed, absolutely
doomed. You can't create or control or be responsible unless you
know. --Excalibur Revisited
So Buddha's words, LRH's words, Filbert's words, MY words
here, should only be used as a springboard to cognition, as
signposts pointing the way to directly knowing. Once a person
knows, then other people's words can be laughed at,
shrugged off, affectionately treated as amusing stupidities,
and finally taken over completely and made the person's
own. At that point the student doesn't even use the words of
their ex-source any longer -- ask them the exact same
question on ten different days and recieve the same answer
worded ten different ways BECAUSE EACH TIME THEY ARE
ANSWERING IN PRESENT TIME. Rote answers always
worded exactly the same are spoken by highly trained robots
who merely know about. And I don't want to hear any crap
about duplication. Duplication of a subject is not the same
thing as duplicating the exact same words robotically.
Duplication of the words of a subject is not the same thing as
duplicating the subject. Words are not the subject, read your
Korzybski.
Occasionally I get a little backflash from some ex-scientologist
who has undergone years or even decades of training in that
church, expressing the opinion that I am not trained up
enough to know Scn. This might sound arrogant on my part to
some people, but quite the contrary. I know the subject
because I am above it, evidenced by the simple fact that I can
create it. I can create it because I reestablished a direct
connection to myself at Coexistence, which is above both
Know and Create/Truth. If I had trained up to Class XII it
might have frozen my knowing within a solid block of LRH's
knowledge, LRH's know abouts and LRH's low opinions. And
I too might have failed. Not all who are trained up to high
levels have failed. But the ones who do know their Scn are
people who have offloaded the burden of LRH's mind and
done their own knowing, their own direct looking.
Scn persists because it is a lie which is known about.
Buddhism persists because it is a lie which is known about.
All "know abouts" are lies. Instead of knowing about these
things, my advice to you is to KNOW TRUTH. And when you
do, truth will vanish instantly. But that's alright, not to worry,
simply create it as you need it.
Ouran
back to index

THE ANNOTATED AXIOMS

Due to the fact that the axioms I am commenting upon are
under fiercely defended copyright, they will not be quoted on
this page. Therefore you should compare this to your old
copy, or buy one if you do not already own it. Non-scios
should perhaps skip this article.
Other people's cognitions are of no use to people who read
them, unless they are used by the readers to cognite in turn.
Even if LRH's Scn Axioms were 100% true -- which they
definitely are NOT! -- for most people they still constitute an
acquired artificial mind, an "implant" if you wish to abuse that
fatally flawed Scn term. Therefore when reading those
axioms, and these comments on them, do not take into
yourself the words as truth. Words are viewpoint oriented
opinions. Merely use the words as a way to view the truth on
your own. And when you do, you will no longer need anyone's
words. Not even your own.
Axiom 1. Exactly half correct. This axiom is a dramatization
of the #1 primal dichotomy found in Primal GPMs. The truth is
that life (theta) is both a static, AND everything in all
universes and all times. The ability life has is to "decide".
Perception is postulated (a decision) along with everything
else, which he covers in Axiom 2.
Axiom 2. True enough as far as it goes. It would be a trifle
more accurate to say that it makes decisions about
beingness.
Axiom 3. True, except for that idea of agreement. The list of
created items do not require agreement made by viewpoints
in space-time. The actual creation is made at a level where all
identities and selves are united. My researches are indicating
that the physical universe is NOT being postulated at the level
of a thetan. A viewpoint located in space does no such thing
apparently. The self as ALL does however, near as I can tell
from what knowledge I can bring back to this viewpoint in
space called Ouran.
Axiom 4. A weak truth which is also almost startlingly puerile.
It doesn't really say anything. I guess the old man couldn't
figure that one out and had to write something plausible.
Axiom 4 should read something like "Space is a separation of
existences, beingnesses and identities held apart with non-
existences, non-beingnesses and non-identities." The original
space at the highest level I've spotted is separation between
selves.
Axiom 5. Is sort of weird... what happened to the alternate
valid view, of energy as waves? So this axiom is partially true,
but ignores the motion by/through/via postulated fields (which
still isn't correct but I have no idea how to describe the
actuality in words). Energy is not located exactly, it is in
motion. Stop energy in space and it is a solid. Examine the
solid you have stopped and you have put it in motion again at
least, if not annihilated it by inspection. This is quite bound up
in the phenomena described by Heisenburg, and codified as
his Uncertainty Principle. Matter and energy are mutually
convertable into one another. Basically in the physical
universe one either knows the energy of something, or its
location, but never both completely. So Axiom 5 describes
energy by saying it is matter. Yes, but if it's energy then it
should be described as energy, as a motion of somewhat
indeterminate location. By saying energy is particles, the old
man stopped the energy so he could look at it, at which time
its energy became unknowable and it became from his
viewpoint, a solid.
Axiom 6. Is a reasoned (thinkingness effort) result depending
on Axiom 5. Both of these axioms are squirrely -- in this case
no particle or "solid" is actually solid because it has energy.
The closer you examine a solid, the fuzzier it becomes. The
truth is that there are infinitely fine gradations of energy on a
scale between the Nothing of life the static, and the solid
everything of life the Mass.
Axiom 7. Dumb. the only way to obtain energy or solids is to
resist it enough to make it stay "a while" (a GREAT phrase
used by Filbert!). Time is resistance. Time is STOP.
Axiom 8. The apparency of time is vibration. And what is
vibration? An apparent switching back and forth between the
poles of dichotomy #1. ...It's there / it isn't there / it's there / it
isn't there... etc. Change is the apparency of the apparency.
Axiom 9. Yeah, okay. Seen from a mechanical viewpoint in
space which is below death on the tone scale, yes. (The
mechanics of reason and logic are in the effort band of the
scale.)
Axiom 10. No, the creation of an effect is the #4 purpose, not
the #1. (see Primal Goal Processes, and Primal GPMs again)
He could just as easily have said that the highest purpose
was to have everything (#1 goal), be individual (#2), or be
aware (#3). In the L-13 materials Rowland Barkley calls this
foolish axiom an implant. I will not dispute him; Rowland has
seen outside the universe too.
Axiom 11. Brilliant. He spotted the actions (triangle) of the #4
purpose (primal goal). For that alone he could be highly
honored. He spotted that isness is different from the other
three, but not why: "as-is, alter-is, not-is" form a triangle
equivalent on their level to "be, do, have", "start, change,
stop" and "affinity, communication, reality".
Axiom 12. Nice. He only missed the truth that theta (life) itself
is at all locations. And anytime theta duplicates, there is a
vanishing. He missed it is because he missed that whenever
theta is being/placing itself aware at one location, it is also
placing itself at all other locations, as unaware.
Axiom 13. Correct. "Create" at this level perhaps should be
written "form". But the idea is right. He mentions in passing in
the PDC that he spotted these various triangles as related to
one another; then never followed up on it by researching it
fully.
Axiom 14. Oops, he mixed the planes! Survive is the #8
purpose which is being slightly confused with the actions at
the #4. His statement is basically true because the higher
levels of reality control the lower ones, and the actions of alter-
isness and not-isness have their equivalents in the effort
band. But his statement reflects his mistake of ascribing all
command value to pursuit of goal #8, whereas each primal
dichotomy is a pursued goal, i.e. a command. There are scios
who postulate dynamics 9-16 as dynamics of survival. Nuh-
uh. The next level up from "Survive!" would be the dynamics
of affinity, the #7 purpose.
Axiom 15. Sure, why not? There are other ways to say that
which are just as true. For instance: "creation is accomplished
by a decision to be."
Axiom 16. Sure. Just keep in mind that theta is duplicating
itself, that each person is everything, everywhere, everywhen.
(If you wish to test this assertion for yourself, do the look at
oneself from a remote viewpoint process I found in Ken
Ogger's notes.)
Axiom 17. Sure. The most common alter-isness I've noticed
is tagging the creation with another creation, otherwise known
as significance or meaning.
Axiom 18. Correct. This observation is the basis of effective
therapy. There are different levels of this action, all of which
could be described as taking no responsibility for what was
created. In addition to not-isness, another good general name
for this action is "resistance".
Axiom 19. Technically this statement is not absolutely true at
all levels. In Axiom 19 he is describing his observation of the
fact that if you view as-is the alteration (significance or
meaning, which is on a scale of values, read Dennis
Stephens on value and importance) you will obtain a partial
relief. The next step would be to view perfectly (as-is) above
any conditions, as in Axiom 20.
Axiom 20. Perfect. Except that he misses that the person IS
the thing being vanished.
Axiom 21. Correct. This is a cycle like start-change-stop, and
its correct sequence is affinity-communication-reality.
Axiom 22. Correct. "Not-isness" represents a highest level of
resistance (Goal #4), whose equivalent in the ARC triangle of
understanding is agreement (forced reality) which seems to
drop down the CDEI scale passing through disagreement
(inhibit), unreality (no), etc.
Axiom 23. Oops, just mixed the planes again! He is
essentially correct because all the scales are united at the
top.
Axiom 24. Yes, and what I said about Axiom 23.
Axiom 25. Brilliant. The axiom is brilliant. The explanation
below it less than brilliant in a couple places, but overall this is
among his best work.
Axiom 26. Or not. When he states that it is agreed-upon, he
places it at the bottom of its cycle. That is because he couldn't
fully confront the infinite shared consciousness (co-existence)
at the top. Near as I can tell, physical reality is created at the
co-existence level.
Axiom 27. Not quite. True at a level of apparency, and can be
applied as a weapon (this axiom is probably from Excalibur,
the Dark Sword). Above apparency, any creation anywhere in
any universe -- no matter how personal, private, or out of
"agreement" -- can be known by anyone. Axiom 27 is a major
mistake in theory.
Axiom 28. Too mechanical. True only at a level of efforting.
See Ghost Danse 6 for the truth.
Axiom 29. Ha ha ha ha ha! I'm sorry (no I'm not), but this one
is hilariously true because it is a lie! Axiom 29 is quite a joke!
The joke is that when anyone says "I" created something,
THAT is the lie which obtains the persistence! Even saying
that everything is co-created is not quite a perfect statement. I
can't think of a way to put the truth in words though, so let "co-
creation" stand as a finger pointing at the moon. Too bad he
had coexistence and individuality in opposition in his mind.
Another LRH "implant", as Rowland might have said it.
Axiom 30. Quite good. The old man had the mechanics of
auditing down pat. Kudos.
Axiom 31. Said sort of screwy, but kind of truish. Close, but
he's scrambling the levels again; let's pry them apart.
Considerations (alter-is) are around tone 80 (purpose #5),
and opinions (not-is) are around tone 22-20 (purpose #6, the
thetan in space). This axiom essentially states that
considerations are mere considerations. No duh.
Axiom 32. Sure. And anything which you are not-being also.
This is why space could be described as the separation
between thetans, which statement is not perfectly true, but
please sight down the length of that finger...
Axiom 33. Okay. Therefore not-know and not-be are both
resistance/force. Allow me to point out that prior to this
happening the as-isness has to have been altered by a
consideration, otherwise no not-isness can occur. He goofed
on this one by using two terms of a triangle (as-is, alter-is, not-
is) to describe a dichotomy.
Axiom 34. This should have been Axiom 33. An isness, by
the way, is the persisting result of alter-isness.
Axiom 35. No, the ultimate is beyond the static: what we for
convenience call "native state". Native state is not static, not
everything, both static and everything, neither static nor
everything, and all those statements canceled out. Words are
impossible -- another finger pointing at the moon.
Axiom 36. Mask? That's an awfully solid word for something
done in near infinite joyous playfulness! The action looks
more like an idiot savant godbaby stacking blocks atop one
another. The first example he gives is not correct.
Axiom 37. Sure. The apparency is the consideration (alter-
isness), not the initial creation.
Axiom 38. True, but he uses a different definition for
"consideration" than he used earlier in axioms 28, 31 and 37.
What he meant to say is true, but he said it sloppily.
Axiom 39. A better statement would be to say that life creates
existences which are in opposing pairs, which forms a
problem by desiring one of each pair, and avoiding (not-ising)
the other.
Axiom 40. He didn't study enough Buddhism, otherwise this
would have been said more clearly. The CDEI (desire) aspect
is missing. A problem is any creation of which: 1. either the
existence is pursued and the non-existence denied, or 2. the
non-existence is pursued and the existence is denied.
Axiom 41. Yawn. He's thinking too hard. This is reasoned
from Axiom 40, not created as-is.
Axiom 42. Ditto.
Axiom 43. Mechanically truish, but only as apparency. This
one is dependent upon a standing consideration that a
creation only exists in the time of its initial creation. Given
that, yes.
Axiom 44. True. Also it has ALL locations in space and time.
Axiom 45. No, theta can consider itself conscious at a
specific limited location, and consider itself not-conscious at
all other locations.
Axiom 46. No, by posing itself as static pursuing MEST, it
denies being MEST, then fails because the postulate of a goal
is a preassumption of failing to reach that goal, followed by
switching poles to only being MEST (and denying being
static). The truth is that theta is both static AND MEST.
Axiom 47. True. Anything created can be uncreated.
Axiom 48. No, life is a game where theta as nothing pretends
that it isn't theta as MEST, and so pursues it. It's odd that he
acknowledges "theta as MEST" in this one, a fact that he
vehemently denies most of the time. It's as if he recognized
the fact, then covered it up again due to the fact that he was
still trapped in the primal GPMs and had to pursue matter,
which pursuit can only be done as the static.
Axiom 49. Sure. This is a decision, by the way. Choose to do
so.
Axiom 50. No duh. (antagonism can be a fun game to play
with occasionally, like playacting)
Axiom 51. Sure. Like I said, the old man had the mechanics
of auditing down pat. His phrase "live communication" is an
unfortunate one...
Axiom 52. Very true. Too bad he forgot it when he formed the
Sea Org.
Axiom 53. RED ALERT! Erase this axiom from your mind.
Stable data are only correct and usable in this manner if you
create them yourself. Stable data acquired from others (like
LRH for instance) are foreign minds which act as an
impediment to duplication and enlightenment. His axioms on
logic and reason are the heights of thinkingness, i.e. efforts to
think.
Axiom 54. This is no higher than the effort band of the tone
scale. "Survive" is the mechanics of animals. Which can be
fun, but don't take this axiom as higher truth. Did I mention
that LRH was stuck in the survive vs succumb dichotomy? I
can't take credit for initially observing that; Filbert spotted it
first.
Axiom 55. Okay, an aware nothingness is senior to an aware
body. Got it. And yes, the basic cycle manifests in different
forms at different levels. So why didn't he research it? I did
(Ghost Danse 7).
Axiom 56. Huh? Theta brings a disorder of creations, which
decays into orderliness at the point on the tone scale where
affinity decays to death and is reborn as perfectly ordered
reasoning, then below there it fragments into chaos again.
Orderliness is in the middle of the tone scale. At Death 0.0.
Axiom 57. He's switching legs among different actual
triangles, and redefined control (an effort activity) as
postulation. The sequence of this should be: control (create),
communicate, have. But it's still screwy. He has control from
the first leg of the creation triangle, communication from the
second leg of the ARC triangle, and havingness from the third
leg of the being triangle. This triangle can be used, but it's
written as a chimera cobbled together. What he has actually
done is made a triangle spanning the three bands of Thought,
Emotion, and Effort. As such, CCHs properly done constitute
a type of magick...
Axiom 58. True. Raises effort (thinkingness) to its highest
level. Useful.
Someday, someone will come up in the freezone who sees
these axioms more clearly than I do. This person will laugh at
my words, and lovingly point out my mistakes and stupidities.
Hurry up will you?
Ouran
back to index

A FEW THOUGHTS ABOUT PHYSICS

I got into an intense discussion with my friend "M" on the
subject of physics. I originally posted a few thoughts which
you can see below:
I don't have the usual respect for Albert Einstein possessed by
most people. It's not that I think he was a bad guy, or that he was
terribly wrong or anything like that. No. But neither do I place him
on any sort of pedestal, and his work as having been downloaded
from Heaven while harps and trumpets played. I try to question
everything. The biggest lesson I learned as a teenager while avidly
reading the sci-fi novels of Robert Heinlein was that I should do my
own thinking, and not allow anyone else to do it for me. Therefore
Einstein is not taken as gospel by me. Let's take his famous
formula E=MC squared. Okay, mass is convertible into energy,
that's excellent! But why C squared? Eh? Why the speed of light
multiplied times itself?
That one bothered me. I had experienced plenty of light bouncing
off objects into my eyeballs, and it sure moved fast too. And that
velocity was called C (speed of light). Great. So what was a "C
squared"? I never saw one of those, sorry.
Let me interupt this train of thought for a paragraph or so, by
pointing out that mathematics is a method of symbolically
representing abstracted ideas. Some of these ideas stand for real
objects, for example "11" can be an abstraction of a supermarket
carton designed to hold a dozen apples which has one apple
missing, i.e. "11 apples". Other mathematical abstracts are of
things which have no real existence, such as the square root of
minus one, or irrationalities such as Pi. It's not uncommon for
mathematic formulas to contain impossibilities, especially complex
formulas. But it bugged me to find it in a formula that simple. What
could it represent?
Either C squared is an impossibility, or something out there in the
universe moves at that velocity. For one thing, it's not even a
proper velocity, it isn't merely the number multiplied times itself,
with the distance per elapsed time placed after it. Instead even the
distance/time is multiplied times itself, so that if the distance is
expressed as miles and the time as seconds, then it's
miles/second times miles per second; which makes absolutely no
sense whatsoever in the real world. Even if we didn't do that and
only multiplied the numbers, I still don't know of anyone observing
anything travelling at at velocity, so I'm going to shelve that and
assume it's impossible. And if C squared is impossible, what does
that do to the formula? It turns it into E=MC: energy equals the
mass times the velocity.
THAT MAKES SENSE. Sounds rather like Napoleon's favorite
dictum that the impact of a military force equals its mass times its
velocity.
I mulled this over for a while.
Then I got to thinking about objects traveling at the speed of light,
which some people have said would acquire an "infinite" mass.
Also I've read physics books which claim that light has no mass.
But light is energy which was converted from mass, and light
travels at C! That's contradictory! How can it have an infinite mass
and no mass at the same time? Both of those have to be wrong
because: 1. light exerts a small amount of pressure against
anything it shines on. So it has SOME mass, but not much. Also:
2. light is bent by gravity, witnessed by graviational lensing effects
seen by astronomers. So the zero mass and the no mass ideas
are both wrong. Direct observation can prove it, so toss those old
theories!
So I next went back to basics and asked, what happens when a
mass is travelling at a high speed? It has more impact, i.e. more
energy. You can observe that just by getting hit by a baseball.
Therefore the correct formula is:
ENERGY EQUALS MASS TIMES VELOCITY.
And at some point in accelerating, a mass should lose its
characteristics of a solid and behave as energy.
We aren't finished. Einstein was good, but he should have paid
closer attention to Heisenburg. Heisenburg noticed that (roughly)
the more you know about the location of a particle, the less you
know about its energy. AND the converse: the more you know
about something's energy, the less you know about its location.
Add Hubbard into this next: the basic formula in universes is start-
change-stop. In order to know something's position you must stop
its motion. In order to know something's energy, you must
measure the span of its changing positions, which means to treat it
as though it has a vast multitude of locations all at once. Change is
motion, that is to say an altering location, which is energy. And
stop is a fixed location, and anything stopped has no energy.
Which means:
MASS EQUALS ENERGY WITHOUT MOTION.
All of the above was done treating physical reality as a triangle of
nothing-energy-mass.
Well that was a relief! What else can I clarify? Let's drop the
triangle and rise one level in the structure of reality to dichotomies,
and deal with zero. If a zero is an impossibility, then why is it so
useful?
It's not impossible. This is going to sound horribly like bad
mahayana Buddhism, but zero is an existence which has no
existence.
Whew! That one was painful! Allow me to explain that, okay?
When I spotted the primal dichotomies I realized that all of
existence in universes (the apparencies) is arranged in these
pairs. My study of the Book of Lies (Crowley) had paid off,
because I could see that:
EVERY EXISTENCE IS BALANCED/OPPOSED BY A NON-
EXISTENCE.
So the physicists are flubbing badly in their search for anti-matter
to balance all the matter in the universe. They are correct that
matter is equally balanced by something. But it's not anti-matter
composed of positively charged electrons and negatively charged
protons.
MATTER IS BALANCED BY INFINITE NOTHINGNESS.
Mechanically, somethingnesses are held apart from one another
by nothingness. The nothingness is infinite (since a something is
an object to be perceived, this placed awareness in the
nothingness and unawareness in the somethings). The apparent
distance between somethings is purely a matter of consideration at
a level of affinity, which is to say that distance is determined by
degree of communication. That is the way it works in private
universes. In the physical universe there's an added factor of
rhythm involved which interferes. The physical universe is pulsing
and vibrating, appearing and disappearing rapidly. This vibration
seems to do two things: regularizes time in adjacent space, with
the uniformity of time diminishing with increased separation and
differences in relative velocity; and it regularizes distances so that
they also appear to follow a uniform pattern.
Physicists had better forget anti-matter and start looking for the
real balance opposite matter and energy. It will appear to be
nothingness sometimes, and infinity at other times. And in
mathematics it will even show up as irrational numbers such as Pi.
Excellent! Now that you have done all that from a viewpoint, let's
try to expand beyond a viewpoint into pervasion...
(One of the several flaws in Hubbard's approach after the mid 50s
is that he mostly abandoned pervasion, i.e. being WHOLE
SPACES rather than single viewpoints in them.)
This was a mixture of things I know directly and reasoning
about it. Like any such mix, it's only as good as the direct
knowledge, and as screwy as data upon which the reasoning
is based. Problem is, I'm a much better mystic than I am a
mathematician!
M jumped on it, and a discussion erupted that was pure joy:
exchanging from very different points of view without
resistance. It eventually culminated in the following tentative
conclusions:
(Three carats "> >>" and one carat ">" are M. Two carats ">
>" and none are Ouran.)
On Wed, 30 May 2001 09:48:05 +0100 (GMT+02:00),
Xxxxxxxx@XXX.com wrote:
> >>
> >> PS: Oh. I just thought of something, which I found
many years ago.
> >> What is movement? what happens when a particle
moves?
> >> Answer: it is not continuous! It is appear,disappear,
appear a bit
> >further, disappear, etc.
> >> Like you said it also somewhere in your mail. I figured
the same.
> >
> >Great! I'm so glad someone else spotted that! I realized
that about
> >photons
> >10 years ago, and wrote it up. No one I showed it to
believed me, it
> >was way
> >too strange of an idea, complete break in reality. So be
careful who
> >you tell that, they may look at you as if you are crazy!
>
> Yes. Everybody know that the Earth is flat! To the stake,
the heretic!
> :)
>
> >
> >>
> >> So again: even versus this last point, what would mean:
"stopped
> >motion".
> >> Could this mean: "appearing, disappearing, appearing
in the same
> >place,
> >> disappearing, appearing in the same place,
disappearing, etc."
> >?
> >
> >You GOT IT! That's it! Matter is attempting (not perfectly,
it does
> >bounce
> >around) to stay stopped, to stay in one place and
appear/disappear at
> >that location. Like I said: inertia. :)))
> >
>
> Now, in the above paragraph, I stumble on the next
"undefined" or "misdefined"
> word/concept: unmoving, or stopped, or "speed = 0".
> How does one define the speed of an object?
> The relativity introduces a concept of "observer's frame of
reference".
> Because, when we say that a particule is "appearing /
dissapearing /reappearing"
> in "the same place", what does that mean? This is ALSO
something relative,
> and not absolute. If I am viewing from a viewpoint in my
body, which is
> on Earth, then, the atoms in my laptop are staying (to a
marked degree,
> or macroscopically) at the same place. (Fortunately, or I
would have difficult
> to type this mail). But if my viewpoint is in the sun, all those
atoms are
> moving at a high speed (speed of the earth), and changing
place continuously.
>
> Axiom 1: STAYING IN THE SAME PLACE IS A RELATIVE
CONCEPT, and HAS NO ABSOLUTE
> MEANING.
> "Stopped" means simply: vibrating in a very close fixed
space, related to
> an observer.
> Corollary: MOVING IS ALSO RELATIVE (to the observer).
> Corollary: TIME IS ALSO RELATIVE (to the observer).
This is going to be hard as hell to describe... If a Being is 10
lightyears in diameter, all matter is seen as stopped; the only
things moving are photons and cosmic rays and other quanta
moving at c. Being a whole space or a large space changes
the view completely. Matter becomes this stuck stuff which is
being pushed around slowly and with effort level force. The
only stuff perceived as free and loose is the energy. (This is
roughly the same level of perception as Einsteinian relativity,
which gives us some idea where Albert was seeing.) Your
mention of anchoring is the perfect way to describe the
phenomenon:
(this is written from a pervasive view)
Axiom 2 (restated): MATTER HAS FIXED ANCHORS
WITHIN A LARGER SPACE. MATTER HAS FIXED
ANCHORS IN RELATION TO OTHER MATTER; ITS
MOTION IS ONLY RELATIVE TO OTHER MATTER.
Corollary: "fixed anchors" consists of matter being embedded
in the anchors of a larger space.
Corollary: energy is not anchored to matter or spaces; when it
becomes anchored that turns it into matter.
Corollary: the action of anchoring energy consists of stopping
its inherent free-flowing (unanchored) motion.
Corollary: by not being anchored to spaces, energy moves
rapidly beyond the borders (anchor points) of spaces, thereby
extending them.
Corollary: spaces are created by free moving energy, which
only later become fixed with anchor points.
(A friend [who has done the entire bridge both church and
freezone] has been teaching me how to extend beyond the
edges of spaces and dissolve through anchors. He has some
very fascinating techniques.)
>
> It has only meaning relative to the observer, the viewpoint
and its fixed
> (relative to him, again!) anchorpoints.
>
> OK. I think the above can be used as fairly correct axioms
for the rest
> fof the discussion, and see where we arrive.
>
> With the above, we can try to define "matter" as "stopped
motion".
> Axiom 2: MATTER IS STOPPED MOTION IN RELATION
TO THE ANCHOR POINTS OF THE
> OBJECT.
>
> Definition: the anchor points of an object are its extreme
"corners". They
> are the anchor points of the space occupied by the object.
Like the 8 corners
> of an (cubical) ashtray, for example.
>
> Compared to those anchor points, the atoms stay more or
less in a fixed
> relative position.
>
> Does this idea work?
> - For solid: yes
> - For liquids: less
> - For gas: no: in a gas, molecules can move freely around.
They are not
> stacked and compressed like in a gas.
Hmm... the anchor points of matter are found, not in the
edges of the object, but beyond them in the larger spaces
within which the onject is found.
Reworked definition: the anchor points of an object are
established by the anchors of the larger space within which it
is found. (This allows one to anchor a gas.)
>
> Let's change our axiom to address that situation:
>
> Axiom 2RA: MATTER IS PARTICLES WHOSE
MOVEMENT IS RESTRICTED WITHIN THE
> SPACE DEFINED BY THE ANCHOR POINTS OF THAT
OBJECT.
>
> This works better: in a solid, atoms stay within the
boundary of the object,
> very compact.
> In a liquid, they can move more, but still stay in the space
of that liquid.
> In a gas, they can move even more!
>
> But the axiom is not 100% correct: in a solid, some atoms
can leave the
> main object (sublimation).
> Hot water loosens water molecules, becoming gas and
leaving the space of
> the water.
> With a gas, this is worse! A gas is not really an object with
a precise
> boundary. Rather, it is make of "independent" molecules or
atoms, trying
> to occupy all the available space. So in that context, axiom
2RA does not
> really make sense.
>
> Let's try to put axiom 2 and axiom 2RA together.
>
> AXIOM 2RB: MATTER IS COMPOSED OF ATOMS.
ATOMS ARE COMPOSED OF SMALLER PARTICLES
> (electrons, protons, neutrons) WHOSE MOVEMENTS
MUST STAY WITHIN THE CLOSE
> BOUNDARIES OF THAT ATOM.
>
> This works and fits even better. :)
> It works for solid, liquid and gas.
> It leads to energy, by corollary:
>
> AXIOM 3: ENERGY IS COMPOSED OF PARTICLES
WHOSE MOTION IS NOT RESTRICTED
> TO SUCH A RELATIVELY CLOSE BOUNDARY.
>
> Shit. :)
> I am sailing toward similar conclusion than you regarding
"energy is accelerated
> matter". :)
Yeah... :))))))))
What I'm seeing is that matter can be accellerated to almost
c, but so long as it is tied to its anchor points, it will never
reach c. So...
Axiom 4: C IS ACHIEVED SOLELY AND ONLY BY UNTYING
MATTER FROM ITS ANCHORS, AT WHICH POINT IT
CONVERTS TO ENERGY.
Corollary: The use of force to untie matter from its anchors
will always produce only a small fraction of the matter
converted to energy.
Corollary: de-anchoring matter should achieve total
conversion of it to energy.
(that last one gives me chills...)
>
> But.
>
> I am not totally happy with axiom 3 above.
Reworked Axiom 3: ENERGY IS NOT ANCHORED TO
MATTER OR SPACES.
Corollary: the apparently high velocity of energy relative to
matter is a product of energy being in a non-anchored
condition.
> Partially because I used the word "particle" to define
energy.
> Now, I am getting another idea with this, because the
"space where movement
> is restricted" is also a relative notion! I am typing as I think,
let's
> see where it leads.
> To an human observer, the space of the atom is a very
small, space where
> the movement of electrons is confined. He (the observer) is
viewing it from
> "outside that space". To him, the atom is matter.
> But if we take a viewpoint inside the space of the atom, for
example, the
> viewpoint of a proton or a neutron.
> From that viewpoint, the electrons around him are moving
very fast, and
> appear more like energy than like matter: they (proton,
neutron) could not
> "stop" an electron or restrict its movement. For them, it is
energy.
>
> Now I am happy! If we define "stop" as "restricting
movement to a relatively
> limited space" (because there is no absolute stillness),
axiom 2RB and axiom
> 3 work beautifully.
Right, anchored within a space, which is limited by definition.
> There I reach an agreement with your sentence "matter is
stopped motion",
> "energy is unstopped motion".
>
> :)))))))))) Yippie!
:))))
>
> Next, I'll try to take up the process of conversion between
both, analyze
> what is a wave, what is the speed of light doing there as a
constant, etc.
> I am already getting trains of thought coming there.
>
> But it's your turn now. :)
Okay, just spotted this:
Axiom 5: BECAUSE ENERGY IS UNRESTRICTED MOTION
THAT IS NOT ANCHORED TO OBJECTS OR SPACES, ITS
VELOCITY APPEARS TO ALWAYS BE ROUGHLY THE
SAME FROM THE VIEWPOINT OF MATTER.
Corollary: regardless of its relative velocity to anything, matter
which is anchored in a space will always perceive c as
approximately the same velocity relative to itself.
Okay my scientific friend, take THAT and run with it. Looks
like Einstein was right...

Ouran
back to index

THE DOCTRINE OF ANATTA

A person might consider their body to be their self. But the
self can be aware at a different location than the body, so the
self is not the body.
A person might consider their personality to be their self. But
the personality and its quirks can be quieted to silence so
completely that the personality vanishes into nothingness, so
the self is not the personality.
A person might consider their identity to be their self. But the
self can love another so completely that the identity vanishes
into the other, so the self is not the identity.
A person might consider their thoughts to be their self. But the
self can exist without having a constant chatter of thoughts,
so the self is not thoughts.
A person might consider their mind to be their self. But the
self can exist without having any mind, so the self is not the
mind.
A person might consider the universe to be their self. But the
self can exist without being in a universe, so the self is not the
universe.
A person might consider their creativity to be their self. But
the self can exist without creating anything, so the self is not
creativity.
A person might consider their being aware of things to be
their self. But the self can exist without perception of anything,
so the self is not perception.
A person might consider their being conscious to be their self.
But the self can exist without being conscious, so the self is
not consciousness.
A person might consider nothingness to be their self. But the
self can exist as something too, so the self is not nothingness.
Anything you can be, you can not-be. Anything you can not-
be, you can be. So all statements of being and not-being are
rejected.
The self is not anything.
The self is not nothing.
The self is not both anything and nothing.
The self is not neither anything nor nothing.
None of these four statements can be applied.
This is an aspect of the doctrine of anatta which Gotama
declared 2600 years ago.
Ouran
back to index

THE P.E.A.T. PROCESS

Last weekend I attended a workshop to learn the PEAT
process. PEAT is the work of Zivorad Slavinski in Europe.
Details may be found on his website:
http://www.beotel.yu/~zivorad/main.htm
Observations about PEAT:
It runs between the spirit and body, completely bypassing the
analytical mind. In fact, the analytical mind needs to be told to
shut the hell up while running PEAT because too much
thinking and analysis seems to interfere and slow PEAT
down, even to the point of halting the process entirely if
allowed to dominate the session.
It resolves case back to archetypes expressed as simple
dichotomies. Archetypes exist in the mind in the tone range of
around +80 down to probably around +50, and constitute a
type of goal. Within this range, archetypes are outside of
universes, and when expressed as dichotomies these
archetypes do not have terminals attached. This is quite
unlike (and senior to) the Scn goals phenomena which has
goal and opposition goal plus terminal (identity pursuing the
goal) and an oppterminal (opposing identity) whose goal is
the oppgoal. The Scn materials of this type can never resolve
any higher than +40 on the tone scale because it is attached
to the parts of people focused inside universes which are
known as spirits or thetans. When processing PEAT it is
common for a dichotomy (known in PEAT as a Primordial
Polarity) to surface and merge within a few sessions. My
observation at the workshop is that dichotomies found via
PEAT fall into roughly three groups:
1. A primal pair, one of the ones in GD38.html.
2. A slightly scrambled primal pair, where the things
opposed have been crossed up or altered slightly
(This is NOT to say the PC said their polarity wrong.
This is saying that the case condition is a mildly
crossed up or illogical polarity. This is common
enough in dealing with dichotomies. These things
are so far above ordered, logical thought that
reasoning itself breaks down and is useless. Keep
in mind that one of the primary attributes of a
person is creation of effects; and it doesn't matter
what the effects are, whether they are logical or
reasonable or even desirable does not matter.
Creation is a DO; the result is a DONE, with no
whys or becauses. And it's silly to try to make sense
out of creations -- one just DOES them. So a
person will create oppositions which make no sense
whatsoever. Don't bother trying to make sense out
of these, just audit what's there.).
3. A dichotomy which operates at a lower level,
existing as an archetype behind some less broad
physical universe phenomenon. An example of this
would be "male/female". This may or may not get
into terminals (identities which play specific games);
"male/female" obviously does.
PEAT is extremely simple and easy to run. I could audit it
dead drunk if I had a crib sheet in front of me! (Ha! Not that I
would audit while drunk, heh heh!) ;-)
The deep PEAT process works by locating a division into a
polarity behind case and reintegrating it. I noticed that it
seemed to resolve the "hottest" polarity associated with the
person. The trainers were constantly talking about "getting
MY primes" or "you finding YOUR primes" as though each
person only has one pair of these which is attached to
themselves as a game terminal (thetan+body) in the universe.
And it may well be that each person has one of these as their
hottest button or main focus. But I also consider this an
unfortunate idea because it does not duplicate the real
structure of the full mind. According to Alan Walter's theory on
this type of dichotomy (one stated without terminal or
oppterm) each individual spirit in this universe has only one
pair (one set of "codes" in Alan's system) which it pursues.
This is viewing case from the enforced viewpoint of a spirit or
thetan only. Exteriorizing from the physical universe, it
becomes apparent (to me) that there are several strata of
these polarities or dichotomies which make up all of reality
and all persons. These dichotomies are the so-called
"agreements" which allow us to all play in the same universe.
LRH's idea that these are "agreements" made by thetans is
erroneous however. These are established at the level of
Coexistence (tone 160), not of thetans (tone 40 or below).
Bluntly, a person cannot exist in this universe without creating
the entire universe (for example, perception consists of first
creating something there to perceive...), which means that
each individual is creating ALL the items (which may or may
not be polarized) which make up the universe. Some may be
more heavily charged (and polarized) at the terminals (thetan
and body), that's all.
Personally I am so intensely aware of the full set of primal
pairs, and have exteriorized from the universe enough times,
that attaching any specific pair to myself as a thetan just
seems too limited and incorrect. Definitely getting "my" primes
is a "wrong indication" to me.
Conclusions after the workshop:
PEAT is an extremely valuable process for resolving conflicts
at a high level and low both, as it effectively discharges much
of the conflict between spirit and body while resolving these
polarities. (The top primal pair at GD38.html is zero/infinity,
which manifests within the universe as spirit/matter, which
operationally becomes spirit/body.)
Unless Zivorad has more than what I saw, PEAT does not
seem to lead to resolving each and every polarity in
existence, merely the charged ones attached to
terminals/thetans. We already know that at least one primal
pair can be discharged on anyone who can be gotten into
session to run it: Power process #4 (Source) directly
addresses a primal pair or what Zivorad calls a Primordial
Polarity (I find it delightful that we independently invented
almost identical names for these). By extension I assume that
Power type processes can be invented to address the other
pairs. I still do not know whether or not PEAT might also be
developed into the only tool to attain the purpose of Gotama.
It certainly looks like it can be used to help. It is my
understanding that Zivorad continues to research this and
other procedures. What he has so far is excellent. I
recommend PEAT.
Ouran
back to index
(Sidebar -- These Primal Pairs or Primordial Polarities consist of
GOALS. One of the pair is pursued avidly, the other is shunned in
horror. Since these are goals, they operate on the CDEI scale.
Everything below Desire on the CDEI scale consists of resistance, that
is to say, case. This case appears as "black mass". So does one
resolve all case by relieving the resistance, force, not-isness, etc? I
thought so too for a long time... Doing so does clean a person up very
nice and shiny. But there is a fly in the ointment of balmy paradise [if I
may be allowed to deliberately mangle a cliche]: they do not stay clean.
(I was reading Edmund Meadows [Viking Remote Viewing] and he kept
mentioning something he called "white mass". For example he called
"love" a white mass like sticky honey. I puzzled over it. Edmund is a
wonderful guy, I like him very much, but he sure is difficult to read and
understand sometimes! Later I was reading the Pali language texts of
Buddhism, and Gotama was talking about desire and attachment -- and
it all fell into place for me suddenly. They were both talking about
Desire, that same Desire that appears in the CDEI scale sequence as
the decay scale of a goal. DESIRE IS PART OF THE DECAY OF A
GOAL.
(Not only is resistance case; but desire is also case. That suddenly
made it evident to me why people who went "clear" also went off the
deep end later. They were still attached and the desire sucked them
right back into the game, and down the CDEI scale.
(It turns out that Gotama was right all along.)

THE TOP OF THE TONE SCALE

A number of peculiar things occur as one rises up the tone
scale:
Beyond a certain point the tone scale changes in
appearance from a linear scale into a circle seen as
a giant cycle of action encompassing everything.
Then the circle breaks into smaller cycles.
Then the cycles disappear into their dichotomies.
Then each dichotomy merges into a single idea.
Then the entire structure vanishes.
The tone scale only has existence when viewed in the
Thought band or lower. Somewhere around tone 80 or slightly
above, the whole thing begins to unravel; and as one
ascends, it falls to pieces, finally dissolving completely by
tone 100. This has a curious effect on viewing the "top" of the
scale: the top tone range of +400 through +100 is perceived
as a distortion (maya or illusion) and doesn't really exist in the
sequence given.
The dichotomies/creations of that upper area using Filbert's
sequence are:
zero=infinity (existence)
one=everyone (consciousness)
know=not-know (perception)
Truth=lies (creation)
Using Buddha's description they are:
perception/non-perception (know=not-know)
nothingness & infinite space (zero=infinity)
infinite consciousness (one=everyone)
It might seem that either Buddha or Filbert were wrong, or
that Buddha omitted truth=lies. But such a seeming would be
a limited view.
The truth is that in order to perceive something, one must
create it, i.e. put it there to be perceived. That demonstrates
that creation and perception are the same item.
But wait! There's more!
Anything which one creates is a part of oneself. Creation is
the act of splitting self into knower and thing known. The
knowing is placed as consciousness. The thing known is then
placed at not-know so that it will not have any consciousness.
Do this enough times and soon there are islands of
consciousness surrounded by a sea of unconsciousness
which is being viewed -- which creates isolated/separated
consciousnesses, i.e. individuals. Which demonstrates that
consciousness, creation and perception are all the same item.
But wait! There's more!
Consciousness of perception of creations has placed "things"
(creations which are objects and energies) to perceive, so the
perceiving is done where there are no objects or energies.
This forms an aware nothingness viewing everything created,
which is the zero=infinity of existence.
So the truth is that existence, consciousness, perception and
creation are all a single item. They are NOT four different
things. They only appear to be four different things when
viewed from +80 or lower on the tone scale.
This is not telling you to trash them however. The four views
of the top are extremely useful tools for attaining the top; any
one of which can be used (and has been used in the past)
alone to attain enlightenment. Buddha seems to have used
three of them. My advice is not to use just one of them; use
ALL FOUR. You'll know you are having success when they
begin to merge together!
-----------------------------------------------------------------
You might have noticed that sometimes I express the primal
items as goals, sometimes as opposing dichotomies, and
sometimes as a pair which equal one another. Please do not
be confused by my rapidly shifting viewpoint. These primal
items can be viewed any of those three ways.
When viewed from below the Thought band they
appear as goals which command the terminals
(thetan and body).
When viewed from the lower Thought band they
appear as opposing dichotomies.
When viewed from the middle Thought band they
appear as unified items.
When viewed from Truth or higher, they vanish.
There is nothing to view.
I hope that if you have read this far, you the reader no longer
consider your body to be your only self.
I hope that if you have read this far, you the reader no longer
consider your viewpoint in space to be your only self. There is
a self, and it is you. This self is both inside the universe as a
viewpoint, inside the universe as a body, throughout the
universe as a pervasion, and beyond/outside the universe.
The pervasion is conscious in some locations to various
degrees, and unconscious in many more locations, therefore
this self is also everyone else. This is not to imply that at the
top all selves merge into a single self which eats them up,
their individuality destroyed. Individuality is not destroyed. All
individual viewpoints remain individual, yet there is awareness
of being ALL of them. One becomes aware of creating all
viewpoints and points viewed. One becomes aware of
creating one's own awareness, and everyone else's too. One
becomes aware that everything in the universe is alive -- and
though a fence post might be completely unconscious, it can
be woke up. And one sees that awareness can be placed at
will anywhere, and so there are remote viewpoints, and
entities too (the difference between a remote and an entity lie
in the entity having different goals from its creator).
The above paragraph are merely thoughts placed as words
on a page. Thoughts are not the reality. Studying these
thoughts does not produce enlightenment. Thinking these
ideas does not produce enlightenment. What produces
enlightenment are the processes and drills of Buddhism,
freezone scn, raja yoga, and similar practices. Therefore my
advice is to place my words aside and do the processes.
Ouran
back to index

GOALS AND THE CDEI SCALE

Case consists of charged polarities. ANY charged polarity. It
can be love/hate, can/can't, have/not-have, know/not-know,
male/female, anything which has been divided that gets
charged up.
A polarity becomes charged when one end of it is pursued as
a goal.
The action of pursuing one end of a polarity involves denying
the other end as undesired, unknowable, resisted, unbeable,
etc.
At a very high level, a person is creating BOTH ends of any
polarity. By pursuing only one end, the person is denying their
own creation. This act of putting something there and then
trying to make it not exist is the real cause of the charge. It is
charged because the person is "NOT-WHOLE" on that
subject.
Any polarity of which a person is pursuing one end as a goal
operates on the scale of goal pursuit, which is the basic CDEI
scale (this is a shortened version of the scale):
CURIOUS
DESIRE
ENFORCE
INHIBIT
NO
REJECTED
This is the decay scale of any goal. Let me repeat that,
because I do not recall it ever been said by LRH: THE CDEI
SCALE IS THE DECAY SCALE FOR GOALS. Curiosity and
desire bind the person to the goal, which Buddha warned
against, and which leads to what Edmund Meadows calls
"white mass". The remainder of the CDEI scale creates "black
mass" in the mind. The difference between white and black is
simply whether it is being obliterated from sight or not. If it is
resisted, it goes black in the mind (then invisible).
Ouran
back to index

NEW CDEI SCALE BUTTON FOR GOALS PROCESSING

A few weeks ago I had the opportunity to watch a friend do a
demonstration session using Zivorad Slavinski's Aspectika
process. There was quite a difference between reading the
process on paper and watching it being run on a processee.
For one thing I could SEE what was happening in front of me.
Aspectika is goals processing. It runs goals in chains by
locating the higher goal which is behind the one being
examined, then taking up that higher one, then looking for the
one higher than it. This is quite a departure from the Scn line
plot. A line plot is horizontal in level, and locating goals in
prior times never breaks out of the circle. Aspectika on the
other hand looks for higher goals, working upward into
absolutes and finally into static itself.
One of my personal discoveries is that the CDEI scale is
simply the decay scale of a goal, any goal. I do not recall
seeing that fact written anywhere, but if it is, fine. Anyone who
might have spotted that first, congratulations! :)
The CDEI scale phenomena is most likely what Buddha was
talking about when he spoke of "thirst" and "desire" being a
major element of case. Goals decay down this scale until the
goal failure is intolerable, at which point the person takes a
new goal. This taking on a new goal can be done both
horizontally as seen in a line plot, and/or it can be done
vertically as witnessed in Aspectika processing.
To refresh any memories, and for reference, here is the
expanded CDEI scale as given by Geoffrey Filbert:
not know
know
unknown
wonder
curious
desired
enforced
inhibited
no
refused
false
denied
absurd
rationalized
abusive
horrible
compressed
conjured
recriminatory
Watching the Aspectika session it became very obvious to me
that a new, final button would have to be added to the CDEI
scale. That final button might not always come after
"recriminatory", it might appear higher up. For example,
"conjured" could well be the last hallucinatory creation in the
very act of beginning a new cycle. The final button appears on
the scale at the point where the goal failure is intolerable to
the person. The final button of the CDEI scale is:
SUBSTITUTE
Substitute ends the current goal by replacing it with a new
goal. This button is not only at the bottom of the CDEI scale, it
is also at the top above "not know" when working backwards
along a chain of goals, or along a single goal working back in
time. When a new goal is substituted for the failed old one,
the new goal then decays normally from the top at "not know"
through "know", "unknown", "curious", etc.
When using this new button in Scn style auditing be wary of
simply working it in an attempt to get charge off it. It is more
than a charged button; it is the link to a higher or previous
goal. So be prepared to go earlier and/or higher when you
use it.
A last caution about processing goals: the Scn habit of
running goals with terminals, and other physical universe
existences described by nouns, is a mistake. Doing so
grounds the charge of the associated GPM(s) directly into the
thetan, and through the thetan into the body. Goals do not
need to be run in this dangerous manner any longer. I won't
list the names of casualties here.
Ouran
back to index

CREATE/DESTROY AND THE SHADOW TONES

Hubbard said in his axioms that a person has the ability to
postulate and perceive. That is not correct, perception is also
postulated. Most scios seem to consider a postulate to be a
thought. That is not correct. It is a decision, specifically it is a
creative decision about beingness. So "creative decision
about beingness" is the only ability of the life static.
Therefore creation as manifested postulation is the primary
action, and is the "first" or "top" item. This when polarized is
perceived as create/destroy.
Create/destroy is on the tone scale at +100 and -100. Both
sides of the dichotomy are at both tones. +100 is the life static
as Cause/Source, and -100 is the life static as Effect/Matter
(Malkuth in the Kabbalah). The range between those tones
consists of postulated absolutes, universes and minds.
"Above" +100 are created characteristics for pure spirit as a
source/creator. I call those the "reflections upward".
Beneath the physical universe, i.e. below -100, lie what I call
the "shadows". They are created characteristics for the dark
pool of theta which is being physical matter. This is also
known as "the Deep" in magick, and the Qliphoth. These
tones are insane. Spot that they are beneath physical matter.
(spot, not think please) Spot that matter itself is alive and
dimly aware in a weird way, as an inflowing, sucking sponge.
Spot that entities are generated out of matter, and that their
source is the dark pervasion of space which was created
opposite the bright sparks of thetans. The two were created
together and balance each other. If this sounds Gnostic, you
are right. Thetans and the dark pervasion are the extremes of
a specific absolute creation "above time in a while" as Filbert
would express it. Yes they are a polarization. Spot that desire
(and indeed the entire CDEI scale of goals) hooks into matter
at -100 on the tone scale, and that resolution of
desire/thirst/craving means confronting and dissolving the
polarities in the Deep, in the tones beneath -100. One of them
Filbert named "Evil". I will not argue with Geoffrey as to that
name. Spot that from a thetan viewpoint the tone Evil is
psycho. Spot that from the perspective of the dark pervasion,
the tone Evil is reasonable and good. Spot that the dark
pervasion keeps goals quite different from and opposing to
those of a thetan.
The Deep is at tone -320. Its polarization seems to be
expressible as "Other be vs Not-be" as the extremes of the
energy/absolute of surrendering self to infinity. The Deep
needs to be confronted or godhood will not be achieved at
+320.
Evil seems to be polarized into "dominance vs submission" or
some similar extremes. Spot that they hook into
desire/thirst/craving and make it persist. Be on the alert for
double ended polarization, where dominance is God and
submission is Evil, while at the same time Evil is dominance
and the universe is submitting. I realize that last sentence
sounded sort of crazy, but that's the Shadows -- insane. I
would advise you to investigate this tone and dichotomy for
the source of addiction. Remember: addiction arises in matter
(usually in the the body), not a thetan. Again, the shadows are
the characteristics assigned to matter.
The third item in the Shadows is the madness of hallucination.
It seems to be polarized into "illusion or one's personal
universe vs the apparency of existence". Spot it as the real
source of the "need" for drug rundowns.
Ouran
back to index

THE "NAMELESS" TECHNIQUE

I use a technique I evolved out of a combination of several
disciplines, among which are scientology, buddhism and raja
yoga. Ffor the longest I did not have a name for it, then one
day I described it as being "nameless" to someone... and
realized I had finally given it a name.
Basically it boils down to a precise awareness of how the
mind works. Here's the sequence:
1) A thought/idea or mental image will be the triggering factor.
This could be a thought like "What if some terrorist spreads
anthrax through the subway when I'm on it tomorrow?" Or it
could simply be a mental image such as the picture of that
woman's fingers who had skin anthrax. Any thought or image
has an exact size and location in space, noticing this
size/location will usually reduce their power to make a person
unhappy.
2) The thought or image will trigger a feeling or sensation in
the body (not an emotion, see #3).
This is the mechanism by which the primitive mind/hindbrain
obtains obedience from the organism as a whole by forcing
unpleasant sensations onto it. This feeling or sensation will
normally be in or somewhere between the head down through
the abdomen and anywhere in line between. This feeling or
sensation will have a specific location in the body, and the
size and edges of it can be located precisely.
3) The feeling or sensation in the body will trigger an emotion.
An emotion can be a positive emotion, but we are not dealing
with those here (such are dealt with in higher meditation
however). In this case we are dealing with a negative
emotion, such as anger, grief, fear, hopelessness, resentment
and all forms of hostility. An emotion can be distinguished
from a feeling or sensation by the fact that an emotion is
pervasive. It occupies a whole space rather than having an
exact location, the way a feeling or sensation does (though
sometimes a person can have a feeling or sensation
dominate the entire body, so that they seem pervasive).
4) The emotion will have a specific mental attitude connected
to it. This consists of fixed ways to be right, and in the case of
negative emotions, fixed ways of making oneself right by
making others wrong. This attitude contains narrow
assumptions and views about the world which attach to the
emotion.

The technique:
When one is flooded by a negative emotion (such as fear),
close your eyes and locate the feeling or sensation in the
body which triggered it. Next spot the thought or mental
image which triggered the feeling or sensation. Locate the
attitude and inherent make-wrongs (service facsimiles) which
ride on the emotion. Once you have found all the parts spot
the attachments of each to the others. Simultaneously spot
the emotion and the fact that it is originating in the body's
feeling or sensation, and at the same time spot the thought or
image which is placing the feeling/sensation in the body. Get
as precise a location as possible. Look for other images or
thoughts, but especially images, which have become attached
to the original thought or image. These are sometimes in
multiple layers. Take any images from the past and timebreak
them by holding the image in the mind while simultaneous
holding the image of present time reality in front of you.
Compare them to one another. Notice how and in what ways
they are different from one another.
Note on theory: The mind works by attaching/associating
things to one another. This is necessary to think and reason,
but it also is how the mind oppresses the spirit. The way to
free oneself from unwanted or negative emotional/sensational
oppression is to notice the attachments, doing which almost
automatically detaches them (unless the person is in extreme
spiritual/emotional/physical pain or is heavily drugged, in
which case DO NOT DO THIS TECHNIQUE). A reading of
the Pali language texts of Buddhism will show that Gautama
spoke often of attachment and clinging. The old master knew
what he was talking about...
Ouran
back to index

SPOTTING LOVE/HATE IN ARC

I ran across the most amazing passage in Filbert's "Excalibur
Revisited". The first time I read it (last year) I dismissed it by
disagreeing. This time I spotted the truth in it, and I want to
quote it here because it directly pertains to primal polarities.
To prior to this quote, Filbert was describing a course of high
level solo processing, after which he remarked:

After this step of competence is achieved, the next
thing a person would do is to take a fresh look at
ARC. This 1 in 10,000 type of fellow should note
that they are not in that order. He should work the
order out, and I bet he finds it to be CRA. If one
drops reality, they get affinity instead. If one
increases reality, it drops affinity. This may not be
obvious to the reader but it would be to the 1 in
10,000 fellow. He'll be laughing about "no wonder
the girl I loved more than my Own life was the one I
disagreed with totally about everything, it isn't that
opposites attract, it is that affinity and reality are
mutually exclusive!" and he won't be
overwhelmingly in love with what he violently
disagrees with anymore, and he will be free from
the love-hate dichotomy on that alone, for eternity.
The 9,999 wouldn't before they want some more
"rounds" of the glue and gun.
There are a number of ways to view a triangle. When viewed
as a cycle of action, the triangle is sequenced ACR, affinity
being Start, communication being Change, and Reality being
Stop.
But when viewing the triangle as a polarity or dichotomy, then
it can indeed appear to be sequenced CRA, because
communication over time decays on the CDEI scale, which
leads to a polarized condition where reality opposes affinity!
What Filbert was doing in that paragraph was spotting his
own primal polarity of love-hate, and spotting it as an aspect
of the ARC triangle! But he didn't quite put it together...
I have made a point of Filbert's paragraph because some
people reading it may spot the actuality behind his words, and
benefit.
Ouran
back to index

SEE WHERE YOU ARE

Anything you can perceive you are separate from. Otherwise
you would not perceive it. Perception (knowledge, awareness)
requires separation into knower and knowee. Both are self,
however.
If you are aware of being aware, then you are viewing that
awareness from "somewhere else". Spot that space (hint: it
will not be in physical universe space).
The only location of which a person cannot be aware, is the
location from which they are being aware. Follow that
darkness and that not-know, until service facsimiles ignite like
neon lights in the night. All one's viewpoints were dark
points...
Ignore the body and the body's senses and its orientation.
Ever do any yoga style meditation where you sit comfortably,
close the eyes and not think? Get into that state. Then locate
a vast (infinite) space which is filled with thoughts, ideas,
points of view, and others' points of view. Then run Max's
viewpoint/anchorpoint process, while paying close attention to
viewpoints one at a time. Assume a viewpoint. Then move to
a different viewpoint. Look at the first viewpoint from the 2nd.
See the fixed (enforced) ideas which you could not spot while
being at the viewpoint? Notice how these make up an
identity? Notice how everytime you assume a viewpoint, you
cannot see the viewpoint itself? That's the "blind spot" and it
is the cause of serfacs.
Viewpoint/anchorpoint process (quote from original email from
Max):
> I was running some Ifa polarities 2nite with great success.
>
> Then, inspired by the latest Pali-board message I sent you, I
tried
> successive viewpoint switching in relation to an anchorpoint.
>
> I took an anchorpoint, got the viewpoint, took that viewpoint
as
> an anchorpoint, found another viewpoint 'higher' or more
'distant'
> than the previous, hopped onto the other and so forth until
> floating without anchorpoint.
>
> Then, looking back down the chain of anchorpoints, I
spotted
> all serfacs nearly simultaneously :-)
>
> Great stuff :-)
>
> mx
It's simple enough to derive formal commands from that. In
both mental space and physical universe space, it is not
possible to place attention on the location of one's own
viewpoint, not without moving to a different viewpoint. A
habitual or stuck viewpoint becomes a blind spot. Enforced, it
leads to serfac phenomena.
This process is an undercut for scientology's Grade 4.
The action of creation, which is bringing something into
manifestation, requires that you not-be that which you are
creating. This be/not-be polarization creates the tone scale,
on which the action of creation places an arbitrary "spirit" high
on the scale, while the creation itself is dropped toward the
bottom of the scale as matter, energy, etc. Anchor/view
phenomena is a fractal variation of this. So also is the flow or
beam from others, leading to self image which is the energetic
variant, which is the sourse of the image held as a service
facsimile. Do not get too lost in the fractals however. Keep
aware that the basic is BE/NOT-BE.
Anything you created is you, if you would only reunite with it.
**************************************
Much of the above will make no sense to the logical mind.
The above was not written for the logical mind, which would
only wish to argue about it. The above was written with the
sole purpose of encouraging cognition. And what can
cognite? The "nothing" end of the real person! If no cognition
occurs I suggest you tell your mind to shut the fuck up! ;-)))))
Thoughts get in the way.
Emotions get in the way.
Feelings get in the way.
Mental images get in the way.
Efforts and resistances get in the way.
The mind of the bodyself (genetic entity) can get in the way
(Body: "feed me! sex me! I wanna sleep!")
All these are things, and these things are Mind. These are
somethings, which interfere with the Nothing which cognites,
and which also interferes with Matter. Spirit/matter is one of
the basic polarities, but the crap which accumulates between
them and creates polarization is Mind, and Mind is the
problem. Eventually one must remove Mind (the polarization)
and operate directly, recreating Mind as needed, but most of
the time allowing Mind to fall into the void, discreated.
I'd ask you to keep that in mind, but mind is what I ask you not
to keep, or at least, not to enforce. So don't ask me what I
think... I'm trying to quit! ;-)
Can truth and humor exist side by side? You decide.
Seriousness is enforcement. Anything below Desire on the
CDEI scale is case. :-)
Ouran
back to index

THE THUNDER, PERFECT MIND

Translated by George W. MacRae
(Written more than 1700 years ago. This looks like it might have been a
ritual, and like it could be used as a process to dissolve or relieve the
goals attached to identities.)
I was sent forth from the power,
and I have come to those who reflect upon me,
and I have been found among those who seek after me.
Look upon me, you who reflect upon me,
and you hearers, hear me.
You who are waiting for me, take me to yourselves.
And do not banish me from your sight.
And do not make your voice hate me, nor your hearing.
Do not be ignorant of me anywhere or any time. Be on your
guard!
Do not be ignorant of me.
For I am the first and the last.
I am the honored one and the scorned one.
I am the whore and the holy one.
I am the wife and the virgin.
I am <the mother> and the daughter.
I am the members of my mother.
I am the barren one
and many are her sons.
I am she whose wedding is great,
and I have not taken a husband.
I am the midwife and she who does not bear.
I am the solace of my labor pains.
I am the bride and the bridegroom,
and it is my husband who begot me.
I am the mother of my father
and the sister of my husband
and he is my offspring.
I am the slave of him who prepared me.
I am the ruler of my offspring.
But he is the one who begot me before the time on a birthday.
And he is my offspring in (due) time,
and my power is from him.
I am the staff of his power in his youth,
and he is the rod of my old age.
And whatever he wills happens to me.
I am the silence that is incomprehensible
and the idea whose remembrance is frequent.
I am the voice whose sound is manifold
and the word whose appearance is multiple.
I am the utterance of my name.
Why, you who hate me, do you love me,
and hate those who love me?
You who deny me, confess me,
and you who confess me, deny me.
You who tell the truth about me, lie about me,
and you who have lied about me, tell the truth about me.
You who know me, be ignorant of me,
and those who have not known me, let them know me.
For I am knowledge and ignorance.
I am shame and boldness.
I am shameless; I am ashamed.
I am strength and I am fear.
I am war and peace.
Give heed to me.
I am the one who is disgraced and the great one.
Give heed to my poverty and my wealth.
Do not be arrogant to me when I am cast out upon the earth,
and you will find me in those that are to come.
And do not look upon me on the dung-heap
nor go and leave me cast out,
and you will find me in the kingdoms.
And do not look upon me when I am cast out among those who
are disgraced and in the least places,
nor laugh at me.
And do not cast me out among those who are slain in violence.
But I, I am compassionate and I am cruel.
Be on your guard!
Do not hate my obedience
and do not love my self-control.
In my weakness, do not forsake me,
and do not be afraid of my power.
For why do you despise my fear
and curse my pride?
But I am she who exists in all fears
and strength in trembling.
I am she who is weak,
and I am well in a pleasant place.
I am senseless and I am wise.
Why have you hated me in your counsels?
For I shall be silent among those who are silent,
and I shall appear and speak,
Why then have you hated me, you Greeks?
Because I am a barbarian among the barbarians?
For I am the wisdom of the Greeks
and the knowledge of the barbarians.
I am the judgement of the Greeks and of the barbarians.
I am the one whose image is great in Egypt
and the one who has no image among the barbarians.
I am the one who has been hated everywhere
and who has been loved everywhere.
I am the one whom they call Life,
and you have called Death.
I am the one whom they call Law,
and you have called Lawlessness.
I am the one whom you have pursued,
and I am the one whom you have seized.
I am the one whom you have scattered,
and you have gathered me together.
I am the one before whom you have been ashamed,
and you have been shameless to me.
I am she who does not keep festival,
and I am she whose festivals are many.
I, I am godless,
and I am the one whose God is great.
I am the one whom you have reflected upon,
and you have scorned me.
I am unlearned,
and they learn from me.
I am the one that you have despised,
and you reflect upon me.
I am the one whom you have hidden from,
and you appear to me.
But whenever you hide yourselves,
I myself will appear.
For whenever you appear,
I myself will hide from you.
Those who have [...] to it [...] senselessly [...].
Take me [... understanding] from grief.
and take me to yourselves from understanding and grief.
And take me to yourselves from places that are ugly and in ruin,
and rob from those which are good even though in ugliness.
Out of shame, take me to yourselves shamelessly;
and out of shamelessness and shame,
upbraid my members in yourselves.
And come forward to me, you who know me
and you who know my members,
and establish the great ones among the small first creatures.
Come forward to childhood,
and do not despise it because it is small and it is little.
And do not turn away greatnesses in some parts from the
smallnesses,
for the smallnesses are known from the greatnesses.
Why do you curse me and honor me?
You have wounded and you have had mercy.
Do not separate me from the first ones whom you have known.
And do not cast anyone out nor turn anyone away
[...] turn you away and [... know] him not.
[...].
What is mine [...].
I know the first ones and those after them know me.
But I am the mind of [...] and the rest of [...].
I am the knowledge of my inquiry,
and the finding of those who seek after me,
and the command of those who ask of me,
and the power of the powers in my knowledge
of the angels, who have been sent at my word,
and of gods in their seasons by my counsel,
and of spirits of every man who exists with me,
and of women who dwell within me.
I am the one who is honored, and who is praised,
and who is despised scornfully.
I am peace,
and war has come because of me.
And I am an alien and a citizen.
I am the substance and the one who has no substance.
Those who are without association with me are ignorant of me,
and those who are in my substance are the ones who know me.
Those who are close to me have been ignorant of me,
and those who are far away from me are the ones who have
known me.
On the day when I am close to you, you are far away from me,
and on the day when I am far away from you, I am close to you.
[I am ...] within.
[I am ...] of the natures.
I am [...] of the creation of the spirits.
[...] request of the souls.
I am control and the uncontrollable.
I am the union and the dissolution.
I am the abiding and I am the dissolution.
I am the one below,
and they come up to me.
I am the judgment and the acquittal.
I, I am sinless,
and the root of sin derives from me.
I am lust in (outward) appearance,
and interior self-control exists within me.
I am the hearing which is attainable to everyone
and the speech which cannot be grasped.
I am a mute who does not speak,
and great is my multitude of words.
Hear me in gentleness, and learn of me in roughness.
I am she who cries out,
and I am cast forth upon the face of the earth.
I prepare the bread and my mind within.
I am the knowledge of my name.
I am the one who cries out,
and I listen.
I appear and [...] walk in [...] seal of my [...].
I am [...] the defense [...].
I am the one who is called Truth
and iniquity [...].
You honor me [...] and you whisper against me.
You who are vanquished, judge them (who vanquish you)
before they give judgment against you,
because the judge and partiality exist in you.
If you are condemned by this one, who will acquit you?
Or, if you are acquitted by him, who will be able to detain you?
For what is inside of you is what is outside of you,
and the one who fashions you on the outside
is the one who shaped the inside of you.
And what you see outside of you, you see inside of you;
it is visible and it is your garment.
Hear me, you hearers
and learn of my words, you who know me.
I am the hearing that is attainable to everything;
I am the speech that cannot be grasped.
I am the name of the sound
and the sound of the name.
I am the sign of the letter
and the designation of the division.
And I [...].
(3 lines missing)
[...] light [...].
[...] hearers [...] to you
[...] the great power.
And [...] will not move the name.
[...] to the one who created me.
And I will speak his name.
Look then at his words
and all the writings which have been completed.
Give heed then, you hearers
and you also, the angels and those who have been sent,
and you spirits who have arisen from the dead.
For I am the one who alone exists,
and I have no one who will judge me.
For many are the pleasant forms which exist in numerous sins,
and incontinencies,
and disgraceful passions,
and fleeting pleasures,
which (men) embrace until they become sober
and go up to their resting place.
And they will find me there,
and they will live,
and they will not die again.

back to index

THE FIRST SERMON TO THE DEAD
by "Basilidies" (Carl Gustav Jung)
The Dead came back from Jerusalem, where they found not
what they sought. They prayed me let them in and besought
my word, and thus i began my teaching.
Harken: I begin with nothingness. Nothingness is the same as
fullness. In infinity full is no better than empty.
Nothingness is both empty and full. As well might ye say
anything else of nothingness,as for instance, white is it, or
black, or again, it is not, or it is. A thing that is infinite and
eternal hath no qualities, since it hath all qualities.
This nothingness or fullness we name the Pleroma.
Therein both thinking and being cease, since the eternal and
infinite possess no qualities. In it no being is, for he then
would be distinct from the pleroma, and would possess
qualities which would distinguish him as something distinct
from the pleroma.
In the pleroma there is nothing and everything. It is quite
fruitless to think about the pleroma, for this would mean self-
dissolution.
Creatura is not in the pleroma, but in itself. The pleroma is
both beginning and end of the created beings. It pervadeth
them, as the light of the sun everywhere pervadeth the air.
Although the pleroma prevadeth altogether, yet hath created
being no share thereof,
just as wholly transparent body becometh neither light nor
dark through the light nor dark through the light which
pervadeth it. We are, however, the pleroma itself, for we are a
part of the eternal and the infinite. But we have no share
thereof, as we are from the pleroma infinitely removed; not
spiritually or temporally, but essentially, since we are
distinguished from the pleroma in our essence as creatura,
which is confined within time and space.
Yet because we are parts of the pleroma, the pleroma is also
in us. Even in the smallest point is the pleroma endless,
eternal, and entire, since small and great are qualities which
are contained in it.
It is that nothingness which is everywhere whole and
continuous.
Only figuratively, therefore, do I speak of created being as
part of the pleroma. Because, actually, the pleroma is
nowhere divided, since it is nothingness. We are also the
whole pleroma, because, figuratively, the pleroma is the
smallest point (assumed only, not existing) in us and the
boundless firmanent about us. But wherefore, then, do we
speak of the pleroma at all, since it is thus everything and
nothing? I speak of it to make a beginning somewhere, and
also to free you from the delusion that somewhere, either
without or within, there standeth something fixed, or in some
way established, from the beginning. Every so-called fixed
and certain thing is only relative. That alone is fixed and
certain which is subject to change.
What is changeable, however, is creature. Therefore is it
the one thing which is fixed and certain because it hath
qualities: or as even a quality itself.
The question ariseth: How did creatura originate?
Created beings came to pass, not creatura: since created
being is the very quality of the pleroma, as much as non-
creation which is the eternal death.
In all times and places is creation, in all times and places is
death.
The pleroma hath all, distinctiveness and non-distinctiveness.
Distinctiveness is creatura.It is distinct. Distinctivness is its
essence. And therefore it distinguisheth. Wherefore also he
distinguished qualities of the pleroma which are not. He
distinguisheth them out of his own nature. Therefore he must
speak of qualities of the pleroma which are not.
What use, say ye, to speak of it?
Saidst thou not thyself, there is no profit in thinking upon the
pleroma?
That said I unto you, to free you from the delusion that we are
able to think about the pleroma. When we distinguish qualities
of the pleroma, we are speaking from the ground of our own
distinctiveness and concerning our own distinctiveness. But
we have said nothing concerning the pleroma. Concerning our
own distinctiveness, however, it is needful to speak, whereby
we may distinguish ourselves enough. Our very nature is
distinctiveness. If we are not true to this nature we do not
distinguish ourselves enough. Therefore must we make
distinctions of qualities.
What is the harm, ye ask, in not distingusihing oneself?
If we do not distinguish, we get beyond our own nature, away
from creatura. We fall into indistinctiveness, which is the
other quality of the pleroma. We fall into the pleroma itself
and cease to be creatures.
We are given over to dissolution in nothingness. This is the
death of the creature. Therefore we die in such measure as
we do not distinguish. Hence the natural striving of the
creature goeth towards distinctiveness, fighteth against
primeval, perilous sameness.
This is called the PRINCIPIUM INDIVIDUATIONIS.
This principle is the essence of the creature. From this you
can see why indistictiveness and non-distinction are a
great danger for the creature.
We must, therefore, distinguish the qualities of the pleroma.
The qualities are PAIRS OF OPPOSITES, such as -
The Effective and the ineffective.
Fullness and Emptiness.
Living and Dead.
Difference and Sameness.
Light and Darkness.
The Hot and the Cold.
Force and Matter.
Time and Space.
Good and Evil.
Beauty and Ugliness.
The One and the Many.
The pairs of opposities are qualities of the pleroma which are
not, because each balanceth each. As we are the pleroma
itself, we also have all these qualities in us. Because the very
ground of our nature is distinctiveness, which meaneth -
1. These qualities are distinct and seperate in us one from
the other; therefore they are not balanced and void, but are
effective.
Thus are the victims of the pairs of opposites. The pleroma
is rent in us.
2. The qualities belong to the pleroma, and only in the name
and sign of distinctiveness can and must we possess and
live them. We must distinguish ourselves from qualities. In
the pleroma they are balanced and void; in us not. Being
distinguished from them delivereth us.

When we strive after the good or the beautiful, we thereby
forget our own nature, which is distinctiveness, and we are
delivered over to the qualities of the pleroma, which are pairs
of opposites.
We labor to attain the good and the beautiful, yet at the
same time we also lay hold of the evil and the ugly, since in
the pleroma these are one with the good and the beautiful.
When, however, we remain true to our own nature, which is
distinctiveness, we distinguish ourselves from the good and
the beautiful,therefore, at the same time, from the evil and
ugly. And thus we fall not into the pleroma, namely, into
nothingness and dissolution.

Thou sayest, ye object, that difference and sameness are
also qualities of the pleroma. How would it be, then, if we
strive after difference?
Are we, in so doing, not true to our own nature? And must we
none the less be given over to the sameness when we strive
after difference?
Ye must not forget that the pleroma hath no qualities. We
create them through thinking. If, therefore, ye strive after
difference or sameness, or any qualities whatsoever, ye pur-
sue thought which flow to you our of the pleroma: thoughts,
namely, concerning non-existing qualities of the pleroma.
Inasmuch as ye run after these thoughts, ye fall again into the
pleroma, and reach difference and sameness at the same
time.
Not your thhinking, but your being, is distinctiveness. There-
fore not after difference, ye think it, must ye strive; but after
YOUR OWN BEING. At bottom, therefore, there is only one
striving, namely, the striving after your own being. If ye had
this striving ye would not need to know anything about the
pleroma and its qualities, and yet would ye come to your right
goal by virtue of your own being
Since, however, thought estrangeth from being, that knowl-
edge must I teach you wherewith ye may be able to hold your
thought in leash.
back to index

THE UNITYKEY

(The following consists of several messages from Dona trying
to put clearly in words what she is doing with clients in
session. At the bottom you will find several questions to ask
clients which are from notes I took during a telephone
conversation with Dona. WARNING: Use of this data requires
a WORKING ability to USE the following processing
techniques: EFT, TAT and PEAT.--Ouran)
UNITYKEY - what is it??
There is a theory that each "soul/being/person separated from
the "God essence" as a separate (individuated) aspect of that
essence. We are a part of the whole essence, yet our
individual essence is "one" aspect. In that we have ALL - we
are still ONE. Even though, we have all qualities.. there is
"one" that is ours to experience fully... I guess I would equate
it to our "soul purpose" This essence came into this 3-D plane
of existence and it sought to understand itself - to experience
its "self". It got caught in the mass of the 3-D atmosphere it
forgot (??) that the essence of self was within... and started to
look outside of self to differentiate. The quality of the essence
was still strong enough that the being could sense it, yet...
not experience it without outer references. As the being
searched outward for this expression of self - it met with the 3-
D masses and polarities were drawn in.
It located an experience that closely resembled its true
nature. Yet.. since it was outside of self... it could NEVER
truely re-create the beings essence. Feeling that this was "not
quite it" - and In disappointment and defeat - the being then
drew to it the opposite of the original outward expression -
(NOT to the essence within... since the essence of being is
"neutral" - in that it has no charge). Now... the being goes to
that opposite and sits in defeat for a while... then attempts to
re-find their essence by going to the other pole again. Since
this is "close" - but, not quite the real thing... the being again
gets discouraged and defeated and flips to the other side.
Now.. take this over lifetimes ... and you have the PRIMES.
Take the example of one of my clients with PRIMES of
contained / uncontained. Her "UNITYKEY" is Freedom. The
soul essence sought "freedom" ... and the outward
experience of "uncontained" seemed close... yet... was NOT
QUITE IT!!! So, feeling disappointed, she would "flip" to
"contained" and try to figure out what went "wrong." Then
would again attempt to find "freedom" in "uncontained"
again.. and they cycle continues to repeat over and over.
Because the PRIMES are so closely representative of their
"essence" that they just knew it was there (!!) and kept trying
to find it there!!
This is how I see it.
A being comes in with all essences - and expresses all
essence. Yet, has one "special" essence, which it searches
to experience in this plane of existence. Each being has One
set of PRIMES and ALL other polarities - which are in
different stages of charge.
The essence of the being (UNITYKEY) seems to be "closely"
related to the PRIMES - or -- better stated, the PRIMES are
the external polarity principal that most closely approximates
the being's essence (UNITYKEY). So... I see the ONE coming
before the TWO (in the triad principle). I don't see the polarity
forming the singularity. I see the singularity seeking outward
and that outward expression gets caught in the polarity. This
is just how it is coming to me - IN THE MOMENT!!! The
process to get this third point (UNITYKEY) is very simple, and
can be added to the end of any PEAT session with only a few
more steps in processing.
Love, Light and Laughter
Dona Bilangi
UNITYKEY
We are all ONE (the BIG "ONE") and we are all "one"
(individual- the smaller "one") - a small "whole" within a bigger
"whole" within a bigger "whole" --- etc - probably to infinity!!
Microcosm is the macrocosm. Just as we are all one.. we are
ALSO individual. In that individual there is an essence.
Our existence is made up of many elements - many
DIFFERENT atoms which come together to make the whole.
Though this matter is the same (electron, proton, neutron)
they come together in the form of a different substance
(nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen...)
It is this "ELEMENT" that I am talking about in the UNITYKEY.
Since we can look at the microcosm (the atom) and see the
macrocosm (us/being) I will conclude that we too have our
own "elemental essence" that is UNIQUE to us.
Take the concept of the atom... (atom/being): When an
electron in the outer ring of an atom is lost - it is unstable... as
in the case with free radicals. this atom "gone unstable" seeks
another atom to "grab" one of it's outer electrons. This than
"temporarily" stablizes the first atom - which creates instability
in the second. That second atom then either grabs that
electron back.. or finds another electron to grab. This is the
nature of our polarity system. When there is a "charge" we are
unstable and seek somehow to create stability (attracting an
opposite to "steal" it's charge to temporarily
stabilize/neutralize ourselves) PEAT brings the atom/being
(each individual polarity) into a stable form. Now.... the
atom/being can be stable enough to see who they are. They
can now look and say, "I am a Nitrogen atom" or "I am an
Oxygen atom" or "I am a Helium atom" -- etc. This is what the
UNITYKEY is all about... finding the essence of the being -
the answer to the question, "who am I?"
Prior to this neutralization.. the atom/being was too busy
trying to become "stable" to even see there was a "beingness"
to them. With the stabilization of the PRIMES the atom/being
can now see who they are.
Yes - we are all one - we make up the whole. And all atoms
make up the whole... and yet - they have their unique place
within that whole and their unique job and their unique
ESSENCE.
I understand the concept of the VOID - and I do not think this
contradicts that in any way. We are all NOTHING - then we
are something (the one/essence) - then we split and became
many. It is the "something/one/essence" that the UNITYKEY
has found.
Here is the UNITYKEY process... such as it is AS OF TODAY
You will see what I mean!!
I am not sure about how to write up the technique. It really
varies from person to person - nothing consistent yet!! I have
been playing around with different ideas. REMEMBER all the
notes on the "dialogue" is NOT exact - I change it from person
to person!!
When doing it along with the initial PRIMES - A different
process is used on someone who ALREADY has their
PRIMES .. see below. If they have NEVER neutralized a set
of polarities with PEAT, this is what I have been doing:
FIRST SESSION:
After their PRIMES are neutralized. Get affirmation of the first
2 sets of EOS/stabilization questions and make sure there is
NO opposition (I ask for opposition BEFORE the third set of
questions) ... you then ask the last set of questions: sitting on
top of the mountain... reviewing their past...
Have them answer the questions that Zivorad states...
THEN... I let them know that we are going to be looking for
"what were you searching for when you created the
PRIMES?" or "What essence of your being were you looking
for, when you got caught up in the PRIMES?"
I do NOT expect an answer to this at that moment... It is just
setting up the mind to know what it is going to be looking
for....
I ask them to allow their mind to go to a wherever it needs to
go - wherever will give them this answer (typical
Hypnotherapy). Allow some time for them in silence. In most
cases (so far) - I have done a bit of PLR (past life Regression)
- but, not sure if that is necessary. BTW- I don't use the term
PLR (Past Life Regression) since many people are
automatically resistant to that (at least here in the Midwest) :-
)). I tell them to allow their mind/consciousness to create a
story that might help them see the pattern and the "truth" - or
to remember a movie or an archetype which would help them
find it. Archetypes are VERY helpful... the story is so universal
that it is usually easy to see the what they were looking for!!! :-
)
Things to avoid: them thinking their essence is TRUTH -
EVERYONE is looking for that :-)) - have them answer: "The
truth of your essence is what?" If Truth still is the answer (or
makes sense in the story they created) then that might be
their true essence (no pun intended :-))
LOVE is also one that everyone is searching for...so ask
them "How does your essence express love?" --- or
something like that. Again.. if the answer is love... than that
would probably be it.
ALSO - The UNITYKEY - is a "positive" quality - a quality that
would be "of God." Many people can only see the "negative"
in their "stories" - so, you might have to help them (as little as
possible :-)). Betrayal and abandonment are very common ...
so, ask them, "What quality of you do you feel is being
betrayed - or abandoned??" or "What is being betrayed...
abandoned?" (NOTICE - use the word "WHAT" instead of
"WHO")
For example: I had a client who kept saying (in the PLR) - "I
feel very disconnected" ... her UNITYKEY? Connection!! So...
be aware this might be what will come up.
I let the person know BEFORE the whole session that we are
going to look for the UNITYKEY... this set's their mind up to
"be there" when it is needed!! I tell them we are going to be
"searching" for this after the PRIMES (I believe we get what
we search for!!) and I tell them about my "theory" on PLR (that
it is just the mind creating a story to help it understand better -
seeing it from beginning to end.. to find the pattern). I try to
get to 2-3 "stories" to allow them to really understand what
they are searching for. And... of course - it usually "relates" to
the PRIMES - so that helps identify it. At this point it is very
"subjective" - sorry that I cannot give you any definite... I have
only done about 10!! "Seek and ye shall find". Since I believe
this to be true.. I set up that energy - and that is what is
created. I am not sure about anyone else re-creating it, yet!!
Maybe it is just them out-picturing my illusion!!!
:-))
I have been trained in hypnotherapy and many other
"psychological" techniques... so, it is very easy for me to just
go into this process. I ALSO do some clearing on the "stories"
that come up - cuz in most cases these could be quite
traumatic (even though I set it up that it is not necessarily their
past lives) - since it is creating/re-creating something that has
been a major conflict (the PRIMES) it could be quite "REAL"
to them. If you feel comfortable with that - I would definitely
recommend it!!

PROCESS For someone who already has their PRIMES -and
wants this process afterwards (or if the PRIMES went too long
to continue into this):
I have started with this Technique:
Issue (they/you can use Primes - or ANY issue - I have done
it BOTH ways - and it gets to the SAME PLACE!!)
Processor: What belief might a person have to experience
(the conflict between Prime1 and Prime2)
Client: Answers this
Processor: How do you prove this that this belief is true?
Client: answers
REPEAT this EXACTLY (IE: The second and continued times
through.. the first question is STILL the same... do NOT go
with NEW content. The question would ALWAYS be: What
belief might a person have to experience (the conflict between
Prime1 and Prime2) Continue this process until the client
cannot think of anything else. Take the most charged item
(even if it is not the last one....) Ask their "mind" to think about
that issue and allow it to go to where ever it needs to go to
find what created it....
Again... this above technique is probably NOT necessary - it
just give me a starting place to allow the mind to relax and go
deep... to be able to do the next part easier!!
I then do "traditional" PLR (as above) - yet, set up what we
are looking for - and asking the mind/consciousness to allow
them to see it!
Even though this seems too "subjective" and "accidental" - it
seems that everyone (so far) can really relate to that
UNITYKEY as being their true essence... without question.
The UNITYKEY should be something that answers the
question:
Is this what you feel you have always been looking for? (You
might have to ask this question by placing "the TRUTH" in
front... i.e.: Does it seem like all your life you have been
searching for "The truth about Perfection" / or "The truth about
Happiness"- or "the truth about harmony" --- whatever their
UNITYKEY is.
Once it is found.. their lives have opened up to it's fullest --
and I have only been doing this for the past few weeks or so!
Sorry this isn't "formal" - I am not used to writing up my
sessions. I know I need to get better with that... so, this is
giving me the opportunity!!
Dona Bilangi
I have been asking the people to come back for at least two
follow up visits. On one I have them do a TAT session (Tapas
Acupuncture Technique - this procedure was given to
everyone at the PEAT workshops - Zivorad got the idea of
PEAT from this technique)... anyone who does not have this,
and is interested, please backchannel me. I have them do
TAT on BOTH sides (Separately) of the PRIMES - I do the
first 4 questions and Muscle test (if you don't do that - you can
just use intuition - or ask the person) if any of the other
questions are necessary.
On the second visit I have them do the "advantages/
disadvantages" (A/D) technique from "The Sedona Method" -
Again, I have them take each polarity separately. I ask them
for an Advantage of one polarity, then a disadvantage
(STAYING ON THE ONE POLARITY ALL THE TIME) then an
advantage, then a disadvantage. Continue until they cannot
think of anything more. If they are stuck on one side - just
keep going on the other side.. but, always alternate - even if
the last time they had nothing.. they often come up with
something later!! I do the same thing for the otherm side of
the polarity. I then have them use EFT to treat. I DO NOT do
a complete set-up for each. I use the "alternate phrase"
technique" instead.
The TAT gets to deep psycho-emotional aspects and clears
them quite easily and effectively. The A/D allows them to see
on a more "conscious" level what is going on.
They are BOTH quite revealing - as most people see how the
one side of the polarity that they "thought" was the "bad"
actually has some really POWERFUL advantages!! And vice
versa!! They then realize how these PRIMES have been
effecting their whole life. I do other post-processes - but,
these are the ones I like the most. It is NOT necessary to do
TAT first and then A/D - could be either way - I just do what
"feels right" with the client!!!
As Zivorad alluded to - I have also found another piece to
PEAT - the "reason" that we got STUCK or created our
PRIMES to begin with!! I am in the preliminary stages of
developing and understanding this. SO far I have processed
about 10 people and it is truly PHENOMENAL!!
Dona Bilangi
PROCESSING THE UNITYKEY ALONG WITH PEAT:
Before doing the PEAT PROCESS, I explain that at the end
of the neutralization we will look for the Unitykey, this set's
their mind up to "be there" when it is needed. I explain what
that is (see above) and that we might have to look at some
past issues (sometimes known as "Past Life Regression" ),
though often that is not necessary. I ask about their beliefs
about Past lives. If there is NO resistance, I do not go into
much more information on that. If there seems to be
resistance to that I explain Past lives in a non-past-life way
(see below). I feel it is best to let people know this is
something that might come up so that they are aware of it and
not be surprised if it does come up.
PROCESS:
After their PRIMES are neutralized. Ask the standard
EOS/stabilization questions (pages 195 - 198) Skipping
questions on page 197 (Fourth Group of Questions) so you
can make sure there is NO opposition first.
Then go back and ask the stabilizing questions on page 197
(sitting on top of the mountain... reviewing their past. ..) Have
them answer the questions that Zivorad states. These
questions are set up to have the person look into the past.
After I ask all of Zivorad' , I ask them the Unitykey one(s):
Here are a few suggestions of what wording to use. You
probably do not need to use them all, just pick one or a few
which make the most sense to you.
. "What were you searching for when you created the
PRIMES?"
. "What essence of your being were you looking for, when
you got caught up
in the PRIMES?"
. Ask the person "Look carefully, when you got caught in
your primes ______ and _______. What were you seeking?",
. "What was your essence attempting to find?"
. "What were you wanting to experience or express, when
you got caught in
your primes?"
Or something similar
In MOST cases, the person "hears" a word, or gets an
understanding, or a picture, or a "realization" of what it was.
This is their UNITYKEY.
It can be, and often is, this easy.
I sometimes have to help them just a bit with putting it into a
"simple' word (or just a few words). It is best to have single
words, but I have gotten, "Peace of mind", and "Practical
Wisdom" rather than just "Peace" or "Wisdom". Just make
sure the client is in agreement with it. I do attempt to put it in
"positive" terms or get a slightly deeper meaning. I had a
client say they were seeking "approval" - which is perfectly
fine, yet, I did ask if "acceptance" felt more complete. and it
did. Approval is seeking acceptance in the outer world, and
this was what he was "trapped" into doing.
If the Unitykey does NOT come quickly, or if there is
confusion as to what it is:
I ask them to allow their mind to go to a wherever it needs to
go - wherever will give them the answer. Allow some time for
them in silence.
If that does not get much response, you might have to go into
some "past issues" to get a "storyline" to help. When doing
the UNITYKEY process along with PEAT this is usually NOT
necessary, but sometimes it is.
I try not to use the term "Past life", I just tell them to allow their
mind/consciousness to create a story that might help them
see the pattern and the "truth" - or to remember a movie or an
archetype which would help them find it. Archetypes are
VERY helpful... the story is so universal that it is usually easy
to see what they were looking for!!! :-)
I just explain that the mind will create pictures, scenes and
plots to help you (the processee) understand more about
what is going on. Sometimes it will seem as if you are in the
scene, like in a dream. This, again, is the mind helping you
work through things by giving you a story-line to work with.
Many times the plot seems to be similar to a TV show or a
movie that you have seen. Or, you will visualize a historic
scene. These are all perfectly normal and to be expected. The
mind will give you what is the easiest for you to understand.
You can add any explanation that you feel comfortable with.
State: (the client is still in the stabilizing questions on page
197 (sitting on top of the mountain... reviewing their past. ..)
Allow your mind to take you to where ever it needs to go to
help you find the answer to "What is my Unitykey. what was I
seeking when I caught in my Primes of ______- and _______
??
Give them some time. Usually something comes quite quickly,
since they are in Pleroma from the PRIMES neutralization.
If they get nothing, ask them, " "what IF" you could get
see/experience/know a situation that would help you find this
information." Using the "what if" statement helps the person
get in touch with that "creative" part of themselves - which is
usually the place where these answers lie. Once they get a
"life/situation" have them see if from beginning to end (if they
are able) - or to see the part that will help them understand
their Unitykey.
Usually the person only needs to see/experience/know 2-3
"lives" in order to find their Unitykey.
If you are uncomfortable continuing along these lines (past life
processing) then I suggest you continue to have the person
go deeper and deeper into Pleroma and continue to ask the
same questions above. If they have come up with MULTIPLE
possibilities, there is a set of questions to ask to get them to
realize which one fits (see below).
Multiple possibilties
Afterwards they might have a few "possible" unitykeys. I ask
them to just go inside really deep and not think... just
"resonate" with each one of these...
Take each "possible Unitykey" separately, and make this
statement (filling in the blanks):
"Your essence came to experience _____________, and
when it looked outside of itself it got caught in the polarity of
(Primes ) _________ and _____."
They will KNOW which one is the one that fits "who they are"
Helpful Hints:
Things to avoid: them thinking their essence is TRUTH -
EVERYONE is looking for that :-)) - have them answer: "The
truth of your essence is what?" If Truth still is the answer (or
makes sense in the story they created) then that might be
their true essence (no pun intended :-))
LOVE is also one that everyone is searching for...so ask
them "How does your essence express love?" --- or
something like that. Again.. if the answer is love... than that
would probably be it.
ALSO - The UNITYKEY - is a "positive" quality - a quality that
would be "of God." Many people can only see the "negative"
in their "stories" - so, you might have to help them (as little as
possible :-)). Betrayal and abandonment are very common (If
you went searching a past life to find the Unitykey) ... so, ask
them, "What quality of you do you feel is being betrayed - or
abandoned??" or "What is being betrayed... abandoned?"
(NOTICE - use the word "WHAT" instead of "WHO") For
example: I had a client who kept saying (in the PLR) - "I feel
very disconnected" ... her UNITYKEY? Connection!! So... be
aware this might be what will come up.
I am a Certified Hypnotherapist, as well as trained in many
other techniques... so, it is very easy for me to just go into
Past Life processing. I ALSO do some clearing on the
"stories" that come up - since, in most cases these can be
quite traumatic (even though I set it up that it is not
necessarily their past lives) - since it is creating/re-creating
something that has been a major conflict (the PRIMES) it
could be quite "REAL" to them. If you feel comfortable with
that - I would definitely recommend it!!
(Ouran's notes/crib sheet: after merging of a PP, "stabilize"
with the UnityKey using this approach:
Looking back at your past:
What were you searching for which created the primes?
What is the being searching for?
Tell me the story of what you have been searching for which
created the primes?)
back to index

THE GUNAS TECHNIQUE
By Max Sandor and Ouran
The gunas is an ancient technique for merging polarities
which has come down to modern times through yoga. At first
glance the gunas (sattvas, rajas, tamas) looks like a triangle
based process, as a version of be-do-have. A closer
inspection however shows that it is instead a polarity process,
and that the third leg of it is unity. As unity often appears to be
beingness inside a universe, then it is no surprise that the
Hindu sages named that unity "sattva", whose root word "sat"
means beingness or "I am". If this is misunderstood to mean
"be" of the be-do-have triangle, then the other two gunas
would be taken to mean "do" and "have". This is an error to
assign the gunas to the triangle be-do-have, one which may
lead to making the process more difficult to run. Though I
object to running the gunas as a triangle I have to admit that
some people get results that way. When run in that manner
then rajas is "do" and tamas is "have". The gunas properly
belong to the polarity which lies behind/above/senior to be-do-
have, which polarity is "existence/non-existence", also seen
as "positive/negative". Rajas is not "do", it is "exist" or
"positive". Tamas is not "have", it is "not-exist" or "negative".
Sattvas will appear to be a purpose lying between the poles of
existence and non-existence, but it resolves in session to a
"unity" beyond the universe.
This means that the gunas are a way to merge the same
polarities which crop up during PEAT processing. The
technique is different. Where PEAT dissolves resistance to
the things being held in place oppositionally by means of a
positive affirmation, then locates the
mental/emotional/energetic attachments to it -- the gunas
charge up both poles, which deliberate creation (as-isness) of
the polarity dissolves it into One.
THE GUNAS PROCESS (Max Sandor version 2001)
Step 1 - determine and locate the polarity to be addressed
This can be rather similar to a PEAT interview, except that
this MUST result in
finding the two sides of the polarity. It appears that the better
the polarity is defined before beginning, the better the
chances of success.
Ask something like:
A) "Tell me the problem." then:
B) "What are the poles of the problem?"
Two way communicate on this to determine the EXACT
polarity involved.
C) "Which pole is yin and which is yang?" Depending on the
processee's background, use negative/positive, or
tamas/rajas, or feminine/masculine, or yin/yang.
(This seems to be determining the positive/negative attached
to the polarity, which may also be determining the goal and
the oppgoal.)
D) "Locate (or find) (each of them) in space." (I know this one
is crucial. Get the exact locations of both in space.) Alternate
command: "Where would you see (pole)?" Additional/helpful
patter: "Can you feel it now? Follow your feeling. Where
would you feel it now?"
Step 2 - the Gunas Process
Take up the positive (yang) pole first.
Command: "Make it stronger and more of its kind (yin or
yang)." Do this in the space where it is.
Take up the negative (yin) pole next.
Command: "Make it stronger and more of its kind (yin or
yang)." Do this in the space where it is.
If "stronger" has no effect, then switch to "weaker" or "less of
its nature". (This is using the manifest/unmanifest polarity;
manifest for "stronger" and unmanifest (also called discreate)
for "weaker".)
After the first round check where they are in space.
Repeat until it unsticks or merges. It should unstick rapidly.
Notes from Max:
It is vital to recognize the *guna quality* of the pole. This is
not an modern style process. It is 'sensing' the quality and
'cleaning it', making it pure 'rajas' or pure 'tamas'.
To get a feel, one could ask after roughly determining the side
of the pole (it can switch sides after the first round of
inspection):
how does it feel like being a tamas quality?
how does it feel like being a feminine quality?
how does it feel like being a yin quality?
same for rajas/masculine/yang...
The gunas, the way I perceive them, have 3-D appearances.
If there is a picture (2D), one has to look at the energy(ies)
beneath it.
the 3rd point is whatever is created by the two poles, the
actual 'purpose', that what is desired to be experienced.
An example would be a 'stereo' music perception. Either left
and right would never get the full experience. The thing in the
middle is 'it'.
This 'sattva' is a viewpoint that could also be called an entity
representing YOU. A temporary mask created specificially for
the purpose of the experience what's in between the poles.
All gunas are overlaying and connected. It's a dense network.
Taking out one messed up polarity doesn't mean one has
solved 'everything'.
The linear view of the 'basic' is Western cause-effect thinking.
One *sole* cause is assigned an effect. This is one of the
biggest crazinesses of western thinking, right next to the b/w
thinking (or may be even: the b/w thinking is a result of sole-
cause thinking).
There is a Pnohteftu article on Cause-Effect thinking..
With 'Web-thinking' rather than linear thinking, everything gets
more 'correct' in one's space.
It is vital to get an intuitive understanding of the 'gunas' rather
than an abstract one.
Guna processing fails utterly when someone is convinced
that a bright white light is female (tamas/yin) - which
happened the other day. Quote: "But the bride in wedding
gown is all in white on her wedding day, isn't she?"
One develops a *third* observation point which will develop
into the 'equinamity' frequency of Buddhism. This is the *true*
sattva position. Most newagers got this completely wrong and
confuse unclean rajas parts with the sattva.
It is a truly unbiased position from which one can now stretch
into infinite space/consciousness, etc. This is the TRUE
BASIC of enlightenment.
My new definition of enlightenment would now be: being able
to occupy the state of 'equanimity' (sattva) at will and at any
time in regards to any upcoming polarity.
Once you can do that (even with a bit of effort in the
beginning) life will never be the same :-)
mx
Additional notes and theory:
Many people seem to be unable to run the gunas. Max says
that most people cannot run the gunas because they cannot
locate the poles and accurately define them. Ouran suspects
the reason some people cannot run the gunas is because
those people are not in contact with themselves outside of
space/time. A person stuck in space/time (convinced that they
are a location in space/time, either as a spirit/thetan or as a
body) will not be able to assume the true sattvas viewpoint.
That person will then attempt to process the gunas with their
viewpoint in "be", which can be perceived as the rajas or
positive pole of the gunas. This inability to step back from the
universe may also be the cause of being unable to properly
define and locate the poles -- difficult to do if a person is
BEING one of the poles, yes?
Remember: this is NOT actually a triangle process -- it is a
POLARITY process which is run SENIOR to polarities. I
experienced it as dissolving into what Max likes to call "the
pre-cycle (of-action) gap".
Ouran
back to index

I WAS LUCKY
I guess I was a lucky kid. In addition to being lucky, I was able
to see with some clarity despite being a misemotional,
confrontational and just plain screwed up brat.
I never got trapped in the heaven and hell, God vs Devil crap
this lifetime like so many people. When I was a little kid my
parents used to take me to church occasionally. It was a
protestant church, which was damned lucky, I'd have been in
trouble if my parents had been Catholics.
So anyway, when I was about 7 years old a minister took me
aside to a private room to explain God to me.
Keep in mind that at 7 years old I was precocious,
disconcertingly intelligent, obnoxious, and an arrogant little
shit. Come to think of it, I haven't changed much in overall
personality, except that I'm much more loving and cheery
now.
So the minister goes into this long, involved spiel telling me all
about how God is everywhere and made everything and that
we are his children and that God is in each and every one of
us, that there's a divine spark in all of us...
I cognited.
"Oh I get it," I told him brightly, "We are God! All of us
together make up God!"
"Oh, nononono!" the minister protested in horror, "That wasn't
what I meant at all! That's WRONG."
To my credit I didn't believe him. Instead of being crushed and
allowing my cognition to be invalidated, I told him, no, I DID
have it right.
Sometimes it's helpful to be a little arrogant. And I have the
perfect excuse for that arrogance (service fac): that
"everyone" else was so stupid! (Sounds like a terminal-
oppterminal, huh? *grin*)
Fast forward to when I was 18. I'd encountered Scientology,
and was at a party. Instead of partying down I was
considering what I'd read. (Most people began with
"Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health", but I started
reading "A History of Man" and really got it!)
I cognited.
It suddenly dawned on me that I could do anything. At that
moment I recovered the knowledge that I was a spirit with
unlimited potential; and that I didn't have to be limited to using
my body, because I was effectively (small g) god. One fallout
from that cognition was a trifle strange: I never got toothaches
after that day. A tooth could have a HUGE gaping hole in it
and the worst thing would be some sensitivity to cold drinks or
ice cream. No throbbing aches. None. Why? Simple: I saw no
reason the tooth should hurt! So it didn't!
For some reason Dianetics never particularly interested me,
except for the fact that one could access past lives with it.
Past lives interested me. Book One style auditing never, ever
interested me except in the most abstract way. It was fine by
me if other people wanted to do Book One auditing. I was
more interested in Scientology, and the Whole Track.
But I also constantly committed what that church regarded as
a sin -- I never gave up my interest in the multitude of related
subjects: Zen, Theravada Buddhism, Astrology, western
ceremonial magic, Taoism, Sufi, Yoga, Huna, and many
others. I guess I was lucky that I possessed a hyperactive
curiousity about the mind, and indulged it by reading every
book in easy reach. Instead of lightly toying with these
subjects I recognized that I needed to dig far deeper in order
to achieve true understanding. So I did. Possessing such a
broad base of information, I began to see where they all
related. And I could also see how Hubbard had succeeded in
undercutting most of them in practical terms. Disturbingly I
could also see where Hubbard had completely missed or
ignored the areas of sex and divinity. So I studied those
elsewhere.
Even more alarming, I observed that church go from almost
okay to completely bonkers in a few short years. Their prices
skyrocketed, their ethics actions became savage, and their
worship of Hubbard left me breathlessly disgusted. I watched
them convert from a friendly place where a person could walk
in and be comfortable, into a steely-eyed group of fanatics
intent on destroying enemies and catering to only a public
who were rich and successful. To say it in the terms of Yogi
Berra, that included me out! The only other way to receive
their services was to become a staff member. I guess I was
lucky to be smart enough to refuse becoming part of their
slave labor Sea Org.
To actually possess the means by which people may become
spiritually free(r) --which the Co$ do possess -- and not allow
the ordinary schmuck to get free...
That is an overt act of omission of biblical proportions. They
might as well be actively engaging in implants for all the harm
they are doing.
I was lucky. I stayed free. I stayed independent where it
counted: my mind. Damned lucky.
Ouran

back to index

RANDOM ANCEDOTES

(These are some things I've done and experienced which
might shed light on who I am and why I am the way I am to
anyone interested in such things.)
I was living in Seattle about 30 years ago, and helping out as
"staff" at the Seattle Org. During that time I created an entity,
right under Dorothy Broaded's nose! Here she was OT
Something (six I think) and well past the BT materials in OT
III, and I was "only" Grade IV and not supposed to know
anything about such things. Nevertheless I made one inside
the org! It was a single purpose entity, what I prefer to call a
"thoughtform." As you might know, any person possesses the
capacity to create static or near static. This can range from
making an exact duplicate of self, down through various sorts
of fragments and remote viewpoints, to quite simple
programmed bits of beingness. What happened in Seattle
was one of those latter: I was running the mimeograph, had
my attention off the machine for a moment, when suddenly a
part flew off it! I immediately shut it off, then turned it slowly by
hand to see what was missing. I located the spot on the
mimeo machine where a piece of it had come loose, but try as
I could, I failed to locate the part anywhere on the floor. I was
sort of desperate. The mimeo couldn't be used without it, and
I had a lot of bulletins to do. Finally I stopped searching. I
calmed my mind to zero, then moved to the moment that the
part had flown off. As I did so, I took a small bit of energy,
attached a purpose to it, added intention and near static --
and separated the construction from myself. The mini-entity
flew to the mimeo machine, then traced the path of the
missing part through the air while I watched. It flew under a
nearby table, which had an shelf edge reaching almost to the
floor. I walked over to the table, reached my body's hand
under at the point where the entity had gone -- and there was
my missing part. I screwed it back on the machine and
continued working.
All in all, it now looks like an overly complex ritual to go
through just to find something, but please understand that I
was 19 years old at the time. Rather than thoughtforms, I now
find things with fields of flitter into which I temporarily assume
a remote viewpoint; which still isn't "know" but I do what I can
with what I have available. Both of these abilities turn off and
on as I key in and out. Usually they are off, but...
It was the summer I turned 20 years old. One Monday night I
had a dream. In the morning I had forgotten it. On Tuesday
night I had the dream again, and forgot it again. This
happened five nights in a row. On Saturday morning two
friends and I drove to the park at Mount Rainier for a day on
the mountain. In late afternoon we started back down. It had
rained a little that afternoon so the asphalt was wet. The car
was doing perhaps 45 mph down the mountain when the semi-
bald tires broke free going into a curve. My friend Barry, who
was driving, slammed on the brakes. We skidded off the
curve and hit the side of the mountain head-on at full speed.
No one was wearing seat belts. I'm not sure that old '53 Ford
even had seat belts. As we went into the slide I remembered
all five dreams in perfect detail in a split second of time. All
five dreams had been about the accident I was in the middle
of experiencing. In the all the dreams I went face first into the
windshield shattering the glass. In three of the dreams my
head went so far through that the glass cut my throat and I
died (an older car like that had "safety glass" which was a
sandwich construction with plastic in the middle which kept
the broken area smaller). In the other two dreams I saw
myself raising both my hands out of my lap and jamming them
forcefully into the angle where windshield and dashboard met.
Armed with this knowledge (keep in mind I was reviewing all
this in a leisurely manner in less than a second of material
universe time) I raised my hands out of my lap and thrust
them forward. The car hit the mountain. My face went into the
windshield, then I bounced back. I had made a head-shaped
hole in the windshield. I had several bone-deep cuts in my
face, and a ring of shallow cuts across my throat. If I had
gone just a little bit farther I would have died.
I learned several things from the experience. I learned that
dreams can be remembered days afterward. I learned that
time was purely subjective and that the material universe's
time didn't really apply to me. I learned that I was aware
above my normal level of consciousness, and that I knew the
future at that higher level. I learned again that there was a lot
more to myself and to reality than was apparent using only a
body's senses and a materialist frame of reference.
For many years I've had a spotty, there it is - now it's gone,
perception of energies emitted by other people. Though I've
read about people who claimed to see colored auras, I never
could. What I do see sometimes are transparent glows
around people. Several years ago my 80 year old mother was
in the hospital with some sort of heart problem (congestive
heart failure). I guess she instructed them to conceal the
matter from me and my kids because it wasn't until she was
actually dying that the hospital staff told me that her heart was
failing. So imagine my shock when I went into the hospital to
visit her, only to find that she had been moved to intensive
care. When I got there I recieved a second, rather ghostly
shock. See, I often see auras without paying much attention
to them. They are merely part of other people to me, so I
really don't particularly notice them. So picture my horror
when I saw my mother lying there in the hospital bed -- and
she only had half an aura! There was no aura, no glow
around her body below her ribcage. Her aura covered her
head, neck, arms and chest. Nothing any further down. I told
her what I was seeing, but her response was disbelief and
confusion. I begged her to flow energy down through her body
to revitalize it. She had no idea what I was talking about. I
began to grieve right then and there, and felt completely
helpless to stop what was happening. I knew she was leaving
... and within 24 hours she was dead.
Ever seen half an aura on a human body? It's spooky!
In early September 2000 I had a "know" that preserved the
life of a young girl. I was driving home and as I turned onto a
downhill street I saw a man using a leafblower alongside the
road. Next to him was a girl about 5 or 6 years in age. I
looked at her and simply knew she would run out in front of
my car. So I braked immediately. Sure enough she ran out in
front of me, failing to hear my engine over the noise from the
leaf blower. But by that time I must have been down to 5 mph,
so I easily stopped. She retreated big-eyed to the side. The
man was scolding her as I continued on my way. I had known
with absolute certainty what she would do, and without any
means or via. Neither of them realized what a near thing had
occurred, prevented only by my clarity which disallowed my
agreement with their intended tragedy.
Not on my watch, goddamn it!
I did an odd sort of session to help a friend in Jan '01. My
friend is in a "go away - come closer", push-pull game with
her boyfriend. One of the ways this manifests is that if she
thinks he might be communicating in any way with another
woman, she flips out with jealosy and does her best to crawl
into his pocket (so to speak). They had just spent a few days
together and were driving their separate ways home. But they
reencountered each other right before the freeway onramp.
As she came up along him, she noticed he was talking on his
cellphone. She gasped just as he noticed her. He responded
to her horrifed expression with a series of ugly expressions of
his own -- then the light changed and they parted again. Need
I point out that the two have plenty of earlier similars with
each other along these lines? She immediately called him
from her cellphone. He didn't answer. His withdraw was
already underway. For the next three days she called his
phone numbers, I assume Caller ID let him know who it was,
and he did not pick up. Finally she called me, a little frantic.
First I explained the nature of the game she and her boyfriend
were playing, and then tried to pull her out of being
interiorized into the game by giving her techniques for playing.
(Basically, when someone withdraws from you, withdraw
HARDER yourself and that will usually undo the other
person's withdrawal. The game of reach and withdraw played
here is in the effort range and so is very automatic and
reactive.) What I did next was new, for me helping another
anyway. I have done this for myself before, hell it's almost a
required technique if you are going to operate as a being, but
I'd never tried it with another person. I explained to her that
we were going to go back in time in our minds, and relive
each and every time in the sequence wherein she had
reached by attempting to call. And that we would do it (like in
a dianetic chain) starting from the most recent attempted call,
then working our way back one at a time. I was treating the
reencounter at the stoplight right before the freeway as
"basic". And I was treating all of her attempted phone calls as
locks atop that basic. I explained to her that we were going to
spot the moment in each when she had decided to call him,
then while still back in time, she was to, lightly and without
effort, change her mind and decide to not call him after all.
We did this and had just reached "basic" when her phone did
the pulse of soundlessness which indicated that she had
another call waiting. She clicked over to it, then clicked back
and told me "It's HIM, I'll talk to you later!" Yup, it worked like
magic! In fact, it WAS magic. Was it auditing? Beats me,
twould depend on how you define auditing I suppose. Of the
three comm cycles supposed to be present in a session, we
had the "auditor to PC" line and the "PC to present time
environment" lines. Was accessing her decisions a "PC to
bank" line? But I wasn't erasing what one would normally
think of as "bank", unless one subscribes to the idea of "bank"
on higher dynamics. Make no mistake: my whole intent was to
make a change in HER BOYFRIEND by removing her
reaches toward him, thus allowing him to reach himself. Given
the automaticity of their mutual game condition, I had no
worries about him being sufficiently Cause to change his own
mind and not call her -- he would react and reach
automatically into the sudden vacuum. My only real doubt
before I began was "could she erase enough of her decisions
to make the necessary withdrawal of her own?", then I looked
at the doubt and vanished it and proceeded to walk her
through the incidents. These sort of effects on other people
have been known to happen as a side effect of processing. In
this case however, it was no side effect, the effect on the
boyfriend was the desired ep. And I got it... Instantly, ha ha!
This sort of processing might seem a little odd and magical,
but it seems perfectly normal and expected if viewed from Co-
existence.
Ouran
back to index

HUMOR

(I consider anyone without a sense of humor to be suspect.
Humorlessness usually indicates a lot of force in the mind.
Perhaps you'll be happy to know I do possess a sense of
humor. Perhaps not, because my sense of humor tends
toward the obnoxious...)
Shakespeare in the Ground
(For Raymond J. Krenik, Jr)
BT or not BT, that is the congestion:
Whether 'tis negative gain in the mind to process
The sensations and aberrations of outrageous cases,
Or to take emeters against a sea org of entities,
And by ownership end them? To survive? to eat?
No more goals please; and by Dianetic process to say we end
The heart-ache and the thousand natural somatics
That flesh is heir to, 'tis a cycle of action
Devoutly to be wish'd. To audit, to not;
Dramatized? Perchance to discharge: ay, there's the ridge;
For in what secondary engram what dirty needle may come.
When we have soloed off this overt/withhold,
Must give us a clean slate: there's the reality
That makes certainty of so long fall a blow down;
For who would bear the sore butt of 12 hours in the chair,
The cushion's imprint, the proud back's creakage,
The pangs of sleeping feet, the CS's delay,
The insolence of ethics and the HGC
The staff PCs on the unworthy take,
When he himself might his own quick case crack
With one model session? Who would with RPFers bear,
To grunt and sweat under a weary life,
But that the dread of something worse than death,
The undiscover'd RPF's RPF from whose bourn
No staffer returns, preventing the wins
And makes us rather bear those PCs we have
Than fly to ourselves that we know not who processed last?
Thus bypassed charge does make cowards of us all;
And thus the non-native state of rationalization
Is sicklied o'er with the pale cast of PTS,
And enterprises of great stat and income
With this recoil their currents turn to cash,
And lose the name of auditing.--Ssh! You dare not even think!
Ouran
back to index

THE LAP OF VENICE

I have sat in the lap of God: pulled his beard so he gave me a
noogie,
told her she was beautiful and she gently fondled me, and I
read God stories, stories, stories...
And had them read back to me by God as she/he/me/us/you
laughed in transient grief and cried in infinite joy.
We walked hand in hand along Venice beach in a summer
swelter softened by the sympathetic sea.
We stopped for pizza and beer, and admired the street
performers,

especially appreciating the high art of a brown tinged
bum
who hadn't bathed in 6 weeks despite the peaceful Pacif-
ic only 100 yards west,
and glowed in hilarity at the patrol officers in their dark
dark navy blue uniforms,
so alienated from the bicyclists and inline skaters that they
could hardly bear to climb out of their car,
unless prodded with rage from a good solid motivator
attached to an image of overpowering wrongness to them.
I walked hand in hand with God, and I looked at God's
nakedness: God had no genitalia, and all possible.
I looked again and God was a beautiful blond skating by;
Again and God was a grinning black man wearing dreadlocks
and blue and yellow necklaces of unknowable ancestry.
I looked at the sea and God waved at me.
I looked at the sun and God blazed nigh to wilt me.
I looked between my feet and God smiled out of the tarmac.
I took a deep breath in wonder and almost choked, for God
had flown into my mouth as a gnat, which I refused to strain
at, though you might...
I walked hand in hand with God by the sea, the shops, the
sand, the graffiti tags on the walls,
the restaurants which were kind enough to serve Coca-
Cola the nectar of Gods,
and laughed like there was no tomorrow nor yesterday
either.
Because there isn't.
We walked hand in hand and made love even as we stepped,
with every movement an orgasm of union.
I walked with God along Venice beach and cried with joy...
And every single crystalline grain of sand on the beach was a
world of wonder.
Ouran, 5/17/01
back to index

The Ghost Danse Articles Reformatted

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

The Ghost Danse Articles Reformatted

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

THE GHOST DANSE ARTICLES

S-ar putea să vă placă și